UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)  
¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
or
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to
or
o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  

Date of event requiring this shell company report ____________

Commission file number: 001-38440

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

(Not Applicable)

(Translation of the registrant’s name into English)

 

Republic of Singapore

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

With copies to:
Martyn Wade
Tel: 65 6632 1315
Fax: 65 6323 0046
#03-01 Southpoint
200 Cantonment Road
Singapore 089763

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

and

 

Joshua Wechsler
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
Tel: (212) 859-8000
Fax: (212) 859-4000
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
United States

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary shares, no par value   NASDAQ Global Select Market

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 19,063,833 ordinary shares

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:  o  Yes    x  No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  o  Yes    x  No

 

Note—Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  o  Yes    x  No

 

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  x  Yes    o  No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  x Emerging growth company  x

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  o

 

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 

U.S. GAAP  o International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board  x
Other  o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  o  Item 17   o  Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  o  Yes   x  No

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTRODUCTION

 

On November 2, 2017, we incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore for the purposed of acquiring the shipping business from Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Former Parent. On April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., or Grindrod Shipping. On June 18, 2018, or the Closing Date, Former Parent sold all of the shares it held in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping, in exchange for a market related consideration. On the Closing Date, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders that resulted in its shareholders receiving Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the distribution. We refer to the entire transaction as described above as the Spin-Off.

 

As of the Closing Date, Former Parent and Grindrod Shipping became independent, publicly traded companies having separate public ownership. Grindrod Shipping has its own board of directors, a majority of whom do not overlap with Former Parent’s board of directors. Grindrod Shipping has its own management team which was same management team that operated Former Parent’s shipping business immediately prior to the Spin-Off.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, or NASDAQ and quoted on the Main Board of the JSE Limited, or the JSE.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this annual report, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board, or IASB.

 

Our audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and represent the consolidated financial statements of Grindrod Shipping as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018, the consolidated and combined financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, GSSA sold two of its businesses, Ocean Africa Container Lines division, or OACL, and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd, or Unicorn Bunker, to another Former Parent subsidiary and such businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. The historical consolidated and combined financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical consolidated and combined financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Furthermore, it may not be indicative of the financial results in future periods.

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

This annual report includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management’s knowledge of and experience to date in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

 

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. Market data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market share data. In addition, customer preferences are subject to change. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such market share data or any other such estimates. While we believe such information is reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, we have not independently verified any third-party information and data from our internal research has not been verified by any independent source. While we believe the estimated market and industry data included in this annual report are generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise.

 

Projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by any third parties and by us.

 

 

 

 

DEFINED TERMS AND CONVENTIONS

 

In this annual report, unless otherwise indicated, all references to “we”, “us,” “our”, “Company” and “Grindrod Shipping” refer to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. is a public company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Singapore.

 

In this annual report all references to “Fleet” mean the 40 vessels we operate (excluding the five vessels currently under construction), listed in “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our Fleet”.

 

In this annual report, all references to “Singapore” mean the Republic of Singapore, all references to “South Africa” mean the Republic of South Africa, all references to “EU” mean the European Union and all references to the “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America, its territories and possessions and any state of the United States and the District of Columbia.

 

In this annual report, “R” and “Rand” refer to the South African Rand and “Rand cents” refers to subunits of the South African Rand, “¥” and “Yen” refer to the Japanese Yen and “Yen cents” refers to subunits of the Japanese Yen, “$”, “U.S.$” and “U.S. dollars” refer to United States dollars and “U.S. cents” refers to subunits of the U.S. dollar.

 

This annual report contains descriptions of shipping and the shipping industry. In order to facilitate a better understanding of these descriptions, below is a glossary defining a number of technical and shipping terms as used in this annual report.

 

Glossary of Shipping Terms

 

The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the reader in understanding some of the shipping terms used in this annual report.

 

Available days. The total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

Baltic Clean Tanker Index. The Baltic Clean Tanker Index, or BCTI, is a daily index of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited.

 

Baltic Dry Index. The Baltic Dry Index, or BDI, is a leading daily drybulk charter market indicator published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which combines information for handysize, supramax, panamax and capesize drybulk vessels. For periods after March 1, 2018, handysize vessels are no longer included in the BDI.

 

Bareboat charter. Charter for an agreed period of time during which the vessel owner provides only the vessel, while the charterer provides the crew, together with all stores and bunkers and pays all vessel operating costs, including maintenance and repairs.

 

Ballast . Heavy material, usually seawater, taken into and removed from a vessel as required from time to time, in order to provide stability to the vessel.

 

Bunker(s). Fuel, consisting principally of fuel oil and diesel, burned in the vessel’s engines and certain ancillary equipment.

 

Capesize vessel. Drybulk carrier with a capacity of about 130,000 to 200,000 dwt which, due to its size, must transit when loaded the Atlantic to the Pacific via Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope and is typically used for long voyages in the coal and iron ore trades.

 

Charter hire. The basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current shipping market rates.

 

Charterer. A person, firm or company hiring or employing a vessel for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

 

Charter party. A document containing all the terms and conditions of the contract between the owner of a vessel and a charterer for the use of a vessel, signed by both parties or their agents, for the hire of a vessel or the space in a vessel.

 

Commercial management. Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to obtaining economic value from the vessel which may include vessel financing, sale and purchase, chartering or vessel employment, voyage execution, insurance and claims handling, accounting and corporate administration.

 

Commercial pools. A pooling of vessels for the purpose of economies of scale and where the earnings of each vessel in the pool are not determined by the specific voyages undertaken by the individual vessel but by an agreed allocation of the pooled earnings of all the vessels in the pool. A pool manager is responsible for the commercial operation of the commercial pool service.

 

Contract of affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, is similar to a voyage charter, but covers two or more shipments over an agreed period of time (this could be over a number of months or years) and a particular vessel is not necessarily specified.

 

Deadweight tonne, or dwt. The unit of measurement of weight capacity of vessels, which is the total weight (usually in metric tons) the vessel can carry, including cargo, bunkers, water, stores, spares and crew at a specified draft.

 

Demurrage. An agreed amount payable to the vessel owner or disponent owner by the charterer when the agreed time allowed for loading or unloading cargo has been exceeded through no fault of the owner.

 

Disponent Owner. A person or a company that is not registered as owner of a vessel, but who has control over the commercial operations of the vessel through a bareboat or time charter, and has, as a disponent owner, the right to “dispose of” the ship by sub-chartering it to a third party.

 

Drybulk carrier. Vessel designed to carry dry, loose cargoes in bulk.

 

 

 

 

Drydocking. The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of parts that are normally submerged.

 

Flag state or Flagged. The country where the vessel is registered.

 

Fleet utilization. The percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

Forward freight agreement. A forward freight agreement, or FFA, is a derivative instrument that can be used as a means of hedging exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates or freight rates for forward positions. Settlement is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange.

 

Freight rates. The rate or level of freight under a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

 

Freight revenue. The revenue earned by a vessel owner or disponent owner pursuant to a voyage charter or a contract of affreightment.

 

Handysize drybulk vessel. Drybulk carrier of less than 40,000 dwt which is commonly equipped with cargo gear such as cranes. This type of vessel carries principally minor bulk cargoes and limited quantities of major bulk cargoes. It is well suited for transporting cargoes to ports that may have draft restrictions or are not equipped with gear for loading or discharging drybulk cargoes.

 

IMO. International Maritime Organization, the international United Nations advisory body on transport by sea.

 

Major bulk. Drybulk cargoes such as iron ore, coal and grain.

 

Medium range tanker. A tanker of about 25,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt.

 

Minor bulk. Drybulk cargoes such as forest products, iron and steel products, fertilizers, agricultural products, minerals and petcoke, bauxite and alumina, cement, other construction materials and salt.

 

Newbuilding. A vessel under construction or on order for construction.

 

Off-hire. The period during which a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings.

 

Operating days. Operating days are the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. The shipping industry uses operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

P&I. Protection and indemnity insurance coverage taken by a vessel owner or charterer against third-party liabilities such as those arising from oil pollution, cargo damage, crew injury or loss of life.

 

Product tanker. A tanker designed to carry refined petroleum products in bulk.

 

Resale agreement. An agreement to acquire the rights and obligations under a shipbuilding contract or a contract to acquire a newbuilding.

 

Spot market. The market for immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for a single voyage or short-term trading.

 

Spot market-oriented pool. A commercial pool that primarily employs vessels in the spot market.

 

Spot rate. Charter rate agreed on the basis of the prevailing spot market.

 

Supramax/ultramax vessel. Drybulk carrier of about 40,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt, which is usually grab fitted and carries a wide variety of cargoes including major bulk and minor bulk cargoes. Supramax generally refers to vessels from 40,000 dwt to 60,000 dwt, whereas ultramax generally refers to vessels from 60,000 dwt to 65,000 dwt.

 

Small tanker. A tanker of about 10,000 dwt to 25,000 dwt.

 

Technical management. Management of those aspects of vessel owning and operation that relate to the physical operation of a vessel, including the provision of crew, routine maintenance, repairs, drydocking, supplies of stores and spares, compliance with all applicable international regulations, safety and quality management, environment protection, newbuilding plan approval, newbuilding supervision, oversight of third-party contracted supervisors, and related technical and financial reporting.

 

Time charter. Charter for an agreed period of time where the vessel owner or disponent owner as the case may be is paid on a per-day basis and is responsible for operating the vessel and paying the vessel operating costs while the charterer is responsible for paying the charter hire and the voyage expenses and bears the risk of filling the vessel with cargo and any delays at port or during the voyage, except where caused by a defect of the vessel.

 

TCE Revenue or TCE. TCE, or time charter equivalent, revenue is defined as vessel revenue less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenue and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenue and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage expenses and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage expenses and generally are expressed in per-day amounts.

 

 

 

 

Tonnage. A generic term referring to any kind of ocean-going cargo vessel or vessels.

 

Vessel operating costs. Costs associated with technical management of the owned vessels in our Fleet, including crew expenses; repairs and maintenance; insurance; and other such costs.

 

Vessel revenue. The revenue generated by the Company that is comprised of charter hire of vessels and freight revenue.

 

Voyage charters. Charters under which a vessel owner or disponent owner is paid on the basis of transporting cargo from a load port to a discharge port and is responsible for paying vessel operating costs, voyage expenses, and charter hire costs, as applicable.

 

Voyage expenses. All direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the relevant ports. These expenses include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage); fuel expenses; port expenses; and FFAs.

 

 

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

 

These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenue and income, are necessarily estimates and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” of this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

our future operating or financial results;

 

the strength of world economies, including, in particular, in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

 

cyclicality of the drybulk and tanker markets, including general drybulk and tanker shipping market conditions and trends, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;

 

changes in supply and demand in the drybulk and tanker shipping industries, including the market for our vessels;

 

changes in the value of our vessels;

 

changes in our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking, surveys, upgrades and insurance costs;

 

competition within the drybulk and tanker industries;

 

seasonal fluctuations within the drybulk and tanker industries;

 

our ability to employ our vessels in the spot market and our ability to enter into time charters after our current charters expire;

 

general economic conditions and conditions in the oil and coal industry;

 

our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies and oil producers;

 

the failure of counterparties to our contracts to fully perform their obligations with us;

 

our ability to execute our growth strategy;

 

international political conditions, including additional tariffs imposed by China and the United States;

 

potential disruption of shipping routes due to weather, accidents, political events, natural disasters or other catastrophic events;

 

vessel breakdowns;

 

corruption, piracy, military conflicts, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

 

fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates and the uncertainty surrounding the continued existence of the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR;

 

changes in the costs associated with owning and operating our vessels;

 

changes in, and our compliance with, governmental, tax, environmental, health and safety regulations, including the International Maritime Organization, or IMO 2020, regulations limiting sulfur content in fuels;

 

potential liability from pending or future litigation;

 

our ability to procure or have access to financing, our liquidity and the adequacy of cash flows for our operations;

 

the continued borrowing availability under our debt agreements and compliance with the covenants contained therein;

 

our ability to fund future capital expenditures and investments in the construction, acquisition and refurbishment of our vessels;

 

our dependence on key personnel;

 

our expectations regarding the availability of vessel acquisitions and our ability to buy and sell vessels and to charter-in vessels as planned or at prices we deem satisfactory;

 

 

 

 

adequacy of our insurance coverage;

 

effects of new technological innovation and advances in vessel design;

 

our ability to realize the benefits of the Spin-Off;

 

our ability to operate as an independent entity; and

 

the other factors set out in “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors”.

 

We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as required by law.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
PART I  
ITEM 1: IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 1
ITEM 2: OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE 1
ITEM 3: KEY INFORMATION 1
ITEM 3C: RISK FACTORS 4
ITEM 4: INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY 29
ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 46
ITEM 5: OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS 46
ITEM 6: DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES 69
ITEM 7: MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 72
ITEM 8: FINANCIAL INFORMATION 73
ITEM 9: THE OFFER AND LISTING 73
ITEM 10: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 74
ITEM 11: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 84
ITEM 12: DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 86
PART II  
ITEM 13: DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 87
ITEM 14: MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS 87
ITEM 15: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 87
ITEM 16A: AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT 87
ITEM 16B: CODE OF ETHICS 87
ITEM 16C: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 87
ITEM 16D: EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 88
ITEM 16E: PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 88
ITEM 16F: CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 88
ITEM 16G: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 88
ITEM 16H: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 88
PART III  
ITEM 17: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 89
ITEM 18: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 89
ITEM 19: EXHIBITS 89

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The selected historical consolidated and combined financial data set out below as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 have been derived from the consolidated and combined audited financial statements included in this annual report. The selected historical consolidated and combined financial data set out below as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated and combined financial statements that can be found in the Registration Statement on Form 20-F (Registration No. 001-384401), initially filed with the SEC on March 23, 2018, as amended, (the “Registration Statement”). The financial statements of the company represent, prior to June 18, 2018, the combined financial statements of GSSA and GSPL and, on and subsequent to June 18, 2018, the consolidated financial statements of Grindrod Shipping as a separate publicly traded company following the Spin-Off. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” for additional information. The other financial and operating data presented has been calculated as described in the footnotes to the table below. This table contains certain information regarding TCE per day, which is a non-GAAP measure. For a discussion and reconciliation of this measure, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, other than per share data)   2018     2017     2016     2015  
Summary Combined Statements of Profit or Loss Data                                
Revenue   $ 319,018     $ 409,522     $ 371,532     $ 434,439  
Cost of sales                                
Voyage expenses     (151,705 )     (166,924 )     (140,727 )     (145,560 )
Vessel operating costs     (32,657 )     (40,837 )     (42,911 )     (45,139 )
Charter hire costs     (100,648 )     (127,748 )     (121,080 )     (150,595 )
Depreciation and amortization     (14,094 )     (17,975 )     (19,806 )     (26,036 )
Other expenses     (1,146 )     (16,364 )     (27,860 )     (27,336 )
Cost of ship sale     (7,675 )     (17,560 )     (13,351 )     (12,911 )
Gross profit     11,093       22,114       5,797       26,862  
Other operating income     11,459       4,696       5,687       6,142  
Administrative expenses     (31,599 )     (32,868 )     (30,140 )     (27,670 )
Other operating expenses     (5,437 )     (39,198 )     (18,093 )     (71,829 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (454 )     (12,946 )     (3,472 )     (18,748 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets     (1,583 )     -       -       -  
Interest income     3,787       7,164       5,260       3,101  
Interest expense     (6,517 )     (6,548 )     (4,899 )     (4,448 )
Loss before taxation     (19,251 )     (57,586 )     (39,860 )     (86,590 )
Income tax     (1,389 )     (3,226 )     (3,849 )     (3,764 )
Loss for the period   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )   $ (43,709 )   $ (90,354 )
Basic and diluted loss per share     (1.08 )     (3.19 )     (2.29 )     (4.74 )
                                 
Summary Combined Statement of Financial Position Data                                
Cash and bank balances   $ 35,636     $ 46,522     $ 67,711     $ 75,485  
Other current assets     87,313       140,680       93,112       69,084  
Non-current assets     324,678       319,920       429,331       434,162  
Total assets     447,627       507,122       590,154       578,731  
Current liabilities     56,666       163,249       141,659       166,367  
Non-current liabilities     98,458       24,137       85,400       13,281  
Total liabilities     155,124       187,386       227,059       179,648  
Total equity     292,503       319,736       363,095       399,083  

 

  1  

 

 

The following table sets forth certain other financial and operating data for key segments (1) of our drybulk carriers and tankers businesses. This data should be read together with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
Other Financial and Operating Data                                
                                 
Drybulk Carriers Business                                
Handysize Segment Data                                
Calendar days (2)     6,704       7,942       7,616       7,877  
Available days (3)     6,565       7,840       7,559       7,762  
Operating days (4)     6,495       7,720       7,460       7,692  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     4,915       5,114       5,190       4,946  
Long-term charter in days (6)     221       365       1,186       1,093  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     1,359       2,241       1,084       1,653  
Fleet utilization (8)     98.9 %     98.5 %     98.7 %     99.1 %
Handysize Segment Average Daily Results                                
TCE per day (9)   $ 9,032     $ 7,675     $ 5,881     $ 7,487  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 5,201     $ 5,034     $ 5,091     $ 5,160  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 8,600     $ 8,600     $ 5,975     $ 8,299  
Supramax/Ultramax Segment Data                                
Calendar days (2)     6,401       7,702       7,700       7,952  
Available days (3)     6,345       7,702       7,700       7,952  
Operating days (4)     6,315       7,584       7,654       7,774  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     704       692       560       75  
Long-term charter in days (6)     2,299       2,524       2,023       1,558  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     3,312       4,368       5,071       6,141  
Fleet utilization (8)     99.5 %     98.5 %     99.4 %     97.8 %
Supramax/Ultramax Segment Average Daily Results                                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,878     $ 10,551     $ 7,861     $ 10,232  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 4,641     $ 4,519     $ 4,433     $ 4,297  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 12,866     $ 13,092     $ 12,974     $ 13,059  
                                 
Tankers Business                                
Medium Range Tankers Segment Data                                
Calendar days (2)     2,733       3,055       3,140       3,288  
Available days (3)     2,721       2,999       3,140       3,288  
Operating days (4)     2,660       2,994       3,140       3,271  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,587       1,893       1,983       2,014  
Long-term charter in days (6)     1,073       1,101       1,157       1,257  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -       -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     97.8 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     99.5 %
Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,258     $ 11,691     $ 13,902     $ 20,569  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 6,888     $ 6,869     $ 7,053     $ 7,458  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 14,995     $ 14,756     $ 15,283     $ 15,037  
Small Tankers Segment Data                                
Calendar days (2)     1,268       1,469       1,657       2,163  
Available days (3)     1,234       1,461       1,603       2,136  
Operating days (4)     1,223       1,461       1,572       2,096  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,223       1,264       1,206       1,366  
Long-term charter in days (6)     -       197       366       730  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -       -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     99.1 %     99.0 %     98.1 %     98.2 %
Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,392     $ 13,014     $ 12,154     $ 11,291  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 7,069     $ 7,427     $ 7,479     $ 7,676  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)     -     $ 10,905     $ 9,835     $ 8,042  

 

 

(1)

Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days : total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days : total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

  2  

 

 

(4) Operating days : the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days : the number of operating days in which our owned fleet is operating for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days : the number of operating days in which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days : the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization : the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day : vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of TCE revenue and a reconciliation of TCE revenue to revenue.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day : vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day : charter hire costs associated with long-term chartered-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period.

 

The tables below present the breakdown of charter hire costs into long-term charter hire costs and short-term charter hire costs for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
    Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
 
                                     
Handysize     1,904       14,187       16,091       3,139       19,634       22,773  
Supramax/ultramax     29,580       39,848       69,428       33,038       40,298       73,336  
Medium Range Tankers     16,090       -       16,090       16,257       -       16,257  
Small Tankers     -       -       -       2,148       -       2,148  
Others                     1,468                       14,054  
Adjustments (1)                     (2,429 )                     (820 )
                      100,648                       127,748  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
    Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
 
                                     
Handysize     3,869       12,710       16,579       6,121       19,477       25,598  
Supramax/ultramax     26,247       33,351       59,598       20,346       51,233       71,579  
Medium Range Tankers     17,682       -       17,682       18,900       -       18,900  
Small Tankers     3,600       -       3,600       5,871       -       5,871  
Others                     22,500                       26,503  
Adjustments (1)                     1,121                       2,144  
                      121,080                       150,595  

 

 

(1) Charter hire costs incurred by our joint ventures are included in our operating segment information on a proportionately consolidated basis. Accordingly, adjustments reflect the reversal of the proportionate share of charter hire costs incurred by joint ventures to reconcile to the consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

  3  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

In addition to the other information included in this annual report, the considerations listed below could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cash flows, or ability to pay dividends, or future prospects, or financial performance, resulting in a decline in the trading price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. The risks set forth below comprise all material risks currently known to us. These factors should be considered carefully, together with the information and financial data set forth in this annual report.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

Weak economic conditions throughout the world, in particular in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, could negatively affect the markets in which we operate which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to obtain financing.

 

Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges, including recent turmoil and hostilities in various regions, including Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa. The weakness in the global economy has caused, and may cause, a decrease in worldwide demand for certain goods, and, thus, shipping. Additionally, there has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas, and other commodities. An extended period of deterioration in the outlook for the world economy could reduce the overall demand for oil and gas and other commodities and for our services. Continuing economic instability could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

The United States, Europe and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic trends. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented and/or are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.

 

Continued economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may exacerbate the effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels and those of our competitors will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk and liquid bulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China’s GDP is estimated to have decreased to approximately 6.6% for the year ended December 31, 2018 and it continues to remain below pre-2008 levels despite the overall level of demand for seaborne cargoes from China having increased since 2008. It is possible that China and other countries in the Asia Pacific region will continue to experience slowed or even negative economic growth in the future. Moreover, economic slowdown in the economies of the United States, Europe and other Asian countries may further adversely affect economic growth in China and elsewhere. Our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by a further economic downturn in any of these countries or geographic regions.

 

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been and continue to be volatile. Credit markets and the debt and equity capital markets have been distressed and the uncertainty surrounding the future of the global credit markets has resulted in reduced access to credit worldwide. These issues, along with significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk and the current weak economic conditions, have made, and will likely continue to make, it challenging to obtain additional financing. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.

 

Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased to provide, funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required to implement our business strategy, or that we will be able to refinance our credit facilities in due course, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they become due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, acquire newbuildings and additional vessels or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and adverse changes in market conditions and regulatory climate in the United States and worldwide may adversely affect our business or affect our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. The recent and developing economic and governmental factors, together with possible further declines in charter rates and vessel values, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In the global economy, operating businesses have recently faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, weak international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. In particular, lower demand growth for drybulk and tanker cargoes as well as diminished trade credit available for the delivery of such cargoes have led to decreased demand for drybulk carriers and tankers, creating downward pressure on charter rates, the spot market and vessel values. These global economic conditions have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk, tanker and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:

 

low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;

 

decreases in the market value of drybulk carriers and tankers and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

 

limited financing for vessels;

 

  4  

 

 

widespread loan covenant defaults; and

 

declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.

 

The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Charter rates for drybulk carriers are volatile and have declined significantly since their historic highs and may remain at relatively low levels or decrease in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter rates and profitability. The degree of charter rate volatility among different types of drybulk carriers has varied widely; however, the downturn in the drybulk charter market has severely affected the entire drybulk shipping industry and charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined significantly from historically high levels. In the past, time charter and voyage charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined below operating costs of vessels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined approximately 97.6% from its high of almost 12,000 in June 2008 to 290 on February 10, 2016 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the BDI fluctuated in a range between 948 and 1,774. As of February 28, 2019, the BDI was 658.

 

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major drybulk commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may employ our vessels in these short-term markets at lower rates. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Factors that influence demand for drybulk carrier capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;

 

the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the globalization of production and manufacturing;

 

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;

 

disruptions and developments in international trade including additional trade tariffs imposed by China and the United States;

 

the cost of steel and labor;

 

the cost and availability of financing;

 

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;

 

environmental and other regulatory developments;

 

competition from alternative sources of energy;

 

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars;

 

currency exchange rates; and

 

weather, natural disasters and other catastrophic events, such as the Vale tailings dam collapse in January 2019 which is expected to have an impact on the worldwide iron ore supply, which may disrupt drybulk trading patterns.

 

Factors that influence the supply of drybulk carrier capacity include:

 

the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

 

the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

 

port or canal congestion;

 

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

  5  

 

 

environmental concerns and regulations including the IMO 2020 regulations;

 

speed of vessel operation;

 

vessel casualties;

 

weather; and

 

the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.

 

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to newbuilding and scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These and other factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

 

We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk carriers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, mainly China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Charter rates for tankers are volatile, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The tanker industry is cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. A worsening of current global economic conditions may cause tanker charter rates to decline and thereby adversely affect our ability to employ our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their employment, or any renewal or replacement employment that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply of and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes. The factors affecting the supply of and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable. The BCTI, an index of daily average of charter rates for key clean tanker routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as a main benchmark to monitor the movements of the clean tanker vessel charter market and the performance of the entire clean tanker shipping market, declined approximately 82.3% from its high of 1,955 in December 2000 to 345 in April 2009 and has remained volatile since then. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the BCTI fluctuated in a range between 476 and 919. As of February 28, 2019, the BCTI was 576.

 

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major large bulk liquid commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover, we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would adversely affect asset values and our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, on our ordinary shares, and capital and interest on our indebtedness. Furthermore, a significant decrease in charter rates would cause asset values to decline and we may have to record an impairment charge in our financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

The factors that influence demand for clean tanker capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources, oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

 

regional availability of refining capacity and inventories;

 

regional production of liquid bulks such as vegetable oils and chemicals;

 

global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts, terrorist activities, and strikes;

 

the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;

 

the distance over which oil and oil products and other liquid bulk cargoes are to be moved by sea;

 

the cost of steel and labor;

 

the cost and availability of financing;

 

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

 

weather and natural disasters;

 

competition from alternative sources of energy;

 

currency exchange rates; and

 

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

 

  6  

 

 

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

supply of and demand for energy resources and oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes;

 

the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;

 

the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;

 

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

conversion of tankers to other uses;

 

the number of tankers trading crude or “dirty” oil products (such as fuel oil);

 

the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid up, drydocked, awaiting repairs, used for storage purposes or otherwise not available for hire;

 

environmental concerns and regulations, including the IMO 2020 regulations;

 

geographical oil product and other liquid bulk cargo imbalances (affecting the level of trading activity);

 

developments in international trade, including refinery additions and closures;

 

port or canal congestion;

 

vessel casualties;

 

weather; and

 

speed of vessel operation.

 

In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up, include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance costs, insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing tanker fleet in the market, and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.

 

We anticipate that the future demand for our tankers will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global tanker fleet and the sources and supply of oil and petroleum products and other liquid bulk cargoes to be transported by sea. Given the number of new tankers currently on order with the shipyards, the capacity of the global tanker fleet seems likely to increase and there can be no assurance as to the timing or extent of future economic growth. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers are volatile and may decline in the future, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell a vessel following a decline in its market value.

 

The fair market values of our drybulk carriers and tankers have generally experienced high volatility and have declined significantly from time to time. The fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:

 

prevailing levels of charter rates;

 

general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

 

competition from varying types and sizes of vessels;

 

the ages of vessels;

 

the supply of and demand for vessels;

 

other modes of transportation;

 

the cost of newbuildings;

 

governmental and other regulations;

 

the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise;

 

bunker prices; and

 

competition from other shipping companies.

 

If the fair market values of our vessels decline, the amount of funds we may draw down under our credit facilities may be limited and we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in our credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on the mortgaged

 

  7  

 

 

vessels in our Fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale and a reduction in earnings, which could be material. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

An inability to effectively time investments in and divestments of vessels could prevent the implementation of our business strategy and negatively impact our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In order to maintain a young fleet we are required to replace older vessels with newer ones over time. In order to do so, we intend to grow our Fleet by entering into long-term chartering and newbuildings contracts and making acquisitions and disposals in the resale and second-hand markets. Our business is greatly influenced by long-term chartering contracts, the timing of investments and/or divestments, the exercise of our purchase options to acquire vessels and contracting of newbuildings. As of the date of this annual report, we have purchase options to acquire five vessels that we time charter, including two chartered-in vessels currently under construction. For a discussion of the terms of these purchase options, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview”. If we are unable to identify the optimal timing of such investments, of the exercise of our purchase options, of divestments or of contracting of newbuildings in relation to the shipping value cycle or unable to execute at the optimal timing due to capital constraints or other reasons, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Drybulk carrier and tanker values have generally experienced high volatility. Investors can expect the fair market value of our vessels to fluctuate, depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the drybulk and tanker industries and competition from other shipping companies, types and sizes of vessels and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels age, they generally decline in value. These factors will affect the value of our vessels for purposes of covenant compliance under the credit facilities and at the time of any vessel sale. If for any reason we sell a vessel at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than such vessel’s carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we could also incur a material loss on the sale and a reduction in earnings and reserves. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time. At the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies”.

 

An over-supply of drybulk carrier and tanker capacity may prolong or lead to a reduction or depression in drybulk carrier or tanker charter rates, as has happened in the past, and lead to a reduction in the value of our vessels, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers and tankers profitably.

 

The market supply of drybulk carriers has increased significantly since the beginning of 2005. As of January 31, 2019, newbuilding orders, which extend to 2022 and beyond, had been placed for approximately 10.6% of the existing global drybulk fleet capacity for drybulk vessels greater than 10,000 dwt, and the orderbook may increase further. Drybulk carrier supply growth has been outpacing drybulk carrier demand growth over the past few years, causing downward pressure on drybulk charter rates. If the capacity of new drybulk carriers delivered exceeds the capacity of drybulk carriers being scrapped, drybulk capacity will increase. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, drybulk charter rates may continue to be under pressure in the near to medium term and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors, such as supply of and demand for energy resources, including oil and petroleum products, supply of and demand for seaborne transportation of such energy resources and other liquid bulk cargoes, and the current and expected purchase orders for newbuildings. If the capacity of new tankers delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and converted to non-trading tankers, global tanker capacity will increase. As of January 31, 2019, the newbuilding oil tanker orderbook, which extends to 2022 and beyond, equaled approximately 10.7% of the existing global oil tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing global oil tanker fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly or declines, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, tankers may be “cleaned up” from “dirty/crude” trades and swapped back into the clean tanker market which would increase the available clean tanker tonnage which may affect the supply and demand balance for clean tankers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.

 

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age, the condition of the vessel, our and our third-party commercial managers’ reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, the acceptability of the vessel and its technical managers and operators to the charterers.

 

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk or tanker shipping companies, our competitors may be able to offer better prices than us, which could result in our achieving lower revenue from our vessels and our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

  8  

 

 

Our drybulk and tanker shipping charter rates will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels in the spot market or on index-based time charters or have index-based COAs, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

 

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

 

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the northern hemisphere winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

 

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supply of certain commodities.

 

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the UN International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL) including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as BUNKER), the International Convention of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code, or the ISPS code, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), or the LL Convention.

 

Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes, such as the purchase of low-sulphur fuel to comply with the new IMO 2020 regulations, and the need for such actions may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations, or our ability to offer competitive charter rates. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the fair market values or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. For example, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, adopted by the IMO in February 2004, calls for the phased introduction of mandatory reducing living organism limits in ballast water over time (as discussed further below). In order to comply with these living organism limits, vessel owners may have to install expensive ballast water treatment systems or make port facility disposal arrangements and modify existing vessels to accommodate those systems. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017 and while we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, we cannot be assured that these systems will be approved by the regulatory bodies of every jurisdiction in which we may wish to conduct our business. If they are not approved it could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems, the direct costs thereof and the time our vessels may be off hire to effect such modifications.

 

Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States (unless the spill results solely from, under certain limited circumstances, the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war). An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, including punitive damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our drybulk carriers and tankers.

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Environmental and Other Regulations”.

 

Our growth depends on continued growth in demand for oil and coal and the continued demand for seaborne transportation of such cargoes. A shift in consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy sources or changes to trade patterns for refined oil products or coal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our earnings are related, directly or indirectly, to the global demand for oil and coal. A shift in the consumer demand from oil and coal towards other energy resources such as liquefied natural gas, wind energy, solar energy, or water energy will potentially affect the demand for our drybulk carriers and tankers. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  9  

 

 

In addition, our growth depends on continued growth in world and regional demand for refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals and the transportation of such cargoes by sea, which could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

 

technology developments and their effect on factors such as cost, alternative or substitute products, alternative methods of production and the location of production;

 

the economic and financial developments globally, including actual and projected global economic growth;

 

fluctuations in the actual or projected price of crude oil, refined petroleum products or other bulk liquids;

 

refining capacity and its geographical location;

 

increases in the production of oil or natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new, pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-oil pipelines to oil pipelines in those markets;

 

decreases in the consumption of oil or natural gas due to increases in its price relative to other energy sources, and other factors making consumption of oil or natural gas less attractive or energy conservation measures;

 

availability of new, alternative energy sources; and

 

negative or deteriorating global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in oil-consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

 

Seaborne trading and distribution patterns are primarily influenced by the relative advantage of the various sources and locations of production, locations of consumption, pricing differentials and seasonality. Changes to the trade patterns of refined oil products or coal may have a significant negative or positive impact on our revenue. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The refining and chemical industries may respond to any economic downturn and demand weakness by reducing operating rates, partially or completely closing refineries and plants and by reducing or cancelling certain investment expansion plans, including plans for additional refining capacity, in the case of the refining industry. Continued reduced demand for refined petroleum products and other bulk liquids and the shipping of such cargoes or the increased availability of pipelines used to transport refined petroleum products and bulk liquid chemicals would have a material adverse effect on our future growth and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

If we cannot meet our customers’ quality and compliance requirements we may not be able to operate our vessels profitably which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Customers, and in particular those in the oil industry, have a high and increasing focus on quality and compliance standards with their suppliers across the entire value chain, including the shipping and transportation segment. Our continuous compliance with these standards and quality requirements is vital for our operations. Related risks could materialize in multiple ways, including a sudden and unexpected breach in quality and/or compliance concerning one or more vessels, and a continuous decrease in the quality concerning one or more vessels occurring over time. Moreover, continuously increasing requirements from oil industry constituents can further complicate our ability to meet the standards. Any noncompliance by us, either suddenly or over a period of time, on one or more vessels, or an increase in requirements by oil operators above and beyond what we deliver, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Increasing self-sufficiency in energy by the United States could lead to a decrease in imports of oil to that country, which to date has been one of the largest importers of oil worldwide.

 

The United States overtook Russia and Saudi Arabia as the world’s top oil producer in 2018 according to the United States Energy Information Administration. The steep rise in shale oil and gas production is expected to push the country toward self-sufficiency in energy. In recent years the share of total U.S. consumption met by total liquid fuel net imports, including both crude oil and products, has been decreasing since peaking at over 60% in 2005. The International Energy Agency has indicated that U.S. crude oil imports will, generally, decline over the period from 2015 through 2021. A slowdown in oil imports to or exports from the United States, one of the most important oil trading nations worldwide, may result in decreased demand for our vessels and lower charter rates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

World events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of the United States or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. War in a country in which a material supplier, including crew supply services, or customer of ours is located could impact that supply to us or our ability to earn revenue from that customer. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and West Africa. Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, as discussed further below, have had and could have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  10  

 

 

An increase in trade protectionism and the unraveling of multilateral trade agreements could have a material adverse impact on our charterers’ business and, in turn, could cause a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Our operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will adversely affect our business. Recently, government leaders have declared that their countries may turn to trade barriers to protect or revive their domestic industries in the face of foreign imports, thereby depressing the demand for shipping. The United Kingdom recently resolved to leave the European Union, and it is not yet clear how it plans to approach international trade with the European Union and other trade partners. In the United States, the current administration has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other exporting countries, including with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. The U.S. presidential administration has stated that it rejects multilateral trade agreements in favor of bilateral relations and purports to seek more favorable terms in its dealings with its trade partners. The U.S. administration has indicated that it may resort to aggressive tactics, such as the imposition of punitive tariffs, in order to secure achieve these goals. 

 

Restrictions on imports, including in the form of tariffs, could have a major impact on global trade and demand for shipping. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve may cause an increase in (i) the cost of goods exported from exporting countries such as China and Mexico, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from exporting countries, (iii) the costs of such delivery and (iv) the risks associated with exporting goods. These factors may result in a decrease in the quantity of goods to be shipped. Protectionist developments, or the perception they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade, including trade between the United States and China. These developments would have an adverse impact on our charterers’ business, operating results and financial condition. This could, in turn, affect our charterers’ ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and impair our ability to renew charters and grow our business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our cash flows

 

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia, in the Gulf of Guinea and the west coast of Africa, with drybulk carriers and tankers particularly vulnerable to such attacks. Acts of piracy may result in death or injury to persons or damage to property. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers or by the Joint War Committee of Lloyds Insurance and IUA Company, or Joint War Committee, as “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs of employing on-board security guards, could increase in such circumstances. In some circumstances where one of our vessels is chartered-out or on time charter, the time charterer may have limited liability for charter payments in the event of an act of piracy and may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates is not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and that they are therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. Voyage charterers do not bear any of the liability relating to acts of piracy except for possible contributions in general. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, any hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We are subject to international safety regulations and requirements imposed by our classification societies and the failure to comply with these regulations and requirements may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires vessel owners, vessel managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified or will be ISM Code-certified when delivered to us. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance, if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance or if any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, the hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. The cost of maintaining our vessels’ classifications, or class, may be substantial. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

 

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.

 

It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  11  

 

 

Changes in fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.

 

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant portion of our expenses when we are responsible for voyage expenses in operating our vessels and changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A number of vessel owners have ordered so-called “eco-type” vessel designs, which may offer substantial bunker savings as compared to older designs. Increased demand for and supply of “eco-type” vessels could reduce demand for those of our vessels that are not considered as such and expose us to lower vessel utilization and/or decreased charter rates.

 

New vessel designs purport to offer material bunker savings compared to older designs, which include certain of our vessels. Such savings could result in a substantial reduction of bunker cost for charterers compared to vessels of ours. As the supply of “eco-type” vessels increases and if charterers prefer such vessels over our vessels that are not classified as such, this may reduce demand for our non-“eco-type” vessels, impair our ability to re-charter such vessels at competitive rates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We operate drybulk carriers and tankers worldwide and, as a result, our business has inherent operational risks, which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses, and we may not be adequately covered by insurance.

 

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations of ocean-going vessels. Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenue, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

 

Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenue or property, payment of ransoms, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, and interference with shipping routes (such as delay or rerouting), which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses and also subject us to litigation.

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or we may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is distant from the relevant vessel’s position. The loss of earnings while our vessels are being repaired and repositioned or from being forced to wait for space, as well as the actual cost of repairs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, in certain cases we bareboat charter our vessels. Such vessels could require significant repairs when the vessel is returned to us.

 

The operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

 

In addition, the operation of tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil, including, among other things, oil spills, which we have experienced in the past and may experience in the future. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

 

Furthermore, the operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, also has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessel’s holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Other bulk cargoes will include a certain amount of moisture and may “liquefy” under certain conditions. Any of these circumstances or events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.

 

In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our Fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance, or FD&D insurance. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. In this regard we are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims, including environmental damage, pollution and crew personal injury and illness claims (currently the amount of insurance coverage for pollution claims available to us on commercially reasonable terms through P&I Associations is limited to $1 billion per vessel per incident). The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into inter-association agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

 

  12  

 

 

We do not currently maintain insurance against loss of hire on our vessels resulting from business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. The insurers may not pay particular claims as the payment of some claims may be treated as discretionary by the board of directors of the P&I Association. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery. Moreover, insurers may default on claims they are required to pay.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future, or that we will be able to obtain certain insurance coverage. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.

 

In certain jurisdictions, an extensive range of claims may give rise to maritime liens, such as claims by suppliers of goods and services to a vessel and cargo claims, and maritime liens against a vessel maybe granted for claims against the time charterer of that vessel.  The holder of a maritime lien is entitled to enforce the claim against the vessel notwithstanding that the claim may be against another party that has an interest in the vessel. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa under the “associated ship” procedures, a claimant may arrest either the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien or any “associated” vessel, which is any other vessel owned by the same owner or is owned by a company that is controlled, directly or indirectly by any person or persons through the owning company or the chartering company, whomever was liable, at the time the claim arose.

 

The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. The occurrence of any of the above events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.

 

We could be subject to industrial action or other labor unrest that could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, such business interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. These effects would be exacerbated if such a disruption were to occur on one of our vessels that are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties that we do not control.

 

Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States, United Kingdom, United Nations or other governments, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our ordinary shares.

 

Although we do not expect that our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, from time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. Our vessels have called on ports in Cuba and Sudan on very limited occasions in compliance with applicable sanctions, including with respect to humanitarian shipments arranged by the United States Agency for International Development, or USAID. Prior to each voyage on behalf of USAID, we confirmed that the charterer possessed a license authorizing the transactions under U.S. sanctions laws. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which amended the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA introduced limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran’s petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person’s vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.

 

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the “Joint Plan of Action”, or the JPOA. Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and E.U. would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months. On January 20, 2014, the United States and E.U. indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures included, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries from January 20, 2014 until July 20, 2014. The JPOA was subsequently extended twice.

 

On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the E.U. announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran’s Nuclear Program, or the JCPOA, which is intended to significantly restrict Iran’s ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016, which we refer to as Implementation Day, the United States joined the E.U. and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency, or the IAEA, that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.

 

  13  

 

 

On August 2, 2017, the United States enacted the Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act, or CAATSA. CAATSA authorizes secondary sanctions on persons worldwide who conduct certain business with Iran, Russia, and North Korea. These include secondary sanctions on persons (1) dealing with most sectors of the North Korean economy, including the transportation sector, (2) engaging in any activity related to Iran’s ballistic missile program, including transportation, and (3) dealing with certain activities in the Russian energy sector, including support of Russian energy export pipelines and certain energy projects. On September 21, 2017, President Trump issued an executive order imposing additional sanctions against North Korea, including a prohibition on vessels calling at ports in the United States that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days or that have engaged in vessel-to-vessel transfers with vessels that have called at North Korean ports within the past 180 days. On April 6, 2018, the United States imposed sanctions on seven Russian oligarchs and certain companies they own or control, 17 senior Russian government officials, a state-owned Russian weapons trading company, and a Russian bank. These sanctions were imposed in part under CAATSA, and some were specifically for persons operating in the energy sector of the Russian Federation economy. CAATSA also requires the mandatory imposition of secondary sanctions on any non-U.S. person that knowingly facilitates significant transactions for or on behalf of these designated Russian persons or any entities in which they own, directly or indirectly, a 50% or greater interest.

 

On October 13, 2017, President Trump declined to certify Iran’s compliance with the JCPOA. On January 12, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States did not intend to renew its sanctions waivers under the JCPOA when the waivers next expire on May 12, 2018 unless significant changes were made to the JCPOA. On May 8, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States would withdraw from the JCPOA and begin the process of reimposing sanctions that were waived under the JCPOA. The United States determined that these sanctions would be reimposed in two tranches. One set of sanctions was reimposed after a 90-day wind down period that ended August 6, 2018, and the remainder was reimposed after a 180-day wind down period that ended November 4, 2018. All sanctions that were suspended or waived under the JCPOA, including those under CISADA and the Iran Threat Reduction Act, have been in force since November 5, 2018 at the latest. The secondary sanctions related to Iran’s petroleum and petrochemical sectors, energy sector, and port operators, shipping, and shipbuilding sectors were reimposed after the 180-day wind down period that ended November 4, 2018. The remaining parties to the JCPOA continue to state that they intend to maintain compliance with the agreement.

 

Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in an occurrence of an event of default under our credit facilities, fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws.

 

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other applicable worldwide anti-corruption laws, which generally prohibit corrupt payments by us, our employees, vendors, or agents. These laws include the U.K. Bribery Act, which became effective on July 1, 2011 and which is broader in scope than the FCPA, as it prohibits bribes to any person and contains no facilitating payments exception. Under the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, we may be held liable for some actions taken by strategic or local partners and agents. We operate our vessels in some jurisdictions that international corruption monitoring groups have identified as having high levels of corruption and may utilize vendors and agents to act on our behalf in those jurisdictions. Our activities create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, vendors, or agents that could be in violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws. While we devote substantial resources to our global compliance program and have implemented policies, training, and internal controls designed to reduce the risk of corrupt payments and to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, our employees, vendors, and agents may violate our policies. We also may not be able to adequately prevent or detect all possible violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws. If we are found to be responsible for violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others), our company and our employees could suffer from substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration, prohibitions or limitations on the conduct of our business, the loss of our financing facilities and significant reputational damage, including our relationships with our customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Government or regulatory investigations into potential violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws by Grindrod Shipping or its employees, vendors, or agents could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations of the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.

 

The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.

 

We expect that our vessels will call in ports where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face reputational damage and governmental or other regulatory claims which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments

 

  14  

 

 

may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we may be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

A substantial number of our vessels are employed in either the spot market or in drybulk and tanker pools and any decrease in spot rates in the future could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A substantial number of our drybulk carriers and tankers are currently employed in either the spot market or in spot market-oriented drybulk and tanker pools, some of which are managed by third parties. This exposes us to fluctuations in spot rates. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we earned a substantial portion of our revenue from spot market-oriented pools and spot market charters. The spot market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier, tanker, cargo, energy resources, commodities, industrial products and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot contracts and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for employment and time spent traveling unemployed to a demand area. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot market rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot market rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as spot charters may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot rates are rising we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

 

Our ability to renew expiring contracts or obtain new contracts on favorable terms or at all will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to extend contracts in direct continuation of current contracts or we are not able to obtain new contracts for existing or new owned vessels or new chartered-in vessels upon their delivery to us, or if new charters are entered into with our customers at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to current charter terms, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, we cannot assure you that the drybulk and tanker pools our vessels operate in or pools that we manage will be successful in finding employment for all such vessels in the volatile spot market or whether any such employment will be at profitable rates. We cannot assure you that our vessels will be profitably operated by such pool or by ourselves where we commercially manage our vessels outside of pools.

 

Furthermore, vessels operated by unaffiliated third-parties may participate in such pools and may not be of a comparable design or quality to our vessels, negatively impacting the profitability of such pools. If such unaffiliated third-parties withdraw from the pools which we manage or participate in, such pools may no longer be able to operate profitability, or at all, due to the decreased number of vessels in the pool, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our Fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

At December 31, 2018, we had vessels of $241.5 million in total on our consolidated and combined statements of financial position, representing approximately 83% of our shareholders’ equity.

 

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of an asset when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if the asset no longer fits into our strategic planning. During 2016, we recorded an impairment loss of approximately $12.6 million relating to the reduction of the carrying value of our vessels based on value in use calculations. The impairments were largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we impaired the vessels to the extent of $16.5 million because we determined certain vessels were likely to be sold as they no longer fit into our strategic planning, and during 2018 one of our 50% held joint ventures impaired its vessels by $5.7 million when it determined to sell them.

 

If there is a reduction in our estimated charter rates, or if we intend to divest additional vessels, we may be required to record further impairment charges on our vessels, which would require us to write down the carrying value of these assets to their fair value. Since vessels and from time to time vessels under construction comprise a substantial portion of our consolidated and combined statements of financial position, such charges could have a material impact on our financial statements. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Critical Accounting Policies”.

 

We depend on certain customers for our revenue. Customers may terminate or default on their obligations to us and the terms of charters may be difficult to enforce.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue in the amount of approximately $40.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenue, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million in 2017, and $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million in 2016. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenue attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold on January 1, 2018. The loss of any of our significant customers, a customer’s failure to make payments or perform under any of the applicable contracts, a customer’s termination of any of the applicable contracts, or a decline in payments under the contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Our contracts are governed by the law of a number of jurisdictions and provide for a variety of dispute resolution mechanisms and arbitration proceedings. There can be no assurance that we would be able to enforce any judgments against these charterers in jurisdictions where they are based or have their primary assets and operations. Even after a charter contract is entered, charterers may terminate charters early under certain circumstances.

 

  15  

 

 

A charterer may also terminate a charter for events that may or may not be within our control. The events or occurrences that will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter generally include a total or constructive total loss of the related vessel, the requisition for hire of the related vessel, the event of war in specified countries, the vessel becoming subject to seizure for more than a specified number of days, our failure to deliver the related vessel within a fixed period of time or the failure of the related vessel to meet specified performance criteria.

 

The ability of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, conditions specific to the customer, the condition of the drybulk and tankers sectors of the shipping industry to which the customer is exposed, and the charter rates received for specific types of vessels. The costs associated with the default by a customer may be considerable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Our customers may go bankrupt or fail to perform their obligations under the contracts, they may delay payments or suspend payments altogether, they may terminate the contracts prior to the agreed-upon expiration date or they may attempt to renegotiate the terms of the contracts. The failure of a customer to perform its obligations under a contract may mean we increase our exposure to the spot market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. If we receive lower rates under replacement contracts or are unable to re-employ all of our vessels, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

A drop in spot market rates may provide an incentive for some charterers and other customers to default on their charters and contracts.

 

If spot market rates decline, charterers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. Currently, and in the future, we may employ certain of our vessels in fixed rate time charters. When we enter into a time charter, as well as bareboat charter or COA, charter rates under that charter or contract may be fixed for the term of the charter or contract. If the spot market or term charter rates available in the drybulk shipping market or tanker shipping market become significantly lower than the rates that a customer is obliged to pay us under our existing charters or contracts, the customer may have incentive to default under that charter or contract or attempt to renegotiate the charter or contract. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new employment we secure in the spot market or on time charters, or as bareboat charters or under COAs, may be at lower rates. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties to contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We have entered into, and may enter into, various contracts, including pooling arrangements, time charters, spot voyage charters, shipbuilding contracts, credit facilities and other agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime industries and the overall financial condition of the counterparty. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, or seek to renegotiate the terms of the contract, we could sustain significant losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Circumstances beyond our control could affect our customers’ financial strength, and because many of our customers are privately held companies, information about the financial strength of our customers may not always be available. As a result, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our customers and their non-performance, financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team and our ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers. The loss of any of these individuals and difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel, including key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

The aging of our vessels may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine and other technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. See “—A reduction in charter rates, spot market rates and other market deterioration or the aging of our Fleet may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our financial statements.” above.

 

The employment of our tankers could be adversely affected by an inability to clear the oil majors’ risk assessment process, and we could be in breach of our charter agreements.

 

The shipping industry, and especially the shipment of crude oil, refined petroleum products (clean and dirty) and bulk liquid chemicals, has been, and will remain, heavily regulated. The oil majors, together with a number of commodities traders, represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and shipping logistics (terminals) of crude oil and refined products worldwide. Concerns for the environment have led the oil majors to develop and implement a strict ongoing due diligence process when selecting their commercial partners. This vetting process has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive risk assessment of both the vessel operator and the

 

  16  

 

 

vessel, including physical vessel inspections, completion of vessel inspection questionnaires performed by accredited inspectors and the production of comprehensive risk assessment reports. In the case of term charter relationships, additional factors are considered when awarding such contracts, including:

 

office assessments and audits of the vessel operator;

 

the operator’s environmental, health and safety record;

 

compliance with the standards of the IMO;

 

compliance with oil majors’ codes of conduct, policies and guidelines, including transparency, anti-bribery and ethical conduct requirements and relationships with third parties;

 

compliance with heightened industry standards that have been set by several oil companies;

 

shipping industry relationships, reputation for customer service, technical and operating expertise;

 

shipping experience and quality of vessel operations, including cost-effectiveness;

 

quality, experience, length of service and technical capability of crews;

 

the ability to finance vessels at competitive rates and overall financial stability;

 

relationships with shipyards and the ability to obtain suitable berths;

 

in the case of a charter of a newbuilding, construction management experience, including the ability to procure on-time delivery of new vessels according to customer specifications;

 

willingness to accept operational risks pursuant to the charter, such as allowing termination of the charter for force majeure events; and

 

competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

 

Under the terms of our charter agreements, our charterers require that these vessels and their technical managers are vetted and approved to transport oil products by multiple oil majors. Our failure to maintain any of our tankers to the standards required by the oil majors could put us in breach of the applicable charter agreement and lead to termination of such agreement, and could give rise to impairment in the value of our tankers.

 

If we are not able to successfully clear the oil majors’ risk assessment processes on an ongoing basis, the future employment of our tankers, as well as our ability to obtain charters or freight contracts, whether spot, medium- or long-term, could be adversely affected. Such a situation may lead to the oil majors terminating existing charters and contracts and refusing to use our tankers in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

   

We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us if we lose our vessels or to compensate third parties.

 

There are a number of risks associated with the operation of ocean-going vessels, including mechanical failure, collision, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, loss of life, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. Any of these events may result in loss of revenue, increased costs and decreased cash flows. In addition, the operation of any vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.

 

We are insured against some contractual claims and tort claims (including claims related to environmental damage and pollution) through memberships in protection and indemnity associations or clubs, or P&I Associations. As a result of such membership, the P&I Associations provide us coverage for such tort and contractual claims. We also carry hull and machinery insurance and war risk insurance for our vessels. We insure our vessels for third-party liability claims subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Associations in which the vessels are entered. We do not maintain cover for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. We can give no assurance that we will be adequately insured against all risks. We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our vessels in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue or prevent recovery.

 

The objective of a P&I Association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member’s vessels entered into the association. Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association and the P&I Association’s retained earnings, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims payable by the association. Claims payable by the association may include those incurred by members of the association, as well as claims payable by the association from other P&I Associations with which our P&I Association has entered into interassociation agreements. We cannot assure you that the P&I Associations to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to renew our insurance policies on the same or commercially reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. For example, more stringent environmental regulations have led in the past to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, protection and indemnity insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our insurance may be voidable by the insurers as a result of certain of our actions, such as our vessels failing to maintain certification with applicable maritime self-regulatory organizations. Further, we cannot assure you that our insurance policies will cover all losses that we incur, or that disputes over insurance claims will not arise with our insurance carriers. Any claims covered by insurance would be subject to deductibles, and since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. In addition, our insurance policies are subject to limitations and exclusions, which may increase our costs or lower our revenue, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  17  

 

 

We may have difficulty managing our planned growth properly.

 

Our Fleet consists of 24 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, eight owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations, and we may, in the future, increase the size of our Fleet through timely and selective acquisitions. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

identify suitable drybulk carriers and tankers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisition at attractive prices;

 

sell older vessels at an appropriate time in the market;

 

obtain required financing for our existing and new vessels and operations;

 

identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers and tankers for acquisition or joint ventures;

 

integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;

 

hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and Fleet;

 

identify additional new markets;

 

enhance our customer base; and

 

enhance our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.

 

Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk or tanker vessels or businesses, or our inability to effectively manage our Fleet, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Furthermore, the number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our Fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, if we further expand our Fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shoreside administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to enhance our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. Acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our ordinary shareholders, or debt issuances (with amortization payments). The effect of an acquisition may be to lower our available cash. If any such events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

 

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

 

We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depend on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends.

 

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we may need to raise additional funds in the future. If we are unable to fund our future capital expenditure needs, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels or continue with some or all of our Fleet expansion plans, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may face liquidity issues if poor market conditions in the drybulk and/or tanker markets persist for a prolonged period. In addition, we may need to raise additional capital to maintain, replace and expand the operating capacity of our Fleet and fund our operations. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the cost and timing of vessel acquisitions, and the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing vessels as a result of technological advances in vessel design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

 

In order to fund our capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. Our ability to borrow money and access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by a number of factors, including:

 

our financial performance;

 

our credit ratings or absence of a credit rating as a stand-alone company;

 

the liquidity of the overall capital markets;

 

the state of the Singapore, United States and global economies;

 

  18  

 

 

general economic conditions and other contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control; and

 

the state of the drybulk and tanker industries.

 

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, our shareholders may experience dilution or reduced distributions. Any additional debt or equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders, including, in the case of debt financing, making us subject to more restrictive covenants than those applicable to our existing credit facilities.

 

Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures could limit our ability to continue to operate some or all of our vessels or could cause us to impair the value of our vessels as well as limit our ability to continue with some or all of our fleet expansion plans. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

Servicing our current or future indebtedness and meeting certain financing obligations limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt and meet our other financing obligations, we may lose our vessels.

 

Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow to paying interest and repaying capital on our indebtedness under such facilities.

 

These payments and certain financing obligations limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity investments in our joint venture or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk and tanker industries. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

seeking to raise additional capital;

 

refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

selling our vessels; or

 

reducing or delaying capital investments.

 

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. In addition, our 32 owned vessels are pledged as collateral to secure our various debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt and other financing, lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt or other assets.

 

We are exposed to volatility in LIBOR and may selectively enter into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.

 

The loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which was volatile in prior years and has been steadily increasing in recent years. LIBOR can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. In addition, LIBOR has been increasing since 2015 and may continue to rise in the near future. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected as we have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements to hedge our exposure to the interest rates applicable to our credit facilities and may not enter into interest rate hedging arrangements for these or any other financing arrangements we may enter into in the future, including those we may enter into to finance a portion of the amounts payable with respect to newbuildings or acquisitions.

 

We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest and breakage costs.

 

Uncertainty about the future of LIBOR may adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

As noted above, the loans under our credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR. LIBOR has been the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures may cause LIBOR to be eliminated or to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate indebtedness and obligations. In July 2017, the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced its intent to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR as currently constructed is not guaranteed after 2021. Further, the viability of Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, as an alternative reference rate and the availability and acceptance of other alternative reference rates are unclear and also may have adverse effects on market rates of interest and the value of securities and other financial arrangements. These uncertainties, proposals and actions to resolve them, and their ultimate resolution also could negatively impact our funding costs, loan and other asset values, asset-liability management strategies, and other aspects of our business and financial results. No assurance can be provided that the uncertainties around LIBOR or their resolution will not adversely affect the use, level, and volatility of our loans under our credit facilities generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR.

 

We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had $114.5 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities and we incurred an additional $29.7 million of debt in the first quarter of 2019 in connection with the purchase of the two tankers from the Leopard Tankers joint venture.

 

  19  

 

 

Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, to:

 

incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

 

sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

 

effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

 

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares if we determine to do so in the future, pay interest on our indebtedness, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

 

In addition, our credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our Fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may seek to obtain waivers or amendments from our lenders with respect to such financial ratios and covenants, or we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants.

 

Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so or amend these requirements. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Alternatively, if not repaid the interest rate on the outstanding debt can be increased. Moreover, in connection with any waivers or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities including an increase in the interest rate. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, repurchase our ordinary shares, make capital expenditures, or incur additional indebtedness.

 

Furthermore, certain of our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of other of our financing agreements. In the event of default by us under one of our debt agreements, the lenders under our other debt agreements could determine that we are in default under such other financing agreements. Such cross defaults could result in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt under these agreements and the lenders thereunder may foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt, including our vessels, even if we were to subsequently cure such default. In the event of such acceleration or foreclosure, we might not have sufficient funds or other assets to satisfy all of our obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

We may be adversely affected by the introduction of new accounting rules for leasing.

 

IFRS 16, Leases, requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets as “right of use” assets and lease liabilities, which will have the effect of bringing most off-balance sheet leases onto a lessee’s balance sheet, with the lease obligations as liabilities and the rights under the lease as assets. The date of initial application of IFRS 16 for us is January 1, 2019 and we have chosen to apply the modified retrospective application in accordance with IFRS 16. We will apply the definition of a lease and related guidance set out in IFRS 16 to all lease contracts entered into or modified on or after January 1, 2019 (whether we are a lessor or a lessee in the lease contract) and we will not be required to restate the comparative information for prior periods. On initial application of IFRS 16, for leases (with certain exceptions), we will (a) recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in our consolidated and combined statements of financial position, initially measured at the present value of the future lease payments; (b) recognize depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in our consolidated and combined statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income; and (c) separate the total amount of cash paid into a principal portion (presented within financing activities) and interest (presented within operating activities) in our consolidated and combined statements of cash flows. Under the prior IASB standard, IAS 17, all lease payments on operating leases are presented as part of cash flows from operating activities.

 

We anticipate that the application of this new accounting guidance in the future will have a material impact on amounts reported in respect of our financial assets and financial liabilities as there are leases relating to a portion of our existing vessels that have previously not been reflected on our balance sheet, and the composition of our income statement and statement of cash flows will change, including for the changes indicated above. On this basis, certain financial statement metrics such as leverage and capital ratios will be affected, even when the underlying cash flows have not changed. The implementation of this standard will also change the income and expense recognition patterns of those items. This may in turn affect covenant calculations under various contracts (such as loan agreements) unless the affected contracts are amended. We have not amended any such contracts in anticipation of this new accounting standard and we cannot assure you that we may not be required to amend any of those agreements to comply with covenant calculations. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects— Recent Accounting Pronouncements—Leases” and Note 2.4 to our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or

 

  20  

 

 

the costs and time to resolve them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings”.

 

Some of the vessels in our Fleet are operated by third-party technical managers. Any failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We have contracted the technical management for a portion of our Fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair services, to third-party technical management companies. The failure of these technical managers to perform their obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Although we may have rights against our third-party managers if they default on their obligations to us, we will receive the benefit of that recourse only to the extent that we recover funds.

 

Some of the third-party managers for our vessels are privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

 

Some of our vessels are managed by third parties. The ability of these third-party managers to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could affect our third-party managers’ financial strength. Because some of our third-party managers are privately held companies, we might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager and if they are unable to provide the technical or commercial management services we have contracted for, we may have delays in operating our vessels which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Security breaches and disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations and expose us to liability which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we rely heavily on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit, and store information electronically, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities. Additionally, we collect and store certain data, including proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to other confidential information in the ordinary course of our business. Despite our cybersecurity measures (including monitoring of networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems) which are continuously reviewed and upgraded, our information technology networks and infrastructure may still be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due to attack by hackers or breaches, employee error or malfeasance, data leakage, power outages, computer viruses and malware, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, natural disasters, or other catastrophic events. Any such events could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or penalties under privacy or other laws, disruption in operations, and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

In addition, some of our technology networks and systems are managed by third-party service providers (including cloud-service providers) for a variety of reasons, and such providers also may have access to proprietary business information and customer and employee data, and may have access to confidential information on the conduct of our business. Like us, these third-party providers are subject to risks imposed by data breaches and disruptions to their technology infrastructure. A cyber-attack could defeat one or more of our third-party service providers’ security measures, allowing an attacker access to proprietary information from our company including our employees’, customers’ and suppliers’ data. Any such security breach or disruption to our third-party service providers could result in a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation and liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Because international shipping companies often generate most or all of their revenue in U.S. dollars, but incur a portion of their expenses in other currencies, exchange rate fluctuations could cause us to suffer exchange rate losses, thereby increasing expenses and reducing income.

 

We engage in worldwide commerce with a variety of entities. Although our operations may expose us to certain levels of foreign currency risk, our transactions are predominantly U.S. dollar-denominated. The U.S. dollar is our functional currency and the functional currency of nearly all our subsidiaries and joint ventures. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies against which the U.S. dollar falls in value can increase, decreasing our earnings. A greater percentage of our transactions and expenses in the future may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the statements of financial position at the exchange rate prevailing on the statements of financial position date. Differences in exchange rates between statements of financial position dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions, and the translation of the financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated accounts, may follow different translation procedures. The determination of the functional currency of a company is based on various factors and a company’s functional currency may change depending on its circumstances. As part of our overall risk management policy, we may attempt to hedge these risks in exchange rate fluctuations from time to time. We may not always be successful in such hedging activities and, as a result, our operating results could suffer as a result of losses incurred as a result of un-hedged exchange rate fluctuations. We may enter into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to exchange rate risk. Entering into swaps and other derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we may employ may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional exchange rate costs.

 

If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our Fleet, our performance may be adversely affected.

 

Our current financial and operating systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand the size of our Fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. If our current financial and operating systems infrastructure is unable to manage the additional volume of our operations as our business grows, our operating efficiency could decline. If we fail to hire and retain qualified personnel to implement, protect and maintain our financial and operating systems or if we fail to upgrade our systems to meet our customers’ demands we may experience a disruption in operations and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

  21  

 

 

In addition, as we expand our Fleet, we or our third-party technical managers may have to recruit suitable additional seafarers or shore-based administrative and management personnel. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party technical managers will be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our Fleet.

 

We need to maintain our relationships with local shipping agents.

 

Our drybulk carrier and tankers businesses are dependent upon our relationships with local shipping agents operating in the ports where our customers ship and load their products. We believe our local shipping agent relationships will remain critical to our success in the future and the loss of one or more of which could materially and negatively impact our ability to retain and service our customers. We cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, or that new or renewed local shipping agent relationships will be available on commercially reasonable terms. If we are unable to maintain and expand our existing local shipping agent relationships, renew existing local shipping agent relationships, or enter into new local shipping agent relationships, we may lose customers or cause delays in the ports in which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Prolonged disruption or slowdown in the loading and unloading of our vessels could affect our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner and may result in a loss of revenue.

 

We rely on third parties for the loading and unloading process of our vessels at ports. A disruption in loading and unloading logistics could disrupt our ability to operate our vessels in a timely manner. Significant disruptions or slowdowns could result in a loss of revenue which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

If we acquire and / or operate secondhand vessels, we could be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our Fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

 

Although none of the vessels in our Fleet are secondhand vessels, we may acquire and / or operate secondhand vessels in the future. While we expect that we would typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us and therefore we cannot assure you that the quality of any secondhand vessels that we buy will be acceptable. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire. We cannot assure you that, if we acquire and operate second hand vessels in the future, as our secondhand vessels age, market conditions will justify expenditures or enable us to operate our secondhand vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.

 

The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to carry a variety of cargoes, enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers or tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Newbuilding projects are subject to risks that could cause delays, cost overruns or cancellation of our newbuilding contracts.

 

We have and may in the future enter into or acquire newbuilding contracts for drybulk carriers or tankers, including our resale agreements relating to the construction of two new drybulk carriers. See “Item 5. Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Capital Expenditures”. Construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors, including shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor, unscheduled delays in the delivery of ordered materials and equipment or shipyard construction, failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards, financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard, unanticipated actual or purported change orders, inability to obtain required permits or approvals, unanticipated cost increases between order and delivery, design or engineering changes and work stoppages and other labor disputes, adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure. Significant cost overruns or delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.

 

We have and may in the future contract with a trading house or a shipyard for the construction of a newbuilding. In the event the seller or the shipyard does not perform under its contract and we are unable to enforce the refund guarantee with a third-party bank for any reason, or we have not obtained such a guarantee, we may lose all or part of our investment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions, which subjects us to credit risk.

 

We currently bank with a limited number of financial institutions. An event of default by any of these financial institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our financial institutions are subject to internal and regulatory compliance protocols, which may delay access to our accounts. Such a delay could impact our ability to consummate transactions and operate our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares

 

There may not be a liquid market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ in the United States and quoted on the main board of the JSE in South Africa. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of those markets for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares or the price at which the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may trade. The liquidity and the market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares may be affected by a number of factors including variations in exchange and interest rates, the deterioration and volatility of the markets for

 

  22  

 

 

similar securities, and/or any changes in Grindrod Shipping’s liquidity, financial condition, creditworthiness, results and profitability and future prospects. In addition, our shareholder base consists primarily of South African residents who, subject to certain allowances in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations in South Africa, will generally be required to hold their ordinary shares on the JSE, and therefore the liquidity of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may be adversely impacted. In addition, in connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into lock-up agreements with two of our shareholders pursuant to which they generally agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer or sell any ordinary shares. One lock-up agreement expired in December 2018 and the other lock-up agreement, which is with our largest shareholder, will expire in June 2019. The expiration of these lock-up agreements and the ability of these and other shareholders to sell their ordinary shares in the market could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares. Furthermore, ordinary shares owned by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer under the U.S. securities laws. Affiliates will only be permitted to sell their shares pursuant to a valid exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement, which may impact the liquidity of the ordinary shares.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares will be traded on more than one stock exchange and this may result in price variations between the markets.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are listed on each of NASDAQ and the JSE. Trading in the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares therefore takes place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the NASDAQ and South African Rand on the JSE), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and South Africa). The trading prices of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares on these two markets may differ as a result of these, or other, factors. Any decrease in the price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares on either of these markets could cause a decrease in the trading prices of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares on the other market.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about Grindrod Shipping’s business, or publish negative reports about its business, Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares depends, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about Grindrod Shipping or its businesses. If securities or industry analysts do not cover Grindrod Shipping, it could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause its share price or trading volume to decline.

 

Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders.

 

Under Singapore law and Grindrod Shipping’s constitution, dividends, whether in cash or in specie, must be paid out of Grindrod Shipping’s profits available for distribution. Grindrod Shipping has no immediate plans to pay a cash dividend. See “Item 8. Financial Information—Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions”. As a holding company, Grindrod Shipping will earn distributable profits when it receives dividends and since Grindrod Shipping is a new company that has not received any dividends, it currently does not have distributable profits from which dividends may be declared. The availability of distributable profits is assessed on the basis of Grindrod Shipping’s standalone unconsolidated accounts, which are based upon IFRS. There is no assurance that Grindrod Shipping will not incur losses, that it will become profitable, or that it will have sufficient distributable income that might be distributed to its shareholders as a dividend or other distribution in the foreseeable future. Therefore, Grindrod Shipping will be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders unless and until it has generated sufficient distributable reserves. Accordingly, it may not be legally permissible for Grindrod Shipping to pay dividends to its shareholders.

 

Notwithstanding that sufficient profits may be available for distribution, there are other conditions which may limit Grindrod Shipping’s ability to pay dividends. Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors may, without the approval of the shareholders under Singapore law, declare interim dividends during a fiscal year and any final dividends declared by Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors after the close of a fiscal year must be approved by shareholders at a general meeting. As such, any determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors, which may exercise its discretion to retain Grindrod Shipping’s future earnings for use in the development of Grindrod Shipping’s business, in reducing Grindrod Shipping’s indebtedness and for general corporate purposes. As a result, it is possible that only an appreciation of the price of our ordinary shares, if any, will provide a return to investors in our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Such potential appreciation is uncertain and unpredictable.

 

In addition, under Singapore law, it is possible to effect a capital reduction exercise to return cash and/or assets to shareholders by way of shareholder approval if Grindrod Shipping meets the relevant solvency requirements, which will be attested to by Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors. The completion of the capital reduction exercise will depend on whether Grindrod Shipping’s directors can execute a solvency statement, as well as whether there are any creditor objections raised. A reduction of capital is also possible by way of a shareholder approval if approved by an order of the court.

 

Any dividend payments on the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares would be declared in U.S. dollars, and any shareholder whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar would be subject to risks of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

The Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are, and any cash dividends or other distributions to be declared in respect of them, if any, will be denominated in U.S. dollars. Shareholders whose principal currency is not the U.S. dollar will be exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk. Any depreciation of the U.S. dollar in relation to such foreign currency will reduce the value of such shareholders’ ordinary shares and any appreciation of the U.S. dollar will increase the value in foreign currency terms. In addition, Grindrod Shipping will not offer its shareholders the option to elect to receive dividends, if any, in any other currency. Consequently, shareholders may be required to arrange their own foreign currency exchange, either through a brokerage house or otherwise, which could incur additional commissions or expenses.

 

Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, and because the rights of shareholders under Singapore law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty in protecting your shareholder rights or enforcing any judgment obtained in the United States against Grindrod Shipping or its affiliates.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s corporate affairs are governed by its constitution and by the applicable laws governing corporations incorporated in Singapore. The rights of Grindrod Shipping shareholders and the responsibilities of members of its board of directors under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States and, therefore, Grindrod Shipping shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in connection with actions by the management or members of the board of directors than they would as shareholders of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

 

  23  

 

 

All of Grindrod Shipping’s directors and senior management reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons or to enforce in the United States any judgment obtained in the U.S. courts against Grindrod Shipping or any of these persons, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States.

 

There is no treaty between the United States and Singapore providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters and a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws, would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Singapore. It is not clear whether a Singapore court may impose civil liability on Grindrod Shipping or Grindrod Shipping’s directors and officers in a suit brought in the Singapore courts against Grindrod Shipping or such persons with respect to a violation solely of the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

In addition, only registered shareholders reflected in the register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of a company. As a result, only registered shareholders have legal standing to institute shareholder actions or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Holders of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping’s shares will be required to be registered shareholders as reflected in Grindrod Shipping’s register of members in order to institute or enforce any legal proceedings or claims as shareholders against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in the Singapore courts. Holders of dematerialised interests in the ordinary shares may become registered shareholders by exchanging their dematerialised interests in our ordinary shares for certificated shares and being registered in our register of members. The administrative process of becoming a registered holder could result in delays prejudicial to any legal proceedings or enforcement action. Consequently, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against Grindrod Shipping, its directors or its officers in Singapore judgments obtained in the United States which are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

Grindrod Shipping is subject to the laws of Singapore, which differ in certain material respects from the laws of the United States.

 

As a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with the laws of Singapore, certain of which are capable of extraterritorial application, as well as Grindrod Shipping’s constitution. In particular, Grindrod Shipping is required to comply with certain provisions of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, which prohibit certain forms of market conduct and information disclosures, and impose criminal and civil penalties on corporations, directors and officers in respect of any breach of such provisions. Grindrod Shipping is also required to comply with the Singapore Code on Take-Overs and Mergers, or the Singapore Code, which specifies, among other things, certain circumstances in which a general offer is to be made upon a change in effective control, and further specifies the manner and price at which voluntary and mandatory general offers are to be made.

 

The laws of Singapore and of the United States differ in certain significant respects. The rights of Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders and the obligations of its directors and officers under Singapore law are different from those applicable to a company incorporated in the United States in material respects, and Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders may have more difficulty and less clarity in protecting their interests in connection with actions taken by Grindrod Shipping’s management, directors or controlling shareholders than would otherwise apply to a company incorporated in the United States. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights” for a discussion of differences between Singapore and U.S. corporation law.

 

In addition, the application of Singapore law, in particular, the Companies Act, Chapter 50 of Singapore, or the Singapore Companies Act, may in certain circumstances impose more restrictions on Grindrod Shipping and its shareholders, directors and officers than would otherwise be applicable to a company incorporated in the United States. For example, the Singapore Companies Act requires directors to act with a reasonable degree of diligence and, in certain circumstances, imposes criminal liability for specified contraventions of particular statutory requirements or prohibitions. In addition, pursuant to the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act, shareholders holding 10% or more of the total number of paid-up shares carrying the right of voting in general meetings may require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders by the directors. If the directors fail to comply with such request within 21 days of the receipt thereof, shareholders holding more than 50% of the voting rights represented by the original requisitioning shareholders may proceed to convene such meeting, and Grindrod Shipping will be liable for the reasonable expenses incurred by such requisitioning shareholders. Grindrod Shipping is also required by the Singapore Companies Act to deduct corresponding amounts from fees or other remuneration payable by Grindrod Shipping to such non-complying directors.

 

Anti-takeover provisions under the Singapore Securities and Futures Act and the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

The Singapore Code, issued pursuant to Section 321 of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act, regulates the acquisition of ordinary shares of, inter alia , listed public companies and contains certain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a future takeover or change of control of Grindrod Shipping. Any person acquiring an interest, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, in 30% or more of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping must, except with the prior consent of the Singapore Securities Industry Council, or the SIC, extend a takeover offer for the remaining voting shares in Grindrod Shipping in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code. Likewise, any person holding between 30% and 50% of the voting shares in Grindrod Shipping, either on his own or together with parties acting in concert with him or her, must, except with the prior consent of the SIC, make a takeover offer in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Code if that person together with parties acting in concert with him or her acquires additional voting shares in excess of one percent of the total number of voting shares in any six-month period. Therefore, any investor seeking to acquire a significant stake in Grindrod Shipping may be deterred from doing so if, as a result, such investor would be required to conduct a takeover offer for all of Grindrod Shipping’s voting shares.

 

Under the Singapore Code, an offeror must treat all shareholders of the same class in an offeree company equally. A fundamental requirement is that shareholders in the company subject to the takeover offer must be given sufficient information, advice and time to consider and decide on the offer.

 

These provisions contained in the Singapore Code may discourage or prevent transactions that involve an actual or threatened change of control of Grindrod Shipping, and may impede or delay a takeover of Grindrod Shipping by a third party. This may adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and impede the ability of Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders to realize any benefits from a potential change of effective control of Grindrod Shipping.

 

  24  

 

 

Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares.

 

Under Singapore law, Grindrod Shipping may only issue new shares with the prior approval of its shareholders. Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders have provided approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue new shares (including shares to be issued for vessel purchases made while any such approval is in effect) (i) up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to potentially purchase, directly or indirectly, the vessels currently owned by our IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. joint venture, or similar vessels if those vessels are not available for sale, and (ii) up to 20% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to purchase other vessels, which could dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and negatively impact the price of the ordinary shares. At our first annual general meeting, expected to be held on May 29, 2019, we plan to seek the approval of our shareholders for issuances of ordinary shares for the foregoing purposes, and we may seek to modify the 20% approval to allow additional issuances of shares for cash and/or to acquire, directly or indirectly, other vessels, and at the same percentages, based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of the annual general meeting. Any issuance of additional shares for any other purpose or in future years (other than shares to be issued for vessel purchases contracted for during an existing prior approval that remains in effect) will require the approval of shareholders. Because new issuances of ordinary shares are subject to shareholder approval, or in some circumstances, other regulatory approvals, if a sufficient number of shares have not been approved for issuance in any given year, we may be delayed in raising capital through equity offerings or delayed or prevented from consummating an acquisition using our ordinary shares. Assuming shareholders have approved the issuance of new shares, we may seek to raise capital in the future, including to fund acquisitions, future investments and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans (such as our forfeitable share plan, for which we have obtained shareholder approval, which also expires on the conclusion of our first annual general meeting, to issue shares provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award), issue additional ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares. At our first annual general meeting, we plan to seek the approval of our shareholders for issuances of ordinary shares under our forfeitable share plan at the same percentages, based on the number of ordinary shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the date proceeding the award. Any additional issuances of new shares could dilute the percentage ownership of our existing shareholders and could also adversely impact the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. In addition, under the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Grindrod Shipping’s constitution, the board of directors may, with the applicable shareholder approval, issue new shares on terms and conditions and with the rights (including preferential voting rights) and restrictions as they may determine and may contain terms adverse to the ordinary shares.

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, allows Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping’s reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares.

 

For so long as Grindrod Shipping remains an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including:

 

the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requiring that Grindrod Shipping’s independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of Grindrod Shipping’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This means that an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Grindrod Shipping currently prepares its financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event Grindrod Shipping converts to U.S. GAAP in the future while it is still an emerging growth company, Grindrod Shipping may be able to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period and, as a result, during the time that Grindrod Shipping delays such adoption of new or revised accounting standards Grindrod Shipping’s financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with all public company accounting standards; and

 

any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

 

Grindrod Shipping intends to continue to take advantage of these exemptions until it is no longer an “emerging growth company”. Grindrod Shipping will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of its first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which it has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which it issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because Grindrod Shipping does and may continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, and the market price may be more volatile and may decline.

 

As a “foreign private issuer” Grindrod Shipping is permitted, and intends to continue, to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and NASDAQ requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s status as a foreign private issuer also exempts it from compliance with certain SEC laws and regulations and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, certain rules relating to disclosure regarding executive compensation, and certain governance

 

  25  

 

 

requirements such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping is required to file (i) its annual financial statements on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year so long as it is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and (ii) furnish on Form 6-K an interim statement of financial position and income statement as of the end of its second fiscal quarter within six months of the end of the second quarter so long as it is listed on NASDAQ. We may also consider furnishing quarterly financial information on Form 6-K to the SEC, although there can be no assurance as to the timing or adoption of the reporting of such quarterly financial information. Further, the information Grindrod Shipping files or furnishes will not be the same as the information that is required in annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for U.S. domestic issuers. Furthermore, as a foreign private issuer, Grindrod Shipping is also not subject to the requirements of Regulation Fair Disclosure, or Regulation FD, promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

These exemptions and leniencies reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections to which you are otherwise entitled as an investor.

 

Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.

 

Grindrod Shipping is required to determine its status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of its second fiscal quarter. In order to maintain its current status as a foreign private issuer, either (1) a majority of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (2) (a) a majority of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50 percent of Grindrod Shipping’s assets cannot be located in the United States and (c) Grindrod Shipping’s business must be administered principally outside the United States. If Grindrod Shipping loses this status, it would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. Grindrod Shipping may also be required to make changes in its corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards. Further, Grindrod Shipping would be required to comply with U.S. GAAP, as opposed to IFRS, in the preparation and issuance of its financial statements for historical and current periods. The regulatory and compliance costs to Grindrod Shipping under U.S. securities laws if it is required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be higher than the cost it would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, Grindrod Shipping expects that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase its legal and financial compliance costs.

 

If Grindrod Shipping fails to establish and maintain proper internal controls, its ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

 

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with Grindrod Shipping’s annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, Grindrod Shipping’s management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires Grindrod Shipping’s independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping has opted to rely on the exemptions provided to it by virtue of being an “emerging growth company”, and consequently we will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an “emerging growth company”.

 

In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, Grindrod Shipping is expending significant resources and providing significant management oversight. Grindrod Shipping is in the process of reviewing and improving its internal controls over financial reporting for compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, has engaged external temporary resources to assist management with this assessment, and may be required to hire new accounting personnel and engage external resources to implement and maintain such controls going forward. Implementing any appropriate changes to internal controls may require specific compliance training of Grindrod Shipping’s directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify its existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of Grindrod Shipping’s internal controls.

 

If either Grindrod Shipping is unable to conclude that it has effective internal controls over financial reporting or, if required, Grindrod Shipping’s independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide it with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in Grindrod Shipping’s operating results, the price of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares could decline and Grindrod Shipping may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.

 

Grindrod Shipping has incurred and will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, and its management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

 

As a company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States, Grindrod Shipping incurs significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that it had not incurred prior to the Spin-Off. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Grindrod Shipping’s management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and Grindrod Shipping may need to add additional personnel to continue to enhance its internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased Grindrod Shipping’s legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for Grindrod Shipping to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on the board of directors, board committees or as senior management. Furthermore, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to satisfy its obligations as a public company in the United States, it could be subject to delisting of the ordinary shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

  26  

 

 

Risks Related to the Spin-Off From Former Parent

 

Former Parent’s historical performance may not be representative of Grindrod Shipping’s performance as a separate company.

 

Grindrod Shipping’s audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018 the financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off and therefore those businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. Accordingly, the Grindrod Shipping audited consolidated and combined financial statements do not necessarily reflect what Grindrod Shipping’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would have been had it been a separate, stand-alone entity during the financial periods prior to the Spin-Off. Former Parent did not account for Grindrod Shipping, and Grindrod Shipping was not operated, as a single, stand-alone entity for the financial periods prior to the Spin-Off. Please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and “Item 18. Financial Statements—Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements” and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

While we have some ability to seek a claim against Former Parent for certain liabilities relating to the Spin-Off or otherwise attributable to Former Parent’s businesses, available remedies may be limited.

 

Although Grindrod Shipping may be able to seek a claim against Former Parent in connection with the Spin-Off or Former Parent’s operation of GSPL and GSSA prior to the Spin-Off, Former Parent is not obligated to indemnify Grindrod Shipping for any claims made against us that are properly attributable to Former Parent and is entitled to assert certain defenses to such a claim by agreement and applicable law. As such, there can be no assurance that such a claim would succeed. Any liabilities relating to such claims may be significant and could negatively impact Grindrod Shipping’s business. Even if Grindrod Shipping ultimately succeeds in recovering from Former Parent any amounts for which Grindrod Shipping is held liable, it may be temporarily required to bear these losses itself. Each of these risks could negatively affect Grindrod Shipping’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts—Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off”.

 

After the Spin-Off, certain of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers and directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their current or former positions in Former Parent or their ownership of Former Parent equity.

 

Certain of Grindrod Shipping’s executive officers and directors are also former directors, officers or employees of Former Parent and thus have professional relationships with Former Parent’s executive officers and directors. In addition, two members of our board of directors are members of Former Parent’s board of directors and our alternate director is a director and the Chief Executive Officer of Former Parent. In addition, certain of our executive officers and directors have a financial interest in Former Parent as a result of their beneficial ownership of Former Parent’s equity. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and executive officers face decisions that could have different implications for Former Parent than for Grindrod Shipping.

 

The ongoing costs of the Spin-Off may continue to be greater than expected.

 

Grindrod Shipping has incurred and will continue to incur significant costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax, legal and other professional costs; cost of our new employee share scheme; recruiting costs associated with hiring senior management personnel; and costs to separate information systems. These costs may be greater than anticipated and could have a material adverse effect on Grindrod Shipping’s business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

As Grindrod Shipping builds its stand-alone information technology infrastructure and transitions its data to its own systems, it could incur substantial additional costs and experience business interruptions.

 

Grindrod Shipping continues to install and implement its stand-alone information technology infrastructure to support its critical business functions, including accounting and reporting, inventory control and distribution. Grindrod Shipping may incur interruptions in business operations if it cannot transition effectively from Former Parent’s existing transactional and operational systems and data centers. Grindrod Shipping may not be successful in implementing new systems and transitioning data, and it may incur substantially higher costs for implementation than currently anticipated. Operational interruptions that result from the implementation of these new systems and replacement of Former Parent’s information technology services, or our failure to implement the new systems and replace Former Parent’s services successfully or on the anticipated timetable contemplated for such transition, could significantly increase the anticipated costs associated with the transition, disrupt Grindrod Shipping’s business and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, if Grindrod Shipping is unable to replicate or transition certain systems, its ability to comply with regulatory requirements could be impaired.

 

Tax Risks

 

We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross income derived by a non-U.S. corporation from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source international transportation income. U.S. source international transportation income generally is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for deduction or, if such U.S. source international transportation income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or Effectively Connected Income, U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at a 21% rate) as well as a branch profits tax (presently imposed at a 30% rate on effectively connected earnings), unless the non-U.S. corporation qualifies for the statutory exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, or the Section 883 Exemption. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. source international transportation income (which we refer to below as our “applicable subsidiaries”).

 

  27  

 

 

It is uncertain whether we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. If we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, then we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would also qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for such taxable year. We believe that we will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if (i) our ordinary shares satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements and (ii) less than 50% of our ordinary shares are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the number of days in the relevant taxable year, by persons who each own 5% or more of our ordinary shares, or 5% shareholders. However, we expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In this case, we would not be eligible for the Section 883 Exemption unless we can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are “qualified shareholders” for purposes of the Section 883 Exemption so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half the days during the relevant taxable year. We would be required to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of any 5% shareholders that are “qualified shareholders”, and these substantiation requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of “qualified shareholder” status from any 5% shareholders that we rely upon for this purpose, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our or our applicable subsidiaries’ qualification for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our and our applicable subsidiaries not being able to qualify for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code in the future. Even if we qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for a taxable year, our applicable subsidiaries that are not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year may not qualify for the Section 883 Exemption. There can be no assurance that we or any of our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year.

 

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year, we and our subsidiaries generally would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ gross U.S. source international transportation income or, if such U.S. source international transportation income were Effectively Connected Income, U.S. federal corporate income tax as well as a branch profits tax for any such taxable year or years. Our and our subsidiaries’ failure to qualify for the Section 883 Exemption could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. Please see the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Operating Income”.

 

U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders.

 

In general, a non-U.S. entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for any taxable year, if, taking into account certain look-through rules, at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income,” or at least 50% of the average value of the entity’s assets during such taxable year produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of rental business. For purposes of these tests, income earned from the performance of services would not constitute “passive income”. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless it were treated as derived in the active conduct of a trade or business under applicable rules.

 

U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC, and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC, as well as additional U.S. federal income tax filing obligations.

 

Based on our current and projected income, assets and methods of operation, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC with respect to our current taxable year and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we expect that substantially all of the vessels in our Fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and we intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes.

 

There is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, and U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income derived from time charters and voyage charters constitutes services income (rather than rental income) for other tax purposes. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. In addition, no assurance can be given as to our current and future PFIC status, because such status requires an annual factual determination based upon the composition of our income and assets for the entire taxable year. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC.

 

If the IRS were to determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. shareholder receives on, and any gain the U.S. shareholder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a “mark-to-market” election is available and a U.S. shareholder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. shareholder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. shareholder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. shareholder’s ownership of such ordinary shares. Please see the discussion under “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”.

 

  28  

 

 

We may be subject to taxes, which may reduce our cash available for distribution to our shareholders.

 

We, our subsidiaries and our joint ventures may be subject to tax in the jurisdictions in which we are organized or operate, reducing the amount of cash available for distribution. In computing our tax obligation in these jurisdictions, we are required to take various tax accounting and reporting positions on matters that are not entirely free from doubt and for which we have not received rulings from the governing authorities. We cannot assure you that upon review of these positions the applicable authorities will agree with our positions. A successful challenge by a tax authority could result in additional tax imposed on us or our subsidiaries, further reducing the cash available for distribution. In addition, changes in our operations or ownership could result in additional tax being imposed on us or our subsidiaries in jurisdictions in which operations are conducted.

 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GSPL, is incorporated under the laws of Singapore and has been accepted under the Singapore Approved International Shipping Enterprise Scheme, or the Singapore AIS Scheme, pursuant to which it has the benefit of various tax exemptions in Singapore. In particular, qualifying income, including income from the operation of foreign-flagged vessels plying in international waters, would be tax exempt in Singapore. Other benefits under the Singapore AIS Scheme include the automatic withholding tax exemption on qualifying payments made in respect of qualifying loans entered into on or before May 31, 2021 to finance the purchase or construction of Singapore-flagged and foreign-flagged vessels, subject to conditions. The Singapore AIS Scheme is awarded for an initial period of 10 years, subject to an interim review of compliance after five years, and may be extended at the end of the term. GSPL’s initial Singapore AIS Scheme expired in 2014 and has been renewed through 2024 subject to compliance with specified conditions. There is no assurance that for any subsequent renewal we will be able to meet the qualifying conditions for the Singapore AIS Scheme at the time of renewal, that the Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore will grant us such approval, or that the Singapore AIS Scheme will continue to be available under Singapore laws. In the event that our award of the Singapore AIS Scheme is not renewed, we will no longer enjoy the tax exemptions described above, and unless we are able to utilize other similar tax exemption initiatives in the future, whether in Singapore or otherwise, our income may be subject to Singapore corporate income tax. As such, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected if our acceptance under the Singapore AIS Scheme is revoked, suspended, not renewed or otherwise terminated.

 

Grindrod Shipping shareholders may be subject to Singapore taxes.

 

Singapore tax law may differ from the tax laws of other jurisdictions, including the United States. Gains from the sale of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares by a person not tax resident in Singapore may be taxable in Singapore if such gains are considered as being part of the profits of any business carried on in Singapore. For additional information, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Taxation—Singapore Tax Considerations” in this annual report. You should consult your tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of acquiring, owning or selling the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares.

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

Grindrod Shipping is the holding company which acquired the international drybulk and tanker shipping group of Former Parent, whose origins date back to the formation of a shipping and related business in 1910 by Captain John Edward Grindrod. Grindrod Shipping was incorporated as a private company, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., in Singapore on November 2, 2017 under the Singapore Companies Act. With effect from April 25, 2018, Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. was converted from a private company to a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of Singapore and it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.

 

Former Parent was involved in various sectors of the shipping and transport industry for more than 100 years. The drybulk business in its current form under the IVS brand dates back to 1976 and was acquired by Former Parent in 1999. The modern day tankers business under the Unicorn brand dates back to 1973 when Former Parent acquired a tanker of approximately 20,000 dwt.

 

In connection with the Spin-Off, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to all of Former Parent’s ordinary shareholders who received Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares, with shareholders of Grindrod Shipping holding Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore, 089763 and our telephone number at that location is +65 6323 0048.

 

From time to time, we have sold vessels in the ordinary course. For a discussion of our principal capital expenditures, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

 

B. Business Overview

 

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements.

 

We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax/ultramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an “unallocated” segment. Our business also included a container business held through OACL and a bunker business held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were sold in the first quarter of 2018. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—The Spin-Off”.

 

In the drybulk business we are primarily focused on the handysize and supramax/ultramax segments. We have 18 handysize drybulk carriers and 12 supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 60,490 dwt. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

 

In the tankers business we are focused on the medium range tanker segment and also operate in the small tanker segment. We have seven medium range tankers and three small tankers in our Fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel

 

  29  

 

 

oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by Vitol, one of our former joint venture partners, or other third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under COA or in the spot market.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we operate our Fleet of 40 vessels (excluding five vessels currently under construction) consisting of 24 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carriers that we own through joint ventures), six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers, eight owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers (see the below Fleet table for details). We regard vessels owned by the joint ventures in which we participate as owned vessels in our Fleet. As of the date of this annual report, our Fleet on the water has a total drybulk carrying capacity of approximately 1.3 million dwt and a total liquid bulk carrying capacity of approximately 383,300 dwt.

 

We regard chartered-in vessels as part of our Fleet if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months. Additionally, certain of our chartered-in vessels have purchase options.

 

In addition to our Fleet, we will from time to time charter-in additional vessels for initial committed periods of less than 12 months. We may do this entirely for our own profit or loss, or we may do this in respect of pools that we commercially manage in which event the profit or loss associated with the vessel will be for the account of the pool. From time to time we have, on average, chartered between 10 to 25 vessels on a short-term basis to take advantage of opportunities in the market and to help service our cargo contracts alongside our Fleet.

 

We have partnered with various global partners to operate a portion of our drybulk carriers and tankers through joint ventures. We also have a majority interest in a joint venture that has drybulk freight contracts. For more information on the vessels currently held through joint ventures and a description of the key terms of certain of these joint ventures, see the Fleet table and “—Our Joint Ventures” below.

 

We have previously and expect in future from time to time contract for the construction of newbuilding vessels or the acquisition of newbuilding contracts. We have two newbuilding ultramax drybulk carriers under construction, which we acquired by way of resale agreements. We have previously contracted, and currently expect in the future to contract, to charter in, on delivery, newbuilding vessels under construction. We have three newbuilding ultramax drybulk carriers under construction that we will charter in on delivery. We may also acquire secondhand vessels.

 

From time to time, we may buy and sell vessels when we consider market conditions make it appropriate to do so and if our tonnage requirements permit. We consider that our trading of vessels involves both the acquisition of vessels at times when we perceive prices to be weak and the sale of vessels when values rise. In determining when to acquire vessels we take into account our liquidity position. our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk and tanker shipping sectors, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel’s condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

 

We operate two drybulk commercial pools for which we earn pool management fees from third-party vessel owners and two of our drybulk carrier joint ventures. We do not operate any tanker commercial pools. We also provide commercial management for our drybulk carrier and our tanker joint ventures. We also technically manage the majority of the vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures.

 

In addition, we operate a service in the drybulk sector where we ship bulk cargo in parcel sizes that may be significantly less than the full carrying capacity of a vessel, or even less than the carrying capacity of an individual hold on a vessel. Where we load more than one parcel of bulk cargo in a hold we will separate the parcels using steel plates and other dunnage materials. Wherever it makes commercial sense to do so, we use vessels from our Fleet to carry this type of cargo. We also will source vessels off the spot market to carry the cargo. We have operated this service for more than 40 years, with a consistent customer base for most or all of this time.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths, including:

 

Established shipping track record in key geographic markets. The Grindrod Shipping business has been involved in various sectors of the shipping industry for more than 100 years. With a core presence and primary offices in Africa and Asia, we maintain a strong focus and local business relationships with critical end-users in geographic regions that have been key to drybulk and tanker demand growth.

 

Positioned for additional growth. We have maintained our liquidity position throughout the downturn in drybulk and tanker markets through prudent financial risk management. Our financial leverage is moderate and has remained below 40% as of December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 (based on the ratio of total liabilities to total assets). We believe that our current access to bank financing has positioned us to take advantage of further growth opportunities. See “Item 3. Key Information—Selected Financial Data”.

 

Experienced management team. Our management team is led by Martyn Wade, our Chief Executive Officer, who has 41 years of international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and brokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and Singapore. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange Limited. Our management team collectively has over 230 years of combined shipping experience, and has developed industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

 

Significant in-house commercial and technical management expertise. We commercially and technically manage the vast majority of our Fleet in-house which has generally enabled us to consistently enjoy greater than 97% fleet utilization. We have also established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax/ultramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

 

  30  

 

 

Vessel employment supported by cargo contracts and strong relationships with key counterparties . We operate a significant base of cargo contracts and we believe that our focus on cargo contracts supports the employment and regional positioning of our vessels to better enable us to mitigate spot market volatility while still allowing us to capture upside potential in stronger charter markets. We have also established strong long-term global relationships with shipping companies, charterers, shipyards, trading houses, brokers and commercial shipping lenders.

 

Quality fleet built to high specifications. We operate a quality fleet of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels with an average age of approximately six years. Our drybulk carriers have predominately been built in Japan and our tankers have been predominately built in South Korea. We believe that owning and maintaining a quality fleet of Japanese and South Korean vessels reduces off-hire time and operating costs, improves safety and environmental performance and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing employment for our vessels. Additionally, we believe that quality vessels built in Japan and South Korea are able to retain value over market cycles. Our quality fleet will also better allow us to cost effectively comply with increasing environmental regulations that may be applicable to our vessels.

 

Long-standing risk management model and liquidity model. We operate a risk management model and a liquidity model that have been in place for many years and quantify the extent to which our financial position may be at risk to freight market movements and assess our liquidity position under various scenarios. We utilize these models to evaluate and attempt to mitigate market risk during any portion of a shipping cycle with a primary focus on maintaining acceptable levels of equity and liquidity in any potential market downturn.

 

Business strategies

 

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and to maintain and enhance our position as a successful owner and operator of drybulk carrier and tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

Continue to operate a diversified fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We intend to remain in both the drybulk and tanker sectors for the foreseeable future. This diversification has historically enabled us to mitigate our exposure to the cyclicality and volatility of the drybulk and tanker industries by being able to operate across both markets.

 

Expanding our Fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of quality vessels at historically attractive prices . We believe that the current weakness in the drybulk and tanker markets may present attractive growth opportunities and that we are well positioned to take advantage of them. We have recently acquired or long-term chartered in drybulk vessels where we believe we have a competitive edge due to our operating capability and consistent with our operating strategy to date, we expect to balance our growth between owned and chartered-in drybulk vessels and product tankers. When evaluating acquisitions and newbuildings, we will consider and analyze, among other things, our liquidity position, our expectation of fundamental developments in the drybulk shipping sector, the level of liquidity in the secondhand and charter markets, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, the vessel’s condition and technical specifications with particular regard to fuel consumption and the types of fuel that can be consumed, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our Fleet and customers.

 

Continue to grow our relationships with key industry players. We intend to continue to grow our relationships with key industry players in Japan and to grow our handysize and supramax/ultramax pools on the drybulk side of the business, while continuing to utilize our commercial relationships with key counterparties, such as Vitol and Maersk Tankers, or Maersk, to commercially manage the majority of our tanker fleet.

 

Mitigate exposure to the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We intend to continue to optimize the employment of our drybulk carriers and tankers through participation in a balance of both in-house and third-party commercial pools, as well as spot market charters to end-users. We believe that continued participation in our in-house managed commercial pools in the drybulk sector will provide us with the opportunity to continue to outperform, on average, the relevant industry benchmarks, and the use of charters, FFAs and COAs from time to time and at rates we believe are attractive will help enable us to manage the extent of our exposure to volatile charter rates.

 

Maintain balance sheet flexibility. We intend to take a prudent approach to fleet expansion by ensuring that balance sheet flexibility, consistent with our risk management model and our liquidity model, remains a priority at all times. We currently intend to retain the majority of cash flow to allow us to fund growth and to maintain a strong balance sheet over time in order to adapt to market cycles.

 

  31  

 

 

Our Fleet

 

The following tables set forth certain summary information regarding our Fleet as of the date of this annual report:

 

Drybulk Carriers – Owned Fleet (24 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built     Country of
Build
  DWT     Ownership
Percentage
    Type of Employment
                           
Handysize – Eco                              
IVS Tembe (3)   2016     Japan     37,740       33.5 %   IVS Commercial (7)
IVS Sunbird (3)   2015     Japan     33,400       33.5 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Thanda (3)   2015     Japan     37,720       33.5 %   IVS Commercial (7)
IVS Kestrel (3)   2014     Japan     32,770       33.5 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Phinda (3)   2014     Japan     37,720       33.5 %   IVS Commercial (7)
IVS Sparrowhawk (3)   2014     Japan     33,420       33.5 %   IVS Handysize Pool
Handysize                              
IVS Merlion   2013     China     32,070       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Raffles   2013     China     32,050       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Ibis   2012     Japan     28,240       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Kinglet   2011     Japan     33,130       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Magpie   2011     Japan     28,240       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Orchard   2011     China     32,530       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Knot   2010     Japan     33,140       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Sentosa   2010     China     32,700       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Triview (1)   2009     Japan     32,280       51 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Kingbird   2007     Japan     32,560       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Kawana (8)   2005     Japan     32,640       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
IVS Nightjar   2004     Japan     32,320       100 %   IVS Handysize Pool
Supramax/Ultramax – Eco                              
IVS Swinley Forest (3)   2017     Japan     60,490       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Gleneagles (3)   2016     Japan     58,070       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS North Berwick (3)   2016     Japan     60,480       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Bosch Hoek (3)   2015     Japan     60,270       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Hirono (3)   2015     Japan     60,280       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Wentworth (3)   2015     Japan     58,090       33.5 %   IVS Supramax Pool

 

Drybulk Carriers – Long Term Charter-In Fleet (6 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built     Country of
Build
  DWT     Charter-In
Period
    Type of Employment
                           
Supramax/Ultramax – Eco                              
IVS Hayakita (6)   2016     Japan     60,400       2023-26 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Windsor   2016     Japan     60,280       2023-26 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Augusta (6)   2015     Philippines (4)     57,800       2020-22 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Pinehurst (6)   2015     Philippines (4)     57,810       2020-22 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Crimson Creek   2014     Japan     57,950       2019-21 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool
IVS Naruo (6)   2014     Japan     60,030       2021-24 (2)   IVS Supramax Pool

 

Drybulk Carriers Under Construction – Owned Fleet (2 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Expected
Delivery
  Country of Build   DWT     Ownership
Percentage
 
                     
Supramax/Ultramax - Eco                        
IVS Okudogo   3Q 2019   Japan     61,000       100 %
IVS Prestwick   3Q 2019   Japan     61,000       100 %

 

Drybulk Carriers Under Construction – Long Term Charter-In Fleet (3 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Expected
Delivery
  Country of Build   DWT     Charter-In
Period
 
                     
Supramax/Ultramax-Eco                        
IVS Phoenix   2Q 2019   Japan     60,000       2022-24 (2)
IVS Pebble Beach (6)   3Q 2020   Japan     62,000       2022-24 (2)
IVS Atsugi (6)   3Q 2020   Japan     62,000       2022-24 (2)

 

  32  

 

 

Tankers – Owned Fleet (8 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     IMO
Designation
  Ownership
Percentage
    Type of Employment  
                       
Medium Range Tankers – Eco                          
Matuku   2016   South Korea     50,140     II,III     100 %   Bareboat Charter (Expires 2020-22) (2)  
Leopard Moon   2013   South Korea     50,000     III     100 %   Vitol Commercial (5)  
Leopard Sun   2013   South Korea     50,000     III     100 %   Vitol Commercial (5)  
Medium Range Tankers                          
Rhino   2010   South Korea     39,710     II, III     100 %   Handy Tanker Pool  
Inyala   2008   South Korea     40,040     III     100 %   Handy Tanker Pool  
Small Product Tankers                          
Umgeni   2011   China     16,480     II, III     100 %   Brostrom Tanker Pool  
Kowie   2010   China     16,890     II, III     100 %   Brostrom Tanker Pool  
Breede   2009   China     16,900     II, III     100 %   Spot Market and COA  

 

Tankers – Long Term Charter-in Fleet (2 Vessels)

 

Vessel Name   Built   Country of
Build
  DWT     IMO
Designation
  Charter-In
Period
    Type of Employment  
Medium Range Tankers – Eco                          
Doric Breeze   2013   South Korea     51,570     II, III     2Q 2020     Vitol Commercial (5)  
Doric Pioneer   2013   South Korea     51,570     II, III     1Q 2020     Vitol Commercial (5)  

 

 

(1) Owned through a joint venture with Mitsui & Co., Ltd. in which we have a 51% interest.

 

(2) Expiration date range represents the earliest and latest redelivery periods due to extension options.

 

(3) Owned through a joint venture with Regiment Capital Ltd. and Sankaty European Investments III, S.à.r.l. in which we have a 33.5% interest.

 

(4) Constructed at Tsuneishi Cebu Shipyard, a subsidiary of Tsuneishi Shipbuilding of Japan.

 

(5) Our eco product tankers, other than Matuku, are commercially managed by Mansel Pte. Ltd. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for various oil cargoes traded by Vitol.

 

(6) Includes purchase options for Grindrod Shipping. For IVS Augusta and IVS Pinehurst, Grindrod Shipping has the option to purchase either, but not both, of these vessels of its choice.

 

(7) Commercially managed by Grindrod Shipping alongside the IVS Handysize Pool.

 

(8) IVS Kawana was contracted for sale on April 2, 2019 and is expected to be delivered to the purchaser on or about April 30, 2019.

 

Employment of Our Fleet

 

We aim to manage our business in a manner that achieves a balance between maximizing revenue opportunities and protecting against declines in revenue. We operate our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, on long- and short-term time charters and on occasion on bareboat charters. In addition to employing our vessels in these ways, we use FFAs and enter into COAs to manage our revenue risk and employment risk. Where we carry cargo under COAs, we may utilize our Fleet to do so or we may utilize vessels that we short term charter-in that are not part of our Fleet. We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and we do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover. The term “fixed revenue cover” as used in this annual report refers to the percentage of operating days in a period in which our vessels are fixed pursuant to vessel employment agreements into which the group has already entered.

 

Commercial Pools

 

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenue, we participate in commercial pools with similar modern well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each vessel owner or procured from third parties. The managers of the pools negotiate voyage charters and COAs and time charters of various lengths, usually less than 12 months, with customers. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenue than otherwise might be obtainable for vessels operating independently in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

 

A pool aggregates the revenue and agreed expenses, which are usually voyage related expenses, of all of the vessels in the pool and distributes the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. Usually a single pool manager is responsible for both the administrative and commercial management of the participating vessels, including marketing the pool, negotiating charters, including voyage charters, short duration time charters and longer term COAs, conducting pool operations, including the distribution of pool cash earnings, and managing bunker purchases, port charges and administrative services for the vessels. For these services the pool manager charges a fee, which may be a flat rate per day per vessel in the pool, or a fixed percentage rate applied typically to the gross revenue earned by the pool, or a combination of both. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their owned vessels or payment of charter hire to the owners of chartered-in vessels they have entered into the pool.

 

  33  

 

 

In 2013, we established two drybulk commercial management pools in the handysize and supramax/ultramax sectors that have each demonstrated an ability to outperform, on average, relative to their industry benchmarks since their inception.

 

Our IVS Handysize Pool includes all of the handysize vessels in our Fleet, including those held through joint ventures, except for the three approximately 37,000 dwt handysize vessels which are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool. In addition, there are two other vessel that we have short term chartered-in and five other vessels owned by other vessel owners in the IVS Handysize Pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 28,000 dwt and 34,000 dwt, and two vessels of approximately 37,000 to 38,000 dwt owned by other vessel owners, and currently trades primarily in the spot market. As pool managers we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

Our IVS Supramax Pool includes all of the supramax/ultramax vessels in our Fleet, including the vessels held through a joint venture. There are no vessels owned by independent third parties in this pool. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 57,800 dwt and 60,490 dwt and currently trades in a combination of COAs and the spot market. As pool managers, we have the ability to contract pool vessels out on time charters for up to 12 months. The net earnings allocated to the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

We own two medium range tankers of approximately 40,000 dwt that are entered into the Handy Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. There are currently 55 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 29,000 dwt and 49,100 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, IMO class, age engine load settings and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel was available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when a vessel enters or exits the pool, or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Handy Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

We own two small product tankers which are entered into the Brostrom Tanker Pool operated by Maersk. There are currently 26 other vessels in this pool owned by other vessel owners. This pool includes vessels of between approximately 12,700 dwt and 18,800 dwt and currently operates primarily in the spot market. The net earnings allocated to vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are distributed on the basis of (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, age and operational flexibility factors, such as the ability to enter various harbors and ports or pass through canals and straits, and (ii) the number of days the vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool in a distribution period. While all of the vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool are generally similar in terms of pool point allocations, the number of days a vessel is available to earn revenue for the pool varies on the basis of when such vessels enter or exit the pool or upon the occurrence of other events such as drydocking or repairs or the vessel no longer meeting the qualifying criteria to participate in the pool. In light of the foregoing, this results in all vessels in the Brostrom Tanker Pool receiving net earnings distributions that generally reflect actual availability for use in the pool.

 

Spot Market

 

When we refer to a vessel operating in the spot market, we mean that we do not have long-term contracted employment for that vessel. The vessel’s commercial manager or the pool manager, as applicable, seeks employment for these vessels on a day-to-day basis. The spot market includes voyage charters. A voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. The spot market also includes time charters of a short duration. Shipping rates are volatile and also fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis, and operating in the spot market exposes us to this volatility more than if we had long-term fixed contracted revenue.

 

In addition, we may enter long-term charters or COAs where the rate we charge varies according to fluctuations in the shipping market. Although these types of contracts run over a longer period, the charter rates may be reset at the start of each voyage or on a monthly or quarterly or other interval. A number of industry participants produce daily assessments of the spot market rates and indices are produced to reflect the changes in the spot market over time based on these assessments. Accordingly, these contracts are generally referred to as “index-linked” contracts. Like spot market contracts, index-linked contracts are also exposed to the volatility in the shipping markets. The Baltic Exchange is the primary producer of these indices.

 

Market fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under longer term time charters or those serving fixed rate COAs, but operating in the spot market may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in charter rates. As the costs of our Fleet are typically of a long-term, fixed nature, downturns in the spot markets and in the drybulk or tanker industries generally would result in a reduction in profit margins.

 

Our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are currently primarily employed in the spot market and the vessels in the IVS Handysize Pool as well as our tankers employed in pools operated by Maersk, are currently also employed in the spot market. The vessels in the IVS Supramax Pool currently trade in a combination of COAs and the spot market.

 

  34  

 

 

Commercial Management

 

We charter-in two medium range tankers of approximately 52,000 dwt, and directly own two medium range tankers of 50,000 dwt, which were previously owned through a joint venture with Vitol. These medium range tankers are commercially managed by Mansel. Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, procures shipping for oil cargoes traded by Vitol. These vessels are currently operated in the spot market and on Vitol traded cargoes.

 

We commercially manage one approximately 16,900 dwt tanker, which primarily trades around the southern African coast, fulfilling obligations we have under COAs, as well as the spot cargo market.

 

As noted above, our three approximately 37,700 dwt handysize vessels are commercially managed as a group by the same in-house team that manages the IVS Handysize Pool and currently operate primarily in the spot market.

 

Time Charters

 

Time charters provide a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We employ vessels under longer term time charter contracts as part of our overall management of our revenue and risks. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit when the spot market rates increase.

 

One of our 16,900 dwt tankers, which was owned through our joint venture with Engen, and on time charter to Engen, and was sold in December 2018.

 

Bareboat Charter

 

One of our medium range tanker vessels is bareboat chartered out until 2020.

 

Our Joint Ventures

 

The following descriptions are only a summary of the material provisions of our material joint ventures and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the copies of the joint venture agreements and amendments thereto, which are included as exhibits to this annual report.

 

IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.

 

We own an approximately 33.5% interest in IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd., or IVS Bulk, a joint venture with Sankaty European Investments III S.à.r.l, or Sankaty, and Regiment Capital Ltd, or Regiment. IVS Bulk owns 12 of our drybulk carriers, consisting of six handysize vessels and six supramax/ultramax vessels. We serve as the commercial and technical manager for these vessels and have employed the handysize vessels in our IVS Handysize Pool and have employed the supramax/ultramax vessels in our IVS Supramax Pool, for which we are paid fees by IVS Bulk.

 

In addition to our equity interest in IVS Bulk, as of December 31, 2018 an amount of $9.2 million was outstanding under a loan we made to IVS Bulk, which bears interest at 15.0% per year, is repayable upon 30 days’ written demand, immediately on written demand following the occurrence of an event of default, forthwith on written notice in the event of termination of the shareholders’ agreement, or otherwise will mature on January 1, 2020. While we expect that we will be repaid under this loan, we may require IVS Bulk to sell the IVS Gleneagles in order to repay any amounts due to us. Under the IVS Bulk joint venture agreement, profits are paid to the shareholders pro-rata, subject to certain priority provisions set forth in the joint venture agreement.

 

The IVS Bulk joint venture was initially scheduled to expire on December 31, 2018. However, the termination date was initially extended to April 30, 2019 and on March 26, 2019, we agreed with our joint venture partners to further extend the termination date to June 30, 2019. Upon termination, we have a right of first refusal to purchase the vessels owned by IVS Bulk at an independently determined market value. If we do not purchase the vessels, our joint venture partners will have the right to purchase the vessels at the same price offered to us. If the vessels are not sold to us or our joint venture partners, the vessels will be sold in the open market. The proceeds from any vessel sales will be applied to any outstanding third party liabilities, then to repay any excess contributions by the shareholders, and thereafter as dividends, subject to certain restrictions.

 

We have engaged in preliminary discussions and expect to have further discussions with our joint venture partners to explore the possibility of purchasing the vessels owned by IVS Bulk, increasing our interest in IVS Bulk, or other strategic alternatives with the joint venture but there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire the vessels, increase our interest, or otherwise complete another strategic alternative with the joint venture on favorable terms or at all. Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders provided approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting to issue new shares up to 25% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the Spin-Off to the extent we were to issue equity for the purchase of these (or similar) vessels. See “Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Under Singapore law, shareholder approval is required to allow us to issue new shares which could impact our ability to raise capital or consummate acquisitions. Any issuance of new shares would dilute the percentage ownership of existing shareholders and could adversely impact the market price of the ordinary shares.” There can be no assurances that such discussions will take place or that we will be able to acquire the vessels on favorable terms, if at all.

 

Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.

 

As at December 31, 2018 we owned a 50% interest in Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., or Leopard Tankers, a joint venture with Vitol, or our joint venture partner. Leopard Tankers owned four 50,000 dwt tankers, which were commercially managed by Mansel, an affiliate of Vitol, which received a management fee.

 

We have commenced the wind up of the Leopard Tankers joint venture with Vitol, our joint venture partner, in which we and Vitol each acquired two medium range “eco” tankers from the joint venture. Accordingly, we acquired Leopard Moon and Leopard Sun for a total purchase price of approximately $54.0 million. Proceeds from the sale by Leopard Tankers of its vessels have been applied to fully repay the joint venture’s $138.5 million credit facility, of which $70.2 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and our guaranty

 

  35  

 

 

thereunder has been released upon full repayment. The financial results of Leopard Moon and Leopard Sun will be consolidated into our financial statements following delivery of these vessels to us. In January and February 2019, we drew down $14.9 million on each vessel, on a new $29.9 million credit facility with NIBC Bank N.V. secured by the two vessels and bearing interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.20% per annum to finance in part the acquisition of the two vessels from Leopard Tankers. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements”

 

Management of Our Business

 

General management

 

Overall responsibility for the oversight of the management of our company rests with our board of directors. We do all of the financial and administrative management of our business ourselves, contracting in human resource, financial, legal, tax and other specialist advice from reputable, arm’s length service providers when required. We and our wholly owned subsidiary GSSA each entered into a transitional services agreement with Former Parent in connection with the Spin-Off, under which Former Parent provides to us and our subsidiaries, among other things, internal audit, corporate secretarial and information technology services through varying times in 2019, depending on the service, and a related licensing agreement in respect of the use of certain intellectual property of Former Parent through June 2021 and a property lease agreement subject to termination on short-term notice. As of October 2018, Former Parent’s corporate secretarial services to us and our subsidiaries terminated, other than in respect of GSSA and its subsidiaries.

 

Commercial management

 

Decisions about how to commercially employ our Fleet, and general commercial and strategic decisions relating to the conduct of our business, including participation in joint ventures, are made by our own management and employees, under guidance and authority from our board of directors in accordance with our governance framework.

 

Technical Management

 

We technically manage in-house the majority of our vessels that we own directly or through joint ventures. We currently employ a team of 16 experienced and qualified managers plus 35 support staff in Singapore, Durban and Manila. This team includes six master mariners and 10 Class 1 marine engineers who perform superintendent and technical management functions for the in-house managed vessels. Our technical management team is responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of these vessels, including procurement, crewing, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and ensuring that our vessels under in-house management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations.

 

A majority of the crews we employ are sourced from third-party crewing providers with whom we contract directly for the supply of crews to the vessels we manage in-house. Our technical team also operates the Grindrod Shipping Training Academy located in Durban from where we source some of our crewing requirements.

 

In addition, our in-house technical team also oversees the third-party technical managers who we have contracted to carry out technical management functions for the balance of our Fleet. Currently, we use two outside technical management providers, Sandigan Ship Services Inc., or Sandigan, and LSC Ship Management, or LSC. We contract with Sandigan for commercial and relationship reasons, as well as to provide us an ability to benchmark our in-house technical management team on drybulk carriers. LSC technically manages the two vessels we acquired from our former joint venture with Vitol.

 

Under the current technical management agreements with Sandigan and LSC, the third-party technical managers are responsible for the technical operation and upkeep of our vessels, including crewing, if specified, maintenance, repairs and dry dockings, maintaining required vetting approvals and relevant inspections, and to ensure our vessels under their management comply with the requirements of classification societies, as well as relevant government, flag state, environmental and other regulations and each vessel subsidiary pays the actual cost associated with the technical management and an annual management fee for the relevant vessel.

 

Each management agreement with the third-party technical managers is cancelable by us or the third-party technical manager for any reason at any time upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the other. Upon termination we are generally required to cover actual crew support costs and severance costs and pay a management fee for an additional three months. We may be required to obtain the consent of any applicable charterer and from some of our lenders before we appoint a new manager, however, such consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Separately, we have one tanker chartered out on bareboat charter, under the terms of which the charterers are obligated to conduct the technical management of the vessel which they do through ASP Ship Management Singapore Pte. Ltd., the third-party managers.

 

Our Customers

 

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate vessels and solutions. A prospective customer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment. Our customers with whom we contract as commercial managers of our own, our joint venture partners’ and third parties’ drybulk carriers and tankers include international commodity trading houses, mining companies, industrial manufacturing companies, major oil companies, and traders of grains, steel and forestry products.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue and for the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenue in the amount of approximately $40.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenue in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenue, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million in 2017 and $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million in 2016. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenue attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

 

  36  

 

 

Seasonality

 

We operate our drybulk carriers and tankers in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or under time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results.

 

The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period.

 

The tanker sector is typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but can be weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance that is typically conducted in the summer months. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months.

 

In addition, unpredictable weather patterns tend to disrupt vessel routing and scheduling as well as the supplies of certain commodities.

 

Competition

 

Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The competition in the market is based primarily on supply and demand and we compete for charters and COAs on the basis of price, vessel location, vessel specifications including fuel consumption, size, age, condition and country of build, our and our third-party commercial managers’ reputations, and, particularly in the tanker sector, additional requirements of the charterers.

 

We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk and tanker vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are able to consume cheaper fuels, in particular, any competitors who may install scrubbers in compliance with IMO 2020 regulations, and are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership and control of drybulk carriers and tankers is highly fragmented and is divided among a large number of players including publicly listed and privately owned shipping companies, major oil companies, mining companies, commodity trading houses, private equity and other investment funds and state-controlled owners. In the tanker market a part of the trade is captive especially to major and national oil company fleets. Ownership and control in the drybulk sector is rather more fragmented than in the case of the tanker sector. Due in part to the highly fragmented markets in which we operate, competitors with greater resources than us could enter the drybulk or tanker shipping industries and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. See, “Item 3. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—We operate in the highly competitive international shipping industry and we may not be able to compete for charters and COAs with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and, as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably”.

 

Environmental and Other Regulations

 

Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our vessels. We are subject to international conventions and treaties and national, state and local laws and regulations relating to safety and health and environmental protection in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. These regulations include requirements relating to the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements may entail significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of specific operating procedures. While all of our vessels are subject to environmental and other regulations and all of our vessels carry bunker fuel, we believe there is generally a greater risk of environmental concerns in the tanker sector, which makes up a smaller portion of our Fleet.

 

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard, or USCG, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations, charterers, and terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the operation of one or more of our vessels being temporarily suspended or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

 

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the future cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution, release of hazardous substances, loss of life, or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the 2010 BP plc Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulations that could negatively affect our profitability.

 

International Maritime Organization

 

The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, or the IMO, has adopted MARPOL. MARPOL entered into force on October 2, 1983. It has been adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our vessels will operate.

 

MARPOL is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annex II relates to noxious liquid substances carried in bulk; Annex III relates to harmful substances carried in packaged form; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI relates to air emissions.

 

  37  

 

 

In 2012, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted by resolution amendments to the international code for the construction and equipment of vessels carrying dangerous chemicals in bulk, or the IBC Code. The provisions of the IBC Code are mandatory under MARPOL and SOLAS. These amendments, which entered into force in June 2014, pertain to revised international certificates of fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemicals in bulk and identifying new products that fall under the IBC Code. As of January 1, 2016, amendments to Annex I, the IBC Code, require that all chemical tankers must be fitted with approved stability instruments capable of verifying compliance with both intact and damage stability.

 

The MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or CAS, sets out a framework of inspection and verification of the structural condition of certain oil tankers. In 2013, the MEPC adopted by resolution amendments to the CAS. These amendments, which became effective on October 1, 2014, complement inspections of bulk carriers and tankers set forth in the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or ESP Code, and enhance the programs of inspections for certain tankers.

 

Air Emissions

 

In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution. Effective May 2005, Annex VI set limits on nitrogen oxide emissions from vessels whose diesel engines were constructed (or underwent major conversions) on or after January 1, 2000. It also prohibits “deliberate emissions” of “ozone depleting substances,” defined to include certain halons and chlorofluorocarbons. “Deliberate emissions” are not limited to times when the vessel is at sea; they can, for example, include discharges occurring in the course of the vessel’s repair and maintenance. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, PCBs) are also prohibited. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls of sulfur emissions known as ECAs.

 

MEPC adopted amendments to Annex VI on October 10, 2008, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board vessels. As of January 1, 2012, the amended Annex VI required that fuel oil contain no more than 3.50% sulfur (from the previous cap of 4.50%). On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, MEPC 70, MEPC announced its decision concerning the implementation of regulations mandating a reduction in sulfur emissions from the current 3.5% to 0.5% as of the beginning of 2020 rather than pushing the deadline back to 2025. In MEPC 72, MEPC further agreed to prohibit the carriage of non-compliant fuel after 2020, unless a vessel is fitted with an equivalent arrangement such as a scrubber. By 2020 vessels will now have to either reduce sulfur from emissions through the installation and use of emission scrubbers or buy fuel with lower sulfur content. Consequently, complying with MEPC 70 could result in a significant capital expenditure or a significant increase in the cost of bunkers. We expect to use compliant bunker fuel in our vessels and have not yet ordered and do not currently plan to order any emissions treating systems for fitting on our existing vessels or our newbuildings currently under construction, although we may do so in the future for our current and / or future vessels. While we believe that burning compliant fuel, rather than treating non-compliant fuel, is an appropriate commercial strategy, the net earnings of our vessels may be negatively impacted by a differentiated bunker fuel market in the future and our vessels may not be as attractive to charterers as vessels fitted with exhaust treatment systems.

 

Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, vessels operating within an ECA may not use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.10%. Amended Annex VI established procedures for designating new ECAs. The Baltic and North Seas, certain coastal areas of North America and the United States Caribbean Sea are all within designated ECAs. In addition, certain ports in China are subject to domestic Chinese ECAs. Ocean-going vessels in these areas are subject to stringent emission controls, which may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or the EPA, or the states or other national jurisdictions where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures, operational changes, or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. For example, the amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, MEPC approved and adopted the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxides, effective January 1, 2021.

 

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for vessels. Under these measures, by 2025, all new vessels built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014. This included the requirement that all new vessels utilize the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI, and all vessels develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, or SEEMPs. We are in the process of implementing energy savings measures for our vessels, which will require financial expenditures, but ultimately result in lower fuel costs.

 

We believe that all our vessels are compliant in all material respects with these regulations that are currently in force. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

 

Ballast Water Management

 

The IMO adopted the BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. All vessels will also have to carry a ballast water record book and an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. The BWM Convention entered into force 12 months after it was adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. On September 8, 2016, this threshold was met (with 52 contracting parties making up 35.14%). Thus, the BWM Convention entered into force on September 8, 2017. However, at MEPC 71, MEPC decided that, while new vessels constructed after September 8, 2017 must comply on delivery with the BWM Convention, implementation of the BWM Convention would be delayed for existing vessels (constructed prior to September 8, 2017) for a further two years. For such existing vessels, installation of ballast water management systems, or BWMS, must take place at the first renewal survey following September 8, 2017 (the date the BWM Convention entered into force). At MEPC 70, MEPC adopted updated “guidelines for approval of ballast water managements systems (G8)”. G8 updates previous guidelines concerning procedures to approve BWMS. The G8 guidelines will become mandatory through the BWMS Code, which was adopted in MEPC 72 and will enter into force in October 2019. MEPC 72 also agreed to develop guidelines for mandatory ballast water sampling to confirm that a vessel’s BWMS complies with standards set out in the BWM Convention prior to the vessel receiving its International Ballast Water Management Certificate. Once mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and the costs of

 

  38  

 

 

ballast water treatments may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The United States for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements. We believe the costs of such compliance may be material over time, however, it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.

 

Safety Management System Requirements

 

The IMO has also adopted SOLAS and the LL Convention, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of vessels. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL Convention standards. Amendments to SOLAS relating to safe manning of vessels that were adopted in May 2012 entered in force on January 1, 2014. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, or LLMC, was recently amended and the amendments went into effect on June 8, 2015. The amendments alter the limits of liability for loss of life or personal injury claims and property claims against vessel owners. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.

 

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements under Chapter IX of SOLAS set forth in the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires the owner of a vessel, or any person who has taken responsibility for operation of a vessel, to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we or our technical managers have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate under the ISM Code unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by classification societies under the authority of each flag state. We and/or our third-party technical manager have documents of compliance and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed every five years, but the document of compliance is subject to audit verification annually and the safety management certificate at least every 2.5 years.

 

The flag state, as defined by the United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea, has overall responsibility for implementing and enforcing a broad range of international maritime regulations with respect to all vessels granted the right to fly its flag. The “Shipping Industry Flag State Performance Table” published annually by the International Chamber of Shipping evaluates and reports on flag states based on factors such as ratification, implementation, and enforcement of principal international maritime treaties and regulations, supervision of statutory vessel surveys, and participation at IMO and International Labour Organization, or ILO, meetings. All of our owned vessels are currently flagged in Singapore except one medium range tanker and one small tanker that are flagged in the Isle of Man and one medium range tanker under a bareboat charter out that is flagged in New Zealand. Singapore flagged vessels have historically received a good assessment in the shipping industry. We recognize the importance of a credible flag state and do not intend to use flags of convenience or flag states with poor performance indicators. Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. Each of our vessels are ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificate will be maintained.

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the vessel owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

 

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

 

The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for oil pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory to such conventions. Many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the CLC. Under this convention, and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain exceptions. The 1992 Protocol changed certain limits on liability, expressed using the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights. The limits on liability have since been amended so that the compensation limits on liability were raised. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the vessel owner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the vessel owner’s intentional or reckless act or omission where the vessel owner knew pollution damage would probably result. The CLC requires vessels covered by it to maintain insurance covering the liability of the owner in a sum equivalent to an owner’s liability for a single incident. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

 

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on vessel owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of vessels over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in a vessel’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

 

IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt shipboard oil pollution emergency plans and/or shipboard marine pollution emergency plans for noxious liquid substances in accordance with the guidelines developed by the IMO.

 

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations may have on our operations.

 

  39  

 

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in United States waters, which includes the United States’ territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. OPA applies to oil tankers, as well as non-tanker vessels that carry fuel oil, or bunkers, to power such vessels. CERCLA also applies to our operations.

 

Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and the costs of assessment thereof;

 

injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;

 

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;

 

loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;

 

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and

 

net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards.

 

OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.

 

CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damage for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refuses to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.

 

OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply in all material respects with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

 

We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. In some cases, states, which have enacted such legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We comply in all material respects with all existing applicable state regulations in the ports where our vessels call.

 

Significant oil spills, such as the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, may also result in additional legislative or regulatory initiatives, including the raising of liability caps under OPA or more stringent operational requirements. We cannot predict what additional requirements, if any, may be enacted and what effect, if any, such requirements may have on our operations.

 

Other Environmental Initiatives

 

The CWA prohibits the discharge of oil or other substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In

 

  40  

 

 

addition, many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

 

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit, or VGP, that authorizes ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after September 19, 2009 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent, or NOI, at least 30 days before the vessel operates in U.S. waters. The VGP imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, record keeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. The EPA renewed and revised the VGP, effective December 19, 2013. The VGP now contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters and more stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers and requires the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants.

 

The USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters. As of June 21, 2012, the USCG adopted revised ballast water management regulations that established standards for allowable concentrations of living organisms in ballast water discharged from vessels in U.S. waters. The USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of January 1, 2014, vessels are technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards. As a result, the USCG in the past provided waivers to vessels which could not install the then unapproved ballast water treatment technology, but has begun to deny requests for waivers in light of its recent approval of a handful of technologies. In March 2018 the USCG published guidance on the limited circumstances in which it would authorize extension of a vessel’s compliance date and further indicated that extensions will generally not be granted for more than twelve months. The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.

 

It should also be noted that in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP, which is scheduled to expire in December 2018, will remain in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP.

 

On December 4, 2018, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act, or VIDA, was enacted. VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges (including ballast water) under the CWA. VIDA requires the EPA to develop performance standards for those discharges within two years of enactment and requires the USCG to develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations within two years of the EPA’s promulgation of standards. The new regulations cannot be less stringent than the 2013 VGP or the USCG NISA regulations. Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VGP remain in force and effect until the USCG regulations are finalized. In addition, VIDA requires the USCG to finalize a policy letter within one year that describes ballast water treatment systems approval testing methods and protocols. Once the USCG regulations are in effect, subject to certain exceptions in the Pacific Coast and Great Lakes, states and regions cannot develop or enforce more stringent standards unless they petition the EPA and can establish that the revised best management standard would reduce adverse impacts from discharges and is both economically achievable and operationally practical.

 

Compliance with the EPA and the USCG regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. While we believe that our vessels have been or will be fitted with systems that will comply with the standards, those systems may not be approved. If they are not approved it could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP, and can continue to enforce those standards until the USCG VIDA regulations are finalized. Although VIDA clarifies some of the confusion regarding the differing US regulatory schemes applicable to ballast water, it continues to remain unclear how the ballast water requirements set forth by the EPA, the USCG, and IMO BWM Convention, some of which are in effect and some which are pending, will co-exist.

 

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels will be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, taking on or discharging ballast, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas. Our vessels that operate in such port areas with restricted cargoes are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these requirements. The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas are equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements.

 

European Union Regulations

 

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. Member states were required to enact laws or regulations to comply with the directive by the end of 2010. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the vessel is in danger.

 

The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk vessels, as determined by type, age, flag, and the number of times the vessel has been detained. The European Union also adopted and then extended a ban on substandard vessels and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.

 

  41  

 

 

The EU Ship Recycling Regulation, or EU SRR, entered into force on December 31, 2013. The EU SRR brings forward the implementation of the provisions contained in the IMO’s Hong Kong International Convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships, 2009, or the Hong Kong Convention, which has not yet entered into force. The EU SRR aims to prevent, reduce and, to the extent practicable, eliminate accidents, injuries and other adverse effects on human health and the environment caused by ship recycling. The EU SRR aims to ensure that hazardous waste from ship recycling is subject to environmentally sound management and also includes rules to ensure the proper management of hazardous materials on ships.

 

Beginning December 31, 2018 all ships not less than 500 gross tonnes and flagged under an EU member state may be recycled only in an EU-approved ship recycling facility. Beginning December 31, 2020, EU-flagged and non-EU-flagged ships calling at EU ports are also required to have onboard a verified inventory of hazardous materials with a statement of compliance issued by a representative organisation.

 

Greenhouse Gas Regulations

 

Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Convention on Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and aims to limit global temperature rise below 2 degrees celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit temperature increase even further to 1.5 degrees celsius. The Paris Agreement does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. The IMO has taken a number of measures to address greenhouse gas emissions associated with international shipping. As of January 1, 2013, vessels were required to comply with new MEPC mandatory requirements relating to energy efficiency to address greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In addition, MEPC 70 approved a “roadmap” for developing an IMO strategy by 2018 on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from vessels. In April 2018, MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from shipping by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 levels, while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely as “a pathway of CO 2 emissions reduction consistent with the Paris Agreement temperature goals”. The initial strategy is due to be revised and adopted by 2023.

 

Although international shipping is not covered by the European Union’s current greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets the European Union has threatened to include shipping in its emissions trading system by 2023 if the IMO does not have a satisfactory greenhouse gas emissions strategy in place by 2021. In 2013 the European Commission set out a strategy for progressively integrating maritime emissions into the European Union’s policy for reducing its greenhouse gas emissions, with the first step being monitoring, reporting and verification of greenhouse gas emissions from large ships calling at European Union ports. Towards this end, in April 2015, a regulation was adopted requiring that large vessels (over 5,000 gross tons) calling at European Union ports from January 2018 collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

 

In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, has adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and has proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA has received petitions from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Furthermore, in the United States individual states can also enact environmental regulations. For example, California has introduced caps for greenhouse gas emission and, at the end of 2016, signaled it might take additional actions regarding climate change.

 

Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, European Union, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.

 

International Labour Organization

 

The International Labour Organization, or ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland. The ILO has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance will be required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all vessels above 500 gross tons in international trade. The MLC 2006 came into force on August 20, 2013. Amendments to MLC were adopted in 2014 and 2016. We are in compliance with MLC 2006.

 

Vessel Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, MTSA came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. The regulations also impose requirements on certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.

 

Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new Chapter XI-2 became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and vessels against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. The following are among the various requirements, some of which are found in SOLAS:

 

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped vessels and shore stations, including information on a vessel’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

on-board installation of vessel security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

  42  

 

 

the development of a vessel security plan;

 

vessel identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including the name of the vessel, the state whose flag the vessel is entitled to fly, the date on which the vessel was registered with that state, the vessel’s identification number, the port at which the vessel is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

Any vessel operating without a valid certificate may be detained at port until it obtains an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, or it may be expelled from port, or refused entry at port.

 

The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We or our third-party technical managers, as applicable, implement the various security measures addressed by MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our Fleet complies in all material respects with applicable security requirements.

 

Inspection by Classification Societies

 

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

For maintenance of the class certification, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

Annual Surveys. For seagoing vessels, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

Intermediate Surveys. Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

Class Renewal Surveys. Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the vessel’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is drydocked and is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one-year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a vessel owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five-year cycle. Upon a vessel owner’s request, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years. Vessels under five years of age can waive drydocking in order to increase available days and decrease capital expenditures, provided the vessel is inspected underwater.

 

Most of our vessels are drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the vessel owner within prescribed time limits.

 

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or the IACS. In 2012, the IACS issued draft harmonized Common Structural Rules, that align with the IMO goals standards, and were adopted in winter 2013. All our vessels are certified as being “in class” by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, Bureua Veritas, or BV, Class NK, or NK, and Lloyd’s Register, or LR. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we generally have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel except in circumstances where the damage is easily remedied, in which case we will take delivery of the vessel and have a claim for damages.

 

Oil Company Tanker Vetting Process

 

Traditionally there have been relatively few charterers in the oil transportation business and that part of the industry has been undergoing consolidation. The oil majors represent a significant percentage of the production, trading and, especially, seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products worldwide. Concerns about the environment have led oil majors to develop and implement a strict due diligence process, known as vetting, when selecting vessels and considering their managers. Vetting has evolved into a sophisticated and comprehensive assessment of both the vessel and the vessel technical manager. While numerous factors are considered and evaluated prior to a commercial decision, the oil majors, through their association, Oil Companies International Marine Forum, or OCIMF, have developed two basic assessment tools: the Ship Inspection Report program, or SIRE, and the Tanker Management &

 

  43  

 

 

Self-Assessment program, or TMSA. The former is a physical vessel inspection based upon a thorough vessel inspection questionnaire and performed by accredited OCIMF inspectors, resulting in a report being logged on SIRE, while the latter is a recent addition to the risk assessment tools used by the oil majors. Based upon commercial risk, there are three levels of assessment used by oil majors:

 

terminal use, which clears a vessel to call at one of the oil major’s terminals;

 

voyage charter, which clears the vessel for a single voyage; and

 

period charter, which clears the vessel for use for an extended period of time.

 

The depth and complexity of each of these levels of assessment varies. Each charter agreement for our vessels requires that the applicable vessel have a valid SIRE report (less than six months old) in the OCIMF website as recommended by OCIMF. In addition, under the terms of the charter agreements, the charterers require that our vessels and their technical managers be vetted and approved to transport crude oil or refined petroleum products (as applicable). The technical manager, whether us or our appointed third-party manager, is responsible for obtaining and maintaining the vetting approvals required to successfully charter our vessels.

 

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

 

The operation of any drybulk carrier or tanker includes risks such as mechanical and structural failure, hull damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage, business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental incidents, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of vessels trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution incidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel owners and operators trading in the United States market.

 

We maintain hull and machinery insurance, war risks insurance, protection and indemnity cover, and freight, demurrage and defense cover for our Fleet in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover day-to-day risks in our operations. We do not maintain insurance for loss of hire or earnings arising out of insured peril events other than limited loss coverage relating to defined war risk events. However, we may not be able to achieve or maintain this level of coverage throughout a vessel’s useful life. In addition, while we believe that the insurance coverage that we have obtained is adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

 

Hull and Machinery and War Risks Insurance

 

We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of actual or constructive total loss, for all of our owned vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles ranging between $75,000 to $112,500 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, which insure liabilities to third parties in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Our P&I coverage will be subject to and in accordance with the rules of the P&I Association in which the vessel is entered. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or clubs. Except for pollution and passenger and crew claims, our coverage is unlimited but restricted to amounts as determined by law including laws pertaining to limitation of liability. Cover for pollution claims are limited to $1.0 billion and cover for passenger and crew claims are restricted to $3.0 billion.

 

Our protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution will be $1.0 billion per vessel per incident. The thirteen P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at a floating rate that is generally valued at approximately $6.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on the group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.

 

Not all risks are insured and not all risks are insurable. The principal insurable risks which nonetheless remain uninsured across our Fleet are “loss of hire” and “strikes,” except in cases of loss of hire due to war risk event. Specifically, we do not insure these risks because the costs are regarded as disproportionate. These insurances provide, subject to a deductible, a limited indemnity for hire that would not be receivable by the vessel owner for reasons set forth in the policy. Should a vessel on time charter, where the vessel earns fixed hire day by day, suffer a serious mechanical breakdown, the daily hire will no longer be payable by the charterer for the period of off-hire. Under some circumstances, an event of force majeure may also permit the charterer to terminate the time charter or suspend payment of charter hire. The purpose of the loss of hire insurance is to secure the loss of hire during such periods. In the case of strikes insurance, if a vessel is being paid a fixed sum to perform a voyage and the vessel becomes strike bound at a loading or discharging port, the insurance covers the loss of earnings during such periods.

 

Permits and Authorizations

 

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate our business as currently conducted. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.

 

  44  

 

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to, and intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; and any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements. We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which do not have separate provisions for publicly traded and private companies. However, in the event we convert to U.S. GAAP in the future while we are still an emerging growth company, we may be able to take advantage of the benefits of Section 107 of the JOBS Act, which provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We intend to continue to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Ordinary Shares—The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, will allow Grindrod Shipping to postpone the date by which it must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information provided in Grindrod Shipping’s reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in Grindrod Shipping and adversely affect the market price of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares.”

 

Foreign Private Issuer

 

We are a “foreign private issuer” as defined by the rules under pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Our status as a foreign private issuer exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of the NASDAQ, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and certain governance requirements, such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we are not required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic companies registered under the Exchange Act and we are generally exempt from filing quarterly reports with the SEC. Furthermore, we are not subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

 

We may take advantage of these exemptions for foreign private issuers until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We are required to determine our status as a foreign private issuer on an annual basis at the end of our second fiscal quarter. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares—Grindrod Shipping may lose its foreign private issuer status, which would then require it to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause Grindrod Shipping to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses”.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business that may be brought against us, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, cash flows or liquidity. From time to time we may face claims which fall outside the scope of our insurance coverage. In respect of such claims, we purchase FD&D insurance, which is discretionary coverage for the costs of defending or prosecuting such claims (for example, claims of a purely contractual nature, or collection of freight and demurrage). Those claims, even if covered by insurance and/or lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

We currently are involved in a dispute with Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs service of the United Kingdom, or HMRC, regarding a tax of 28% on a balancing charge against one of our subsidiaries. This tax relates to the purchase of the Torea vessel in December 2010 (which we subsequently sold in October 2017) following the vessel coming out of the U.K. tonnage tax regime earlier in the period. An adverse resolution of this dispute could result in an additional tax liability to us of approximately $5.7 million plus interest on late paid tax. While defenses are available to us, a liability amount of $2.4 million has been recorded in our consolidated and combined financial statements. The HMRC has issued a Closure Notice indicating that this tax is payable, which we have appealed. On May 1, 2018, the HMRC upheld the Closure Notice. On May 22, 2018, we appealed to the Tax Tribunal in London and on October 31, 2018, we agreed on a statement of facts with HMRC. A court date has not yet been scheduled and it is not currently possible to predict when the dispute will be resolved.

 

C. Organizational Structure

 

Grindrod Shipping is a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore. We directly own two subsidiaries through which business operations are conducted and staff are employed. One is a Singapore company and the other is a South African company. Each of our wholly owned vessels is held through separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of our Singapore subsidiary, each of which is incorporated in Singapore, except one incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our current subsidiaries.

 

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

 

We do not own any material real property. We lease office space in several countries where we have staff or operations. Our largest offices are in Singapore, South Africa and the United Kingdom. Our main material assets consist of our vessels which are owned through several subsidiaries and joint ventures. See “—Organizational Structure” above.

 

For a description of our Fleet, see “—History and Development of the Company” and “—Business Overview—Our Fleet” above.

 

  45  

 

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

You should read the following management’s discussion and analysis and results of operations and financial condition together with our consolidated and combined financial statements, including the notes, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this annual report. Certain information contained in this discussion and analysis and elsewhere in this annual report includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report.

 

Overview

 

We are an international shipping company that owns, charters-in and operates a fleet of drybulk carriers and tankers. We own some of our vessels directly and some of our vessels in joint venture arrangements. We operate two businesses primarily in: the drybulk carriers business, which is further divided into handysize, supramax/ultramax, and other operating segments; and the tankers business, which is further divided into medium range tankers, small tankers, and other operating segments. Activities that do not relate to these business segments are accumulated in an “unallocated” segment. Our historical business also includes a container business which we held through OACL, and a bunker business which we held through Unicorn Bunker, both of which were separated from Grindrod Shipping in the first quarter of 2018. See “—The Spin-Off” below.

 

Our handysize and supramax/ultramax operating fleet consists of 24 owned drybulk carriers (including 13 drybulk carrier that we own through joint ventures) and six long-term chartered-in drybulk carriers. We have 18 handysize drybulk carriers and 12 supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 28,240 dwt to 60,490 dwt. We also have two owned ultramax drybulk carriers under construction each with a size of 61,000 dwt, and three supramax/ultramax drybulk carriers under construction with sizes of 60,000 dwt to 62,000 dwt that we will charter in on delivery from the shipyard. Our drybulk carriers transport a broad range of major and minor bulk and breakbulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, forestry products, steel products and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels or in the spot market.

 

Our tanker operating fleet consists of eight owned tankers and two long-term chartered-in tankers. We have seven medium range tankers and three small tankers in our operating fleet with sizes ranging from 16,480 dwt to 51,570 dwt. Our tankers carry petroleum products, which include both clean products, such as petrol, diesel, jet fuel and naptha, and dirty products, such as heavy fuel oil. Our tankers do not carry crude oil. Our tankers are also classed to carry low hazard chemical products, which include liquid bulk vegetable oils. Our tankers are currently employed in pools of similarly sized vessels, commercially managed by third parties, and under various other arrangements, including charter-out, bareboat charter, under COAs or in the spot market.

 

Recent Developments

 

Joint Ventures and Vessels

 

The IVS Bulk joint venture termination date was extended from December 31, 2018 to June 30, 2019. See “Item 4. Information on the Company Our Joint Ventures”.

 

We have commenced the wind up of the Leopard Tankers joint venture with Vitol, our joint venture partner, in which we and Vitol each acquired two medium range “eco” tankers from the joint venture. Accordingly, we acquired Leopard Moon and Leopard Sun for a total purchase price of approximately $54.0 million. Proceeds from the sale by Leopard Tankers of its vessels have been applied to fully repay the joint venture’s $138.5 million credit facility, of which $70.2 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and our guaranty thereunder has been released upon full repayment. The financial results of Leopard Moon and Leopard Sun will be consolidated into our financial statements following delivery of these vessels to us. In January and February 2019, we drew down $14.9 million on each vessel, on a new $29.9 million credit facility with NIBC Bank N.V. secured by the two vessels and bearing interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.20% per annum to finance in part the acquisition of the two vessels from Leopard Tankers.

 

Our joint venture with Engen Petroleum Limited, in which we have a 50% interest, sold its last remaining vessel, the medium range tanker Lavela, in March 2019. Following this sale, the joint venture is expected to be wound up.

 

On April 2, 2019, we contracted to sell the handysize drybulk carrier IVS Kawana for US$7,800,000. The vessel is expected to deliver to the new owners on April 30, 2019.

 

Loan Agreements

 

In March 2019, we agreed to indicative terms on a term loan facility with IYO Bank for an amount up to approximately $31.4 million, the proceeds of which are expected to be used to finance a portion of the purchase price for two newbuild vessels, IVS Okudogo and IVS Prestwick, on their delivery. The facility is expected to have a seven year term, repayable in quarterly installments with a balloon payment at the end of the repayment schedule, to bear interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 200 basis points per annum and to be secured by, amongst other security, the two newbuild vessels. We cannot assure you that we will successfully enter into a definitive agreement relating to this facility.

 

Other

 

In December 2018, the trustees to the Grindrod Pension Fund, a fund for employees of the Former Parent, recommended that the portion of the pension fund surplus that related to former or current employees of GSSA should be passed down to us. The advisors to the Grindrod Pension Fund recommended that GSSA should be included as a second participating employer of this fund and that GSSA should receive 40% of the pension fund surplus. An amendment to the rules of the Grindrod Pension Fund is required for GSSA to become a participating employer, which also requires approval by the South African Financial Sector Conduct Authority, or FSCA. Application for a rule amendment was submitted to the FSCA after December 31, 2018, and we have not yet received confirmation that the change has been accepted.

 

  46  

 

 

Components of Our Operating Results

 

Revenue. Revenue includes vessel revenue, ship sales, and other revenue. Vessel revenue consists of charter hire revenue and freight revenue. Charter hire revenue primarily relates to time charter contracts and freight revenue primarily relates to voyage charter contracts and pool distributions (which consist of distributions to us of net earnings relating to our vessels in pools operated by third parties). Ship sales include ship sales as well as the sale of bunkers and other consumables relating to ships sold. Other revenue includes management fees and other revenue.

 

We generate revenue by charging customers for their use of our vessels or for the transportation by us of their drybulk and liquid bulk cargoes. Historically, these services generally have been provided by operating our vessels in commercial pools, in the spot market, and on time charters. We also manage our charter rate risk and employment risk by using forward freight arrangements and entering into COAs.

 

The table below illustrates in general the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements.

 

 

Commercial Pool

 

Spot Market

 

Time Charters

Typical contract length Varies   Varies   Varies
Charter hire rate basis (1) Varies   Varies   Daily
Voyage expenses Pool pays   We or customer pays   Customer pays
Vessel operating costs for owned vessels We pay   We pay   We pay
Charter hire costs for vessels chartered-in by us We pay   We pay   We pay
Off-hire (2) Pool does not pay   Customer does not pay   Customer does not pay

 

 

(1) “Charter hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel under time charter.

 

(2) “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charter hire cost when the vessel is off-hire. And for time chartered-out vessels, the charterer is not obliged to pay us the charter hire when the vessel is off-hire.

 

We also generate revenue by acting as commercial manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures or by third parties, and as technical manager for vessels owned by our joint ventures. The commercial management services we provide are in respect of our management and operation of our drybulk handysize pool, or the IVS Handysize Pool, and our drybulk supramax/ultramax pool, or the IVS Supramax Pool, and the commercial management of three large drybulk handysize vessels we own through a joint venture that, due to their size, do not trade in the IVS Handysize Pool. Commercial management fees are charged per vessel as a fixed daily fee plus a fixed percentage of the TCE revenue achieved by the managed vessel. Technical management fees are charged at an agreed fixed amount per year or part thereof to cover our time and expertise.

 

Cost of sales. Cost of sales includes voyage expenses which represent the direct costs associated with operating a vessel between loading and discharge at the applicable ports and include pool distributions (which consist of net earnings payable to third-party and joint venture owners of vessels in the pools we manage), fuel expenses, port expenses, other expenses and freight forward agreements; vessel operating costs, which consist of crew expenses, repairs and maintenance, insurance, and other costs associated with the technical management of the Fleet; charter hire costs, which primarily relates to time charter contracts; depreciation and amortization; other expenses, which consist of container expenses, freight expenses, cargo handling, provision for onerous contracts, and other logistic purchases; and cost of ship sales, which consist of cost of sales on sale of ships classified as inventories and cost of sales on sale of bunkers and other consumables sold with a vessel.

 

Other operating income. Other operating income consists of dividend income and foreign exchange gain.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses comprise general corporate overhead expenses, including personnel costs, property costs, audit fees, legal and professional fees, and other general administrative expenses. Personnel costs include, among other things, salaries and short- and long-term incentives, pension costs, fringe benefits, travel costs and health insurance. Administrative expenses may increase in connection with becoming a publicly reporting, listed entity, as a result of, among other things, increased audit, legal and professional fees and listing and exchange related costs. In addition, personnel costs may increase for a number of reasons, including in connection with relocation of certain management personnel to our Singapore office in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships, impairments on intangibles and goodwill, impairment loss on the net assets of OACL and other operating expenses.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures relates to operating profits or losses attributable to our joint ventures. Our joint ventures are accounted for on an equity basis.

 

Impairment loss recognized on financial assets . Impairment loss recognized on financial assets relates to expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses, to reflect changes in credit risk since the initial recognition of the financial assets.

 

Interest income. Interest income primarily relates to interest on loans to joint ventures; bank interests; and other interests.

 

Interest expense. Interest expense primarily relates to interest on ship loans, interest on loans from related companies and interest on bank loans.

 

Income tax. Income tax represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax. The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Deferred tax is recognized on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable income.

 

  47  

 

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

The principal factors which affect our results of operations and financial condition include:

 

strength of world economies, in particularly in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region;

 

cyclicality in the drybulk and tanker industries and volatility of charter rates which is impacted by supply and demand;

 

seasonality;

 

our ability to successfully compete in the drybulk and tanker markets and employ or procure the employment of our vessels at economically attractive rates;

 

changes in supply of drybulk and tanker vessels;

 

the duration of our charter contracts and market conditions when charters expire;

 

our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals and our ability to buy and sell vessels, and to charter-in vessels at prices we deem satisfactory;

 

the strength of and growth in the number of our customer relationships;

 

an increase in the price of bunker or other market-related increases to components of our costs of sales, including the costs associated with the IMO 2020 regulations limiting sulfur content in fuels;

 

depreciation on our vessels and potential impairment charges;

 

the amount of time and expense that we spend positioning our vessels and changes in trade routes for a variety of reasons, including as a result of additional trade tariffs imposed by China and the United States;

 

loss of operating days through accidents or other damage to our vessels, as well as a result of disruptions along our operating routes;

 

the failure of counterparties to fully perform their contracts with us;

 

the required maintenance capital expenditures relating to our vessels and other administrative expenses;

 

the amount of expense incurred, and time that our vessels spend, in drydock undergoing repairs;

 

the age, condition and specifications of our vessels;

 

the effective and efficient technical management of our vessels and our vessel operating costs;

 

our ability to satisfy the technical, health, safety and compliance standards of our customers, especially major oil companies;

 

our ability to access capital to finance our Fleet, including our ability to pay down our existing credit facilities if the fair market values of our vessels decline;

 

our level of debt and related interest expense;

 

fluctuations in interest rates, and foreign exchange rates, and the uncertainty surrounding the continued existence of LIBOR;

 

corruption, piracy, militant activities, political instability and terrorism in locations where we may operate;

 

losses or provisions for losses on uncollectible revenue;

 

the effectiveness of forward freight agreements, bunker swaps and other contracts we may enter into to manage our revenue and expenses and costs in unwinding them;

 

the cost and adequacy or otherwise of our insurance coverage;

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

inflation.

 

The Spin-Off

 

In connection with the Spin-Off, Former Parent sold all of the shares it held in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA, to Grindrod Shipping, in exchange for a market related consideration. On the Closing Date, Former Parent made a pro rata distribution to its shareholders that resulted in its shareholders receiving Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares in the same proportion as they held their Former Parent ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the Spin-Off.

 

  48  

 

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and, unless otherwise indicated, other financial information concerning us included in this annual report, are presented in U.S. dollars. We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our audited consolidated and combined financial statements presented in this annual report represent the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA prior to June 18, 2018 and represent the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company on and subsequent to June 18, 2018 following the Spin-Off. In addition, for periods prior to January 1, 2018 the financial statements include components of Former Parent’s shipping business which were not transferred to us in the Spin-Off. In the first quarter of 2018, GSSA sold two of its businesses, OACL and Unicorn Bunker, to another Former Parent subsidiary and such businesses are not part of our results of operations for periods following the disposal on January 1, 2018, however, the proceeds from these sales remained with us. The historical financial information has been prepared with the objective of presenting the results and net assets of Grindrod Shipping over the periods presented. Consequently, this historical financial information may not necessarily be indicative of the financial performance that would have been achieved had Grindrod Shipping operated as a stand-alone entity for the periods presented. Accordingly, our historical results of operations may not be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition as a separate, stand-alone public company.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

The financial information included in this annual report includes certain “non-GAAP financial measures” as such term is defined in SEC regulations governing the use of non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS. For example, non-GAAP financial measures may exclude the impact of certain unique and/or non-operating items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management’s control. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures described below provide investors and analysts useful insight into our financial position and operating performance.

 

TCE Revenue and TCE per day. TCE revenue is defined as vessel revenue less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our operating days during the period, is TCE per day. Vessel revenue and voyage expenses as reported for our operating segments include a proportionate share of vessel revenue and voyage expenses attributable to our joint ventures based on our proportionate ownership of the joint ventures for the period the joint venture existed during a relevant period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE per day also includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days for the period the joint venture existed during in a relevant period and also includes charter-in days. TCE per day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters have to cover voyage costs and are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters do not cover voyage costs and generally are expressed in per day amounts.

 

Below is a reconciliation from TCE revenue to revenue.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE
Revenue
    Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE
Revenue
    Revenue     Voyage
Expenses
    TCE
Revenue
 
Vessel revenue                                                                        
Handysize     116,372       (57,707 )     58,665       118,262       (59,004 )     59,258       97,239       (53,362 )     43,877  
Supramax/ultramax     146,097       (71,087 )     75,010       156,517       (76,497 )     80,020       116,171       (56,009 )     60,162  
Medium range tankers     37,911       (7,966 )     29,945       42,561       (7,555 )     35,006       48,672       (5,019 )     43,653  
Small tankers     17,395       (3,463 )     13,932       22,740       (3,725 )     19,015       22,561       (3,454 )     19,107  
Other drybulk carriers     1,218                       56,644                       76,643                  
Other tankers     5,183                       14,186                       15,721                  
Other revenue     15,163                       23,533                       17,409                  
Adjustments (1)     (20,321 )                     (24,941 )                     (22,884 )                
Revenue     319,018                       409,522                       371,532                  

 

 

(1) Vessel revenue earned and voyage expenses incurred by the joint-ventures are included within the operating segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis for the period the joint venture existed during the relevant period. Accordingly, joint-ventures’ proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

Vessel operating cost per day. Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels during the period. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and operating days for the period the joint venture existed during the relevant period and excludes charter-in days.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as earnings before income tax expense or credit, interest income, interest expense, impairment loss recognized on financial assets, share of (profit)/loss of joint ventures and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA adjusted to exclude the items set forth in the table below, which represent certain non-recurring, non-operating or other items that we believe are not indicative of the ongoing performance of our core operations.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by analysts in the shipping industry as common performance measures to compare results across peers. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not items recognized by IFRS, and should not be considered in isolation or used as alternatives to loss for the period or any other indicator of our operating performance.

  

Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is intended to supplement investors’ understanding of our operating performance by providing information regarding our ongoing performance that exclude items we believe do not directly affect our core operations and enhancing the comparability of our ongoing performance across periods. Our management considers EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

 

  49  

 

 

to be useful to investors because such performance measures provide information regarding the profitability of our core operations and facilitate comparison of our operating performance to the operating performance of our peers. Additionally, our management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as measures when reviewing our operating performance. While we believe these measures are useful to investors, the definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA used by us may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies.

 

The table below presents the reconciliation between loss for the period to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the 12 month periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017     2016  
                   
Loss for the Period   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )   $ (43,709 )
Adjusted for:                        
Income tax expense     1,389       3,226       3,849  
Interest income     (3,787 )     (7,164 )     (5,260 )
Interest expense     6,517       6,548       4,899  
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets     1,583       -       -  
Share of (profit)/losses of joint ventures     454       12,946       3,472  
Depreciation and amortization     14,292       19,680       21,551  
                         
EBITDA   $ (192 )   $ (25,576 )   $ (15,198 )
                         
Adjusted for                        
Listing costs     3,582       2,609       -  
Impairment loss on ships     -       16,503       12,625  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     -       12,119       -  
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group     -       5,092       -  
Gain on disposals of business     (3,255 )     -       -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture     (213 )     -       -  
                         
ADJUSTED EBITDA   $ (78 )   $ 10,747     $ (2,573 )

 

Headline Loss and Headline Loss Per Share. The JSE requires that we calculate and publicly disclose Headline Loss Per Share and Diluted Headline Loss Per Share. Headline Loss Per Share is calculated using net income which has been determined based on IFRS. Accordingly, this may differ to the Headline Loss Per Share calculation of other companies listed on the JSE because these companies may report their financial results under a different financial reporting framework such as U.S. GAAP.

 

Headline Loss for the period represents Loss for the period adjusted for the re-measurements that are more closely aligned to the operating or trading results as set forth below, and Headline Loss Per Share represents this figure divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. The table below presents a reconciliation between Loss for the period to Headline Loss for the 12 month periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars, other than per share data)   2018     2017     2016  
Reconciliation between loss for the period and headline earnings:                        
Loss for the period   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )   $ (43,709 )
Adjusted for:                        
Impairment loss on joint venture’s ships     2,862       21,765       5,887  
Impairment loss on ships     -       16,503       12,625  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     -       12,119       -  
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group     -       5,092       -  
Gain/loss on disposals of plant and equipment     (63 )     2       1,078  
Gain on disposals of business     (3,255 )     -       -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture     (213 )     -       -  
Capital gains tax on sale of businesses     1, 797       -       -  
Headline Loss   $ (19,512 )   $ (5,331 )   $ (24,119 )
                         
Number of shares on which the basic and diluted per share figures have been calculated     19,063,833       19,063,833       19,063,833  
Basic and diluted loss per share   $ (1.08 )   $ (3.19 )   $ (2.29 )
Basic and diluted headline loss per share   $ (1.02 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (1.27 )

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our consolidated and combined financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with IFRS. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of IFRS could yield a materially different accounting result. A summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that had we made different estimations, judgments or interpretations from the ones we made, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated and combined financial statements, can be found in the notes to the consolidated and combined financial statements. See Note 2 to the consolidated and combined financial statements for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies.

 

  50  

 

 

Vessels and depreciation

 

Owned vessels are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred to finance the vessel during that period. The market average useful life of a vessel is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. Our strategy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average. For accounting purposes, we estimate useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new vessels. Vessels are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life of 15 years.

 

An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and, in the case of an increased useful life, extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

 

The carrying value of our vessels will not necessarily represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels.

 

Pursuant to our bank credit facilities, prior to drawdown of loans under the credit facilities we submit to the lenders open-market, individual, charter-free valuations of the vessels collateralizing the relevant facility. Thereafter, we will regularly submit to the lenders valuations of our vessels done on the same basis in order to evidence our compliance with the collateral maintenance covenants under our bank credit facilities. We also obtain such valuations each quarter on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where there is a purchase option in our Fleet. These valuations as well as the valuations for the purposes of the bank credit facilities, are performed by an independent valuator not connected with the group, who has appropriate qualifications and relevant experience in the valuation of the vessels in the relevant sectors. We have received valuations on all 100% owned vessels, joint venture owned vessels and all chartered-in vessels where we have purchase options in our Fleet as of December 31, 2018. If we were to compare those valuations to the carrying value of our 100% owned vessels as of December 31, 2018, that carrying value would exceed their valuations by an aggregate of $33.9 million, ranging on individual vessels from $0.3 million to $4.6 million. The valuations of our vessels can vary depending on the shipyards where they were built and the dates of delivery.

 

Impairment of Assets

 

At the end of each reporting period, and on a continuous basis, if indicators of impairment are present, the carrying amount of tangible and intangible assets is assessed to determine whether there is any indication that those assets may have suffered an impairment loss. We also assess the carrying value of our assets when we make a decision to divest of the asset for any reason, including the age of our vessels, if a joint venture that owns vessels comes to an end in accordance with its terms or if it no longer fits into our strategic planning. The recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. For estimating the recoverable amount of an asset we may also use the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar assets, with similar age and specifications. We use the market comparable approach where we have decided to divest of an asset. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is estimated. Value in use is a key method for estimating the recoverable amount where we have not determined to divest of the asset, and is estimated taking into account discounted future cash flows, forecast market conditions and the expected lives of the assets. If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, its carrying amount is reduced to the higher of its recoverable amount and zero. Where there is an impairment loss relating to a cash-generating unit, the impairment loss is first allocated to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill, if any, and then to the other assets of the cash-generating unit. Subsequent to the recognition of an impairment loss, the depreciation or amortization charge for the asset is adjusted to allocate its remaining carrying value, less any residual value, over its remaining useful life.

 

Impairment losses on tangible assets are recognized in profit or loss. If the estimate of the recoverable value of an asset (following an impairment loss) subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount but limited to the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

 

Impairment losses recognized on goodwill and other intangible assets are not subsequently reversed if the value of the goodwill subsequently increases. The attributable amount of goodwill is included in the calculation of profit or loss on disposal when the related business is sold.

 

Vessels

 

In developing a value in use calculation for a vessel, we make assumptions and estimates about vessels’ future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on vessels which are based on management’s estimate of the average charter rates over the remaining life of the vessel to 15 years, (ii) off-hire days, which are based on historical off-hire statistics for our Fleet, (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends, (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated useful life which is assessed as a total of 15 years from construction and (vi) estimated sale value of that vessel when the vessel reaches 15 years. We apply the U.S. dollar inflation rate to vessel operating costs (not including depreciation). The future cash flows are discounted to their present value using the current fiscal year’s discount rate to reflect the time value of money.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long term charter rates and vessel values will remain at their current levels, whether they will improve by any significant degree, or whether they will achieve the forecast charter rates estimated in the value in use calculations. Charter rates may remain at depressed levels for some time, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment.

 

The recoverable amounts of vessels that will be classified as inventories are determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, with fair value determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar vessels, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the vessels, the appraisers take into consideration the prevailing market conditions and make adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the vessels.

 

  51  

 

 

Management monitors developments in the market charter rates in order to assess the appropriateness of the charter rates that are utilized in the impairment analyses.

 

As at December 31, 2018, a change to the following estimate used in management’s assessment would result in the recoverable amount of each vessel being below the carrying amount of the vessel (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

 

Drybulk Carriers:

 

13.3% to 37.8% decrease to the charter rate; or
     
12.3% to 81.8% increase to the discount rate.

 

Tankers:

 

0.6% to 33.9% decrease to the charter rate; or
     
0.8% to 22.4% increase to the discount rate.

 

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the vessels are appropriate. Accordingly, no further allowance for impairment loss was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, an impairment loss of $16.5 million and $12.6 million, respectively, was recognized in “other operating expenses”. The impairment loss in the 2017 and 2016 fiscal years were largely due to the depressed charter rates and vessel values as a result of an oversupply of vessel capacity.

 

Non-Vessel

 

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives or which are not available for use, and the cash-generating units to which these assets have been allocated, are tested for impairment at the end of each reporting period and on a continuous basis, even if there is no indication of impairment. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination at inception of the combination.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018 we made no impairments to goodwill or intangible assets. On December 31, 2017, we impaired the goodwill and intangible assets that arose on the acquisition of the remaining equity of one of our former joint ventures in 2014. Goodwill was impaired on December 31, 2017 by $8.5 million and the intangible assets were impaired by $3.6 million. Management took the decision to impair the value based on the fact that the profits declined from those earned in previous years and the business model has changed thereby effecting the division.

 

Two vessels that were held in a joint venture were required to be impaired during the year ended December 31, 2018. The impairment loss on the vessels was recorded by us as a share of losses in joint ventures for $2.9 million. The vessels were required to be impaired in the joint venture to net realizable value due to a sale of one vessel in December 2018 and the anticipated sale of the other vessel, which occurred on March 27, 2019.

 

On December 31, 2018, we impaired a financial asset, being a receivable from a joint venture, in the amount of $1.6 million because it is unlikely that such receivable will be repaid in connection with the wind up of the joint venture.

 

Revenue Recognition and Voyage Expenses

 

Before January 1, 2018

 

Revenue represents the gross inflow of economic benefits during the period arising in the course of the ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases in equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants and consists of freight, charter hire, sale of ships and bunkers and consumables related to the ship sales, and management fee income. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

 

Charter hire is recognized on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognized on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full.

 

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognized when all the following conditions are satisfied:

 

we have transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

 

we retain neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

Management fee income is recognized on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

 

  52  

 

 

From January 1, 2018

 

Vessel revenue

 

The primary source of revenue for us is vessel revenue, which is comprised of charter hire of ships and freight revenue.

 

Charter hire – We charter our vessel to third parties on a time charter basis for a period of time. Vessels that are employed in pool arrangements also operate under a time charter contract. The performance obligations within a time-charter contract, which will include the lease of the vessel to the charterer and the operation of the vessel, are satisfied as services rendered over the duration of such contract as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance.

 

For time charter contracts not under pool arrangements, hire is typically invoiced bi-monthly or monthly in advance for time-charter contracts, based on a fixed daily hire amount. Variabilities can be charged such as penalties relating to off-hire or where performance and speed metrics within the contract are not met. Time charter contracts may contain provisions for increases which may come in the form of annual hire rate adjustments for changes in indices or in the form of cost reimbursements for operating expenditures or dry-docking expenditures. In a small number of charters, we may earn profit share consideration, which occurs when actual spot rates earned by the vessel exceed certain thresholds for a period of time.

 

For time-charter contracts under pool arrangements, the hire rates are dependent on the pooled earnings of all the vessels in the pool. We recognize revenue from these pool arrangements based on the agreed allocation of the net distributions reported by the relevant pool, which represents net voyage revenue of the pool after voyages expenses and pool management fees.

 

Freight revenue – We recognize freight revenue for each specific voyage which is usually priced on a current, or spot, market rate and then adjusted for predetermined criteria. The performance obligations for freight revenue commence from the time the ship is ready at the load port until the cargo has been delivered at the discharge port. The revenue will be recognized over the duration of the voyage between the two points, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance at the load port. Management assesses the stage of completion as determined by the proportion of the total time expected for the voyage that has elapsed at the end of the reporting period as an appropriate measure of progress towards complete satisfaction of these performance obligations and the revenue is recognized in accordance with the calculated stage of completion. The duration of a single voyage will typically be less than three months. Demurrage and despatch are considered at contract inception and estimates are updated throughout the contract period. The consideration for demurrage and despatch will be recognized in the period within which such consideration was incurred. A contract asset is recognized over the period in which the freight services are performed representing the entity’s right to consideration for the services performed as at the end of the reporting period.

 

Sale of ships, bunkers and consumables

 

We generate revenue from the sale of ships, bunkers and consumables. Revenue is recognized when control of the ships, bunkers and consumables have been delivered to the buyer. We only have the right to the consideration at the point of transfer of the asset.

 

Management fees

 

We also generate revenue from the management and operation of vessels owned by third parties and by equity-accounted investees as well as providing corporate management services to such entities. The performance obligations within these contracts will typically consist of crewing, technical management, insurance and potentially commercial management. The performance obligations are satisfied concurrently and consecutively rendered over the duration of the management contract, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. Consideration for such contracts will generally consist of a fixed monthly management fee, plus the reimbursement of crewing and other costs for vessels being managed. Management fees are typically invoiced monthly.

 

Voyage expenses

 

Voyage expenses that relate directly to a contract include charter hire expenses, fuel expenses and port expenses. Before January 1, 2018, voyage expenses were expensed based on percentage of completion derived from voyage time elapsed. From January 1, 2018, contract costs are deferred and amortized over the course of the voyage on a percentage completion basis that is consistent with the revenue recognition under IFRS 15. This percentage of completion is derived from time elapsed between the tender of readiness to load a cargo or delivery of a vessel to a charterer, and the completion of discharging a cargo or redelivery of a vessel from a charterer. Contract costs are deferred only if they represent incremental costs of obtaining a contract or fulfilment costs that (i) relate directly a contract or to an anticipated contract, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the contract and (iii) are expected to be recovered.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions for losses on investment in and loans to joint ventures arises when our share of the accumulated losses made by the joint venture exceeds our carrying value of, in the first instance, our investment in the joint venture, and, thereafter, any loans to the joint venture.

 

An onerous contract is considered to exist where we have a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under such contract. Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognized and measured as a provision. Full provision is made for the present obligations of the unavoidable future losses of fulfilling the terms of onerous vessel charter contracts or COAs to which we are committed. See Note 23 to the consolidated and combined financial statements for further details.

 

  53  

 

 

Results of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

Certain financial data on a consolidated and combined basis and for our key segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. This information was derived from our consolidated and combined financial statements for the respective periods.

 

Consolidated and Combined Results of Operations

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017  
Revenue   $ 319,018     $ 409,522  
Cost of sales                
Voyage expenses     (151,705 )     (166,924 )
Vessel operating costs     (32,657 )     (40,837 )
Charter hire costs     (100,648 )     (127,748 )
Depreciation and amortization     (14,094 )     (17,975 )
Other expenses     (1,146 )     (16,364 )
Cost of ship sale     (7,675 )     (17,560 )
Gross profit     11,093       22,114  
Other operating income     11,459       4,696  
Administrative expenses     (31,599 )     (32,868 )
Other operating expenses     (5,437 )     (39,198 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (454 )     (12,946 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets     (1,583 )     -  
Interest income     3,787       7,164  
Interest expense     (6,517 )     (6,548 )
Loss before taxation     (19,251 )     (57,586 )
Income tax     (1,389 )     (3,226 )
Loss for the year   $ (20,640 )   $ (60,812 )

 

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Revenue   $ 126,709     $ 126,731  
Cost of Sales   $ (117,554 )   $ (123,963 )
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Revenue   $ 147,322     $ 157,428  
Cost of Sales   $ (146,612 )   $ (155,907 )
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 37,911     $ 53,307  
Cost of Sales   $ (39,795 )   $ (56,532 )
Small Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 21,175     $ 22,740  
Cost of Sales   $ (18,641 )   $ (18,549 )

 

 

(1)

Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

  54  

 

 

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet’s financial position and results of operations (1) .

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Calendar days (2)     6,704       7,942  
Available days (3)     6,565       7,840  
Operating days (4)     6,495       7,720  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     4,915       5,114  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     221       365  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     1,359       2,241  
Fleet utilization (8)     98.9 %     98.5 %
Handysize Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 9,032     $ 7,675  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 5,201     $ 5,034  
Long-term charter in costs per day (11)   $ 8,600     $ 8,600  
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Calendar days (2)     6,401       7,702  
Available days (3)     6,345       7,702  
Operating days (4)     6,315       7,584  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     704       692  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     2,299       2,524  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     3,312       4,368  
Fleet utilization (8)     99.5 %     98.5 %
Supramax/ultramax Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,878     $ 10,551  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 4,641     $ 4,519  
Long-term charter in costs per day (11)   $ 12,866     $ 13,092  
                 
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Calendar days (2)     2,733       3,055  
Available days (3)     2,721       2,999  
Operating days (4)     2,660       2,994  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,587       1,893  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     1,073       1,101  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     97.8 %     100 %
Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,258     $ 11,691  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 6,888     $ 6,869  
Long-term charter in costs per day (11)   $ 14,995     $ 14,756  
Small Tankers Segment                
Calendar days (2)     1,268       1,469  
Available days (3)     1,234       1,461  
Operating days (4)     1,223       1,461  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,223       1,264  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     -       197  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     99.1 %     99 %
Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,392     $ 13,014  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 7,069     $ 7,427  
Long-term charter in costs per day (11)     -     $ 10,905  

 

 

(1)

Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days : total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days : total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

(4) Operating days : the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

  55  

 

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days : the number of operating days in which our owned fleet for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days : the number of operating days for which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days : the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization : the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day : vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day : vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day : charter hire cost associated with long-term charter-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period.

 

The table below presents the breakdown of charter hire costs into long-term charter hire costs and short-term charter hire costs for the 12 months to December 31, 2018, and 2017:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
    Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
 
                                     
Handysize     1,904       14,187       16,091       3,139       19,634       22,773  
Supramax/ultramax     29,580       39,848       69,428       33,038       40,298       73,336  
Medium Range Tankers     16,090       -       16,090       16,257       -       16,257  
Small Tankers     -       -       -       2,148       -       2,148  
Others                     1,468                       14,054  
Adjustments (1)                     (2,429 )                     (820 )
                      100,648                       127,748  

 

Revenue. Revenue decreased by $90.5 million, or approximately 22.1%%, from $409.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $319.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The largest component of revenue is vessel revenue. Vessel revenue decreased by $82.1 million, or approximately 21.3%, from $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $303.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the long-term charter-in days and owned fleet operating days following the redeliveries and sales of a number of long-term chartered-in and owned vessels, respectively, at various times over 2017 and 2018, namely two capesize vessels, three handysize vessels, a supramax/ultramax vessel, three medium range tankers and one small tanker, a decrease in the number of short-term charter-in days in the drybulk business as a result of management’s decision to use owned and long-term chartered-in vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts in 2018 rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, a reduction in the spot rates in the tankers business in 2018 and the sale of two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. Our vessel revenue from the OACL business were nil and $45.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, reflecting the sale of the OACL business by us on January 1, 2018.

 

Drybulk Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenue remained flat at $126.7 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018. The handysize business experienced a decrease in the number of operating days in 2018 but the effect of this was offset by an increase in revenue as a result of an increase in the spot rates. The supramax/ultramax total revenue decreased by $10.1 million, or approximately 6.4%, from $157.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the supramax/ultramax total revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, as well as the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in supramax/ultramax drybulk carrier, which was not fully offset by the increase in the spot rates during 2018.

 

Our handysize vessel revenue and supramax/ultramax vessel revenue decreased by $1.9 million and $10.4 million, respectively, or approximately 1.6% and 6.6%, respectively, from $118.3 million and $156.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $116.4 million and $146.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in 2018 was primarily due to a reduction in the number of operating days in both the handysize and supra/ultramax segments as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, as well as the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in supramax/ultramax drybulk carrier.

 

  56  

 

 

Tankers Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers and small tankers total revenue decreased by $15.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively, or approximately 28.9% and 6.6%, respectively, from $53.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $37.9 million and $21.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the medium range tankers total revenue was primarily due to proceeds on sale of a medium range tanker in 2017 and no such sale proceeds in 2018, and a decrease in the number of operating days in 2018 as a result of that vessel sale. The decrease in the small tanker total revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the tanker spot rates in 2018, the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in small tanker during the 2017 fiscal year and the sale of a small owned tanker in the 2018 fiscal year, which were partly offset by ship sale revenue in the 2018 fiscal year on the sale of the small tanker.

 

Our medium range tankers and small tankers vessel revenue decreased by $4.7 million and $5.3 million, respectively, or approximately 11.0% and 23.3%, respectively, from $42.6 million and $22.7 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $37.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in the medium range tankers vessel revenue was primarily due to a decrease in the number of available operating days in 2018 due to the sale of a medium range tanker at the end of 2017. The decrease in the small tanker vessel revenue was primarily due to a reduction in the tanker spot rates in 2018 and the redelivery of a long-term chartered-in small tanker during the 2017 fiscal year.

 

Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

 

Handysize TCE per day increased by $1,357 per day, or approximately 17.7%, from $7,675 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $9,032 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to an increase in handysize spot rates.

 

Supramax/ultramax TCE per day increased by $1,327 per day, or approximately 12.6%, from $10,551 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,878 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily was due to an increase in supramax/ultramax spot rates.

 

Tankers Business TCE Revenue

 

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $433 per day, or approximately 3.7%, from $11,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,258 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to a decrease in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

Small tankers TCE per day decreased by $1,622 per day, or approximately 12.5%, from $13,014 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11,392 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to COAs and time charters that were renegotiated or expired while the market was declining in 2018. In addition, more vessels were exposed to the spot market in pools and therefore were affected by the decline in the small tanker spot rates in the 2018 year than the prior year.

 

Cost of sales. Total cost of sales decreased by $79.5 million, or approximately 20.5%, from $387.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $307.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which decreased by $15.2 million from $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $151.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of the sale of certain owned vessels and the redelivery of certain long-term chartered in vessels and a decrease in the number of operating days in the drybulk business as a result of fewer short-term chartered-in vessels as set out in the section “Revenue” above, as well as the sale of the two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. The second largest component of cost of sales is charter hire costs, which decreased from $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $100.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is due to the sale of two non-core businesses as of January 1, 2018, the decrease in the number of chartered-in days in the drybulk business as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market, the redelivery of the last remaining capesize vessels, one in the second half of 2017 and another in the first quarter of 2018, the redelivery of a small tanker, a handysize bulk carrier and a supramax/ultramax bulk carrier in 2018. Vessel operating costs decreased from $40.8 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $32.7 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was fewer owned vessels and owned fleet operating days during 2018 as well as the sale of the two non-core businesses on January 1, 2018. Depreciation and amortization decreased from $18.0 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $14.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was fewer owned vessels in 2018 and impairments on vessels recorded in 2017. Other expenses decreased from $16.4 million in the year to December 31, 2017 to $1.1 million in the year to December 31, 2018. The main reason for this decrease was the sale of OACL on January 1, 2018. Cost of ship sale was $17.6 million and $7.7 million in the years to December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. In 2017 we sold a medium range tanker and a handysize bulk carrier and in 2018 we sold a handysize bulk carrier. The decrease in cost of ship sale in the year end December 31, 2018 was because the book value of the vessel we sold in that year, with its associated bunkers and consumables, was lower than the book values of the vessels, bunkers and consumables we sold in 2017.

 

Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax/ultramax segment cost of sales decreased by $6.4 million and $9.3 million, or approximately 5.2% and 6.0%, respectively, from $124.0 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $117.6 million and $146.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market. The charter hire costs in the handysize and supramax/ultramax segments decreased by $6.7 million and $3.9 million, or approximately 29.4% and 5.3% respectively, from $22.8 million and $73.3 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $16.1 million and $69.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. This was as a result of management’s decision to reduce the number of short-term chartered-in vessels.

 

Our handysize segment voyage expenses and supramax/ultramax segment voyage expenses decreased by $1.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively, or approximately 2.2% and 7.1%, from $59.0 million and $76.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $57.7 million and $71.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of operating days as a result of management’s decision to use owned vessels to deliver certain cargo contracts rather than chartering in additional short-term vessels off the spot market.

 

  57  

 

 

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs remained relatively flat at $26.5 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, and $26.5 million and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Handysize vessel operating costs per day increased by $167 from $5,034 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $5,201 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $122 from $4,519 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $4,641 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Tankers Business Cost of Sales

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers segment cost of sales decreased by $16.7 million, or approximately 29.6%, from $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $39.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, while our small tankers segment cost of sales was relatively flat from $18.5 million to $18,6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. The decrease in our medium range tankers segment cost of sales was primarily due to a decrease in the number of medium range tanker vessels operating in 2018.

 

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $0.4 million and decreased by $0.2 million, respectively, or approximately 5.3% and 5.4%, respectively, from $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $8.0 million and $3.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in the medium range tankers voyage expenses was largely due to an extended port stay on one of our voyages undertaken on a long-term chartered-in vessel due to an incident during cargo discharge that resulted in detention of the vessel by the port authorities and a dispute involving the vessel’s owners, ourselves as charterers and the sub-charterers. The decrease in the small tanker voyage expenses was due to the redelivery of a chartered-in vessel during 2017.

 

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased from $13.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of owned medium range tanker vessels operating in 2018, and certain unplanned, significant repair and maintenance expenses on our small tankers in 2017, respectively.

 

Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $6,869 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $6,888 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018 as the decrease in the vessel operating costs declined proportionately with the decrease in the number of owned vessel calendar days.

 

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day decreased by $358 or approximately 4.8% from $7,427 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $7,069 per day for the year ended December 31, 2018. These decreases were primarily due to certain unplanned, significant repair and maintenance expenses on our small tankers in 2017.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit decreased by $11.0 million, or 49.8%, from $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily for the reasons described above.

 

Other operating income. Other operating income increased by $6.8 million or approximately 144.7% from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain and profit on sale of business in 2018, and foreign exchange gain in 2017. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $7.1 million and $3.6 million, respectively primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2018 we incurred a profit on sale of two non-core business of $3.2 million.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses decreased by $1.3 million, or approximately 4.0%, from $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily as a result of the sale of the two non-core businesses. This decrease was offset by additional costs relating to the Spin-Off transaction and additional costs related to our being a listed company, as well as an increase in employment costs. . In the periods up to June 18, 2018, administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Former Parent’s subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Former Parent.

 

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses decreased by $33.8 million, or approximately 86.2% from $39.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $5.4 millionfor the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $2.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively, primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $28.6 million relating to vessel impairments of $16.5 million on a number of vessels in the Fleet and goodwill impairment of $12.1 million where we determined that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the current value in use. In addition, an impairment loss on the net assets of OACL was recognized to the extent of $5.1 million. We had no such impairments in the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures decreased from a loss of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to a loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to impairments of the fixed assets held by the joint ventures of $15.7 million in 2017 against impairments of $2.9 million in 2018.

 

Impairment loss recognized on financial assets. On December 31, 2018 we impaired a financial asset being a receivable from Leopard Tankers to the extent of $1.6 million due to the impending process of winding up the joint venture.

 

  58  

 

 

Interest income. Interest income decreased from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decreases is due to the shareholder loan to our IVS Bulk joint venture, which was partially repaid in 2018, as well as the sale on January 1, 2018 of the two non-core businesses which had interest-generating investments

 

Interest expense. Interest expense was flat at $6.5 million for the each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. Interest expense reflects the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. Our bank loans outstanding increased slightly from $108.8 million as at December 31, 2017 to $114.4 million as at December 31, 2018. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 3.83% in 2017 to 5.3% in 2018. The impact of the increase in the weighted average effective interest rate was offset by the reduction in interest expense on related party loans and the sale of Unicorn Bunker on January 1, 2018.

 

Income tax. Income tax for the year decreased from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the sale on January 1, 2018 of the non-core businesses that were in a jurisdiction with a higher rate of tax.

 

Loss for the year. Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 decreased to a loss of $20.6 million from a loss of $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the same reasons set forth above.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

Certain financial data on a combined basis and for our key segments was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This information was derived from our combined financial statements for the respective periods.

 

Combined Results of Operations

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2017     2016  
Revenue   $ 409,522     $ 371,532  
Cost of sales                
Voyage expenses     (166,924 )     (140,727 )
Vessel operating costs     (40,837 )     (42,911 )
Charter hire costs     (127,748 )     (121,080 )
Depreciation and amortization     (17,975 )     (19,806 )
Other expenses     (16,364 )     (27,860 )
Cost of ship sale     (17,560 )     (13,351 )
Gross profit     22,114       5,797  
Other operating income     4,696       5,687  
Administrative expenses     (32,868 )     (30,140 )
Other operating expenses     (39,198 )     (18,093 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     (12,946 )     (3,472 )
Impairment loss recognized on financial assets     -       -  
Interest income     7,164       5,260  
Interest expense     (6,548 )     (4,899 )
Loss before taxation     (57,586 )     (39,860 )
Income tax     (3,226 )     (3,849 )
Loss for the year   $ (60,812 )   $ (43,709 )

 

Segment Results of Operations (1)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)   2017     2016  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Revenue   $ 126,731     $ 98,909  
Cost of Sales   $ (123,963 )   $ (109,384 )
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Revenue   $ 157,428     $ 117,076  
Cost of Sales   $ (155,907 )   $ (118,513 )
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 53,307     $ 60,090  
Cost of Sales   $ (56,532 )   $ (58,628 )
Small Tankers Segment                
Revenue   $ 22,740     $ 22,561  
Cost of Sales   $ (18,549 )   $ (18,833 )

 

 

(1) Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures which is not reflected in our combined results of operations.

 

  59  

 

 

Set forth below are selected historical and statistical data of our operating fleet for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 that we believe may be useful in better understanding our operating fleet’s financial position and results of operations (1) .

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
Drybulk Carriers Business                
Handysize Segment                
Calendar days (2)     7,942       7,616  
Available days (3)     7,840       7,559  
Operating days (4)     7,720       7,460  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     5,114       5,190  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     365       1,186  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     2,241       1,084  
Fleet utilization (8)     98.5 %     98.7 %
Handysize Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 7,675     $ 5,881  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 5,034     $ 5,091  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 8,600     $ 5,975  
Supramax/ultramax Segment                
Calendar days (2)     7,702       7,700  
Available days (3)     7,702       7,700  
Operating days (4)     7,584       7,654  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     692       560  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     2,524       2,023  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     4,368       5,071  
Fleet utilization (8)     98.5 %     99.4 %
Supramax/ultramax Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 10,551     $ 7,861  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 4,519     $ 4,433  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 13,092     $ 12,974  
                 
Tankers Business                
Medium Range Tankers Segment                
Calendar days (2)     3,055       3,140  
Available days (3)     2,999       3,140  
Operating days (4)     2,994       3,140  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,893       1,983  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     1,101       1,157  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     100 %     100 %
Medium Range Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 11,691     $ 13,902  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 6,869     $ 7,053  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 14,756     $ 15,283  
Small Tankers Segment                
Calendar days (2)     1,469       1,657  
Available days (3)     1,461       1,603  
Operating days (4)     1,461       1,572  
Owned fleet operating days (5)     1,264       1,206  
Long-term charter-in days (6)     197       366  
Short-term charter-in days (7)     -       -  
Fleet utilization (8)     99 %     98.1 %
Small Tankers Segment Average Daily Results                
TCE per day (9)   $ 13,014     $ 12,154  
Vessel operating costs per day (10)   $ 7,427     $ 7,479  
Long-term charter-in costs per day (11)   $ 10,905     $ 9,835  

 

 

(1)

Segment results of operations include the impact of the proportionate share of joint ventures, which differs from the statements of profit or loss in our consolidated and combined financial statements which account for our investments in joint ventures under the equity method.

 

(2) Calendar days : total calendar days the vessels were in our possession for the relevant period.

 

(3) Available days : total number of calendar days a vessel is in our possession for the relevant period after subtracting off-hire days for scheduled drydocking and special surveys. We use available days to measure the number of days in a relevant period during which vessels should be available for generating revenue.

 

  60  

 

 

(4) Operating days : the number of available days in the relevant period a vessel is controlled by us after subtracting the aggregate number of days that the vessel is off-hire due to a reason other than scheduled drydocking and special surveys, including unforeseen circumstances. We use operating days to measure the aggregate number of days in a relevant period during which vessels are actually available to generate revenue.

 

(5) Owned fleet operating days : the number of operating days in which our owned fleet for the relevant period.

 

(6) Long-term charter-in days : the number of operating days for which our long-term charter-in fleet is operating for the relevant period. We regard chartered-in vessels as long-term charters if the period of the charter that we initially commit to is 12 months or more. Once we have included such chartered-in vessels in our Fleet, we will continue to regard them as part of our Fleet until the end of their chartered-in period, including any period that the charter has been extended under an option, even if at a given time the remaining period of their charter may be less than 12 months.

 

(7) Short-term charter-in days : the number of operating days for which we have chartered-in third party vessels for durations of less than one year for the relevant period.

 

(8) Fleet utilization : the percentage of time that vessels are available for generating revenue, determined by dividing the number of operating days during a relevant period by the number of available days during that period. We use fleet utilization to measure a company’s efficiency in technically managing its vessels.

 

(9) TCE per day : vessel revenue less voyage expenses during a relevant period divided by the number of operating days during the period. The number of operating days used to calculate TCE revenue per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ operating days and includes charter-in days. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

 

(10) Vessel operating costs per day : Vessel operating costs per day represents vessel operating costs divided by the number of calendar days for owned vessels. The vessel operating costs and the number of calendar days used to calculate vessel operating costs per day includes the proportionate share of our joint ventures’ vessel operating costs and calendar days and excludes charter-in costs and charter-in days.

 

(11) Long-term charter-in costs per day : Charter hire costs associated with long-term charter-in vessels divided by long-term charter-in days for the relevant period.

 

The table below presents the breakdown of charter hire costs into long-term charter hire costs and short-term charter hire costs for the 12 months to December 31, 2017, and 2016:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2017     2016  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
    Long-term     Short-term     Charter
Hire
Costs
 
                                     
Handysize     3,139       19,634       22,773       3,869       12,710       16,579  
Supramax/ultramax     33,038       40,298       73,336       26,247       33,351       59,598  
Medium Range Tankers     16,257       -       16,257       17,682       -       17,682  
Small Tankers     2,148       -       2,148       3,600       -       3,600  
Others                     14,054                       22,500  
Adjustments (1)                     (820 )                     1,121  
                      127,748                       121,080  

 

Revenue. Revenue increased by $38.0 million, or approximately 10.2%, from $371.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $409.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of revenue is vessel revenue. Vessel revenue increased by $31.9 million, or approximately 9.0%, from $354.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $386.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. This increase was primarily due to the improved drybulk spot rates which was slightly offset by a decrease in the tanker charter rates. Vessel revenue was $45.9 million and $46.0 million for the OACL business in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Drybulk Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize total revenue and supramax/ultramax total revenue increased by $27.8 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 28.1% and 34.5%, respectively, from $98.9 million and $117.1 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $126.7 million and $157.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased spot rates and a sale of a vessel (IVS Kite). There were no sales of vessels in the drybulk business in 2016.

 

Our handysize vessel revenue and supramax/ultramax vessel revenue increased by $21.1 million and $40.3 million, respectively, or approximately 21.7% and 34.7%, respectively, from $97.2 million and $116.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $118.3 million and $156.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily due to increased spot rates.

 

Tankers Business Revenue and Vessel Revenue

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers total revenue decreased and small tankers total revenue remained relatively flat by $6.8 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 11.3% and 0.1%, respectively, from $60.1 million and $22.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $53.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers revenue was primarily due to a decrease in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

  61  

 

 

Our medium range tankers vessel revenue decreased and small tankers vessel revenue remained relatively flat by $6.1 million and at $0.1 million, respectively, or approximately 12.5% and 0.01%, respectively, from $48.7 million and $22.6 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $42.6 million and $22.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in the medium range tankers was primarily due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

Drybulk Business TCE Revenue

 

Handysize TCE per day increased by $1,794 per day, or approximately 30.5%, from $5,881 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,675 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in handysize spot rates.

 

Supramax/ultramax TCE per day increased by $2,690 per day, or approximately 34.2%, from $7,861 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $10,551 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to an increase in supramax/ultramax spot rates.

 

Tankers Business TCE Revenue

 

Medium range tankers TCE per day decreased by $2,211 per day, or approximately 15.9%, from $13,902 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $11,691 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was due to a market related decrease in medium range tanker spot rates.

 

Small tankers TCE per day increased by $860 per day, or approximately 7.1%, from $12,154 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13,014 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was due to COAs and time charters that were set at higher rates while the market was still rising in the previous year.

 

Cost of sales. In total the cost of sales increased by $21.7 million, or approximately 5.9%, from $365.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $387.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The largest component of cost of sales is voyage expenses, which increased by $26.2 million from $140.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $166.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The second largest component of cost of sales is charter hire costs, which increased from $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase is due to the increase in drybulk spot rates for short-term chartered-in vessels which was slightly offset by a decrease in tanker spot rates. Voyage expenses increased primarily due to increased pool distribution costs as a result of increased net earnings of the pool with the increase in drybulk spot rates. Vessel operating costs decreased from $42.9 million in the year to December 31, 2016 to $40.8 million in the year to December 31, 2017 primarily due to a reduction in the number of owned vessels. Depreciation and amortization decreased from $19.8 million in the year to December 31, 2016 to $18.0 million in the year to December 31, 2017 primarily due to impairments of assets recorded in 2016. In the 12 months to December 31, 2016 and 2017, other expenses were $27.9 million and $16.4 million, respectively. The decrease in other expenses in 2017 was primarily due to a provision for onerous contracts being raised in 2016 which was reversed or utilized in 2017. Cost of ship sale was $13.4 million and $17.6 million in the years to December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. In 2016 we sold one medium range tanker and in 2017 we sold one medium range tanker and one handysize drybulk carrier. The increase in cost of ship sale in the year ended December 31, 2017 was because the ships, and their associated bunkers and consumables, we sold in 2017 had a higher book value than the ship we sold in 2016.

 

Drybulk Business Cost of Sales

 

In the drybulk business, our handysize segment and supramax/ultramax segment cost of sales increased by $14.6 million and $37.4 million, respectively, or approximately 13.3% and 31.6%, from $109.4 million and $118.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $124.0 million and $155.9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to the increase in drybulk spot rates.

 

Our handysize segment voyage expenses and supramax/ultramax segment voyage expenses increased by $5.6 million and $20.5 million, respectively, or approximately 10.5% and 36.6%, from $53.4 million and $56 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $59.0 million and $76.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased pool distribution costs as a result of increased net earnings of the pool relating to the increase in drybulk spot rates.

 

Our handysize vessel operating costs and supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs remained relatively flat from $27.0 million and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively, to $26.5 million and $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

Drybulk Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Handysize vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight decrease of $57 from $5,091 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $5,034 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Supramax/ultramax vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat with a slight increase of $86 from $4,433 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $4,519 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Tankers Business Cost of Sales

 

In the tankers business, our medium range tankers segment and small tankers segment cost of sales decreased by $2.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 3.5% and 1.6%, respectively, from $58.6 million and $18.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $56.5 million and $18.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the number of medium range and small tanker vessels operating in 2017.

 

Our medium range tankers voyage expenses and small tankers voyage expenses increased by $2.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, or approximately 52% and 8.8%, respectively, from $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These increases were primarily due to increased fuel costs and costs relating to fulfilling COA contracts.

 

  62  

 

 

Our medium range tankers vessel operating costs and small tankers vessel operating costs decreased from $13.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $13.3 million and $9.5 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. These decreases were primarily due to a decrease in the number of tanker vessels operating in 2017.

 

Tankers Business Vessel Operating Costs Per Day

 

Medium range tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,053 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6,869 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease is due to one-time expenses in 2016 relating to repairs, as well as refurbishments of lifeboats.

 

Small tankers vessel operating costs per day remained relatively flat from $7,479 per day for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7,427 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $16.3 million, or 281%, from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily for the reasons described above.

 

Other operating income. Other operating income consisted primarily of foreign exchange gain. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $3.6 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign currency bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized gains. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred foreign exchange gains of $4.1 million.

 

Administrative expenses. Administrative expenses increased by $2.8 million, or approximately 9.3%, from $30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily as a result of one-time listing expenses relating to the Spin-Off. Administrative expenses also include charges billed to GSPL and GSSA by Former Parent’s subsidiaries that generally relate to the cost of corporate resources provided by Former Parent.

 

Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses consisted primarily of foreign exchange loss and impairment loss on ships, impairments on intangibles and goodwill and impairment loss on the net assets of OACL. For the year ended December 31, 2017 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.1 million primarily as a result of unrealized revaluations of foreign bank balances, vendor balances and customer balances at period end as well as realized losses. For the year ended December 31, 2016 we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $4.3. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $28.6 million relating to vessel impairments of $16.5 million on a number of vessels in the Fleet and goodwill impairment of $12.1 million where it was determined that the carrying value of the goodwill exceeded the current value in use. In addition, an impairment loss on the net assets of OACL was recognized to the extent of $5.1 million For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded an impairment of $12.6 million relating to one drybulk carrier and one tanker vessel that were identified as assets held for sale. The tanker vessel was subsequently sold in October 2017. The sale of the drybulk vessel took place in November 2017.

 

Share of losses of joint ventures. Share of losses of joint ventures increased from a loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to a loss of $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to impairments of the fixed assets held by the joint ventures. Impairments on vessels were recorded by our joint ventures and we correspondingly recorded our proportional share of impairment of $5.9 million and $15.7 million, respectively in 2016 and 2017 as share of losses in joint ventures in the combined financial statements.

 

Interest income. Interest income increased from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase is due to the shareholder loan to IVS Bulk being effective for the full year in 2017 compared to a partial year in 2016.

 

Interest expense. Interest expense increased from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest expense is the payment of interest on debt that principally funds our vessels. This increase is primarily due to the increase in the LIBOR rate on which our interest expense is based, as well as the refinancing of one of our loans at a higher rate. Our bank loans outstanding decreased slightly from $112.5 million as at December 31, 2016 to $108.8 million as at December 31, 2017. The weighted average effective interest rate on our outstanding debt increased from 3.11% in 2016 to 3.83% in 2017.

 

Income tax. Income tax for the year ended December 31, 2017 remained stable at $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Loss for the year. Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased from a loss of $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 for the same reasons set forth above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

We operate in a capital intensive industry. Our primary short-term liquidity needs relate to working capital needs relating to voyages in progress, corporate overhead, installment payments on new building construction contracts, payments of interest, quarterly principal payments under our credit facilities, and any balloon payments on loans coming due in the next 12 months, while our long-term liquidity needs are expected to primarily relate to drydock payments, installment payments on new building construction contracts, investment in joint ventures or directly in new and secondhand vessels and final balloon payments relating to our credit facilities.

 

As of the date of this annual report, we have purchase options to acquire five vessels. We have options to purchase the IVS Naruo, one of either the IVS Pinehurst or the IVS Augusta, the IVS Hayakita, the IVS Pebble Beach and the IVS Atsugi, that are expected to first enter into the exercise periods under their respective charter parties in December 2019, February 2020, July 2020, September 2021, July 2022 and July 2022 respectively. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Fleet”. The prices of these purchase options range from approximately $18.0 million to $25.8 million, subject to adjustments, where an option is exercisable on more than one date, based on the remaining time balance of the charter. In each case, such purchase option is subject to certain other adjustments and conditions and will expire at the completion of the applicable time charter.

 

  63  

 

 

We expect that we will rely upon external financing sources, including bank and other borrowings, to fund acquisitions and expansion and replacement capital expenditures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to secure adequate financing or obtain additional funds on favorable terms to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds for our short-term liquidity needs will be cash flows from operations, which includes proceeds from the sale of vessels, and borrowings which we believe will be sufficient to meet our existing short-term liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months. Generally, our long-term sources of funds will be from cash from operations, long-term borrowings and other debt or equity financings.

 

Cash Flow Discussion

 

The following table presents cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017     2016  
Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities   $ (37,360 )   $ 3,375     $ (21,257 )
Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities     40,024       (2,062 )     (35,705 )
Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities     (11,887 )     (19,840 )     47,738  
(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (9,223 )     (18,527 )     (9,224 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     45,245       62,470       70,030  
Differences in translation     (2,524 )     1,302       1,664  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 33,498     $ 45,245     $ 62,470  

 

Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities. Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities was an outflow of $37.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018, an inflow of $3.4 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2017 and an outflow of $21.3 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2016. Cash (used in)/generated from operating activities for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 includes capital expenditure on vessels of $21.4 million, proceeds from vessel sales of $8.3 million and payments to related parties of $6.0 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2017, cash (used in)/generated from operating activities includes capital expenditure on vessels of $5.2 million, proceeds from vessel sales of $17.7 million and payments to related parties of $5.0 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2016, cash (used in)/generated from operating activities includes $28.8 million of capital expenditure on vessels, $12.3 million of proceeds on ship sales, $16.4 million paid to related parties and $12.0 million received from related parties.

 

Cash from operating activities changed negatively by $40.7 million to an outflow of $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to an inflow of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily because operating cash flows before movements in working capital and ships was $5.4 million lower, working capital changes (including changes in balances with related parties) were $11.7 million weaker, capital expenditure on vessels increased by $16.2 million and proceeds from vessel sales decreased by $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Cash from operating activities changed positively by $24.6 million to an inflow of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to an outflow of $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was stronger primarily due to lower capital expenditures following the completion of our newbuilding program in the beginning of 2017, higher proceeds from vessel sales in 2017, and increased revenue.

 

Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities. Cash generated from/(used in) investing activities was an inflow of $40.0 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 and an outflow of $2.1 million and $35.7 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Cash generated from investing activities was impacted by the proceeds from the sales of the two non-core businesses in the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 of $25.3 million and payments received from related parties of $14.1 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2017, cash used in investing activities was impacted by a loan to related parties of $1.3 million and purchase of plant and equipment of $1.2 million. For the 12 months ended December 31, 2016, cash used in investing activities was impacted by a loan of $24.5 million to related parties, $13.7 million invested in our IVS Bulk joint venture, a dividend received of $3.3 million, and purchase of equipment of $0.7 million.

 

Cash from investing activities increased by $42.1 million for the 12 months to December 31, 2018 compared to the 12 months to December 31, 2017 primarily because net proceeds from the disposal of businesses and the net of repayments from and advances to related parties were $25.3 million and $14.9 million, respectively, more in 2018 than in 2017,

 

Cash used in investing activities decreased by $33.7 million to an outflow of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily due to advances to related parties and investment in joint ventures being $23.2 million and $13.7 million, respectively, more in 2016.

 

Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities. Cash (used in)/generated from financing activities was an outflow of $11.9 million and $19.8 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and an inflow of $47.7 million for the 12 months ended December 31, 2016. Cash used in financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2018 was primarily impacted by the repayment of loans from related parties of $8.4 million, movement of cash to restricted cash of $8.6 million and a net inflow of $5.0 million from the incurrence of new debt and the repayment of existing debt. The increase in the restricted cash was mainly due to the security provided in the debt service reserve account required under the $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described in “Description of Indebtedness” in this item 5. Cash used in financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2017 was primarily impacted by the issuance of equity to Grindrod Limited of $15.0 million and repayment of loans from related parties of $42.0 million. Cash generated from financing activities in the 12 months ended December 31, 2016 was primarily impacted by the incurrence of a long-term loan of $39.5 million, repayment of debt of $28.7 million and receipt of loans from related parties of $37.0 million.

 

Cash used in financing activities declined by $7.9 million from $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily because in 2017 a net $37.0 million of loans from related parties were repaid which was partially offset by $15.0 million received from the issuance of shares, but no such transactions occurred in 2018, and in 2018, $8.4 million was repaid to related parties and $8.6 million of cash was moved to restricted cash but the amount of such transactions in 2017 was nil.

 

  64  

 

 

Cash used in financing activities increased by $67.6 million to an outflow of $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to an inflow of $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of a net inflow from long term interest-bearing debt and related party loans of $47.8 million in 2016 and a net outflow of $32.7 million for these items in 2017, partly offset by proceeds of $15.0 million on the issuance of shares in 2017.

 

Restricted cash . The above cash flow figures in this “Cash Flow Discussion” are after deducting restricted cash of $13.8 million which is pledged to certain banks to secure loans and other credit facilities. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and bank balances (including restricted cash) of $47.3 million.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with drydocking activities and maintenance in the ordinary course and in order to comply with environmental and other governmental regulations and in connection with our vessel acquisitions.

 

On May 15, 2018, GSPL entered in resale agreements for the acquisition of two new ultramax drybulk carriers under construction, which are expected to be delivered to GSPL in the second half of 2019. The purchase price of each new drybulk carrier is $26.4 million, payable in four installments. See “—Contractual Obligations and Contingencies” below. We expect that we or our joint ventures will enter in to additional newbuilding contracts in the future. Subsequent to December 31, 2018, we commenced the wind up of the Leopard Tankers joint venture with Vitol, our joint venture partner, in which we and Vitol each acquired two medium range “eco” tankers from the joint venture. Accordingly we acquired Leopard Moon and Leopard Sun for a total purchase price of $54.0 million. Proceeds from the sale by Leopard Tankers of its vessels have been applied to fully repay the joint venture’s $138.5 million credit facility, of which $70.2 million remained outstanding as of December 31, 2018. As discussed above under “Item 4. Information on the Company—Our Joint Ventures”, we extended the termination date of the IVS Bulk joint venture from December 31, 2018 to June 30, 2019, and expect to discuss alternatives to termination with our joint venture partners. In addition, we may also explore purchases of vessels held in other joint ventures in the future.

 

In addition to acquisitions that we may undertake in future periods, we will incur additional expenditures due to drydockings for our Fleet. The location of the drydock will be decided when the vessel is scheduled to drydock. We estimate our drydocking costs, including capitalized costs incurred during drydocking related to vessels and vessel equipment, and scheduled off-hire days for our Fleet through 2019 (including the proportionate costs for our joint venture vessels) to be:

 

Year  

Estimated
Drydocking Cost

 

Estimated
Off-hire Days

    (U.S. dollars)    
2019   $ 5.4 million   85.71 days
2020   $ 9.9 million    147.52 days

 

Actual costs will vary based on various factors, including where the drydockings are actually performed. We expect to fund these costs with cash from operations. These costs do not include drydock expense items that are reflected in vessel operating costs or costs associated with the installation of ballast water treatment systems.

 

Actual length of drydocking will vary based on the condition of the vessel, yard schedules and other factors. Higher repairs and maintenance expenses during drydocking for vessels which are over 15 years old typically result in a higher number of off-hire days depending on the condition of the vessel.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred a total of $6.7 million, $6.1 million and $3.8 million of drydocking costs, respectively, excluding costs incurred during drydocking that were capitalized to vessel assets or vessel equipment.

 

During 2018, 15 of our vessels (of which eight were held in joint ventures) completed their scheduled drydockings. We estimate that eight of our vessels (of which four are held in joint ventures) will be drydocked in 2019 and 14 of our vessels (of which seven are held in joint ventures) will be drydocked in 2020.

   

Description of Indebtedness

 

Below is a summary of our significant debt obligations.

 

Loan Agreements

 

$27.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On December 9, 2016, a subsidiary of GSPL entered into a $27.0 million senior secured term loan facility, as has been amended from time to time, with DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch relating to one medium range tanker. Prior to the Spin-Off the facility was secured by, among other things, a guarantee from Former Parent and bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.45%. In connection with the Spin-Off, we amended the facility to release Former Parent from its guarantee, add Grindrod Shipping as a guarantor, and increase the interest margin to 2.65%. The facility currently bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.65% per annum, matures on January 11, 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years, and is secured by, among other things, (a) a first priority mortgage over the tanker and (b) guarantees from each of GSPL and Grindrod Shipping. As of December 31, 2018, there was an outstanding balance under this facility of approximately $21.0 million. The covenants applicable to this facility are the same as the covenants that apply to the $100.0 million senior secured credit facility described below.

 

$100.0 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On May 8, 2018, GSPL entered into a $100.0 million senior secured credit facility with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch relating to 11 handysize drybulk carriers and 5 tankers. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% per annum. The facility is made up of two tranches (A and B) of

 

  65  

 

 

up to $10.0 million and up to $90.0 million respectively. Tranche A matures on May 15, 2022 and Tranche B matures on May 15, 2023. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgages over each of the 16 vessels, each owned by a subsidiary of GSPL, (b) a guarantee from each of the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels, as well as Grindrod Shipping, and (c) security over the shares in the GSPL subsidiaries owning the 16 vessels. On December 14, 2018, we entered into a side letter to, among other things, release the proceeds of the sale of IVS Kanda from a collateral account under the facility, and amend certain terms of the credit facility relating to mandatory prepayments with the proceeds of a sale of a vessel and the minimum required security cover. As of December 31, 2018 $89.3 million is outstanding on this facility.

 

$29.9 Million Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On December 21, 2018, Grindrod Shipping and two of its subsidiaries that each acquired a medium range “eco” tanker from the Leopard Tankers joint venture entered into a $29.9 million senior secured term loan facility with NIBC Bank N.V. relating to the two tankers. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.20% per annum. The facility matures on December 21, 2023. The facility is secured by, among other things (a) first priority mortgages over each of the two vessels, each owned by the subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping party to the facility, (b) a guarantee from each of the Grindrod Shipping subsidiaries owning the two vessels as well as Grindrod Shipping, and (c) security over the shares in the Grindrod Shipping subsidiaries owning the two vessels. As we acquired the two vessels and drew down on this facility subsequent to year end, as of December 31, 2018 there was nil outstanding under this facility. As of February 28, 2019, $29.7 million is outstanding on this facility.

 

Loan Covenants

 

The credit facilities referred to above contain, among other conditions and obligations, financial covenants the most stringent of which require Grindrod Shipping and its subsidiaries to maintain on a consolidated basis:

 

book value net worth of not less than $275,000,000 in 2016, not less than $250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018, not less than $265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and thereafter not less than $275,000,000;

 

cash and cash equivalents (which may, depending on the facility, include cash restricted in certain security accounts) of not less than $30,000,000; and

 

a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75%.

 

Further, the credit facilities referred to above contain provisions requiring a minimum value of the collateral for each relevant facility, such that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the relevant facility plus any additional security securing that facility divided by the relevant debt amount results in at least a specified minimum amount (depending on the relevant facility agreement and the type and age of the vessels securing the loan), with the relevant minimum amount ranging between 130% and 145%. If any of these thresholds is not met, we may be required to prepay a portion of the relevant loan or provide additional collateral security to eliminate the shortfall.

 

The credit facilities referred to above also contain, among other conditions, restrictive covenants which could or would restrict our ability to:

 

incur additional indebtedness on the relevant vessels securing that facility;

 

sell any collateral vessel (unless a corresponding amount under the relevant facility were prepaid in accordance with its terms);

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, make additional investments or acquisitions;

 

upon the happening of an event of default or potential event of default, pay dividends; or

 

effect a change of ownership or control of the relevant borrower group under each facility.

 

A violation of any of the financial or restrictive covenants, or various other provisions, contained in the credit facilities described above and under “—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” below may constitute an event of default under the relevant credit facility, which, unless cured (if permitted, and capable of being cured), or waived or modified by the relevant banks, provides those banks with the right to, among other things (and as the case may be), require the relevant borrowers or other obligors to post additional collateral, enhance their equity and liquidity, increase the interest payable, pay down the relevant indebtedness to a level where compliance with relevant loan covenants are met, sell vessels, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities, accelerate indebtedness, enforce security on fleet vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, and make demand under guarantees, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business.

 

Furthermore, the credit facilities contain cross-default provisions. A cross-default provision in one facility means that an event of default under one or more other facilities could, subject to any applicable thresholds, result in an event of default occurring under the first facility. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in the facilities, the refusal of the lenders under any credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain indebtedness being accelerated, even if the other lenders under the other credit facilities have waived defaults under their respective credit facilities. If any of our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it could be difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance the relevant debt or obtain additional financing in such circumstances and we could lose vessels and other assets securing the credit facilities if the lenders foreclose their security, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to the credit facilities that have been obtained, or may be obtained in the future, the banks may impose additional operating and financial restrictions or modify the terms of the existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, the banks may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of the indebtedness owed to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for facility indebtedness and increase the interest rates charged on outstanding indebtedness.

 

  66  

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL, the borrowers and the other GSPL subsidiaries were in compliance with all of the financial and restrictive covenants contained in our credit facilities, including the joint venture debt described below under “—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements”, entered into as of that date.

 

See Note 20 to our consolidated and combined financial statements for further details regarding the credit facilities.

 

Trend Information

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize for our vessels, which depend on demand and supply dynamics characterizing the drybulk and tanker markets at any given time. For other trends affecting our business, please see other discussions under “—Factors Affecting our Results of Operations and Financial Condition” above.

 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

On August 17, 2016, one of our joint ventures with Mitsui & Co. entered into a loan facility agreement with a Mitsui related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd for a credit facility of approximately $5.8 million, bearing interest at the LIBOR, plus a margin of 1.7% per annum. Our joint venture partner provided a guarantee for 100% of the loan amount, and we have provided a guarantee to our joint venture partner for 51% of the outstanding loan amount that the joint venture partner is required to pay under their guarantee. As of December 31, 2018, $2.8 million remained outstanding under such facility.

 

One of our tanker joint ventures entered into a standard ship management agreement with a third-party ship management company for the management of the joint venture’s ships. As part of the arrangement, we have provided a guarantee to the third-party ship management company for performance by our joint venture of its liabilities and responsibilities under the agreement.

 

As at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, GSPL provided financial support to certain subsidiaries of our joint ventures for $59.6 million, $63.2 million and $5.3 million respectively, to enable them to meet their obligations as and when they come due for at least 12 months from the respective year ends. The increase in support at December 31, 2018 and 2017 relates to our Leopard Tankers joint venture and represents our proportionate share of funding obligations under the joint venture agreement relating to maturing debt obligations of the joint venture which were released, together with the other undertakings to the Leopard Tankers lenders, upon full repayment by Leopard Tankers of its debt obligations subsequent to December 31, 2018.

 

Charter Hire Obligations

 

We are committed to make certain charter hire payments to third parties for chartered-in vessels. These arrangements are accounted for as operating leases. Please see “—Contractual Obligations and Contingencies” below for these and our other contractual obligations and commitments.

 

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies

 

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of long-term debt, time charter agreements and newbuilding commitments.

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 (these amounts do not include future interest payments):

 

    Payments Due by Period  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   Total     Less Than
1 Year
    1–3 Years     3–5 Years     More than
5 Years
 
Secured Bank Loans (1)   $ 114,456     $ 18,323     $ 34,873     $ 61,259     $     -  
Newbuildings (1)     47,498       15,833       31,665       -       -  
Time Charter Agreements (1)     123,880       50,564       52,884       20,432       -  
Office, Residential and Other Leases (1)     1,257       1,009       248       -       -  
Total contractual obligations   $ 287,091     $ 85,729     $ 119,670     $ 81,691     $ -  

 

 

(1) These obligations are disclosed in Notes 20, 38 and 40 of the consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

The table above is as of December 31, 2018 and does not include the debt drawn down in January and February, 2019 under our $29.9 million senior secured credit facility described in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Description of Indebtedness—Loan Agreements”.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9, issued in November 2009, introduced new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. IFRS 9 was subsequently amended in October 2010 to include requirements for the classification and measurement of financial liabilities and for de-recognition, and again in November 2015 to include the new requirements for general hedge accounting. In July 2016, another revised version of IFRS 9 was issued primarily to include (1) impairment requirements for financial assets and (2) limited amendments to the classification and measurement requirements by introducing a fair value through other comprehensive income, or FVTOCI, measurement category for certain simple debt instruments. The amendments to IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and we have applied IFRS 9 with an initial application date of January 1, 2018. We have not restated the comparative information, which continues to be reported under IAS 39. Effects arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 have been recognized directly in retained earnings. The significant accounting policies for financial instruments under IFRS 9 are disclosed in Note 2.7 of our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

  67  

 

 

Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

We have applied the requirements of IFRS 9 to instruments that have not been derecognized as at January 1, 2018 and has not applied the requirements to instruments that have already been derecognized as at January 1, 2018. The classification of financial assets is based on two criteria: the company’s business model for managing the assets and whether the instruments’ contractual cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’ on the principal amount outstanding. There are no changes in classification and measurement of the company’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires the company to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial assets. It is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized. Specifically, IFRS 9 requires us to recognize a loss allowance for expected credit losses on (i) debt investments subsequently measured at amortized cost or at FVTOCI, (ii) lease receivables, (iii) contract assets and (iv) loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 apply. In particular, IFRS 9 requires us to measure the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses, or ECL, if the credit risk on that financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, or if the financial instrument is a purchased or originated credit - impaired financial asset. However, if the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition (except for a purchased or originated credit - impaired financial asset), we are required to measure the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12 - months ECL. IFRS 9 also requires a simplified approach for measuring the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime ECL for trade receivables and contract assets in certain circumstances.

 

General hedge accounting

 

The new general hedge accounting requirements under IFRS 9 retain the three types of hedge accounting. However, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been replaced with the principle of an ‘economic relationship’. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about our risk management activities have also been introduced. In accordance with IFRS 9’s transition provisions for hedge accounting, we have applied the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements prospectively from the date of initial application on January 1, 2018. Our qualifying hedging relationships in place as at January 1, 2018 also qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS 9 and were therefore regarded as continuing hedging relationships. No rebalancing of any of the hedging relationships was necessary on January 1, 2018. As the critical terms of the hedging instruments match those of their corresponding hedged items, all hedging relationships continue to be effective under IFRS 9’s effectiveness assessment requirements. We have not designated any hedging relationships under IFRS 9 that would not have met the qualifying hedge accounting criteria under IAS 39.

 

IFRS 9 requires hedging gains and losses to be recognized as an adjustment to the initial carrying amount of non - financial hedged items (basis adjustment). In addition, transfers from the hedging reserve to the initial carrying amount of the hedged item are not reclassification adjustments under IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and hence they do not affect other comprehensive income. Hedging gains and losses subject to basis adjustments are categorized as amounts that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss in other comprehensive income. This is consistent with our practice prior to the adoption of IFRS 9. Consistent with prior periods, when a forward contract is used in a cash flow hedge or fair value hedge relationship, we have designated the change in fair value of the entire forward contract, i.e. including the forward element, as the hedging instrument.

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

IFRS 15 supersedes IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue and the related Interpretations. IFRS 15 introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition to include far more prescriptive guidance to deal with specific scenarios. We have applied IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method with the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 15 recognized at the date of initial application (January 1, 2018) as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Therefore, the comparative information was not restated and continues to be reported under IAS 11, IAS 18 and the related Interpretations. We have elected to apply IFRS 15 retrospectively only to contracts that are not completed contracts at the date of initial application.

 

IFRS 15 uses the terms ‘contract asset’ and ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known as ‘accrued revenue’ and ‘deferred revenue’, however IFRS 15 does not prohibit an entity from using alternative descriptions in the statement of financial position. We have adopted the terminology used in IFRS 15 to describe such balances. Contract asset relates to the unbilled revenue that was previously included in Other receivables and prepayment - Voyage in progress. Contract liability refers to the amounts received in advance from the customers that was previously included in Trade and other payables.

 

Our significant accounting policies for revenue recognition are disclosed in Note 2.18 to our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

Leases

 

IFRS 16 is applicable to our financial statements effective January 1, 2019. IFRS 16 amends the existing accounting standards to require lessees to recognize, on a discounted basis, the rights and obligations created by the commitment to lease assets on the balance sheet, unless the term of the lease is less than 12 months or of low value. Accordingly, IFRS 16 will result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments for our existing chartered-in vessel commitments that are currently reported as operating leases adjusting for prepayments and accrued lease payments.

 

IFRS 16 requires that we assess the lease contracts to identify separate components and allocates the consideration in the contract to each component. We will make use of the practical expedient to elect, by class of underlying asset, not to separate non-lease components from lease components specifically with respect to time charter arrangements.

 

  68  

 

 

Upon transition, a lessee shall apply IFRS 16 to its leases either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented, being the full retrospective approach, or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 recognized at the date of initial application, being the modified retrospective approach. We will apply the modified retrospective approach upon transition. The impact of the application of IFRS 16 on the statement of financial position at January 1, 2019 will be the recognition of right of use assets of approximately $65.2 million, corresponding lease liabilities of approximately $64.6 million and a credit of approximately $0.6 million to accumulated loss. We will apply the practical expedient to account for existing time charters with remaining terms of less than one year on the date of initial application in the same way as short-term leases.

 

We expect that the application of the above principles beginning in 2019 will not result in a material difference in the amount of revenue recognized under our existing accounting policies for pool and time-out charter arrangements.

 

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

Directors

 

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals that are currently serving as directors or alternate directors of Grindrod Shipping. At our first annual general meeting, all of the non-executive directors will retire from office and will be eligible to and, we expect, will stand for re-election.

 

Name  

Age

 

Position

 

Term Expires

Cato Brahde   64   Director / Chairman   First Annual General Meeting
Stephen Griffiths   58   Director   *
Michael Hankinson (1)   69   Director   First Annual General Meeting
John Herholdt   70   Director   First Annual General Meeting
Quah Ban Huat   52   Director   First Annual General Meeting
Pieter Uys (1)   56   Director   First Annual General Meeting
Martyn Wade   60   Director   *
Alternate Directors:            
Andrew Waller (1)(2)   56   Alternate Director   First Annual General Meeting

 

 

* Messrs Wade and Griffiths will serve as Directors so long as they continue to hold the positions of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively.

 

(1) Currently also serves as a director of Former Parent.

 

(2) Mr. Waller is an alternate director of Grindrod Shipping appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller is entitled to notice of directors’ meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, is entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller is entitled to attend, but not vote at and not count in the quorum for, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present.

 

Cato Brahde has served as member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017, and was appointed as Chairman on November 28, 2017. Mr. Brahde was a director of Grindrod Limited from 2013 to 2016. He currently acts as Chief Investment Officer for Tufton Oceanic’s equity investment funds. He joined Tufton Oceanic in 1989 where he was responsible for private and public shipping equity investments, among which he managed a fleet of 30 standby support vessels for the offshore oil and gas industry in the North Sea. Mr. Brahde previously worked as a naval architect and project manager with Brown and Root, a subsidiary of US oil services group Halliburton, from 1978 to 1989. During 1977 and 1978 he served in the Royal Norwegian Navy. Mr. Brahde qualified as a naval architect at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne, gained a Master of Science in Business Administration degree from Boston University and holds a diploma in Company Direction.

 

Michael Hankinson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 20, 2018. Mr. Hankinson has served as a director of Former Parent since 2009, as its Non-Executive Chairman from 2014 to 2017, its Executive Chairman from August 2017 to November 2018 at which time he once again became its Non-Executive Chairman. Mr. Hankinson has also been the non-executive Chairman of The Spar Group Limited since 2004. In 1997, Mr. Hankinson was appointed its Chief Executive at Dunlop Limited, a tire and rubber manufacturer listed on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and held this position until 2006. In 1976, Mr. Hankinson joined Romatex Limited as Financial Manager and in 1994 was appointed as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hankinson has also held numerous non-executive positions on various boards related to the textile, tire and sugar industries as well at Transnet Limited. Mr. Hankinson qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1976 after completing his articles at Deloitte and Touche.

 

John Herholdt has served as a member of our board of directors since November 6, 2017 and is the Chairman of the Compensation and Nomination Committee. Between 2012 and 2015, Mr. Herholdt consulted the Maitland Group. From 1987 to 2012 Mr. Herholdt served as a London based senior partner of the Maitland Group with offices in Europe, South Africa, North America and elsewhere. He also served as a Director on the boards of several of its subsidiaries. The London office of Shepstone and Wylie was established by Mr. Herholdt in 1985 and in 1987 merged the Shepstone and Wylie operation with that of Maitlands, then the offshore arm of the South African law firm Webber Wentzel. He remained associated with Shepstone and Wylie until 2012. In 1984, Mr. Herholdt joined the South African law firm Shepstone and Wylie as a senior partner in the maritime department, acting primarily for vessel owners and P&I Clubs. In 1979, Mr. Herholdt was appointed a Director of Leo Raphaely and Sons, an international commodity trading firm. From 1972 to 1979, Mr. Herholdt was a partner of the law firm Goodrickes and specialized in maritime and commodities law. His responsibilities included all maritime and commodity issues, as well as, legal, commercial, and tax matters. Mr. Herholdt obtained his Bachelor of Arts in Law Degree in 1969 and his Bachelor of Laws degree in 1971, and was admitted as an attorney of the Supreme Court of South Africa in 1972.

 

Quah Ban Huat has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2, 2017 and is the Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. He is a principal advisor at KPMG Corporate Finance and a senior advisor to the Chairman of Sunjoy Group. Mr. Quah specializes in mergers & acquisitions, structuring and financing. In addition, he is also a director of AP Oil International Limited, Samudera Shipping Line Ltd, Deutsche Boerse Asia Holding Pte. Ltd., Eurex Clearing Asia Pte. Ltd., Eurex Exchange Asia Pte. Ltd. and Primeur Holdings Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiary. Prior to that, Mr. Quah served as a director on the boards of mDR Ltd from 2014 to 2017 and Croesus Asset Management Pte. Ltd. (the trustee manager of Croesus Retail Trust) from 2012 to 2017. Prior to this he held various key finance positions including Regional Business Area Controller at Deutsche Bank for its Asia Pacific Money Markets

 

  69  

 

 

and Treasury operations, Group Finance Director at the IMC Group, Chief Financial Officer at City Gas Pte. Ltd. and Rickmers Trust Management Pte. Ltd. (the trustee manager of Rickmers Maritime Trust). Mr. Quah qualified as an accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and the Association of Certified Chartered Accountants. He completed his articles with Benjamin Taylor & Co and was a manager at the banking division of Coopers and Lybrand prior to joining Deutsche Bank in London.

 

Stephen Griffiths has served as a member of our board of directors and as our Chief Financial Officer since November 7, 2017, and also served as Chief Financial Officer of Former Parent’s shipping business from April 2009 until the Spin-Off. Mr. Griffiths joined Grindrod Limited in 2004 as Group Financial Manager. Previously, Mr. Griffiths joined the Reunert Group in 1989 and was appointed Financial Director of a Reunert Group subsidiary in 1995. Mr. Griffiths qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1985 and completed his articles at Hudson, Langham, Morrison and Co.

 

Pieter Uys has served as a member of our board of directors since June 20, 2018. Mr. Uys has been a member of Former Parent’s board of directors since August 2013. Mr. Uys is currently a director of Mediclinic, Dark Fibre Africa, Seacom, Former Parent, Grindrod Bank and Kagiso Tiso Holdings. Since 2013, Mr. Uys has served as an investment executive for Remgro, one of our significant shareholders. From 2008 to 2012 Mr. Uys was Chief Executive Officer of the Vodacom Group. Prior to that, Mr. Uys served as Managing Director of Vodacom South Africa since 2001, and as Vodacom Group Chief Operating Officer since 2004. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Uys was an employee at Vodacom as a member of the initial engineering team. Mr. Uys holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering, a Masters in Engineering degree from the University of Stellenbosch and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Stellenbosch Business School.

 

Martyn Wade has served as a member of our board of directors since November 15, 2017. Mr. Wade served on the Grindrod Limited board from November 2011 until November 1, 2017. Mr. Wade continues to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of GSPL, a role he has been in since July 2011. Mr. Wade is currently a director of The UK Freight Demurrage & Defense Association (UK) and a member of the advisory panel to the Singapore Maritime Foundation. Mr. Wade has 41 years international shipping experience and has worked for vessel owners, operators and shipbrokers in London, Johannesburg, New York and now Singapore. The companies Mr. Wade has worked for include Van Ommeren UK, Simpson Spence and Young Johannesburg, Clipper Bulk USA and HSBC Shipping Services London. Mr. Wade is a member of the Baltic Exchange having been first elected in 1979.

 

Andrew Waller has served on our board as an Alternate Director to Michael Hankinson since June 20, 2018. Mr. Waller is an Executive Director of Former Parent and was appointed to his current role as chief executive officer of Former Parent on September 1, 2018, having been appointed as an Executive Director and CFO of Former Parent in 2011. Mr. Waller’s experience includes acquisitions and disposals across Former Parent’s divisions and across geographies. Mr. Waller qualified as a Chartered Accountant (South Africa) in 1987 and completed his articles at Deloitte and Touche, which included training in Pietermaritzburg and 3 years in Aberdeen and Edinburgh. From 1995 to 2011, Mr. Waller was appointed audit partner in Pietermaritzburg, senior partner in KwaZulu Natal and lead client service partner of the firm’s largest clients in South Africa.

 

Senior Management

 

The table below details the names of, and information about, the individuals who serve as Executive Officers:

 

Name  

Age

 

Position

Martyn Wade   60   Chief Executive Officer
Stephen Griffiths   58   Chief Financial Officer

 

The business address of the persons noted above is Grindrod Shipping’s executive office at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763.

 

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

 

We paid an aggregate cash compensation of $2.5 million to our Executive Officers and non-executive directors in 2018. Currently, on an annual basis, each non-executive director, other than the chairman of the board, is compensated with a fee of $65,000 for his or her services as one of our directors and an additional fee of $20,000 for his or her services as chairman of one of the board committees or an additional fee of $10,000 for his or her services as a member of one of the board committees; the chairman of the board receives a total annual fee of $150,000 for his or her services, inclusive of any such services as a director and as a committee chairman or member; and Mr. Waller does not receive any fees for services as an Alternate Director.

 

Our Executive Officers are remunerated in accordance with their contracts of employment. In addition, Executive Officers are eligible for variable compensation under our forfeitable share plan for achieving company-wide objectives and for their individual contribution to our results and objectives. In 2018 we granted awards of 743,000 forfeitable ordinary shares with a value of $7.6 million to our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. In respect of these awards, an amount of $1.4 million was expensed in our 2018 statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, and further expenses in respect of these awards will be recorded in subsequent financial periods pro rata to the vesting period. Included in the awards of 743,000 forfeitable ordinary shares are 180,000 and 100,000 forfeitable ordinary shares that we awarded to our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, respectively, and which, in each case, vest in three equal tranches at March 1, 2020, 2021 and 2022.

 

The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the forfeitable share plan and is governed in its entirely by the forfeitable share plan which is included as an exhibit to this annual report. We adopted the forfeitable share plan to provide selected employees with the opportunity to receive compensatory equity awards of our ordinary shares and to serve as a retention mechanism and recruitment tool. The forfeitable share plan also provides participants with the opportunity to share in the success of the company and aligns forfeitable share plan participant interests with the interests of our shareholders. The forfeitable share plan is administered by the compensation and nomination committee. Participants receive grants of forfeitable ordinary shares, subject to applicable time and/or performance vesting conditions and other terms, that settle in ordinary shares when vested and are forfeited, in part in or in full, upon certain termination of employment events if not previously vested. Under the terms of the forfeitable share plan, the aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted and not yet vested under the forfeitable share plan at any one time shall not exceed 5% of the number of shares in issue (excluding treasury shares) as determined in reference to the day preceding the award.

 

We will obtain shareholder approval annually to authorize the issuance of ordinary shares under the plan. We have obtained such approval until the conclusion of our first annual general meeting.

 

  70  

 

 

Board Practices

 

Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors comprises seven directors, including five independent non-executive members, as determined in accordance with the prevailing Code of Corporate Governance issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, which is the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code. Each of Grindrod Shipping’s directors is elected by Grindrod Shipping’s shareholders or appointed by the directors pursuant to Grindrod Shipping’s constitution. In addition, Mr. Waller is an Alternate Director appointed by Mr. Hankinson. Mr. Waller is entitled to notice of directors’ meetings and, if Mr. Hankinson is not present at a meeting, is entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum as a director. Mr. Waller is entitled to attend, but not vote at, each meeting at which Mr. Hankinson is present. In addition, Mr. Quah is also a director of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. To the extent that Mr. Quah’s service as a member of the board of directors of Samudera Shipping Line Ltd. presents a conflict of interest with respect to any matters involving us, Mr. Quah has agreed to inform our board of directors of any such conflict and recuse himself from any proceedings or vote relating to such matters.

 

At our first annual general meeting, which is expected to be held on or about May 29, 2019, all of the directors, other than the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, shall retire from office and will be eligible to and, we expect, will stand for re-election. At each subsequent annual general meeting, one-third of the directors then in office, or if their number is not a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office by rotation, provided no director holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into account in determining the number of directors to retire. In addition, any director who has been appointed by the directors to fill a vacancy during any given year will be required to retire from office at the next annual general meeting and shall be eligible for re-election at such meeting. Directors holding office as Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer shall resign from their directorship upon no longer holding such positions.

 

The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest serving in office since their last re-election or appointment. Where directors were re-elected or appointed on the same day, those to retire shall be agreed amongst themselves or be determined by lot.

 

A director shall vacate his office upon his resignation, removal, bankruptcy, becoming mentally disordered or disqualification. A director may only be removed from office by or according to resolution of the shareholders.

 

No director is entitled to any severance benefits on termination of his or her service as a director.

 

Grindrod Shipping has established two committees of the board of directors: the audit and risk committee and the compensation and nomination committee.

 

Audit and Risk Committee

 

The members of the audit and risk committee are Messrs. Quah (chairman), Herholdt and Brahde. The audit and risk committee, among other things, oversees our financial reporting, risk management, related party transactions and internal controls (in relation to financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls), engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities, tax policies and effectiveness of our legal and compliance systems.

 

Compensation and Nomination Committee

 

The members of the compensation and nomination committee are Messrs. Herholdt (chairman), Quah, Brahde and Hankinson. The compensation and nomination committee oversees our compensation policy and the executive compensation policy, approves awards of stock based incentives, approves the individual package of the chief executive officer, reviews and monitors the nomination and appointment process and composition of the board of directors and succession planning of the board, the committees of the board of directors and the performance of the board.

 

Corporate Governance Practices

 

Pursuant to an exception under NASDAQ listing standards available to foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with many of the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NASDAQ listing standards. Accordingly, we are exempt from many of NASDAQ’s corporate governance practices. We are incorporated under the laws of Singapore and have elected to voluntarily comply with the relevant guidelines of the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code. In connection with the listing of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ, we certified to NASDAQ that our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, Singapore law. We also agreed or elected to comply with certain JSE corporate governance requirements in addition to complying with the applicable Singapore Corporate Governance Code and NASDAQ listing standards. Set forth below is a list of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and NASDAQ listing standards applicable to listed U.S. companies.

 

Independence of Directors. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company maintain a majority of independent directors. Our board of directors consists of seven directors, three of whom are the members of our audit and risk committee and are considered “independent” under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as it applies to us under the rules of NASDAQ. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, our board of directors is not required to consist of a majority of independent directors. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, only one-third of our board of directors is required to be independent if the chairman of our board of directors is independent. However, the determination of independence under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code is different from NASDAQ standards. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, five of our directors and our alternate director are considered independent.

 

Compensation and Nomination Committee. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company have a compensation committee consisting only of independent directors and that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection by either a vote in which only independent directors participate or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code, a company’s remuneration committee and nominating committee, which we combine as our compensation and nomination committee, are not required to consist entirely of independent directors. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires each of these committees be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman or chairmen of such committee or committees), and that all members of the remuneration committee be non-executive directors. Our compensation and nomination committee currently consists of Messrs. Herholdt, Quah, Brahde and Hankinson, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code.

 

  71  

 

 

Audit and Risk Committee. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company have an audit committee comprised of at least three members, all of whom shall be entirely independent directors. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code requires an audit committee to be comprised of at least three directors, a majority of whom should be independent (including the chairman of such committee), and that all members of the audit committee be non-executive directors. Our audit and risk committee currently consists of Messrs. Quah, Herholdt and Brahde, all of whom are independent and non-executive directors under the 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code and “independent” under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Executive Sessions. NASDAQ requires that the independent directors of a U.S.-listed company have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present, or executive sessions. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code provides that the independent directors should meet periodically without the presence of the other directors.

 

Quorum. NASDAQ requires that a U.S.-listed company’s bylaws provide for a quorum of at least 33 1/3 percent of the outstanding shares of the company’s common voting stock. Our constitution provides that shareholders holding an aggregate not less than 15 percent of the issued and fully paid shares in the capital of the company, present in person or by proxy, shall be a quorum. The 2018 Singapore Corporate Governance Code does not prescribe a quorum requirement.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately 759 employees, of which approximately 593 seagoing staff serve on the vessels that we manage and 166 provide general management, financial management, and commercial and technical management to the vessels that we manage. Our seafarers are represented by collective bargaining agreements but we have not experienced a work stoppage in the past few years. Seafarers employed by our vessel managers are unionized under various jurisdictions and are employed under various collective bargaining agreements which does expose us to a risk of potential labor unrest at times when those collective bargaining agreements are being re-negotiated.

 

Share Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following sets forth, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management, the total amount of ordinary shares directly or indirectly owned by Grindrod Shipping’s current Directors, Alternate Directors and Executive Officers based on 19,063,833 ordinary shares outstanding as of February 28, 2019.

 

Holder   Grindrod
Shipping
Ordinary
Shares
    Percentage
Ownership
 
Cato Brahde     45,000       *  
Stephen Griffiths     18,370       *  
Michael Hankinson     1,675       *  
John Herholdt     -       *  
Quah Ban Huat     -       *  
Pieter Uys     -       *  
Martyn Wade     70,026       *  
Andrew Waller     257,531 (1)     1.4 %

 

 

* Less than 1%
(1) Includes 241,962 ordinary shares held by Former Parent that Mr. Waller has the power and authority, acting alone in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of Former Parent, to dispose.

 

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Major Shareholders

 

To our knowledge: (1) no corporation or foreign government owns more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares; and (2) there are no arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Grindrod Shipping. To the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management and as otherwise set forth herein there is no controlling shareholder of Grindrod Shipping.

 

A list of the individuals and organizations holding, to the knowledge of Grindrod Shipping’s management, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our issued share capital as of February 28, 2019 is set forth below.

 

Beneficial owner  

Grindrod Shipping
Ordinary Shares (1)

   

Percentage
Ownership (2)

 
Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited (1)     4,329,580       22.7 %
PSG Asset Management Proprietary Limited (2)     2,026,572       10.6 %
Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited (3)     1,922,740       10.1 %
Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited (4)     1,600,000       8.4 %
QVT Financial LP (5)     1,145,053       6.0 %

 

 

(1) Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited is a 100% held subsidiary of Remgro Limited. Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13D by Industrial Partnership Investments Proprietary Limited as of August 2, 2018.

(2) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by PSG Asset Management Proprietary Limited as of October 4, 2018.

 

  72  

 

 

(3) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by Grindrod Investments Proprietary Limited as of July 20, 2018.

(4) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G by Newshelf 1279 Proprietary Limited as of July 5, 2018.

(5) Based solely on information included in the report on Schedule 13G/A by QVT Financial LP as of February 14, 2019.

 

None of the above shareholders hold voting rights which are different from those that are held by Grindrod Shipping’s other shareholders.

 

There have been no alterations in Grindrod Shipping’s share capital between the date of listing on NASDAQ, June 18, 2018, and the date of this annual report.

 

Register of Members

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares trade in the United States on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN”. The principal non-United States trading market for the ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping is the JSE, on which the ordinary shares trade on the main board of the JSE, with a share code of GSH and under the abbreviated name GRINSHIP. Since Grindrod Shipping is a Singapore company, a principal register of members is maintained by Grindrod Shipping in Singapore. In addition, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acts as Grindrod Shipping’s transfer agent and maintains Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members, which is located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd acts as the administrative depository agent and maintains an administrative depository register reflecting the dematerialised shares trading on the JSE. All Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register are held electronically through the Strate System at all times. See “Item 10. Additional Information—General” for additional information about the Singapore register, branch register and shareholder rights.

 

As of March 1, 2019, Cede & Co, a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, is the only record holder of ordinary shares. We believe that the ordinary shares held by Cede & Co. include 1,974,996, or 10.4%, ordinary shares held by beneficial owners in the United States.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

For a description of our material joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”.

 

For a description of our financing arrangements with certain of our joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements” and Notes 10 and 11 to our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

For a description of our agreements relating to the Spin-Off, see “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—Management of our Business”.

 

Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Reference is made to Item 18 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this annual report. For information on legal proceedings, please refer to “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings”.

 

Dividend Policy and Dividend Distributions

 

The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things: (i) our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and available sources of liquidity, (ii) decisions in relation to our growth and leverage strategies, (iii) provisions of Singapore law governing the payment of dividends, (iv) restrictive covenants in our existing and future debt instruments and (v) global financial conditions. See “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Grindrod Shipping may not have sufficient distributable profits to pay dividends or otherwise distribute cash or assets to shareholders” and “Item 10. Additional Information—Dividends”.

 

Significant Changes

 

Please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Recent Developments”.

 

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

Offer and Listing Details

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN” and on the JSE under the symbol “GSH”.

 

Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

Markets

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are listed on NASDAQ under the symbol “GRIN” and on the JSE under the symbol “GSH”.

 

Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

  73  

 

 

Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

General

 

For the purposes of this section, references to “shareholders” mean those shareholders whose names and number of shares are entered in Grindrod Shipping’s principal or branch register of members. Only persons who are registered in Grindrod Shipping’s principal or branch register of members are recognized under Singapore law as shareholders of Grindrod Shipping with legal standing to institute shareholder actions against Grindrod Shipping or otherwise seek to enforce their rights as shareholders. Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members is maintained by its transfer agent, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, located in the United States. In South Africa, Computershare (Pty) Ltd maintains an administrative depository register to facilitate trading on the JSE.

 

The ordinary shares of Grindrod Shipping are held through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Accordingly, DTC, or its nominee, Cede & Co., is the shareholder of record registered in Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members. The beneficial interests in the ordinary shares are reflected in position listings of the DTC participants for shares held through DTC or its nominee (for shareholders trading on NASDAQ) and on the administrative depository register located in South Africa (for shareholders trading on the JSE). Non-South Africa residents (and those South Africa residents complying with applicable exchange control regulations) are able to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares reflected in the administrative depository register located in South Africa to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant. Shareholders who wish to reposition their Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer should contact their South African broker or CSDP for more information about repositioning their ordinary shares between the South African administrative depository register and an account with a U.S. broker-dealer that is a DTC participant.

 

A holder of dematerialised interests in Grindrod Shipping’s shares may become a registered shareholder by exchanging its interest in the shares for certificated shares (if requested) and being registered in Grindrod Shipping’s register of members. The procedures by which a holder of dematerialised interests may exchange such interests for certificated shares (if requested) are determined by DTC and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in accordance with their internal policies and guidelines regulating the withdrawal and exchange of dematerialised interests for certificated shares (if requested), and following such an exchange Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company will perform the procedures to register the shareholder in the branch register.

 

Shares may only be traded on the JSE in electronic form as dematerialised shares and trade for electronic settlement in terms of the Strate System (an electronic custody, clearing and settlement environment, managed by Strate), for all share transactions concluded on the JSE and off-market (and in terms of which transactions in securities are settled and transfers of beneficial ownership in securities are recorded electronically). Dematerialised shares are shares that have been dematerialised (the process whereby physical share certificates are replaced with electronic records evidencing ownership of shares for the purpose of Strate). Accordingly, all beneficial holders of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares reflected on the South African administrative depository register must appoint a CSDP for shares traded on the JSE, directly or through a broker, to hold the dematerialised Grindrod Shipping shares on their behalf.

 

If (a) the name of any person is without sufficient cause entered in or omitted from the register of members; or (b) default is made or there is unnecessary delay in entering in the register of members the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved or any member of the company or the company, may apply to the Singapore courts for rectification of the register of members. The Singapore courts may either refuse the application or order rectification of the register of members, and may direct the company to pay any damages sustained by any party to the application. The Singapore courts will not entertain any application for the rectification of a register of members in respect of an entry which was made in the register of members more than 30 years before the date of the application.

 

Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

Constitution

 

The description of our constitution under “Item 10. Additional Information—Constitution” contained in the Registration Statement is incorporated by reference in this annual report.

 

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

 

The comparison of shareholders rights under “Item 10. Additional Information—Comparison of Shareholder Rights” contained in the Registration Statement is incorporated by reference in this annual report.

 

Material Contracts

 

Contracts Relating to the Spin-Off

 

The below descriptions are only summaries of the material provisions of the GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements and Implementation Agreement and are qualified in their entirety by reference to a copy of the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement, GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and Implementation Agreement, which are included as exhibits to this annual report and incorporated by reference.

 

  74  

 

 

The GSPL and GSSA Share Purchase Agreements

 

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping purchased all of the shares of GSPL from Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent sold all of the issued shares in GSPL to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares was the market value of the GSPL shares, approximately $279.7 million, and settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 16,626,600 Convertible Notes to Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent provided certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSPL shares were unencumbered, (ii) that GSPL held shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Former Parent had no claims against GSPL and Former Parent waives any such claims that Former Parent may have against GSPL. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Former Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSPL shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Former Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSPL shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000 Under the agreement, Former Parent is not liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Former Parent have not expressly indemnified one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

 

The Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping, dated March 23, 2018, sets forth the terms by which Grindrod Shipping purchased all of the shares of GSSA from Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent sold all of the issued shares in GSSA to Grindrod Shipping on the Closing Date. The purchase price for such shares was the market value of the GSSA shares, approximately $41.0 million, and settled by way of Grindrod Shipping issuing 2,437,232 Convertible Notes to Former Parent. Under the terms of this agreement, Former Parent provided certain warranties in favor of Grindrod Shipping, including (i) that the GSSA shares were unencumbered, (ii) that GSSA held shares in its specified subsidiaries, and (iii) that Former Parent had no claims against GSSA and Former Parent waived any such claims that Former Parent may have against GSSA. The terms of this agreement permit Grindrod Shipping to bring any claims against Former Parent in respect of the breach of such warranties or otherwise in connection with the purchase of the GSSA shares, to the extent that there is a basis in law to do so, up to an aggregate liability of Former Parent in respect of such claims in an amount equal to the purchase price for the GSSA shares. Grindrod Shipping must also bring any such claims within 36 months of the Spin-Off and may only bring claims over a minimum threshold of $100,000. Under the agreement, Former Parent is not liable to make payment of any claim by Grindrod Shipping, to the extent that making such payment would be contrary to any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Grindrod Shipping and Former Parent have not expressly indemnified one another under this agreement against any third-party claims. However, this agreement does not preclude the parties from seeking such indemnification or other remedies in respect of third-party claims under applicable law.

 

The Implementation Agreement

 

The Implementation Agreement was entered into on March 23, 2018 between Former Parent, Grindrod Shipping, GSPL and GSSA and governed the mechanics of the Spin-Off. Under the terms of the Implementation Agreement, the Spin-Off could only occur once the GSPL Share Purchase Agreement and GSSA Share Purchase Agreement became effective. In addition, the Implementation Agreement was subject to the following conditions precedent which were fulfilled:

 

Grindrod Shipping’s board of directors approving the Spin-Off and required shareholder approvals for the Spin-Off being obtained;

 

the regulatory and procedural steps required for the Spin-Off taking place or being obtained; and

 

Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares having been approved for listing on NASDAQ subject to official notice and distribution, and the JSE.

 

Joint Venture Agreements

 

For a description of our material joint ventures, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Our Joint Ventures”.

 

Loan Agreements

 

For a description of our material loan agreements, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Loan Agreements”.

 

Exchange Controls

 

South Africa

 

Exchange controls in South Africa are administered by the South African Reserve Bank, or SARB, in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, and regulate transactions involving South African residents. The purpose of exchange controls is to mitigate the decline of foreign capital reserves in South Africa. We expect that South African exchange controls will continue to operate in the foreseeable future. The Government of South Africa has, however, committed itself to relaxing exchange controls gradually and significant relaxation has occurred in recent years. See “Item 10. Additional Information—General” in this Annual Report.

 

Residents of the CMA

 

Residents in the CMA (comprising South Africa, the Republic of Namibia, the Kingdom of Lesotho and the Kingdom of Swaziland) or offshore subsidiaries of a resident in the CMA may not reposition their ordinary shares from the South African administrative depository register to an account with a U.S. broker-dealer or otherwise beneficially own or hold any Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares whether through a U.S. broker-dealer or directly on the principal or branch register unless specific approval has been obtained from the SARB by such persons for any subscription, purchase or beneficial holding or ownership, or as otherwise permitted under the South African Exchange Control Regulations or the rulings promulgated thereunder.

 

  75  

 

 

Singapore

 

There are no exchange control restrictions in effect in Singapore.

 

Taxation

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares. This discussion is based upon provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, as amended, or the Treasury regulations, and administrative rulings and court decisions, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this annual report and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences that are materially different from those described below. Moreover, any change after the date of this annual report in any of the factual matters set forth in this filing or in our or our subsidiaries’ conduct, practices or activities may affect the considerations discussed below. We are under no obligation to update the discussion to reflect future changes in law or changes in any of the foregoing factual matters that may later come to our attention.

 

This discussion is for general information purposes only, does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us or beneficial owners of ordinary shares and does not address any tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws. Potential investors are encouraged to consult their tax advisers concerning the overall tax consequences arising in their own particular situations under U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws. The conclusions expressed in this discussion are not binding on the IRS or any court, and there is no assurance that the IRS or a court would not reach a contrary conclusion. No ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been obtained or will be requested regarding any matter affecting us or prospective holders of our ordinary shares.

 

Treatment as a Corporation

 

We are treated as a non-U.S. corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on our income to the extent it is from sources within the United States or is Effectively Connected Income as discussed below. U.S. Holders (as defined below) are not directly subject to U.S. federal income tax on their shares of our income, but rather will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions received from us and dispositions of ordinary shares as described below.  

 

Taxation of Operating Income

 

Under the Code, income derived from, or in connection with, the use (or hiring or leasing for use) of a vessel, or the performance of services directly related to the use of a vessel, is treated as “Transportation Income.” Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation that either begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is considered to be 50% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source International Transportation Income. Transportation Income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% derived from sources within the United States, or U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. Transportation Income that is attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. destinations is considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Transportation Income derived from sources outside the United States generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

We expect that we and our subsidiaries will earn income that will constitute Transportation Income. We do not expect us or our subsidiaries to earn U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. However, certain of our and our subsidiaries’ activities could give rise to U.S. Source International Transportation Income, and future expansion of or changes in our and our subsidiaries’ operations could result in an increase in the amount thereof, which generally would be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, unless the Section 883 Exemption applied. Based on our current plans and expectations regarding our and our subsidiaries’ organization and operations, we expect that only a relatively small portion of our and our subsidiaries’ gross Transportation Income will likely constitute U.S. Source International Transportation Income and, if the Section 883 Exemption were not to apply, we expect that the effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our and our subsidiaries’ gross Transportation Income would be less than 1%.

 

The Section 883 Exemption

 

In general, the Section 883 Exemption provides that if a non-U.S. corporation satisfies the requirements of Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder, or the Section 883 Regulations, it will not be subject to the net basis and branch profit taxes or the 4% gross basis tax described below on its U.S. Source International Transportation Income, including any U.S. Source International Transportation Income it derives from participation in a pool, partnership or other joint venture arrangement that satisfies the requirements of the Section 883 Regulations. The Section 883 Exemption applies only to U.S. Source International Transportation Income and does not apply to U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income. The Section 883 Exemption applies separately to us and each of our subsidiaries that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and earns U.S. Source International Transportation Income (which we refer to below as our “applicable subsidiaries”).

 

We and our applicable subsidiaries will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if, among other matters, we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the following three requirements:

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries are organized in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an equivalent exemption from tax to corporations organized in the United States with respect to the types of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we earn, or an Equivalent Exemption;

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries satisfy the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test (each as described below); and

 

We and each of our applicable subsidiaries meet certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

 

We are organized under the laws of Singapore and our applicable subsidiaries are organized under the laws of Singapore, South Africa, the Isle of Man and the Marshall Islands. The U.S. Treasury Department has recognized each of these jurisdictions as a jurisdiction that grants an Equivalent Exemption with respect to the type of U.S. Source International Transportation Income that we or our applicable

 

  76  

 

 

subsidiaries generally expect to earn. Consequently, our and our applicable subsidiaries’ U.S. Source International Transportation Income should be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation provided we and our applicable subsidiaries meet the Publicly Traded Test or the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test and we and our applicable subsidiaries satisfy certain substantiation, reporting and other requirements.

 

Publicly Traded Test

 

In order to meet the Publicly Traded Test, the equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation at issue must be “primarily traded” and “regularly traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption. The Section 883 Regulations generally provide, in pertinent part, that equity of a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on one or more established securities markets in a given country if, with respect to the class or classes of equity relied upon to meet the “regularly traded” requirement described below, the number of shares of each such class that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our ordinary shares, which are our only class of equity interests, are traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, each of which is considered to be an established securities market for purposes of these rules. As long as our ordinary shares continue to only be traded on the NASDAQ and the JSE, our ordinary shares will be “primarily traded” on an established securities market either in the United States or in South Africa, which is a jurisdiction outside the United States that grants an Equivalent Exemption.

 

Equity interests in a non-U.S. corporation will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market under the Section 883 Regulations provided one or more classes of such equity interests representing more than 50% of the aggregate vote and value of all of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation satisfy certain listing and trading volume requirements. These requirements are satisfied with respect to a class of equity interests listed on an established securities market, provided that either (a) trades in such class of equity interests are effected, other than in de minimis quantities, on such market on at least 60 days during the taxable year and the aggregate number of shares in such class that are traded on such market or markets during the taxable year are at least 10% of the average number of shares outstanding in that class during the taxable year (with special rules for short taxable years) or (b) such class of equity interests is traded on an established securities market in the United States and is “regularly quoted by dealers making a market” in such class (within the meaning of the Section 883 Regulations). Our ordinary shares will represent 100% of the total combined voting power and value of our equity interests. Accordingly, provided that our ordinary shares (i) satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above and (ii) are not subject to the Closely Held Block Exception described immediately below, our ordinary shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our ordinary shares will satisfy the listing and trading volume requirements described immediately above for any taxable year.

 

Notwithstanding these rules, a class of equity that would otherwise be treated as “regularly traded” on an established securities market will not be so treated if, for more than half of the number of days during the taxable year, one or more “5% shareholders” (i.e., shareholders owning, actually or constructively, at least 5% of the vote and value of that class) own in the aggregate 50% or more of the vote and value of that class, or the Closely Held Block Exception, unless the corporation can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year.

 

We expect that one or more 5% shareholders may own 50% or more of our ordinary shares for more than half of the number of days during our current taxable year and/or future taxable years. In such case, we will lose eligibility for the Publicly Traded Test with respect to any such taxable year, unless can establish that a sufficient proportion of such 5% shareholders are Qualified Shareholders (as defined below) so as to preclude other persons who are 5% shareholders from owning 50% or more of the value of that class for more than half the days during the taxable year. Under the applicable Treasury regulations, we would also have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our 5% shareholders. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. In particular, we would be required to obtain certifications of Qualified Shareholder status from our 5% shareholders, which our 5% shareholders may not be willing or able to provide. Given the factual nature of the issues involved and the practical uncertainties, we can give no assurances as to our qualification for the Section 883 Exemption for any taxable year. Furthermore, our board of directors could determine that it is in our best interests to take an action that would result in our not being able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test in the future. We do not expect any of our applicable subsidiaries to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test.

 

Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test

 

As an alternative to satisfying the Publicly Traded Test, a non-U.S. corporation will qualify for the Section 883 Exemption if it is able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test. The Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test generally is satisfied if more than 50% of the value of the outstanding equity interests in the non-U.S. corporation is owned, or treated as owned after applying certain attribution rules, for at least half of the number of days in the taxable year by:

 

individual residents of jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption;

 

non-U.S. corporations organized in jurisdictions that grant an Equivalent Exemption and that meet the Publicly Traded Test; or

 

certain other qualified persons described in the Section 883 Regulations, or collectively, the Qualified Shareholders.

 

We do not expect to be able to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year. However, because stock owned by a non-U.S. corporation meeting the Publicly Traded Test is treated as owned by a Qualified Shareholder for purposes of the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test, in the event that we are able to satisfy the Publicly Traded Test described above for a taxable year, we expect that each of our applicable subsidiaries that is more than 50%-owned (by value) by us for at least half of the number of days in such taxable year would satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for such taxable year. We do not expect any applicable subsidiary that is not more than 50%-owned (by value) by us to satisfy the Qualified Shareholder Stock Ownership Test for any taxable year, unless a sufficient portion of such subsidiary’s other equity interests were owned by Qualified Shareholders to cause such subsidiary to be more than 50%-owned (by value) by Qualified Shareholders for at least half the number of days in a taxable year and such other Qualified Shareholders were to provide certifications of their Qualified Shareholder status. There can be no assurance that these requirements will be satisfied with respect to any of our applicable subsidiaries for any taxable year.

 

  77  

 

 

The Net Basis Tax and Branch Profits Tax

 

If we or our subsidiaries earn U.S. Source International Transportation Income and the Section 883 Exemption does not apply, the U.S. source portion of such income may be treated as Effectively Connected Income if we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States and substantially all of our or any such subsidiary’s U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or, in the case of bareboat charter income, is attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States. Based on our and our subsidiaries’ current operations, none of our or our subsidiaries’ potential U.S. Source International Transportation Income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation or is received pursuant to bareboat charters, nor do we or any of our subsidiaries have a fixed place of business in the United States. As a result, we do not anticipate that any of our or our subsidiaries’ U.S. Source International Transportation Income will be treated as Effectively Connected Income. However, there is no assurance that we or any of our subsidiaries will not have a fixed place of business in the United States or that we or any of our subsidiaries will not earn substantially all of its U.S. Source International Transportation Income pursuant to regularly scheduled transportation or bareboat charters attributable to a fixed place of business in the United States in the future, which would result in such income being treated as Effectively Connected Income. In addition, any U.S. Source Domestic Transportation Income generally will be treated as Effectively Connected Income.

 

Any income we or our subsidiaries earn that is treated as Effectively Connected Income would be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax (imposed at a 21% rate) as well as 30% branch profits tax imposed under Section 884 of the Code. In addition, a 30% branch interest tax could be imposed on certain interest paid or deemed paid by us or our subsidiaries.

 

On the sale of a vessel that has produced Effectively Connected Income, we or our subsidiaries could be subject to the net basis corporate income tax as well as branch profits tax with respect to the gain recognized up to the amount of certain prior deductions for depreciation that reduced Effectively Connected Income. Otherwise, we and our subsidiaries would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles) and the gain is not attributable to an office or other fixed place of business maintained by us or our subsidiaries in the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.

 

The 4% Gross Basis Tax

 

If the Section 883 Exemption does not apply and the net basis tax does not apply, we and our subsidiaries would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. Source International Transportation Income, without benefit of deductions.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders

 

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares.

 

The following discussion applies only to beneficial owners of our ordinary shares that own the ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment purposes). The following discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation which may be important to particular beneficial owners of our ordinary shares in light of their individual circumstances, such as (i) beneficial owners of our ordinary shares subject to special tax rules (e.g., banks or other financial institutions, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, broker-dealers, traders that elect to mark-to-market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax-exempt organizations and retirement plans, individual retirement accounts and tax-deferred accounts, or former citizens or long-term residents of the United States) or to beneficial owners that will hold the ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or their partners, (iii) U.S. Holders (as defined below) that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar or that transact in ordinary shares in a currency other than U.S. dollars, or (iv) beneficial owners of ordinary shares that own 2% or more (by vote or value) of our ordinary shares, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. This discussion does not contain information regarding any state or local, estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations concerning the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares. 

 

If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of its partners generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the partnership’s ownership of our ordinary shares.

 

Each prospective beneficial owner of our ordinary shares should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

As used in this annual report, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that:

 

is an individual U.S. citizen or resident (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

a corporation (or other entity that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under current Treasury regulations to be treated as a “United States person.”

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion below of the rules applicable to a PFIC, any distributions to a U.S. Holder made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will constitute dividends, which will be taxable as ordinary income or “qualified dividend income” as described in more detail below, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. We do not intend to compute (or to provide U.S. Holders with information necessary to compute) earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax

 

  78  

 

 

principles. Accordingly, U.S. Holders generally should expect to treat all distributions on the ordinary shares as taxable dividends. U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to distributions they receive from us. Dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income and generally will be treated as “passive category income” for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Dividends received with respect to our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate, or a non-corporate U.S. Holder, generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such non-corporate U.S. Holder at preferential long-term capital gain tax rates, provided that: (i) our ordinary shares are traded on an “established securities market” in the United States (such as the NASDAQ, where our ordinary shares are traded) and are “readily tradeable” on such an exchange; (ii) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we do not believe we are, have been or will be, as discussed below); (iii) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the ordinary shares become ex-dividend (and has not entered into certain risk limiting transactions with respect to such ordinary shares); and (iv) the non-corporate U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. It is not currently known whether our ordinary shares will be considered “readily tradeable” on the NASDAQ for purposes of these rules. If a dividend is treated as qualified dividend income, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation generally will be reduced to appropriately take into account the tax rate differential between the reduced rate of tax applicable to qualified dividend income and the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. Any dividends paid on our ordinary shares that are not treated as qualified dividend income will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See “—Medicare Tax” below.

 

Special rules may apply to any amounts received in respect of our ordinary shares that are treated as “extraordinary dividends.” In general, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend with respect to an ordinary share that is equal to or in excess of 10% of a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value upon the U.S. Holder’s election) in such ordinary share. In addition, extraordinary dividends include dividends received within a one-year period that, in the aggregate, equal or exceed 20% of a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis (or fair market value) in an ordinary share. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our ordinary shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss recognized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of such dividend.  

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the discussion of the PFIC rules below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder’s initial tax basis in the ordinary shares generally will be the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.

 

A corporate U.S. Holder’s capital gains, long-term and short-term, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. If a corporate U.S. Holder recognizes a loss upon the disposition of our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder is limited to using the loss to offset other capital gain. If a corporate U.S. Holder has no other capital gain in the tax year of the loss, it may carry the capital loss back three years and forward five years.

 

Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders are subject to the favorable tax rate of a maximum of 20%. In addition, a 3.8% tax may apply to certain investment income. See “—Medicare Tax” below. A non-corporate U.S. Holder may deduct a capital loss resulting from a disposition of our ordinary shares to the extent of capital gains plus up to $3,000 ($1,500 for married individuals filing separate tax returns) annually and may carry forward a capital loss indefinitely.

 

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which the holder holds our ordinary shares, either:

 

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

 

at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by us (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

 

Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income generally would constitute “passive income” unless we were treated as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business under the applicable rules. The PFIC provisions contain a look-through rule under which we will be treated as earning directly our proportionate share of any income, and owning directly our proportionate share of any assets, of another corporation if we own at least 25% of the value of the stock of such other corporation.

 

Based on our current and projected, income, assets and methods of operations, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year and we expect that we should not become a PFIC for the foreseeable future. In this regard, we believe that the income we receive from time and voyage chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Consequently, we believe that such income should not constitute passive income and the assets engaged in generating such income should not be treated as passive assets and, so long as our income from time and voyage charters exceeds 25% of our gross income for each taxable year after our initial taxable year and the value of our vessels contracted under time and voyage charters exceeds 50% of the average value of our assets for each taxable year after our initial taxable year, we should not be a PFIC.

 

We expect that substantially all of the vessels in our fleet will be engaged in time or voyage chartering activities and intend to treat our income from those activities as non-passive income, and the vessels engaged in those activities as non-passive assets, for PFIC purposes. We believe that there is a significant amount of legal authority consisting of the Code, legislative history, IRS pronouncements and administrative rulings supporting our position that the income from time and voyage chartering activities constitutes services income

 

  79  

 

 

(rather than rental income). There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing whether income from time chartering activities is services income or rental income. Moreover, in a case not interpreting the PFIC rules, Tidewater Inc. v. United States, 565 F.3d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that the vessel time charters at issue generated predominantly rental income rather than services income. However, the IRS stated in an Action on Decision (AOD 2010-001) that it disagrees with, and will not acquiesce to, the way that the rental versus services framework was applied to the facts in the Tidewater decision, and in its discussion stated that the time charters at issue in Tidewater would be treated as producing services income for PFIC purposes. The IRS’s AOD, however, is an administrative action that cannot be relied upon or otherwise cited as precedent by taxpayers.

 

The determination of whether we are a PFIC in any taxable year is fact specific and will depend upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income that are characterized as passive under the PFIC rules and other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. In particular, because the total value of our assets for purposes of the asset test described above will generally be calculated using the market price of our ordinary shares, our PFIC status may depend in large part on the market price of our ordinary shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we use the cash generated by our business operations and any net proceeds that we receive from any future financing or capital transactions. The PFIC determination also depends on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules concerning the classification of our assets and income for this purpose, and these rules are uncertain in some respects. Further, the PFIC determination is made annually and our circumstances or the nature of our operations may change. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, and no ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel has been issued or has been or will be sought with respect to our potential status as a PFIC. 

 

If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder generally would be subject to special tax rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. Holder receives on, and any gain the U.S. Holder realizes from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of, our ordinary shares, unless a “mark-to-market” election is available and a U.S. Holder makes such election with respect to the ordinary shares, as discussed below. In addition, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which a U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 with the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return for each year to report the U.S. Holder’s ownership of such ordinary shares. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8621, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. In the event a U.S. Holder does not file IRS Form 8621, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such U.S. Holder for the related tax year will not close before the date which is three years after the date on which such report is filed. A U.S. Holder would not be able to make a “qualified electing fund” election as we do not expect to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make “qualified electing fund” elections.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and our ordinary shares were treated as “marketable stock” for purposes of these rules, then a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over the fair market value thereof at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss recognized. Gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included in income by the U.S. Holder. A mark-to-market election would not apply to our ordinary shares owned by a U.S. Holder in any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but would remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year for which we are a PFIC, unless our ordinary shares are no longer treated as “marketable stock” or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

 

A “mark-to-market” election may itself have negative tax consequences to a U.S. Holder and would not mitigate any negative tax consequences with respect to PFICs directly or indirectly owned by us. In addition, even if a U.S. Holder makes a “mark-to-market” election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable during which the U.S. Holder owned our ordinary shares and for which the U.S. Holder did not make a timely mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder would also be subject to the more adverse rules described below under “Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election.” U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisers regarding the availability and advisability making a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares.

 

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election

 

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make a timely “mark-to-market” election for that year (i.e., the taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period commences), whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules resulting in increased tax liability with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our ordinary shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares. Under these special rules:

 

the excess distribution and any gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the year we were first treated as a PFIC with respect to the Non-Electing Holder would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount of any shares that we own, directly or indirectly by application of certain attribution rules, in other PFICs (including any of our subsidiaries, if they are PFICs)

 

  80  

 

 

and would be subject to the PFIC rules on a separate basis with respect to its indirect interests in any such PFICs. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning our ordinary shares, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such ordinary shares.

 

Medicare Tax

 

A U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. Holder’s “net investment income” for a taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. Holder’s modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers). For these purposes, “net investment income” will generally include dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares and net gain attributable to the disposition of our ordinary shares not held in connection with certain trades or businesses, but will be reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such income or net gain.

 

U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

 

A beneficial owner of our ordinary shares (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. Holder is a “Non-U.S. Holder.”

 

Distributions

 

Distributions we pay to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, our distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent they constitute income effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business (and a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. federal branch profits tax). However, distributions paid to a Non-U.S. Holder who is engaged in a trade or business may be exempt from taxation under an income tax treaty if the income arising from the distribution is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.

 

Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares provided the Non-U.S. Holder is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business. A Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the event the gain from the disposition of ordinary shares is Effectively Connected Income (provided, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States, such gain also is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment). However, even if not engaged in a U.S. trade or business, individual Non-U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on gain resulting from the disposition of our ordinary shares if they are present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year in which those ordinary shares are disposed and meet certain other requirements.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder of distributions or the proceeds of a disposition of ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting. These payments to a non-corporate U.S. Holder also may be subject to backup withholding, if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

 

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or corporate distributions required to be reported on his U.S. federal income tax returns; or

 

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

A U.S. Holder generally is required to certify its compliance with the backup withholding rules on IRS Form W-9.

 

Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a credit for any amount withheld against its liability for U.S. federal income tax (and obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of such liability) by filing a U.S. federal income tax return with the IRS.

 

Individual U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, certain individual Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. Holders that are entities) that hold “specified foreign financial assets,” including our ordinary shares, whose aggregate value exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher amounts as prescribed by applicable Treasury regulations) are required to file a report on IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the assets for each such taxable year. Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other things, our ordinary shares, unless such ordinary shares are held in an account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution” (as defined). Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury regulations, an individual Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations.

 

South African Tax Considerations

 

The following is a summary of the material South African income tax consequences for South African tax resident shareholders who are resident for tax purposes in South Africa in relation to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of our ordinary shares, based on current South African law and South African Revenue Service, or SARS, practice as at the date of this document.

 

  81  

 

 

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be legal or tax advice to any particular shareholder. This summary is not exhaustive of all South African income tax considerations. Accordingly, shareholders should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences under the tax laws of the country of which they are resident or otherwise subject to tax.

 

As used in this annual report, the term “SA Tax Resident Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that is a “resident” as defined in the South African Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962, or the Income Tax Act.

 

Consequently, the term “Non SA Tax Resident Shareholder” means a beneficial owner of Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares that does not meet the requirements to be a “resident” as defined in terms of the Income Tax Act.

 

This summary only addresses the South African tax consequences for SA Tax Resident Shareholders who hold their ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address the tax consequences which may be relevant to other categories of shareholders such as share dealers. Moreover, certain categories of shareholders, including those carrying on certain financial activities, those subject to specific tax regimes or benefiting from certain reliefs or exemptions, those connected with the Company and those for whom the shares are employment related securities, may be subject to special rules and this summary does not apply to such shareholders. 

 

This summary only addresses the South African tax consequences for SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are shareholders of our ordinary shares registered on the South African administrative depository register.

 

For purposes of this summary it is understood that Grindrod Shipping is incorporated and tax resident (i.e. has its place of effective management), in Singapore.

 

Exchange Control

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who choose to reposition their interest into an account with a U.S. broker dealer will need to apply for approval from the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank, or Fin Surv, through their authorised dealer.

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are individuals can apply to the extent of their single discretionary allowance and foreign capital allowance. If their investment in our ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ will exceed these allowances they will need to apply for a special tax clearance certificate before applying to Fin Surv for approval.

 

SA Tax Resident Shareholders that are corporates will also need to apply for approval to hold our ordinary shares as part of their foreign portfolio investment allowance, provided they do not hold more than 10% of our ordinary shares.

 

Controlled Foreign Company, or CFC

 

Notably, a controlled foreign company is a non-South African company in which more than 50% of the participation rights / voting rights are held / exercisable by SA Tax Resident Shareholders who are not headquarter companies.

 

Based on the disclosure of the major shareholders in this annual report, the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are held more than 50% by SA Tax Resident Shareholders, who each hold at least 5% of the listed Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares and thus Grindrod Shipping appears to be a CFC. Any non-South African subsidiaries of Grindrod Shipping in which it can exercise more than 50% of the voting rights will also be CFCs. Certain profits of CFCs are included in the taxable income of SA Tax Resident Shareholders.

 

Because the Company is a CFC, SA Tax Resident Shareholders who, together with connected persons, hold more than 10% of the Grindrod Shipping ordinary shares are advised to obtain tax advice regarding the South African tax implications, including the tax treatment of foreign dividends, arising from holding shares in a CFC. The tax implications set out below may not apply to such shareholders.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

The Company is a foreign company as defined in section 1 of the Income Tax Act. A foreign dividend means an amount that is paid or payable by a foreign company in respect of a share in that company, where that amount is treated as a dividend or similar payment by that foreign company for purposes of the laws relating to tax on income on companies of the country in which that foreign company has its place of effective management, which for purposes of this summary is deemed to be Singapore.

 

The Company is a dual listed foreign company, that is, a company listed on the JSE as well as a recognised foreign exchange, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act.

 

Corporate Income Tax

 

In terms of Section 10B(2)(d) of the Income Tax Act, foreign dividends, excluding such dividends that consist of a distribution of an asset in specie, from the Company will typically be exempt from income tax in the hands of tax residents of South Africa.

 

In terms of section 10B(2)(e), foreign dividends that constitute a distribution of and asset in specie will be exempt in the hands of South African tax resident companies. Where the shareholder is any person other than a South African tax resident company (for example, an individual or trust), a portion, determined in terms of a formula, of the market value of the distribution in specie would be included in the income of the shareholder.

 

Non-resident shareholders should not be subject to South African income tax in respect of such foreign dividends on the basis that these dividends arise from a source outside South Africa. 

  

Dividends Tax

 

For purposes of determining a shareholder’s liability for dividends tax, the definition of a dividend in section 64D of the Income Tax Act includes a foreign dividend declared by a foreign company listed on the JSE, provided that the foreign dividend does not constitute the distribution of an asset in specie. Thus a foreign dividend declared by a company listed on the JSE, will not attract dividends tax if it constitutes the distribution of an asset in specie. Moreover, a foreign dividend received by a SA Tax Resident Shareholder which holds shares in the Company which are registered on the NASDAQ (and does not hold shares registered on the South African administrative depository register would not be subject to dividends tax in South Africa.

 

  82  

 

 

In terms of Section 64D of the Income Tax Act, a cash foreign dividend declared by the Company will fall within the definition of a dividend for dividends tax purposes. Such foreign dividends will attract dividends tax calculated at the rate of 20% of the amount of any foreign dividends paid or becoming due and payable.

 

In terms of section 64F of the Income Tax Act certain foreign dividends are exempt from dividends tax. These include, inter alia, foreign dividends declared to South African resident companies, provided that the shareholder in question has made the necessary declaration and undertaking prior to the dividend having been paid.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

On a disposal of Shares by a shareholder, a capital gain or loss will arise, equal to the difference between the disposal proceeds and the base cost of the shares. Such capital gain or loss will be aggregated with all other capital gains or losses derived by the shareholder in the same tax year.

 

Any aggregate capital gain will, if applicable, be reduced by the natural person’s annual exclusion of R40,000 (R300,000 in the year of death) and the relevant percentage of the capital gain (40% for individuals, special trusts and individual policyholder funds, resulting in a maximum effective tax rate of 18%, and 80% for companies, ordinary trusts and other taxable insurance portfolios), resulting in an effective tax rate of 36% for ordinary trusts and 22.4% for companies, will be included in the shareholder’s taxable income. Any aggregate capital loss will, if applicable, be reduced by the natural person’s annual exclusion as above, and the net amount will be carried forward for set off against future capital gains.  

 

Securities Transfer Tax, or STT

 

STT arises on the transfer of a share in a non-resident company which is listed on the JSE (i.e. registered on the South African administrative depository register), including any reallocation of securities from a shareholder’s bank restricted stock account or a shareholder’s unrestricted and security stock account to a shareholder’s general restricted stock account.

 

Thus the disposal of ordinary shares in the Company which are listed on the JSE will typically give rise to STT at the rate of 0.25% of the ‘taxable amount’, generally being the consideration payable for the shares. STT only arises to the extent that a transfer results in a change in beneficial ownership.

 

In terms of the STT Act No 25 of 2007, or the STT Act, the liability to pay STT in relation to the transfer of a share listed on the JSE, rests with-

 

(a) a member (defined as an “authorised user” in section 1 of the Financial Markets Act No 19 of 2012), if the listed security is purchased through the agency of, or from such member;

 

(b) the participant (defined as a person authorised by the central securities depository to hold in custody and administer the listed security), where the listed security is purchased from the participant and the STT has not been settled by a member referred to under (a) above;

 

(c) by the purchaser, if no STT was payable under (a) or (b) above.

 

The STT Act contains a number of specific exemptions from STT, which may apply to exempt the transfer in question from STT.

 

Donations Tax

 

Donations tax is payable on the value of any property disposed of under any donation made by any SA Tax Resident Shareholder. A donation means any gratuitous disposal of property, including any gratuitous waiver or renunciation of a right, and is deemed to include the disposal of an asset to the extent that the consideration is inadequate. Exemptions from donations tax include donations between spouses, donations made in contemplation of death and an annual exemption of R100,000 for individuals.

 

Donations tax is payable at a rate of 20% on the value of aggregate donations not exceeding R30 million and 25% of the aggregate donations exceeding R30 million.  

 

Estate Duty

 

Inheritance tax in South Africa is referred to as estate duty. Estate duty will be levied on the worldwide assets of any person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of his or her death. Estate duty will also be levied on any person who is not ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of his or her death in respect of any assets situated in South Africa or rights which are enforceable in South Africa.

 

Various allowable deductions are permitted to determine the net value of the estate, including the value of all property that accrues to a surviving spouse of the deceased. After deducting a primary abatement of R3.5 million, estate duty is levied at a rate of 20% on the first R30 million of the dutiable amount of an estate and 25% on the amount exceeding R30 million. Any foreign death duties proved to have been paid in respect of property situated outside South Africa and included in the estate of any person who at the date of death was ordinarily resident in South Africa, may be deducted from the estate duty payable.

 

Shares which are registered on the South African administrative depository register of the Company in South Africa will be included in the estate of any person who is ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of death, and in the South African estate of any person who is not ordinarily resident in South Africa at the date of death, on the basis that any transfer of ownership in such Ordinary Shares is required to be registered in South Africa.

 

Estate duty is subject to the provisions of any applicable double taxation agreement in relation to estate duty.

 

  83  

 

 

Singapore Tax Considerations

 

Dividends or Other Distributions with Respect to Ordinary Shares

 

Under the one-tier corporate tax system which currently applies to all Singapore tax resident companies, tax on corporate profits is final, and dividends paid by a Singapore tax resident company will be income tax exempt in the hands of a shareholder, whether or not the shareholder is a company or an individual and whether or not the shareholder is a Singapore tax resident.

 

Capital Gains upon Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Under current Singapore tax laws, there is no tax on capital gains. There are no specific laws or regulations which deal with the characterization of whether a gain is income or capital in nature. Gains arising from the disposal of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares may be construed to be of an income nature and subject to Singapore income tax, if they arise from activities which the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore regards as the carrying on of a trade or business in Singapore. However, under Singapore tax laws, any gains derived by a divesting company from its disposal of ordinary shares in an investee company between June 1, 2012 and May 31, 2022 are generally not taxable if immediately prior to the date of the relevant disposal, the investing company has held at least 20% of the ordinary shares in the investee company for a period of at least 24 months.

 

Goods and Services Tax

 

The issue or transfer of ownership of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares should be exempt from Singapore Goods and Services Tax. Hence, the holders would not incur any Goods and Services Tax on the subscription or subsequent transfer of the shares.

 

Stamp Duty

 

If Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares evidenced in certificated forms are acquired in Singapore, stamp duty is payable on the instrument of their transfer at the rate of 0.2% of the consideration for or market value of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares, whichever is higher.

 

Where an instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore or no instrument of transfer is executed, no stamp duty is payable on the acquisition of Grindrod Shipping’s ordinary shares. However, stamp duty may be payable if the instrument of transfer is executed outside Singapore and is received in Singapore. The stamp duty is borne by the purchaser unless there is an agreement to the contrary.

 

On the basis that any transfer instrument in respect of Grindrod Shipping’s shares traded on the NASDAQ or the JSE are executed outside Singapore through Grindrod Shipping’s transfer agent and share registrar in the United States for registration in Grindrod Shipping’s branch register of members maintained in the United States (without any transfer instrument being received in Singapore), no stamp duty should be payable in Singapore on such transfers.

 

Tax Treaties Regarding Withholding Taxes

 

There is no comprehensive avoidance of double taxation agreement between the United States and Singapore which applies to withholding taxes on dividends or capital gains.

 

Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

Documents on Display

 

Grindrod Shipping files its annual and current reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC filings are available to the public from commercial document retrieval services. Grindrod Shipping’s SEC filings may also be obtained electronically via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval, or EDGAR, system on the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

 

The above information and certain other documents may be obtained at the registered office of Grindrod Shipping and are accessible at www.grinshipping.com.

 

Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

  

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Spot Market Rate Risk

 

We currently employ our vessels primarily in the spot market or spot market-oriented pools and do not have a significant amount of fixed revenue cover and we are therefore exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot rates may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Borrowings under our credit facilities generally bear interest at rates based on a premium over LIBOR. Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that our interest expense may increase if interest rates rise. We currently do not have any interest rate swaps in place. We may, in the future use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and are not for speculative or trading purposes.

 

  84  

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we paid interest on our outstanding debt at a weighted average interest rate of 5.3%, 3.8%, and 3.1%, respectively. A 0.5% increase or decrease in LIBOR would have increased or decreased our interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, by $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

 

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenue and expenses are in U.S. dollars. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date and the relevant payment is translated on the payment date, with the difference being reported in the income statement as an exchange gain or loss. In addition a part of our debt obligations were, but no longer are, denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, being the Japanese Yen. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies different from the functional currency are translated into the functional currency for the preparation of the statement of financial position at the exchange rate prevailing on the statement of financial position date. Differences in exchange rates between statement of financial position dates may lead to gains or losses being reported in the income statement. Extraordinary transactions and the translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar for purposes of preparing our consolidated and combined financial statements, may follow different translation procedures. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

 

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

 

The following sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the respective period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against our functional currency, relative to the exchange rate that we used to prepare the respective financial statements, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

    Impact on profit or loss  
(In millions of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017  
U.S. dollars   $ 0.3     $ 0.2  
South African Rand     (1.5 )     (1.9 )
Japanese yen     (0.6 )     1.1  

 

Freight Derivatives Risk

 

From time to time, we may take positions in freight derivatives, mainly FFAs. Generally freight derivatives may be used to hedge exposure to charter rate market risk through the purchase or sale of specified time charter rates for forward positions. Settlement of FFA is in cash, against a daily market index published by the Baltic Exchange. By taking positions in FFAs or other derivative instruments we could suffer losses in the settling or termination of these agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had nil, seven and four FFAs outstanding, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recorded a net loss on FFAs of nil, $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in our consolidated and combined financial statements, which resulted from fair value loss.

 

Bunker Price Risk

 

Our operating results are affected by movement in the price of fuel oil consumed by the vessels—known in the industry as bunkers. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply of and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability. We do hedge some of our exposure to bunker price risk.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we recorded a net loss of $0.9 million, a net gain of $0.1 million and a net gain of $0.2 million on bunker swaps, respectively, which resulted from fair value loss or gain, in our consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

A 10% increase or decrease in the bunker price, would result in a decrease or increase of the hedging reserve for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, by $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of trade accounts receivable and bank balances. We closely monitor our exposure to customers for credit risk. We have policies in place to ensure that we trade with customers with an appropriate credit history. We do not take out credit default insurance.

 

Our maximum exposure to credit risk in the event that counterparties fail to perform their obligations as at the end of each financial year in relation to each class of recognized financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in our statement of financial position.

 

Inflation

 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

 

  85  

 

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Debt Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

Warrants and Rights

 

Not applicable.

 

Other Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

American Depositary Shares

 

Not applicable.

 

  86  

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2018. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018. Disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm related to management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 because we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under Section 3(a)(80) of the Exchange Act and, as a result, are exempt from the requirements under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

 

Our board of directors has determined that Quah Ban Huat is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has also determined that Quah Ban Huat satisfies the NASDAQ listed company “independence” requirements.

 

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. Our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.grinshipping.com . There have been no changes to our Code of Ethics and no waivers granted from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer or our Chief Financial Officer.

 

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an affiliate of a member firm of the Deloitte Network, namely Deloitte Network Southeast Asia Ltd, is our independent registered public accounting firm for the audits of the years ending December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The Audit and Risk Committee, or ARC, is responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor and is required to pre-approve all auditing services and non-audit services (other than “prohibited non-audit services”) to be provided to Grindrod Shipping by Deloitte & Touche LLP, subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, which are approved by the ARC prior to the completion of the audit.

 

Our ARC charter also provides that the ARC may delegate authority to one or more independent members of the ARC to grant pre-approvals of audit and permitted non-audit services; provided that any such pre-approvals shall be presented to the full ARC at its next scheduled meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pre-approval is not necessary for minor non-audit services if: (A) the aggregate amount of all such non-audit services provided to the Company constitutes not more than five percent of the total amount of revenues paid by the Company to its External Auditor during the fiscal year in which the non-audit services are provided; (B) such services were not recognized by the Company at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (C) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the ARC and approved prior to the completion of the audit by the ARC or by one or more members of the ARC who are members of the Board of Directors to whom authority to grant such approvals has been delegated by the ARC. The ARC separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our independent auditor that were required under our policy for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. 

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by Deloitte & Touche LLP for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The figures listed below include fees associated with the Spin-Off.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands of U.S. dollars)   2018     2017     2016  
Audit Fees (1)     2,568.5       1,431.5       1,065.4  
Audit-Related Fees (2)     35.3       1.5       -  
Tax Fees (3)     9.1       50.4       27.0  
Other Fees (4)     -       -       -  
Total Fees     2,612.9       1,483.5       1,092.4  

 

 

(1) Includes fees billed or accrued for professional services rendered by the principal accountant, and member firms in their respective network, for the audit of our annual financial statements, and those of our consolidated subsidiaries, and include services associated with the listing of our common stock in 2018 amounting to $1,211,600 and $673,600 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

  87  

 

 

(2) Fees for services reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of financial statements.

 

(3) Consists of fees for professional services rendered during the fiscal year by the principal accountant mainly for tax advice, compliance and assistance with tax audits and appeals.

 

(4) Other fees comprise of additional services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, except for those not required by statute or regulation

 

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

 

None.   

 

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

 

On September 6, 2018 our ordinary shareholders passed a resolution authorizing the purchase by us of up to 10% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of the resolution (excluding any ordinary shares held as treasury shares at that date), or 1,906,383 ordinary shares. We have not acquired any ordinary shares since the granting of this authority and accordingly the maximum number of ordinary shares that may yet be purchased under the authorization is 1,906,383. Purchases or acquisitions of our ordinary shares may be made by way of open market purchases on NASDAQ and / or the JSE and at such price or prices as may be determined by the Board from time to time in accordance with the shareholder authorization. At our first annual general meeting, we expect to seek approval of the renewal of our share repurchase program on the same terms as currently in effect.

 

The following table sets forth information relating to purchases of our ordinary shares in 2018 by certain of our directors in open market transactions that were not under our publicly announced share repurchase program discussed above. The disclosure below should not be deemed to be an admission that any such directors is an “affiliated purchaser” within the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

Period   Total
number of
ordinary
shares
purchased
   

Weighted
average
price per
ordinary
share (1)

    Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
as part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
    Maximum
Number (or
Appropriate
U.S. Dollar
Value) of
Shares (or
Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
 
January 1 - January 31, 2018     -       -           -           -  
February 1 - February 28, 2018     -       -       -       -  
March 1 - March 31, 2018     -       -       -       -  
April 1 - April 30, 2018     -       -       -       -  
May 1 - May 31, 2018     -       -       -       -  
June 1 - June 30, 2018     -       -       -       -  
July 1 - July 31, 2018     -       -       -       -  
August 1 - August 31, 2018     -       -       -       -  
September 1 - September 30, 2018     28,538     $ 7.62       -       - (2)
October 1 - October 31, 2018     47,917     $ 7.16       -       - (2)
November 1 - November 30, 2018     1,000     $ 7.29       -       - (2)
December 1 - December 31, 2018     39,026     $ 6.13       -       - (2)
Total ordinary shares purchased     116,481     $ 6.94       -       - (2)

 

 

(1) For purposes of the weighted average price per ordinary share calculation, ordinary share purchases made in South African Rands have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the closing exchange rate on December 31, 2018 of 0.0696.

 

(2) The purchases of ordinary shares were not made under our publicly announced share repurchase plan.

 

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

 

None.

 

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information contained in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Corporate Governance Practices” in this annual report is incorporated by reference to this Item 16G.

 

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

  88  

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Grindrod Shipping has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Historical Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

 

See pages F-1 to F-61 for the financial statements of Grindrod Shipping filed as part of this annual report. 

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this annual report.

 

No.   Exhibit
1.1   Constitution of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (1)
2.1   Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd dated March 23, 2018 (2)
2.2   Share Purchase Agreement between Grindrod Limited and Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. in respect of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018 (2)
2.3   Implementation Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. dated March 23, 2018 (2)
2.4   Form of Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate (Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.) (3)
4.1(a)   Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd and Grindrod Limited dated April 23, 2018 (3)
4.1(b)   Transitional Services Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Pte. Ltd. and Grindrod Limited dated April 24, 2018 (3)
4.2   Form of 2018 Forfeitable Share Plan (1)
4.3(a)   Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.À.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated December 11, 2013 (2)
4.3(b)   First Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated February 4, 2015 (2)
4.3(c)   Second Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 20, 2016 (2)
4.3(d)   Third Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 1, 2016 (2)
4.3(e)   Fourth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated April 25, 2016 (2)
4.3(f)   Fifth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated July 6, 2016 (2)
4.3(g)   Sixth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated October 31, 2016 (2)
4.3(h)   Seventh Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated January 31, 2019
4.3(i)   Eighth Amendment to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Sankaty European Investments III S.A.R.L., Regiment Capital Ltd and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. dated March 26, 2019
4.4(a)   Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated April 2, 2012 (2)
4.4(b)   Addendum to Shareholders’ Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated December 2012 (2)
4.4(c)   Agreement between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and Vitol Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd. dated August 30, 2018
4.5   Loan Agreement, dated August 26, 2010, between Island View Shipping International Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein (1)
4.6   Supplemental Agreement dated December 13, 2011 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) and the banks and financial institutions named therein (1)
4.7   Consent and Amendment Letter dated November 30, 2012, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010 (1)
4.8   Supplemental Agreement No. 2 dated May 31, 2016 to the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) (1)
4.9   Third Amendment Letter dated February 10, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010 (1)
4.10   Fourth Amendment Letter dated August 31, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. and Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore Branch) in connection with the Loan Agreement dated August 26, 2010 (1)
4.11   Loan Agreement, dated July 7, 2011, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch, DVB Group Merchant Bank (Asia) Limited, BNP Paribas, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein (1)

 

 

  89  

 

 

No.   Exhibit
4.12   Supplemental Letter dated August 20, 2013 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Shipping Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011 (1)
4.13   Supplemental Letter dated August 27, 2015 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011 (1)
4.14   Supplemental Letter dated January 12, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Limited and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, in connection with the Loan Agreement dated July 7, 2011 (1)
4.15   $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank (1)
4.16   Letter, dated December 11, 2017 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017 (1)
4.17   Letter, dated March 27, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd. and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank in connection with the $21.0 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 30, 2017 (1)
4.18   $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE (1)
4.18(a)   Amendment No. 1 dated June 18, 2018 to the $27.0 million Facility Agreement, dated December 9, 2016, between Grindrod Limited, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Grindrod Maritime LLC, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and DVB Bank SE
4.19   Form of Non-Executive Director Appointment Letter (1)
4.20   $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions named therein. (3)
4.20(a)   Side Letter dated December 14, 2018 to the $100.0 million Facility Agreement dated May 8, 2018, between Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch, Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch and the banks and financial institutions,  and guarantors named therein.
4.21   $29.9 million Term Loan Facility Agreement dated December 21, 2018 between Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd., Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd., NIBC Bank N.V. and the banks and financial institutions named therein.
8.1   List of subsidiaries of the registrant
12.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, U.S.C. Section 1350
13.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, U.S.C. Section 1350
101   The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of  December 31, 2018 and 2017; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; and (vi)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 6, 2018.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on April 30, 2018.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s registration statement on form 20-F filed with the Commission on June 5, 2018.

 

  90  

 

   

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

  GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.
   
  /s/ Stephen Griffiths
  Name Stephen Griffiths
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
  Date: April 16, 2019

 

  91  

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
Audited Conslidated and Combined Financial Statements of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Financial Position as at 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2017 F-3
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended 31 December 2018, 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended 31 December 2018, 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 F-5
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 31 December 2018, 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 F-6
Notes to Financial Statements F-8

 

  F- 1  

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of financial position of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of 31 December 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated and combined statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2018 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated and combined financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material aspects, the financial position of the Group as of 31 December 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2018, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Singapore

 

16 April 2019

 

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2017.

 

  F- 2  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December

 

        2018     2017  
    Notes   US$’000     US$’000  
ASSETS                    
                     
Current assets                    
Cash and bank balances   6     35,636       46,522  
Trade receivables   7     12,034       13,399  
Contract assets   8     1,959       -  
Other receivables and prepayments   9     17,902       17,187  
Due from related parties   10     13,516       26,998  
Loans to joint ventures   11     23,803       18,180  
Derivative financial instruments   12     -       123  
Inventories   13     10,841       9,078  
Current tax asset         -       761  
          115,691       132,248  
Assets classified as held for sale   39     7,258       54,954  
Total current assets         122,949       187,202  
                     
Non-current assets                    
Restricted cash   6     11,627       -  
Other receivables and prepayments   9     -       72  
Loans to joint ventures   11     -       7,301  
Ships, property, plant and equipment   14     249,602       238,592  
Interest in joint ventures   16     54,560       64,296  
Intangible assets   17     41       61  
Goodwill   18     7,351       8,419  
Deferred tax assets   19     1,497       1,179  
Total non-current assets         324,678       319,920  
                     
Total assets         447,627       507,122  
                     
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                    
                     
Current liabilities                    
Bank loans   20     18,323       87,964  
Trade and other payables   21     22,364       28,354  
Contract liabilities   22     4,223       -  
Provisions   23     1,578       1,270  
Due to related parties   24     6,238       16,930  
Derivative financial instruments   12     867       138  
Bank overdrafts   6     -       4,028  
Income tax payable         3,073       3,551  
          56,666       142,235  
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale   39     -       21,014  
Total current liabilities         56,666       163,249  
                     
Non-current liabilities                    
Bank loans   20     96,133       20,790  
Retirement benefit obligation   25     1,922       2,180  
Trade and other payables   21     403       1,167  
Total non-current liabilities         98,458       24,137  
                     
Capital and reserves                    
Share capital   26     320,683       *  
Parent invested capital         -       313,978  
Other reserves   27     (21,140 )     5,758  
Accumulated losses         (7,040 )     -  
Total equity         292,503       319,736  
                     
Total equity and liabilities         447,627       507,122  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

  F- 3  

 

   

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 31 December

 

        2018     2017     2016  
    Notes   US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                       
Revenue   28     319,018       409,522       371,532  
Cost of sales                            
Voyage expenses         (151,705 )     (166,924 )     (140,727 )
Vessel operating costs         (32,657 )     (40,837 )     (42,911 )
Charter hire costs         (100,648 )     (127,748 )     (121,080 )
Depreciation and amortisation         (14,094 )     (17,975 )     (19,806 )
Other expenses         (1,146 )     (16,364 )     (27,860 )
Cost of ship sale         (7,675 )     (17,560 )     (13,351 )
Gross profit         11,093       22,114       5,797  
                             
Other operating income   30     11,459       4,696       5,687  
Administrative expenses         (31,599 )     (32,868 )     (30,140 )
Other operating expenses   31     (5,437 )     (39,198 )     (18,093 )
Share of losses of joint ventures   16     (454 )     (12,946 )     (3,472 )
Impairment loss recognised on financial assets   34     (1,583 )     -       -  
Interest income   32     3,787       7,164       5,260  
Interest expense   33     (6,517 )     (6,548 )     (4,899 )
                             
Loss before taxation   34     (19,251 )     (57,586 )     (39,860 )
Income tax   35     (1,389 )     (3,226 )     (3,849 )
                             
Loss for the year         (20,640 )     (60,812 )     (43,709 )
                             
Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year:                            
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                            
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation   25     8       157       339  
          8       157       339  
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                            
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations         (6,656 )     4,232       5,141  
Reclassification of translation reserve to profit or loss arising from loss of control of businesses   41.1     (1,063 )     -       -  
Net fair value (loss) gain on hedging instruments entered into for cash flow hedges not subject to basis adjustment         (852 )     210       2,417  
          (8,571 )     4,442       7,558  
Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year, net of income tax         (8,563 )     4,599       7,897  
Total comprehensive loss for the year         (29,203 )     (56,213 )     (35,812 )
                             
        US$     US$     US$  
Loss per share:                            
Basic and diluted   42     (1.08 )     (3.19 )     (2.29 )

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the year ended 31 December

 

                Other Reserves              
    Share
capital
    Parent
Invested
Capital
    Share
compensation
reserve
    Hedging
reserve
    Translation
reserve
    Merger
reserve
    Accumulated
losses
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                                                 
Balance at 1 January 2016     -       405,325       -       (2,642 )     (3,600 )          -            -       399,083  
                                                                 
Loss for the year     -       (43,709 )     -       -       -       -       -       (43,709 )
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax     -       339       -       2,417       5,141       -       -       7,897  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       (43,370 )     -       2,417       5,141       -       -       (35,812 )
                                                                 
Recognition of share-based payments, representing transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     -       (176 )     -       -       -       -       -       (176 )
                                                                 
Balance at 31 December 2016     -       361,779       -       (225 )     1,541       -       -       363,095  
                                                                 
Loss for the year     -       (60,812 )     -       -       -       -       -       (60,812 )
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax     -       157       -       210       4,232       -       -       4,599  
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       (60,655 )     -       210       4,232       -       -       (56,213 )
                                                                 
Issue of ordinary shares     *       15,000       -       -       -       -       -       15,000  
Recognition of share-based payments     -       (472 )     -       -       -       -       -       (472 )
Dividends (Note 36)     -       (1,674 )     -       -       -       -       -       (1,674 )
Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     *       12,854       -       -       -       -       -       12,854  
                                                                 
Balance at 31 December 2017     *       313,978       -       (15 )     5,773       -       -       319,736
IFRS 9 and 15 adjustment (Note 2.3)             (474 )     -       -       -       -       -       (474 )
Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2018     *       313,504       -       (15 )     5,773       -       -       319,262  
                                                                 
Loss for the year     -       (13,453 )     -       -       -       -       (7,187 )     (20,640 )
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax     -       -       -       (852 )     (7,719 )     8       -       (8,563 )
Total comprehensive loss for the year     -       (13,453 )     -       (852 )     (7,719 )     8       (7,187 )     (29,203 )
                                                                 
Recognition of share-based compensation from parent company     -       933       -       -       -       -       147       1,080  
Issue of ordinary shares (Note 26) and adjustment arising from “Spin-off” (Note 2.2)     320,683       (300,984 )     -       -       (1,337 )     (18,362 )     -       -  
Recognition of share-based payments (Note 27)     -       -       1,364       -       -       -       -       1,364  
                                                                 
Transaction with owners, recognised directly in equity     320,683       (300,051 )     1,364       -       (1,337 )     (18,362 )     147       2,444  
                                                                 
Balance at 31 December 2018     320,683       -       1,364       (867 )     (3,283 )     (18,354 )     (7,040 )     292,503  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

  F- 5  

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended 31 December

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Operating activities                        
Loss before taxation     (19,251 )     (57,586 )     (39,860 )
Adjustments for:                        
Share of losses of joint ventures     454       12,946       3,472  
Net gain on disposal of businesses     (3,255 )     -       -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     (213 )     -       -  
Gain on disposal of ships     (992 )     (167 )     -  
(Gain)/loss on disposal of plant and equipment     (68 )     107       1,078  
Depreciation of ships, property, plant and equipment and amortisation     14,291       19,680       21,551  
Impairment loss recognised on ships     -       16,503       12,625  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     -       12,119       -  
Impairment loss net of reversals on financial assets     1,583       18       (3 )
Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group     -       5,092       -  
(Reversal of) provision for onerous contracts     (458 )     (7,427 )     3,821  
Recognition (reversal) of share-based payments expenses     2,297       33       (176 )
Net gain on derivatives financial instruments     -       -       (22 )
Net foreign exchange gain     (3,189 )     (1,242 )     (965 )
Interest expense     6,517       6,548       4,899  
Interest income     (3,787 )     (7,164 )     (5,259 )
Components of defined benefit costs recognised in profit or loss     206       63       170  
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and ships     (5,865 )     (477 )     1,331  
Inventories     (1,576 )     1,017       (3,002 )
Trade receivables, other receivables and prepayments     (1,689 )     (279 )     9,281  
Contract assets     (123 )     -       -  
Trade and other payables     (2,561 )     (3,055 )     (5,000 )
Contract liabilities     (331 )     -       -  
Due from related parties     (6,002 )     (5,049 )     (16,377 )
Due to related parties     -       6,737       11,983  
Operating cash flows before movements in ships     (18,147 )     (1,106 )     (1,784 )
Capital expenditure on ships     (21,351 )     (5,219 )     (28,836 )
Proceeds from disposal of ships     8,313       17,727       12,275  
Net cash generated (used in) /from operations     (31,185 )     11,402       (18,345 )
Interest paid     (5,860 )     (6,206 )     (3,986 )
Interest received     1,363       2,677       2,806  
Income tax paid     (1,678 )     (4,498 )     (1,732 )
Net cash flows (used in) / generated from operating activities     (37,360 )     3,375       (21,257 )
Investing activities                        
Advances to related parties     -       (1,264 )     (24,463 )
Repayment from related parties     14,054       415       -  
Net cash inflow on acquisition of assets     952       -       -  
Purchase of plant and equipment     (368 )     (1,212 )     (719 )
Purchase of intangible assets     -       (19 )     -  
Proceeds from disposal of plant and equipment     68       18       50  
Net proceeds from disposal of businesses (Note 41.1)     25,318       -       -  
Dividends received from joint ventures     -       -       3,320  
Investment in joint ventures     -       -       (13,735 )
Loan to third party     -       -       (158 )
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities     40,024       (2,062 )     (35,705 )

 

  F- 6  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (cont’d)

Year ended 31 December

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Financing activities (Note A)                        
Long-term interest bearing debt raised     104,549       45,150       39,512  
Payment of capital portion of long term interest-bearing debt     (99,503 )     (40,869 )     (28,665 )
Loans from related parties     -       5,000       37,000  
Repayment of loans from related parties     -       (42,000 )     -  
Repayment to related parties     (8,351 )     -       -  
Restricted cash     (8,582 )     58       (109 )
Issuance of shares (Note B)     -       15,000       -  
Dividends paid     -       (1,674 )     -  
Purchase of Parent’s ordinary shares for forfeitable share plan     -       (505 )     -  
Net cash flows (used in) generated from financing activities     (11,887 )     (19,840 )     47,738  
                         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (9,223 )     (18,527 )     (9,224 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year     45,245       62,470       70,030  
Effect of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies     (2,524 )     1,302       1,664  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year     33,498       45,245       62,470  

 

Note A:

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

 

The table below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated and combined statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

 

    Bank Loans
(Note 20)
    Due (from) to
related parties –
(Note 10 & 24)
    Loans from
related parties
 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Balance at 1 January 2017     112,545       (20,700 )     37,253  
Financing cash flows (i)     4,281       -       (37,000 )
Investing cash flows     -       (849 )     -  
Operating cash flows     -       1,688     -  
Non-cash changes (iii)     (7,950 )     16,710     -  
Other changes (ii)     (122 )     (6,917 )     (253 )
Balance at 31 December 2017     108,754       (10,068 )     -  
Financing cash flows (i)     5,046       (8,351 )     -  
Investing cash flows     -       14,054       -  
Operating cash flows     -       (6,002 )     -  
Other changes (ii)     656       3,089     -  
Balance at 31 December 2018     114,456       (7,278 )     -  

 

(i) The cash flows make up the net amount of proceeds from borrowings and repayments of borrowings in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Other changes include interest accruals and payments and net foreign exchange differences.

(iii) Represents amount reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39).

 

Note B:

As part of the Spin-Off (Note 1), the company acquired all of the shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd for a purchase consideration of $320,683,000 which was satisfied by the issuance of compulsorily convertible notes converted into 19,063,832 ordinary shares of the company on the same date. Accordingly, no cash was received by us upon the issuance of the shares.

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements

 

  F- 7  

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1 GENERAL

 

General information

 

The company was incorporated as a private company on 2 November 2017 and with effect from 25 April 2018, it was converted from a private company to a public company whereby it changed its name to Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. The company is incorporated in Singapore with its principal place of business and registered office at #03-01 Southpoint, 200 Cantonment Road, Singapore 089763. On 18 June 2018, the company became a publicly traded company with its shares Primarily listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and Secondarily on the Main Board of the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE).

 

The company was incorporated with the intention to acquire all of the shares of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., or GSPL, and Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd, or GSSA from Grindrod Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of South Africa, or Parent as part of the Parent’s plan to demerge its shipping business (referred to as the ‘Spin-Off’). On 18 June 2018, the Spin-Off was effected by the company acquiring 100% of the issued and paid up share capital of GSPL and GSSA for a consideration of $320,683,000 (Note 26). The purchase consideration was satisfied by the issuance by the company of compulsorily convertible notes which converted to 19,063,832 ordinary shares of the company on the same date.

 

The principal activities of the Group are sales of vessels, ship chartering and operating. Information of the entities within the Group is contained in Note 15.

 

The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Group were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 16 April 2019.

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

2.1 Statement of compliance

 

The consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

2.2 Basis of preparation of historical consolidated and combined financial information

 

Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) resulting from the Spin-Off in Note 1 above is regarded as a continuing entity throughout the period ended 31 December 2018, 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016 as the Group was under the management of Grindrod and therefore considered to be under common management which forms the basis of the combined financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016.

 

The financial statements presented herein represent (i) prior to 18 June 2018, the combined financial statements of GSPL and GSSA and (ii) subsequent to 18 June 2018, the consolidated financial statements of the company as a separate publicly traded company following the Spin-Off of GSPL and GSSA from Grindrod Limited. Prior to the Spin-Off, equity relating to GSPL and GSSA represents the Parent’s net investment in the Company and accordingly, this has been presented as ‘Parent invested capital’ in the combined financial statements. Upon the Spin-Off on 18 June 2018, the Parent Invested Capital was adjusted as a result of settlement of assets and liabilities of GSPL and GSSA with the Parent and formed the company’s share capital with the residual differences recognised as merger reserves. 

 

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except as disclosed in the accounting policies below. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability which market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17 Leases, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 Inventories or value in use in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

 

2.3 Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

 

In the current year, the Group has applied a number of amendments to IFRSs issued by the IASB that are mandatorily effective for an accounting period that begins on or after 1 January 2018. The adoption of these new/revised IFRSs has not resulted in significant changes to the Group’s accounting policies and has no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior periods except as follows:

 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for 1) the classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, 2) impairment of financial assets and 3) general hedge accounting. Details of these new requirements as well as their impact on the financial statements are described below.

 

The Group applied IFRS 9 with an initial application date of 1 January 2018. The Group has not restated the comparative information, which continues to be reported under IAS 39. Effects arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 have been recognised directly in retained earnings (within parent invested capital).

 

The significant accounting policies for financial instruments under IFRS 9 is as disclosed in Note 2.7.

 

  F- 8  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

(a) Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

The classification of financial assets is based on two criteria: the company’s business model for managing the assets and whether the instruments’ contractual cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’ on the principal amount outstanding. There are no changes in classification and measurement of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

(b) Impairment of financial assets

IFRS 9 requires an expected credit loss model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model requires the Group to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial assets. It is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognised.

  

In particular, IFRS 9 requires the Group to measure the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses (ECL) if the credit risk on that financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, or if the financial instrument is a purchased or originated credit-impaired financial asset.

 

However, if the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group is required to measure the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-months ECL. IFRS 9 also requires a simplified approach for measuring the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime ECL for trade receivables and contract assets in certain circumstances.

 

Arising from the above, the amount of adjustment for each financial statement line item affected by the application is presented below.

 

(c) General hedge accounting

The new general hedge accounting requirements retain the three types of hedge accounting. However, greater flexibility has been introduced to the types of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, specifically broadening the types of instruments that qualify for hedging instruments and the types of risk components of non-financial items that are eligible for hedge accounting. In addition, the effectiveness test has been replaced with the principle of an ‘economic relationship’. Retrospective assessment of hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Enhanced disclosure requirements about the Group’s risk management activities have also been introduced.

 

In accordance with IFRS 9’s transition provisions for hedge accounting, the Group has applied the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements prospectively from the date of initial application on 1 January 2018. The Group’s qualifying hedging relationships in place as at 1 January 2018 also qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS 9 and were therefore regarded as continuing hedging relationships. No rebalancing of any of the hedging relationships was necessary on 1 January 2018. As the critical terms of the hedging instruments match those of their corresponding hedged items, all hedging relationships continue to be effective under IFRS 9’s effectiveness assessment requirements. The Group has also not designated any hedging relationships under IFRS 9 that would not have met the qualifying hedge accounting criteria under IAS 39.

 

IFRS 9 requires hedging gains and losses to be recognised as an adjustment to the initial carrying amount of non-financial hedged items (basis adjustment). In addition, transfers from the hedging reserve to the initial carrying amount of the hedged item are not reclassification adjustments under IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and hence they do not affect other comprehensive income. Hedging gains and losses subject to basis adjustments are categorised as amounts that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss in other comprehensive income.

 

This is consistent with the Group’s practice prior to the adoption of IFRS 9.

 

Consistent with prior periods, when a forward contract is used in a cash flow hedge or fair value hedge relationship, the Group has designated the change in fair value of the entire forward contract, i.e. including the forward element, as the hedging instrument.

 

Apart from this, the application of the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements has had no other impact on the results and financial position of the Group for the current and/or prior years. Please refer to Note 4 for detailed disclosures regarding to Group’s risk management activities. 

 

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

IFRS 15 supersedes IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue and the related Interpretations. IFRS 15 introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in IFRS 15 to deal with specific scenarios.

 

The Group has applied IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective method with the cumulative effect of initially applying this Standard recognised at the date of initial application (1 January 2018) as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (within Parent invested capital). Therefore, the comparative information was not restated and continues to be reported under IAS 11, IAS 18 and the related Interpretations. The Group has elected to apply this Standard retrospectively only to contracts that are not completed at the date of initial application.

 

IFRS 15 uses the terms ‘contract asset’ and ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known as ‘accrued revenue’ and ‘deferred revenue’, however the Standard does not prohibit an entity from using alternative descriptions in the statement of financial position. The Group has adopted the terminology used in IFRS 15 to describe such balances. Contract asset relates to the unbilled revenue that was previously included in Other receivables and prepayment - Voyage in progress. Contract liability refer to the amounts received in advance from the customers that was previously included in Trade and other payables.

 

  F- 9  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The Group’s significant accounting policies for its revenue streams are disclosed in Note 2.18.

 

The effects of adopting IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 under the modified retrospective approach are presented and explained below:

 

(A) Impact on the Statement of Financial Position as at 1 January 2018 (date of initial application)

 

    Previously
reported as at 31
December 2017
    Adoption
of IFRS 9
    Adoption of
IFRS 15
    Adjusted as at
1 January 2018
 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Current assets                                
Contract assets     -       -       1,799 (ii)     1,799  
Other receivables and prepayments     17,187       -       (1,799 ) (ii)     14,517  
                      (871 ) (iv)        
                                 
Non-current assets                                
Other receivables and prepayments     72       (70 ) (i)     -       2  
Deferred tax asset     -       19 (i)     -       19  
                                 
Current liabilities                                
Trade and other payables     28,354       -       (4,380 ) (ii)     23,526  
                      (448 ) (iv)        
Contract liabilities     -       -       4,380 (ii)     4,380  
                                 
Capital and reserves                                
Parent invested capital     313,978       (51 ) (i)     (423 ) (iii)     313,504  

 

(B) Impact of IFRS 15 on the Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2018 (current reporting period)

 

    Under
previous
IFRS
    Adoption of
IFRS 15
    Under new
IFRS
 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
ASSETS                        
                         
Current assets                        
Contract assets     -       1,959 (ii)     1,959  
Other receivables and prepayments     20,069       (1,959 ) (ii)     17,902  
              (208 ) (iv)        
                         
Current liabilities                        
Trade and other payables     26,193       (4,223 ) (ii)     22,364  
              394 (iv)        
                         
Contract liabilities             4,223 (ii)     4,223  
                         
Capital and reserves                        
Accumulated losses     (6,438 )     (602 ) (iii)     (7,040 )

 

(C) Impact of IFRS 15 on the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December 2018 (current reporting period)

 

    Under
previous
IFRS
    Adoption
of IFRS 15
    Under new
IFRS
 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Revenue     317,626       1,392 (iii)     319,018  
Cost of sales                        
Voyage expenses     (150,831 )     (874 ) (iv)     (151,705 )
Charter hire     (100,309 )     (339 ) (iv)     (100,648 )

 

Explanatory notes:

 

IFRS 9

 

(i) The adoption of IFRS 9 impairment requirements has resulted in additional loss allowance of US$70,000 as at 1 January 2018 to be recognised net of its related deferred tax impact of US$19,000 resulting in a net decrease in parent invested capital as at 1 January 2018. The adoption of IFRS 9 did not result in a material impact in the year ended 31 December 2018.

 

  F- 10  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

  

IFRS 15

 

(ii) Under IFRS 15, revenue recognised prior to the date on which it is invoiced to the customer is recognised as a contract asset. This balance was previously presented as part of other receivables and prepayment and so has been reclassified to contract asset. Similarly, the amounts received in advance from customers that were previously recognised as trade and other payables has been reclassified as a contract liability. There was no impact on the statement of profit or loss as a result of these reclassifications.

 

(iii) Under IFRS 15, there is a change in period of recognition for freight revenue and the relevant contract costs as the Group satisfies its performance obligation of each freight contract. Revenue is now recognised over time from the point when the ship is ready for load of cargo until the discharge of cargo at the destination. Based on previous revenue standards, revenue was recognised over time from the point when the ship discharge cargo of the previous voyage until the discharge of cargo at the destination. As such, this results in the adjustment to revenue and contract assets to reflect the change in percentage of completion for ongoing voyages as at year end.

 

(iv) The Group incurs cost in the fulfilment of freight contract, which are deferred and amortised over the period of the voyage. Due to change in percentage of completion as mentioned in (iii) above, adjustments have been made to cost of sales and the corresponding voyage in progress in other receivables and prepayment and accrued expense in trade and other payable as at year end.

 

(D) Impact of IFRS 15 on the Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 31 December 2018 (current reporting period)

 

The adoption of IFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the company’s operating, investing and financing cash flows.

 

2.4 New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective

 

The Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that are relevant to the Group that were issued but are not yet effective:

 

IFRS 16   Leases
Amendments to IAS 28   Long Term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle  

Amendments to IFRS 3 Business combinations ;

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements ;

IAS 12 Income Taxes ; and

IAS 23 Borrowing Costs

Amendments to IAS 19 Employee

Benefits

  Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial

Statements and IAS 28 (amendments)

  Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
IFRIC 23   Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment

 

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods, except as noted below:

 

IFRS 16 Leases

 

IFRS 16 is applicable to the Group’s financial statements effective 1 January 2019. The new standard amends the existing accounting standards to require lessees to recognize, on a discounted basis, the rights and obligations created by the commitment to lease assets on the balance sheet, unless the term of the lease is less than 12 months or of low value. Accordingly, the standard will result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments for our existing chartered-in vessel commitments that are currently reported as operating leases adjusting for prepayments and accrued lease payments.

 

IFRS 16 requires that the Group assess the lease contracts to identify separate components and allocates the consideration in the contract to each component. Group shall make use of the practical expedient to elect, by class of underlying asset, not to separate non-lease components from lease components specifically with respect to time charter arrangements.

 

Upon transition, a lessee shall apply IFRS 16 to its leases either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (the ‘full retrospective approach’) or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 recognized at the date of initial application (the ‘modified retrospective approach’). The Group will apply the modified retrospective approach upon transition. The impact of the application of this standard on the statement of financial position at 1 January 2019 will be the recognition of right of use assets of approximately $65.2 million, corresponding lease liabilities of approximately $64.6 million and a credit of approximately $0.6 million to Accumulated loss. The Group will apply the practical expedient to account for existing time charters with remaining terms of less than 1 year on the date of initial application in the same way as short-term leases.

 

The directors expect that the application of the above principles will not result in a material difference to the amount of revenue recognized under our existing accounting policies for pool and time-out charter arrangements.

 

2.5 Basis of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Group and entities controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. Control is achieved when the Group has the power over the investee, is exposed; or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and has the ability to use its power to affects its returns.

 

  F- 11  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above. When the Group has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers that it has power over the investee when the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Group’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient to give it power, including; the size of the Group’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders; potential voting rights held by the Group, other vote holders or other parties; rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Group has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

 

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in profit or loss from the date the Group gains control until the date when the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

 

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the owners of the Group and to the non-controlling interests. Total comprehensive income of the subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Group and to the non-controlling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between the members of the Group are eliminated on consolidation.

 

Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amount of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognised directly in equity and attributed to the owners of the Group.

 

When the Group loses control of a subsidiary, the gain or loss on disposal recognised in profit or loss is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), less liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. All amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary are accounted for as if the Group had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities of the subsidiary (i.e. reclassified to profit or loss or transferred to another category of equity as required/permitted by applicable IFRS Standards). The fair value of any investment retained in the former subsidiary at the date when control is lost is regarded as the fair value on initial recognition for subsequent accounting under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments when applicable, or the cost on initial recognition of an investment in a joint venture.

 

2.6 Business combinations

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method.  The consideration for each acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair values of assets given, liabilities incurred by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree, and equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition includes any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in such fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition where they qualify as measurement period adjustments (see below).  The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustment depends on how the contingent consideration is classified.  Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or a liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments , or IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets , as appropriate, with the corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

 

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s previously held interests in the acquired entity are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have been previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss, where such treatment would be appropriate if that interest were disposed of.

 

The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under the IFRS are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date, except that:

 

· deferred tax assets or liabilities and liabilities or assets related to employee benefit arrangements are recognised and measured in accordance with IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively;

 

· liabilities or equity instruments related to share-based payment transactions of the acquiree or the replacement of an acquiree’s share-based payment awards transactions with share-based payment awards transactions of the acquirer in accordance with the method in IFRS 2 Classification and measurement of share based payments at the acquisition date; and

 

· assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations are measured with accordance with that Standard.

  

  F- 12  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete.  Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

 

The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date and is subjected to a maximum of one year from acquisition date.

 

2.7 Financial instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition.

 

Financial assets (Before 1 January 2018)

 

Effective interest method

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial instrument and of allocating interest income or expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts or payments (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial instrument, or where appropriate, a shorter period. Income and expense is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial instruments “at fair value through profit or loss”.

 

Loans and receivables

 

Trade and other receivables (including trade and other receivables, loans to joint ventures, amounts due from related parties and cash and cash equivalents) that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as “loans and receivables”. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less impairment. Interest is recognised by applying the effective interest method, except for short-term receivables when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

Financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit or loss, are assessed for indicators of impairment at the end of each reporting period. Financial assets are considered to be impaired when there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted. Objective evidence of impairment could include:

 

Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or
Default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or
It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial re-organisation.

 

For certain categories of financial asset, such as receivables, assets that are assessed not to be impaired individually are, in addition, assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the Group’s past experience of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the portfolio past the average credit period, as well as observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with default on receivables.

 

For financial assets carried at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

 

For financial assets that are carried at cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment loss will not be reversed in subsequent periods.

 

The carrying amount of the financial asset is reduced by the impairment loss directly for all financial assets with the exception of receivables where the carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognised in profit or loss. For financial assets measured at amortised cost, if, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss to the extent the carrying amount of the financial asset at the date the impairment is reversed.

 

  F- 13  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

   

Financial assets (From 1 January 2018)

 

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and
those to be measured at amortised cost.

 

All recognised financial assets are subsequently measured in their entirety at either amortised cost or fair value, depending on the classification of the financial assets.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

Classification of financial assets

 

Debt instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost:

 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

 

the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

Debt instruments relating to derivative financial instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI):

 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling the financial assets; and

 

the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

By default, all other financial assets are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL). 

 

Amortised cost and effective interest method

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period.

 

For financial assets other than purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (i.e. assets that are credit-impaired on initial recognition), the effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) excluding expected credit losses, through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument on initial recognition. For purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, a credit-adjusted effective interest rate is calculated by discounting the estimated future cash flows, including expected credit losses, to the amortised cost of the debt instrument on initial recognition.

 

The amortised cost of a financial asset is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance. On the other hand, the gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance.

 

Interest is recognised using the effective interest method for debt instruments measured subsequently at amortised cost, except for short-term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses

 

The carrying amount of financial assets that are denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot rate as at each reporting date. For financial assets measured at amortised cost that are not part of a designated hedging relationship, exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the “other operating income” (Note 30) and “other operating expense” (Note 31) line items.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on trade and other receivables and contract assets. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the lifetime financial instrument.

 

The Group recognises lifetime ECL for trade receivables and contract assets. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate.

 

  F- 14  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

For all other financial instruments, the Group recognises lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL.

 

The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on significant increases in the likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition instead of on evidence of a financial asset being credit-impaired at the reporting date or an actual default occurring.

 

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast, 12-month ECL represents the portion of lifetime ECL that is expected to result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

 

Significant increase in credit risk

 

In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Group considers historical loss rates for each category of customers and adjusts to reflect current and forward-looking macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. The Group has identified forecast economic information that relate to international shipping operations in which it operates to be the most relevant factors, and accordingly adjusts the historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.

 

The following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition:

 

existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations;

 

an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor;

 

Irrespective of the outcome of the above assessment, the company presumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 90 days past due, based on factors considered such as payment history, ongoing business dealings, settlement arrangements and financial status of the debtors, being reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.

 

The Group assumes that the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk if:

 

i) the financial instrument has a low risk of default,

 

ii) the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and

 

iii) adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

 

The company regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount becomes past due.

 

Definition of default

 

The Group considers the following as constituting an event of default for internal credit risk management purposes as historical experience indicates that receivables that meet either of the following criteria are generally not recoverable:

 

when there is a breach of financial covenants by the counterparty; or

 

information developed internally or obtained from external sources indicates that the debtor is unlikely to pay its creditors, including the Group, in full (without taking into account any collaterals held by the Group).

 

Irrespective of the above analysis, the Group considers that default has occurred when a financial asset is more than 120 days past due based on factors considered such as past payment history, ongoing business dealings, settlement arrangements and financial status of the debtor, being reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

 

Credit-impaired financial assets

 

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:

 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

 

a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

 

  F- 15  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

the lender(s) of the borrower, for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, having granted to the borrower a concession(s) that the lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

 

it is becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; or

 

the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties.

 

Write-off policy

 

The Group writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the Group’s recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognised in profit or loss.

 

Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses

 

The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data adjusted by forward-looking information as described above. As for the exposure at default, for financial assets, this is represented by the assets’ gross carrying amount at the reporting date; for financial guarantee contracts, the exposure includes the amount drawn down as at the reporting date, together with any additional amounts expected to be drawn down in the future by default date determined based on historical trend, the Group’s understanding of the specific future financing needs of the debtors, and other relevant forward-looking information.

 

For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the company in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate. If the Group has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the conditions for lifetime ECL are no longer met, the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date.

 

Derecognition of financial assets

 

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Group recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

 

On derecognition of a financial asset measured at amortised cost, the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and receivable is recognised in profit or loss.

 

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

 

Classification as debt or equity

 

Debt and equity instruments issued by the Group are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

 

Equity instruments

 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue cost.

 

Repurchase of the company’s own equity instruments is recognised and deducted directly in equity. No gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the company’s own equity instruments.

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Trade and other payables

 

Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method, except for short-term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

 

Bank Loans

 

Interest-bearing bank loans are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest method. Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method is recognised over the term of the borrowing in accordance with the company’s accounting policy for borrowing costs (see below). 

 

  F- 16  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses

 

For financial liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency and are measured at amortised cost as at each reporting date, the foreign exchange gains and losses are determined based on the amortised cost of the instruments. These foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the “other operating income” (Note 30) and “other operating expenses” (Note 31) line items in profit or loss for financial liabilities that are not part of a designated hedging relationship.

 

The fair value of financial liabilities denominated in a foreign currency is determined in that foreign currency and translated at the spot rate at the end of the reporting period.

 

Derecognition of financial liabilities

 

The Group derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Group’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The Group enters into freight forward agreements and bunker swaps to manage its exposure to freight rate and bunker prices respectively. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Note 12.

 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. Group designates the derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions or hedges of foreign currency risk of firm commitments (cash flow hedges).

 

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognised as a financial liability. Derivatives are not offset in the financial statements unless the Group has both legal right and intention to offset. A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instruments is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realised or settled within 12 months. Other derivatives are presented as current assets or current liabilities.

 

Hedge accounting

 

The Group designates hedges of freight rate risk and bunker prices as cash flow hedges.

 

At the inception of the hedge relationship, the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, which is when the hedging relationships meet all of the following hedge effectiveness requirements:

there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument;
the effect of credit risk does not dominate the value changes that result from that economic relationship; and
the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged item that the Group actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the entity actually uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.

 

If a hedging relationship ceases to meet the hedge effectiveness requirement relating to the hedge ratio but the risk management objective for that designated hedging relationship remains the same, the Group adjusts the hedge ratio of the hedging relationship (i.e. rebalances the hedge) so that it meets the qualifying criteria again. The Group designates the full change in the fair value of a forward contract (i.e. including the forward elements) as the hedging instrument for all of its hedging relationships involving forward contracts.

 

Note 12 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes. Movements in the hedging reserve in equity are also detailed in the statements of profit or loss other comprehensive income (“OCI”).

 

Cash flow hedge

 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in OCI and accumulated under the heading of Hedging Reserve, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item from inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss as part of other operating expense or other operating income.

 

Amounts previously recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss in the same line of the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as the recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged, results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously accumulated in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability. This transfer does not affect other comprehensive income. Furthermore, if the Group expects that some or all of the loss accumulated in other comprehensive income will not be recovered in the future, that amount is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

 

  F- 17  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

  

The Group discontinues hedge accounting only when the hedging relationship (or a part thereof) ceases to meet the qualifying criteria (after rebalancing, if applicable). This includes instances when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. The discontinuation is accounted for prospectively. Any gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

2.8 Offsetting Arrangements

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. A right to set-off must be available today rather than being contingent on a future event and must be exercisable by any of the counterparties, both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy.

 

2.9 Inventories

 

Inventories are assets held for sale in the ordinary course of business, in the process of production for such sale or in the form of materials or supplies to be consumed in the production process or in the rendering of services. Inventories which include bunkers on board ships and other consumable stores are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale. Cost is determined on a first-in first-out basis. Spares on board ships are charged against income when issued to the ships.

 

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount is recognised as part of cost of sales. Any write-down of inventories to net realisable value and all losses of inventories or reversals of previous write-downs or losses are recognised in cost of sales in the period the write-down, loss or reversal occurs.

 

2.10 Ships, Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Ships, property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.

 

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets other than property and ships under construction over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

 

Office equipment and furniture and fittings - 3 years
Plant and equipment - 3 to 5 years
Motor vehicles - 5 years
Ships - 15 years
Dry-docking - 2.5 to 5 years

 

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

 

Ships and properties in the course of construction for production, rental or administrative purposes, or for purposes not yet determined, are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation of these assets, on the same bases as other assets, commences when the assets are available for use.

 

Ships are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises acquisition cost and costs directly related to the acquisition up until the time when the asset is ready for use, including interest expense incurred during the period. The market average useful life of a ship is estimated to range from 25 to 30 years at which point it would usually be scrapped. The Group policy is to maintain a young fleet compared to the market average and estimates useful life as 15 years from date of delivery for new ships. Ships are depreciated on a straight-line basis to an estimated residual value over their useful life.

 

From time to time, the Group’s ships are required to be dry-docked for inspection and re-licensing at which time major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are in operation are generally performed. The Group capitalises the costs associated with dry-docking as they occur and amortises these costs on a straight-line basis over 2.5 to 5 years, which is generally the period until the next scheduled dry-docking.  A portion of the cost of acquiring a new ship is estimated and allocated to the components expected to be replaced or refurbished at the next scheduled dry-docking. If the ship is disposed before the next dry-docking, the carrying amount of dry-docking expenses is included in determining the gain or loss on disposal of the ship and taken to the profit or loss. If the period to the next dry-docking is shorter than expected, the unamortised balance of the deferred dry-docking cost is charged immediately as an expense before the next dry-docking.

 

Fully depreciated ships, property, plant and equipment still in use are retained in the financial statements.

 

Assets that are held for rental are initially classified as ships, property, plant and equipment. When these assets cease to be rented and a decision is made to sell these assets, the carrying amount is transferred to inventories. Upon sale of these assets, the sales value is recorded in gross revenue and the related carrying value of these assets (held as inventories) is recorded in cost of sales.

 

2.11 Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified and recognised separately from goodwill. The cost of such intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are stated on the same basis as intangible assets acquired separately.

 

  F- 18  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

  

Intangible assets acquired separately are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.  The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate being accounted for on a prospective basis. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised. Each period, the useful lives of such assets are reviewed to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life assessment for the asset, such events are tested for impairment in accordance with the policy below.

 

2.12 Impairment of Tangible and Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill

 

At the end of each reporting period, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but only to the extent that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is indication that the asset may be impaired.

 

2.13 Goodwill

 

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest (if any) in the entity over net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

 

If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognised immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

 

Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

 

On disposal of a subsidiary or the relevant cash generating unit, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

 

2.14 Leases

 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

The Group as lessor

 

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which use benefit derived from the leased asset is diminished. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised as an expense over the lease term on the same basis as the lease income.

 

The Group as lessee

 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognised as an expense in the year in which they are incurred.

  

  F- 19  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

 

2.15 Interests in Joint Ventures

 

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint arrangement. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

 

The results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures are incorporated in these consolidated and combined financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment, or a portion thereof, is classified as held for sale, in which case it is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations . Under the equity method, an investment in a joint venture is initially recognised in the consolidated and combined statement of financial position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture. When the Group’s share of losses of a joint venture exceeds the Group’s interest in that joint venture (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net investment in the joint venture), the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.

 

An investment in a joint venture is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the investee becomes a joint venture. On acquisition of the investment in a joint venture, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. Any excess of the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities over the cost of the investment, after reassessment, is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the period in which the investment is acquired.

 

The requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognise any impairment loss with respect to the Group’s investment in a joint venture. When necessary, the entire carrying amount of the investment (including goodwill) is tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 a single asset by comparing its recoverable amount (higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell) with its carrying amount, any impairment loss recognised forms part of the carrying amount of the investment. Any reversal of that impairment loss is recognised in accordance with IAS 36 to the extent that the recoverable amount of the investment subsequently increases.

 

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be a joint venture, or when the investment is classified as held for sale. When the Group retains an interest in the former joint venture and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. The difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the joint venture is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the joint venture. In addition, the Group accounts for all amounts previously recognised in OCI in relation to that joint venture on the same basis as would be required if that joint venture had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in OCI by that joint venture would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the equity method is discontinued.

 

The Group continues to use the equity method when the investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate. There is no remeasurement to fair value upon such changes in ownership interests.

 

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in a joint venture but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group reclassifies to profit or loss, the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in OCI relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets or liabilities.

 

When a Group entity transacts with a joint venture of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the joint venture are recognised in the Group’s consolidated and combined financial statements only to the extent of interests in the joint venture that are not related to the Group.

 

2.16 Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

 

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

 

Onerous contracts

 

Present obligations arising under onerous contracts are recognised and measured as a provision. An onerous contract is considered to exist where the Group has a contract under which the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it.

 

  F- 20  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

2.17 Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale

 

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

 

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the Group will retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

 

2.18 Revenue recognition and voyage expenses

 

Before 1 January 2018

Revenue represents the gross inflow of economic benefits during the period arising in the course of the ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases in equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants. Included in revenue are freight, charter hire, sale of ships, bunker and consumables related to the ship sales and management fee income.

 

R evenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

 

Charter hire is recognised on a daily accrual basis. Freight revenue is recognised on completion of the voyage and for uncompleted voyages at year-end on the percentage of completion basis. Results of uncompleted voyages are included based on the estimated voyage result and the voyage time elapsed. Anticipated losses for contracts arising on uncompleted voyages are provided in full. 

 

Sales of ships, bunkers and consumables are recognised when all the following conditions are satisfied: 

The Group has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;
The Group retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;
The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;
It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity; and
The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

 

Management fee income is recognised on accrual basis over the period of services rendered.

 

From 1 January 2018

 

Vessel revenue

 

The primary source of revenue for the Group is vessel revenue; comprising of charter hire of ships and freight revenue.

 

Charter hire - The Group earns hire revenue by placing its vessels on time charter, bareboat charter and in pool arrangements. The performance obligations within pool and time-charter contracts include the bareboat charter and the operation of the vessel. Hire revenue is recognised over time as the Group satisfies its obligation based on time elapsed between the delivery of a vessel to a charterer and the redelivery of a vessel from the charterer.

 

For time and bareboat charter contracts, hire is typically invoiced bi-monthly or monthly in advance and hire revenue is accrued based on the daily hire rates. Pool income is accrued monthly based on monthly pool results, index and participation days. The pool index is variable and dependent on the participating vessels within the pool. Other variable hire components of the contract, such as off-hire and speed claims, are recognised only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur when the uncertainty is subsequently resolved. In a small number of charters, the Group may earn profit share consideration, which occurs when actual spot rates earned by the vessel exceed certain thresholds for a period of time.

 

Freight revenue – The Group recognises freight revenue for each specific voyage which is usually priced on a current or “spot” market rate and then adjusted for predetermined criteria. The performance obligations for freight revenue commence from the time the ship is ready at the load port until the cargo has been delivered at the discharge port. The revenue will be recognised over the duration of the voyage between the two points, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance at the load port. Management assesses the stage of completion as determined by the proportion of the total time expected for the voyage that has elapsed at the end of the reporting period as an appropriate measure of progress towards complete satisfaction of these performance obligations and the revenue is recognised in accordance with the calculated stage of completion. The duration of a single voyage will typically be less than three months. Demurrage and despatch are considered at contract inception and estimates are updated throughout the contract period. The consideration for demurrage and despatch will be recognised in the period within which such consideration was incurred. A contract asset is recognised over the period in which the freight services are performed representing the entity’s right to consideration for the services performed as at the end of the reporting period.

 

Sale of ships, bunkers and consumables

 

The Group generates revenue from the sale of ships, bunkers and consumables. Revenue is recognised when control of the ships, bunkers and consumables have been delivered to the buyer. The Group only has the right to the consideration at the point of transfer of the asset.

 

  F- 21  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

Management fees

 

The Group also generates revenue from the management and operation of vessels owned by third parties and by equity-accounted investees as well as providing corporate management services to such entities. The performance obligations within these contracts will typically consist of crewing, technical management, insurance and potentially commercial management. The performance obligations are satisfied concurrently and consecutively rendered over the duration of the management contract, as measured using the time that has elapsed from commencement of performance. Consideration for such contracts will generally consist of a fixed monthly management fee, plus the reimbursement of crewing and other costs for vessels being managed. Management fees are typically invoiced monthly.

 

Voyage expenses

 

Voyage expenses that relate directly to a contract include charter hire expenses, fuel expenses and port expenses. Before 1 January 2018, voyage expenses were expensed based on percentage of completion derived from voyage time elapsed. From 1 January 2018, contract costs are deferred and amortised over the course of the voyage on a percentage completion basis that is consistent with the revenue recognition under IFRS 15. This percentage of completion is derived from time elapsed between the tender of readiness to load a cargo or delivery of a vessel to a charterer, and the completion of discharging a cargo or redelivery of a vessel from a charterer. Contract costs are deferred only if they represent incremental costs of obtaining a contract or fulfilment costs that (i) relate directly a contract or to an anticipated contract, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the contract and (iii) are expected to be recovered.

 

2.19 Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

 

2.20 Share-Based Payments

 

Equity-settled share options – Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in Note 27.

 

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to reserves.

 

2.21 Retirement Benefit Costs

 

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are charged as an expense when employees have rendered the services entitling them to the contributions. Payments made to state-managed retirement benefit schemes, such as the Singapore Central Provident Fund, and South African defined contribution provident funds, are dealt with as payments to defined contribution plans where the Group’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution retirement benefit plan.

 

For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each annual reporting period.

 

Remeasurement, comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the changes to the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognised in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recognised in other comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is recognised in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

 

Defined benefit costs are categorised as follows:

 

· service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements);
· net interest expense or income; and
· remeasurement.

 

The Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item ‘Administrative expense’. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs. 

 

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated and combined statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions to the plans.

 

  F- 22  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

A liability for a termination benefit is recognised at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognises any related restructuring costs.

 

2.22 Employee Leave Entitlement

 

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrue to employees. A provision is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the end of the reporting period. 

 

2.23 Income Tax

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

 

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are not taxable or tax deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted in countries where the company and subsidiaries operate by the end of the reporting period.

 

Deferred tax is recognised on the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.  Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled or the asset realised based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Current and deferred tax are recognised as an expense or income in profit or loss, except when they relate to items credited or debited outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognised outside profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively), or where they arise from the initial accounting for a business combination. In the case of a business combination, the tax effect is taken into account in calculating goodwill or determining the excess of the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities over cost.

 

2.24 Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

 

The individual financial statements of each Group entity are measured and presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (its functional currency which is either United States dollars or South African Rands). The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Group are presented in United States Dollars.

 

In preparing the financial statements of the individual entities, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined.  Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

 

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on retranslation of monetary items are included in profit or loss for the year. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items carried at fair value are included in profit or loss for the year except for differences arising on the retranslation of non-monetary items in respect of which gains and losses are recognised directly in OCI. For such non-monetary items, any exchange component of that gain or loss is also recognised directly in OCI.

 

Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings relating to assets under construction for future productive use, are included in the cost of those assets when they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs on those foreign currency borrowings.

 

  F- 23  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont’d)

 

For the purpose of presenting consolidated and combined financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations (including comparatives) are expressed in United States Dollars using exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuated significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in OCI and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

 

On the disposal of a foreign operation (i.e. a disposal of the Group’s entire interest in a foreign operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, loss of joint control over a jointly controlled entity that includes a foreign operation, or loss of significant influence over an associate that includes a foreign operation), all of the accumulated exchange differences in respect of that operation attributable to the Group are reclassified to profit or loss. Any exchange differences that have previously been attributed to non-controlling interests are derecognised, but they are not reclassified to profit or loss.

 

In the case of a partial disposal (i.e. no loss of control) of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, the proportionate share of accumulated exchange differences are re-attributed to non-controlling interests and are not recognised in profit or loss. For all other partial disposals (i.e. of associates or jointly controlled entities not involving a change of accounting basis), the proportionate share of the accumulated exchange differences is reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in OCI.

 

2.25 Cash and Cash Equivalents in the Statement of Cash Flows

 

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows are comprised of cash on hand and demand deposits that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

2.26 Financial Guarantee Contracts

 

Financial guarantee contracts are accounted for in terms of IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts and are measured initially at cost and thereafter, in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets .

  

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

 

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 2, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

(i) Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies

 

The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (see below), that management has made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

 

Classification of certain investments as a joint venture

 

Note 16 describes that Tri-view Shipping Pte Ltd, Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd. as joint ventures of the Group even though the Group has 51%, 65% and 33.5% of ownership interest and voting rights in these entities respectively. Management has assessed that the interests in these entities would be considered as joint ventures given that the contractual agreement between the parties in undertaking the economic activities of these entities would be subject to joint control.  Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic activity, and exists only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of all the parties sharing control.

 

Ships classified as inventories

 

The Group regularly engaged in trading of ships. When a ship ceased to be rented and a decision is made for the ship to be sold, the ship would be classified as inventories (Note 13). The proceeds from the sale of such assets shall be recognised as revenue in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The corresponding cost shall be accounted for as cost of sales.

 

(ii) Key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are disclosed below.

 

  F- 24  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (cont’d)

 

Calculation of loss allowance on trade receivable s and amount due from related parties and loans to joint ventures

 

When measuring expected credit loss in relation to the trade receivables and amount due from related parties and loans to joint ventures, the Group uses reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive, taking into account cash flows from collateral and integral credit enhancements. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions. Details of the loss allowance on trade receivables and amount due from related parties and loans to joint ventures are provided in Note 7, 10 and 11.

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the entity to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit (based on past performance and management’s expectations of the market developments) and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The carrying amount of goodwill at the end of the reporting period was $7,351,000 (2017: $8,419,000) after an impairment of $Nil (2017: $8,483,000) was recognised during the financial year. Details of the impairment loss calculation are provided in Note 18.

 

Impairment of interest in joint ventures

 

The recoverable amount of the investments has been determined based on the estimated net asset value of the joint ventures which approximates their fair value less cost to sell.

 

The carrying amounts of interest in joint ventures are disclosed in Note 16.

 

Percentage of completion of voyages recognised as revenue

 

The stage of completion of a voyage is determined by calculating the total number of actual days from the loading of the cargo at the commencement of a voyage to the period end, divided by the total estimated number of days from loading to discharging the cargo.

 

The duration of a voyage depends on the size of the ship being loaded, cargo type and quantity, ship speed as well as delays occasioned by weather or due congestion at load or discharge ports.

 

Ship life, residual value and impairment

 

In the shipping industry, the use of the 25 to 30 year ship life has become the prevailing standard for the type of ship owned by the Group. However, management depreciates the ships on a straight-line basis after deduction for residual values over the ship’s estimated useful life of 15 years, from the date the ship was originally delivered from the shipyard as the Group maintains a young fleet compared to the market average and generally aims to replace ships that are 15 years or older. As a result, ships are depreciated over 15 years to the expected residual market value of a ship of a similar age and specification. Management reassesses the depreciation period of ships that surpass this limit with special consideration of the ships and the purpose for which the ship was retained in the fleet.

 

Residual values of the ships are reassessed by management at the end of each reporting period based on the current shipping markets, the movement of the markets over the previous five years and the age, specification and condition of the respective ships.

 

Considerations for useful life of the ships also include maintenance and repair cost, technical or commercial obsolescence and legal or similar limits to the use of ships.

 

Management also reviews the ships for impairment whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the ships may not be recoverable. Management measures the recoverability of an asset by comparing its carrying amount against its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. If the ship is considered to be impaired, an impairment loss is recognised to an amount to the excess of the carrying value of the asset over its recoverable amount.

 

Value in use is the future cash flows that the ships are expected to generate from charter hire of the ships and the expected running costs thereof over their remaining useful lives, with a cash inflow in the final year equal to the residual value of the ships. Management determined the value-in-use based on past performance of the ships and their expectations of the market development. The future cash flows are determined based on the combination of the following assumptions:

 

1) Forecast earnings are based on internal estimates having considered: fixed future earnings from existing COAs and charter contracts, allowing for dry dock and commercial off hire days, internal forecasts, as well as third party information and historical earnings averages.

 

2) Pre-tax discount rate of 8.33% (2017: 7.55%) rate is used to discount future cash flows from deployment of the ships to their net present values.

 

3) Vessel operating expenses and drydock costs are based on management’s best estimates.

 

  F- 25  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY (cont’d)

 

As at 31 December 2018, and 2017, a possible change to the following estimate used in management’s assessment will result in the recoverable amount to be below the total carrying amount of the ships (on the basis that each of the other key assumptions remain unchanged):

 

Drybulk Carriers

 

· 13.3% to 37.8% decrease to the charter rate (2017: 16.54% to 37.45% decrease to the charter rate); or

 

· 12.3% to 81.8% increase to the discount rate (2017: 10.59% to 37.38% increase to the discount rate).

 

Tankers

 

· 0.6% to 33.9% decrease to the charter rate (2017: 1.67% to 55.56% decrease to the charter rate); or

 

· 0.8% to 22.4% increase to the discount rate (2017: 2.32% to 20.53% increase to the discount rate).

 

Based on the key assumptions and taking into account the sensitivity analysis above, management has determined that the estimated recoverable amount of the ships are appropriate. Accordingly, there was no allowance for impairment loss recognised during the year (2017: US$16,503,000).

 

The recoverable amounts of ships classified as inventories were determined based on fair value less cost of disposal, which were determined based on the market comparable approach that reflects recent transaction prices for similar ships, with similar age and specifications. In valuing the ships, the appraisers have taken into consideration the prevailing market conditions and have made adjustments for differences where necessary before arriving at the most appropriate value for the ships. The carrying amounts of the ships are disclosed in Note 14.

 

Tax liabilities

 

The Group acquired a wholly-owned subsidiary, Unicorn Tankers International Ltd (“UTI”), in 2013. UTI and its subsidiary are tax residents in United Kingdom (“UK”). In recent years, the UK tax authorities have revised their interpretations of certain areas of tonnage tax legislation. If certain legislation is interpreted in an alternative manner, additional taxation of up to US$5,657,000 (2017: US$5,657,000) could arise. A tax provision of US$2,400,000 (2017: US$2,400,000) has been provided.

 

In 2013, there were queries raised by the UK tax authorities on a subsidiary of UTI. At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the inquiries by the UK tax authorities are still ongoing. Management is of the opinion that UTI and its subsidiary had complied with the tax legislation and does not expect any additional taxation will arise out of the queries raised by the UK tax authorities.

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

(i) Categories of financial instruments

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Financial assets                
Derivative instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships     -       123  
Financial assets at amortised cost (2017: Loans and receivables)     112,855       163,600  
Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)     -       (35,500 )
      112,855       128,100  
      112,855       128,223  
                 
Financial liabilities                
Derivative instruments designated in hedge accounting relationships     867       138  
Financial liabilities at amortised cost     143,339       171,117  
Less: Transferred to asset of disposal group classified as held for sale (Note 39)     -       (16,975 )
      143,339       154,142  
      144,206       154,280  

 

(ii) Financial risk management policies and objectives

 

The management of the Group monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group to ensure appropriate measures are implemented in a timely and effective manner. These risks include market risk (foreign currency risk, interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purpose.

 

  F- 26  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

  

There has been no change to the Group’s exposure to these financial risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risk. Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis indicated below.

 

(a) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. As at 31 December 2018, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking into account any collateral held or other credit enhancements, which will cause a financial loss to the Group due to failure to discharge an obligation by the counterparties and financial guarantees provided by the Group arises from:

 

the carrying amount of the respective recognised financial assets as stated in the consolidated statement of financial position; and
the maximum amount the Group would have to pay if the financial guarantee is called upon, irrespective of the likelihood of the guarantee being exercised as disclosed in Note 4(d).

  

In order to minimise credit risk, the Group has categorised exposures according to their degree of risk of default. The Group uses its own trading records to rate its major customers and other debtors. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties.

 

The Group’s current credit risk grading framework comprises the following categories:

 

Category   Description   Basis for recognising expected credit losses (ECL)
Performing   The counterparty has a low risk of default and does not have any past-due amounts.  

12-month ECL

 

Doubtful   Amount is >90 days past due or there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.  

Lifetime ECL – not credit-impaired

 

In default   Amount is >120 days past due or there is evidence indicating the asset is credit-impaired.  

Lifetime ECL – credit-impaired

 

Write-off   There is evidence indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and the Group has no realistic prospect of recovery.  

Amount is written off

 

 

The tables below detail the credit quality of the Group’s financial assets and other items, as well as maximum exposure to credit risk by credit risk rating grades:

 

    Note     Internal
credit rating
  12-month or
lifetime ECL
  Gross
carrying
amount
    Loss
allowance
    Net
carrying
amount
 
                  US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
31 December 2018                                        
                                         
Trade receivables     7     (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     12,034       -       12,034  
Contract assets     8     (i)   Lifetime ECL (Simplified approach)     1,959       -       1,959  
Other receivables     9     Performing   12-month ECL     16,239       -       16,239  
Due from related parties     10     Performing   12-month ECL     13,516       -       13,516  
Loans to joint ventures     11     Doubtful   Lifetime ECL     25,483       1,680       23,803  
                      69,231       1,680       67,551  

 

(i) For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group has applied the simplified approach in IFRS 9 to measure the loss allowance at lifetime ECL. The Group determines the expected credit losses on these items by using a provision matrix, estimated based on historical credit loss experience based on the past due status of the debtors, adjusted as appropriate to reflect current conditions and estimates of future economic conditions. Accordingly, the credit risk profile of these assets is presented based on their past due status in terms of the provision matrix.

 

Further details on the loss allowance are disclosed in the respective notes.

 

In order to minimise credit risk, the Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficient collateral, where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. The Group uses its own trading records to rate its major customers. The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and the aggregate value of transactions concluded is spread amongst approved counterparties.

 

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. There are ongoing reviews on the limits attributed to customers.

 

  F- 27  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

Credit approvals and other monitoring procedures are also in place to ensure that follow-up action is taken to recover overdue debts. Furthermore, the Group reviews the recoverable amount of each trade debt on an individual basis at the end of the reporting period to ensure that adequate loss allowance is made for irrecoverable amounts. In this regard, management considers that the Group’s credit risk is significantly reduced.

 

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse geographical areas. Ongoing credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of accounts receivable.

 

At the end of the reporting period, other than amounts due from related parties and joint ventures, the Group does not have significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any Group of counterparties having similar characteristics. The Group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the fact that the customer base is large and unrelated.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are third parties and banks with high internal and external credit ratings. In addition, the Group is exposed to credit risk in relation to financial guarantees given to banks. The Group’s maximum exposure in this respect is the maximum amount the Group could have to pay if the guarantee is called on.

 

(b) Interest rate risk management

 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk through the impact of bank loans and loans granted from/to related parties at variable interest rates. The Group monitors its exposure to fluctuating interest rates and generally enters into contracts that are linked to market rates relative to the currency of the asset or liability.

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the end of the reporting period and the stipulated change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held constant throughout the reporting period in the case of instruments that have floating rates.  A 50 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the reasonably possible change in interest rates.

 

If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s loss for the year ended 31 December 2018 would increase/decrease by US$603,000 (2017: increase/decrease by US$470,000 and 2016: increase/decrease by US$634,000).  This is mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate bank loans and loans from/to related parties.

 

(c) Foreign currency exchange risk management

 

The Group’s main operational activities are carried out in United States dollars and South African rands, which is the functional currency of the respective financial statements of each Group entity.  The risk arising from movements in foreign exchange rates is limited as the Group has minimal transactions in foreign currencies which mainly relates to administrative expenses in Singapore dollars, loans to joint ventures in Japanese yen and amounts due to related companies in South African rands and Great Britain pounds as well as bank balances in South African rands.

 

The Group has access to a foreign exchange facility which enables it to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts. Management reviews and monitors currency risk exposure and determines whether any hedging is considered necessary.

 

The objective of the foreign exchange exposure management policy is to ensure that all foreign exchange exposures are identified as early as possible and that the identified exposures are actively managed to reduce risk. All exposures are to reflect the underlying foreign currency commitments arising from trade and/or foreign currency finance. Under no circumstances are speculative positions, not supported by normal trade flows, permitted.

 

At the end of the reporting period, the significant carrying amounts of monetary liabilities and monetary assets denominated in currencies other than the respective Group entities’ functional currencies are as follows:

 

    Liabilities     Assets  
    2018     2017     2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                         
United States dollars     (1,660 )     (186 )     4,941       2,093  
South African rands     (22,909 )     (19,268 )     7,894       119  
Japanese yen     (6,976 )     (11 )     765       11,132  

 

Foreign currency sensitivity

 

The following table details the sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in the relevant foreign currencies against the functional currency of each Group entity.  10% is the sensitivity rate used when reporting foreign currency risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign exchange rates.  The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates.

 

  F- 28  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

   

If the relevant foreign currency strengthens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

    Impact on  profit or loss  
    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
United States dollars     328       191  
South African rands     (1,502 )     (1,915 )
Japanese yen     (621 )     1,112  

 

If the relevant foreign currency weakens by 10% against the functional currency of the entity, profit or loss will increase/(decrease) by:

 

    Impact on profit or loss  
    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
United States dollars     (328 )     (191 )
South African rands     1,502       1,915  
Japanese yen     621       (1,112 )

 

(d) Liquidity risk management

 

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group is unable to pay its creditors due to insufficient funds.  The Group maintains and monitors a level of cash deemed adequate by management at all times to finance its obligations as and when they fall due.

 

The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast cash flows and ensuring that adequate borrowing facilities are maintained. The management may from time to time at their discretion raise or borrow monies for the purposes of the Group as they deem fit.

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

 

The following tables detail the remaining contractual maturity for non-derivative financial liabilities.  The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. The adjustment column represents the possible future cash flows attributable to the instrument included in the maturity analysis which is not included in the carrying amount of the financial liability on the consolidated and combined statements of financial position.

 

    Weighted
average
effective
interest rate
    On
demand
or within
1 year
    Within
2 to
5 years
    After
5 years
    Adjustment     Total  
    % p.a.     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Group                                                
                                                 
2018                                                
Non-interest bearing           28,480       403       -       -       28,883  
Variable interest rate instruments     5.30        23,295       108,057       -       (16,896 )     114,456  
              51,775       108,460       -       (16,896 )     143,339  
                                                 
2017                                                
Non-interest bearing           38,854       6,534       -       -       45,388  
Variable interest rate instruments     3.83        90,128       23,035       -       (4,409 )     108,754  
              128,982       29,569       -       (4,409 )     154,142  

 

The maximum amount that the Group could be forced to settle under the financial guarantee if the full guaranteed amount is claimed by the counterparty to the guarantee is disclosed in Note 37. The Group considers that it is more than likely that no amount will be payable under the arrangement.

  

  F- 29  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The following table details the liquidity analysis for derivative financial instruments.  The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that require gross settlement.  When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of reporting period.

 

    On demand or
within 1 year
   

Within

2 to 5 years

   

 

Adjustment

   

 

Total

 
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Group                                
                                 
2018                                
Gross settled:                                
Bunker swaps                                
Gross outflow     (867 )         -           -       (867 )
                                 
2017                                
Gross settled:                                
Forward freight agreements                                
Gross inflow     17       -       -       17  
Gross outflow     (138 )     -       -       (138 )
      (121 )     -       -       (121 )
Bunker swaps                                
Gross inflow     106       -       -       106  
                                 
      (15 )     -       -       (15 )

 

(e) Shipping market price risk management

 

The Group is exposed to the fluctuations in market conditions in the shipping industry which in turn affects the Group’s profitability.  Management continually assess shipping markets using their experience and detailed research.  Risks are managed by fixing tonnage on longer term time charters, contracts of affreightment and entering into forward freight agreements.  The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 12.

 

Shipping market price sensitivity

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to shipping market price risk at the end of the reporting period.

 

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the shipping market prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

 

· loss for the year ended 31 December 2018 would decrease/increase by US$Nil (2017: decrease/increase by US$Nil and 2016: decrease/increase by US$Nil); and

 

· hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$Nil (2017: increase/decrease by US$316,000 and 2016: increase/decrease by US$70,000).

 

(f) Commodity price risk management

 

The Group uses bunker swaps to manage exposure to commodity price risk where the positions are not naturally economically hedged through the combination of holding inventory, forward sales contracts and forward purchase contracts. Management continually assess commodity price through their experience and detailed research. The carrying amount of the derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 12.

 

Commodity price sensitivity

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to commodity price risk at the end of the reporting period.

 

In respect of derivative financial instruments, if the commodity prices had been 10% higher/lower while other variables were held constant:

 

· loss for the year ended 31 December 2018 would decrease/increase by US$Nil (2017: decrease/increase by US$Nil and 2016: decrease/increase by US$128,000).

 

· hedging reserve would decrease/increase by US$355,000 (2017: decrease/increase by US$128,000 and 2016: decrease/increase by US$280,000).

 

  F- 30  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

(g) Fair value measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other current receivables and payables, and other liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term maturity of these financial instruments.  The fair values of other classes of financial assets and liabilities are disclosed in the respective notes to financial statements.

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Financial Assets                
Forward freight agreements     -       17  
Bunker swaps     -       106  
                 
Financial Liabilities                
Forward freight agreements     -       138  
Bunker swaps     867       -  

 

All the financial instruments relate to the forward freight agreements and bunker swap agreements and have been classified as Level 2 financial instruments, which indicates that the fair value of the instruments were determined based on discounted cash flow with reference to observable inputs for equivalent instruments, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of various counterparties.  Further details are disclosed in Note 12.

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and 2 in the period.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 

Level 1 - quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2 - inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

 

Level 3 - inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

 

Level 2 and 3 fair values were determined by applying either a combination of, or one of the following valuation techniques:

 

market related interest rate yield curves to discount expected future cash flows; and/or
projected unit method; and/or
market value, and/or
the net asset value of the underlying investments; and/or
a price earnings multiple or a discounted projected income/present value approach

 

The fair value measurement for income approach valuation is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market. Key inputs used in the valuation include discount rates and future profit assumptions based on historical performance but adjusted for expected growth. Management reassess the earnings or yield multiples at least annually based on their assessment of the macro- and micro-economic environment.

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
2018                                
                                 
Financial liabilities                                
Derivative financial instruments        -       867          -       867  
                                 
2017                                
Financial assets                                
Derivative financial instruments     -       123       -       123  
                                 
Financial liabilities                                
Derivative financial instruments     -       138       -       138  

 

  F- 31  

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISKS AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (cont’d)

 

(iii) Capital management policies and objectives

 

The Group manages its capital to ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt to equity balance.  The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity, which is comprised of share capital and reserves.

 

The Group also reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As a part of this review, the management considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with each class of capital. Management also ensures that the Group maintains gearing ratios within a set range to comply with the loan covenants imposed by a bank.

 

The Group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from the prior year.

 

5 RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions between the Group and Grindrod Limited group of companies prior to the Spin-Off (Note 1) are disclosed as transactions with related parties under Group companies below. With effective from 18 June 2018, arising from the Spin-Off, Grindrod Limited group of companies no longer meet the definition of related parties and hence balances and transactions after this date are not disclosed as balances and transactions with related parties.

 

Many of the Group’s transactions and arrangements are with related parties and the effect of these on the basis determined between the parties is reflected in these financial statements. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand unless otherwise stated.

 

During the year, Group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties:

 

(i) Group companies

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Freight revenue from related parties     -       939       1,017  
Fuel and port expenses to related parties     (18,910 )     (55,895 )     (46,477 )
Bunker swaps from related companies     111       182       -  
Guarantee fees from related parties     -       325       486  
Guarantee fees to related parties     (54 )     (451 )     (514 )
Interest expense on loans from related parties     -       (629 )     (312 )
Interest income on amounts due from related parties     -       1,199       909  
Management fees to related parties     (1,135 )     (3,495 )     (2,956 )
Net gain on disposal of businesses     3,255       -       -  
Overhead recovery from/ (to) related party (included in administrative expenses)     134       (202 )     (967 )
Dividend paid to related party     -       (1,674 )     -  
Other expenses to related parties     (187 )     (1,268 )     (2,216 )

 

(ii) Joint ventures

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interest income     2,573       4,346       2,728  
Technical management fee income     1,625       1,625       1,427  
Agency Fees from joint ventures     574       618       317  
Charter hire and other related revenue     13,445       4,376       3,624  
Charter hire and other related expenses     (52,050 )     (50,741 )     (33,643 )
Payments on behalf of a joint venture     (1,217 )     (585 )     (2 )
Purchase of ship from joint venture     10,250       -       -  
Management fee income     217       350       350  

 

Refer to Note 37 for information on the guarantees provided by the Group for loans within joint venture structures.

 

  F- 32  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5 RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS (cont’d)

 

(iii) Compensation of directors and key management personnel

 

The remuneration of the directors and other members of key management is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Short-term benefits     4,839       6,026       3,511  
Share-based payments     84       459       -  
      4,923       6,485       3,511  

 

The remuneration of directors and key management is determined by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Limited (prior to 18 June 2018 by the remuneration committee of Grindrod Limited) having regard to the performance of individuals and market trends.

 

6 CASH AND BANK BALANCES INCLUDING RESTRICTED CASH

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Restricted cash, current portion     2,138       5,183  
Cash on hand     438       347  
Cash at bank     33,060       40,992  
Cash and bank balances     35,636       46,522  
                 
Less: Restricted cash, current portion     (2,138 )     (5,183 )
Less: Bank overdrafts     -       (4,028 )
      33,498       37,311  
Add: Cash and cash equivalents included in a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       7,934  
Cash and cash equivalents in the statements of cash flows     33,498       45,245  
                 
Restricted cash                
Classified as:                
Current     2,138       5,183  
Non-current     11,627       -  
      13,765       5,183  

 

The current portion of the restricted cash represents amounts placed in retention accounts can only be used to fund loan repayments or interest payments. The non-current portion of restricted cash represents debt reserves security deposit required due to the conditions of certain banking facilities and these deposits are not available to finance the Group’s day to day operations.

  

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Trade receivables     8,936       17,249  
Less:  Loss allowance     -       -  
Loss allowance     -       (25 )
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       25  
      8,936       17,249  
Trade receivables due from the pools     3,098       1,676  
Forward freight agreements     -       605  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (6,131 )
      12,034       13,399  

 

The credit period is 1 to 30 days (2017: 1 to 30 days).  No interest is charged on the outstanding invoice.

 

Loss allowance for trade receivables has always been measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL). The ECL on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

 

A trade receivable is written off when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

 

  F- 33  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

7 TRADE RECEIVABLES (cont’d)

 

The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix. The expected credit loss rate is considered immaterial for trade receivables outstanding for less than 120 days and for trade receivables past due for more than 120 days, the Group has recognised a loss allowance of 100%, except for the adjustment to factors that are specific to the debtors, because historical experience has indicated that these receivables are generally not recoverable. As the Group’s historical credit loss experience does not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the provision for loss allowance based on past due status is not further distinguished between the Group’s different customer base.

 

    Trade receivables past due  
2018   Not past
due
    < 30     31-60     61-90     91-120     >120     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                                                         
Estimated total gross carrying amount at default, representing net carrying amount of default     6,585       2,647       1,185       139       1,478          -       12,034  

 

Previous accounting policy for impairment of trade receivables

 

In 2017, allowance for doubtful debts for trade receivables were determined based on estimated irrecoverable amounts from charter hire income, determined by reference to past default experience.

 

Included in the Group’s trade receivable balance are debtors with a carrying amount of US$4,243,000 which was past due at the end of reporting period for which the Group have not provided for, as there has not been a significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable.  The average age of these receivables were as follows:

 

    2017  
    US$’000  
       
1 day to 30 days     2,509  
31 days to 60 days     511  
61 days to 90 days     209  
More than 90 days     1,014  
      4,234  

 

Movement in the loss allowance:

 

    2017  
    US$’000  
Balance at beginning of the year     5  
Increase in allowance for doubtful debts     18  
Effect of foreign exchange differences     2  
      25  
Included in assets of a disposal group classified as held  for sale (Note 39)     (25 )
Balance at end of year     -  

  

8 CONTRACT ASSETS

 

This relates to unbilled revenue, recognised over the period in which the freight services are performed representing the entity’s right to consideration for the services performed as at the end of the reporting period.

 

Management estimates the loss allowance on amounts due from customers at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, taking into account the historical default experience and the future prospects of the industry. None of the amounts due from customers at the end of the reporting period is past due.

 

9 OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Current:                
Deposits     337       293  
Prepayments     1,663       2,328  
Voyages in progress     12,156       12,367  
Other receivables     3,746       6,791  
      17,902       21,779  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (4,592 )
      17,902       17,187  
Non-current:                
Other receivables     -       187  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (115 )
      -       72  
                 
      17,902       17,259  

  

  F- 34  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

9 OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS (cont’d)

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, other receivables are considered to have low credit risk as they are not due for payment at the end of the reporting period and there has been no significant increase in the risk of default on the receivables since initial recognition. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses (ECL).

 

In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the counterparties, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors and general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate.

 

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL – credit impaired lifetime ECL that has been recognised for other receivables in accordance with IFRS 9:

 

    2018  
    US$’000  
Balance as at 1 January 2018     -  
Adjustment upon application of IFRS 9     70  
Change in loss allowance due to new trade receivables originated, net of those derecognised due to settlement     -  
Amount written off     (70 )
Balance as at 31 December 2018     -  

 

10 DUE FROM RELATED PARTIES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Due from related parties (Note 5)                
-  non-interest bearing - trade     -       22  
-  interest bearing - non-trade     -       15,215  
Due from joint ventures (Note 5)                
-  non-interest bearing - non-trade     4,300       2,597  
-  interest bearing - non-trade     9,216       26,888  
      13,516       44,722  
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (17,724 )
      13,516       26,998  

 

Amounts due from related parties and joint ventures are unsecured and repayable on demand and their carrying value approximate fair value.

 

In 2018, interest was charged on the amounts due from joint ventures of US$9,216,000 at 15.0% per annum. In 2017, interest was charged on amounts due from related parties of US$15,215,000 at 8.22% per annum and amounts due from joint venture of US$26,888,000 at 15.0% per annum.

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, amounts due from related parties are considered to have low credit risk as they are not due for payment at the end of the reporting period and there has been no significant increase in the risk of default on the receivables since initial recognition. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses (ECL).

 

In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the counterparties, adjusted for factors that are specific to the related parties.

  

11 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Loans to joint ventures analysed between:                
                 
Assets                
Current assets     25,483       22,400  
Provision for losses on joint ventures     (1,680 )     (4,220 )
      23,803       18,180  
                 
Non-current assets     -       13,748  
Provision for losses on joint ventures     -       (6,447 )
      -       7,301  
                 
Total     23,803       25,481  

 

(1) US$2,640,000 (2017: US$2,636,000) of the loans is to a joint venture which relates to payments made for instalments due for a ship under construction in accordance with the terms of ship building contract.  The loan is repayable over a period of 10 years from date ship’s delivery in 2009. The loan is unsecured and bear interest at rates ranging from 3.14% to 4.34% per annum during the year. The loan approximates the fair value as the loan is arranged at floating rates.

 

  F- 35  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

11 LOANS TO JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

(2) In 2017, US$11,129,000 of the loans is due from a joint venture which relates to payments made for instalments due for two ships under construction in accordance with the terms of ship building contracts. The loans were repayable over a period of 17 years from date of respective ships delivery in 2011 and 2012.   The loan was unsecured and bore interest at rates ranging from 1.04% to 1.05% per annum during the year ended 2017. In 2018, the Group acquired the remaining equity interest of this joint venture resulting in the elimination of the loan balances. These loans approximate the fair value as the loan is arranged at floating rates.

 

(3) US$22,843,000 (2017: US$22,383,000) of loans to a joint venture is unsecured and bear interest at a rate of 2% (2017: 2%) per annum during the year. The loan is expected to be repaid within 12 months from the end of the reporting period. The carrying value of the loans at year end approximates the fair value.

 

For purpose of impairment assessment, loans to joint ventures have been considered to have significant increase in the risk of default on the loans since initial recognition because of the volatile economic environment the joint ventures operate in. Accordingly, for the purpose of impairment assessment for these receivables, the loss allowance is measured at lifetime ECL. In determining the ECL, management has taken into account the provision of losses that arose from the Group’s share of losses in joint venture that were in excess of the Group’s cost of investment in joint ventures (Note 16) and any additional loss allowance required based on the expected recovery from the loan.

 

Under the previous accounting policy, the Group has provided an allowance of US$10,667,000 for impairment of the loans with joint ventures. The allowance represents the provision for losses on joint ventures that arose from the recognition of the Group’s share of losses in joint venture that were in excess of the group’s cost of investment in joint ventures (Note 16).

 

The following table shows the movement in lifetime ECL – credit impaired lifetime ECL that has been recognised for loans to joint venture:

 

    2018  
    US$’000  
Balance as at 1 January 2018     10,667  
Loss allowance recognised in profit or loss     (2,540 )
Amount written off     (6,447 )
Balance as at 31 December 2018     1,680  

 

12 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Forward freight agreements and bunker swaps - analysed between:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Assets                
Current assets     -       123  
                 
Liabilities                
Current liabilities     (867 )     (138 )

 

The Group has entered into a number of forward freight agreements covering certain open positions of its capesize and handysize ships. These are entered into in the normal course of business in order to hedge against open positions in the fleet from contracts of affreightment and exposure on earnings for the handysize ships trading in a pool on the spot market. At 31 December 2018, there are 0 (2017: 7) outstanding forward freight agreements, maturing as follows:

 

Settlement period      

Strike

price

    Duration  

Notional

value

   

Fair value

gain (loss)

 
        US$         US$’000     US$’000  
2017                                
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:
Current Assets                                
January 2018 to March 2018   BSI - Ave     9,800     45 days     441       1  
January 2018 to March 2018   BSI - Ave     10,300     40 days     412       16  
                      853       17  
Current Liabilities                                
January 2018 to March 2018   BSI - Ave     8,900     30 days     267       (27 )
January 2018 to March 2018   BSI - Ave     9,150     90 days     824       (57 )
January 2018 to March 2018   BHSI - Ave     8,050     90 days     725       (40 )
January 2018 to March 2018   BHSI - Ave     8,100     15 days     122       (7 )
January 2018 to March 2018   BHSI - Ave     8,250     30 days     248       (7 )
                      2,186       (138 )

 

  F- 36  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

12 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (cont’d)

 

The Group has entered into a number of bunker swaps, as follows:

 

Settlement periods       Strike
price
    Quantity    

Notional

value

   

Fair value

gain

 
        US$           US$’000     US$’000  
                             
2018                                    
Current liabilities                                    
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:
                                     
January 2019 to February 2019   MOPS380     457.75       1000       458       (135 )
January 2019   MOPS380     419.00       350       147       (33 )
January 2019   MOPS180     425.25       350       149       (34 )
May 2019   MOPS180     403.50       350       141       (31 )
September 2019   MOPS180     377.50       350       132       (26 )
January 2019 to September 2019   Rott 3.5% Brg     338.50       1,800       609       (101 )
January 2019 to September 2019   MOPS180     368.50       3,060       1,128       (164 )
January 2019 to September 2019   Rott 3.5% Brg     369.75       1,350       499       (118 )
January 2019 to September 2019   MOPS180     403.00       1,350       544       (119 )
January 2019 to March 2019   MOPS380     406.00       1,500       609       (106 )
                          4,416       (867 )
                                     
2017                                    
Current asset                                    
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships:
                                     
January 2018 to December 2018   Rott 3.5% Brg     326       3,600 MT       1,174       106  

 

BSI-Ave denotes “Baltic Supramax Index (Average)”

BHSI-Ave denotes “Baltic Handysize Index (Average)”

MOPS 380 denotes “Mean of Platts Singapore 380”

Rott 3.5% Brg denotes “3.5% Fuel Oil Barges FOB Rotterdam” 

 

13 INVENTORIES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Bunkers and other consumables at cost     10,841       10,156  
Ships recognised as inventories     -       -  
Ships reclassified from Ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories (Note 14) (a)     7,321       16,988  
Sale of ships recognised as inventories (a)     (7,321 )     (16,988 )
Included in assets of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (1,078 )
      10,841       9,078  

 

(a) On 10 October 2018, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with third parties for the sale of a ship at purchase consideration of US$8,650,000. The ship was delivered to third parties on 26 October 2018.

 

On 29 June 2017 and 27 October 2017, the Group entered into Memorandums of Agreement with third parties for the sale of ships at purchase consideration of US$10,897,000 and US$6,830,000 respectively. The ships were delivered to third parties on 17 October 2017 and 27 November 2017.

 

Ships reclassified from Ships, property, plant and equipment as inventories is reconciled as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost     15,203       39,256  
Accumulated depreciation     (3,443 )     (11,744 )
Impairment     (4,439 )     (10,524 )
Carrying amount     7,321       16,988  

 

  F- 37  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

14 SHIPS, PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

    Office
equipment,
furniture and
fittings and
motor vehicles
    Plant and
equipment
    Plant and
equipment
under
construction
    Ships     Dry-
docking
    Construction
in progress
    Freehold
land and
buildings
    Leasehold
improvements
    Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Cost:                                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2017     9,676       6,423       239       486,004       14,961       773       278       653       519,007  
Additions     1,181       -       -       339       4,880       -       -       31       6,431  
Disposals     (340 )     (218 )     -       -       (3,183 )     -       -       (35 )     (3,776 )
Transfer     245       -       (245 )     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     (5,876 )     -       -       (27,419 )     (1,983 )     -       -       (734 )     (36,012 )
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       -       (37,490 )     (1,766 )     -       -       -       (39,256 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     1,008       -       6       -       168       -       29       85       1,296  
Balance at 31 December 2017     5,894       6,205       -       421,434       13,077       773       307       -       447,690  
Additions     88       280       -       9,980       5,760       5,611       -       -       21,719  
Disposals     (296 )     (1,057 )     -       -       (5,353 )     -       -       -       (6,706 )
Acquired on acquisition of subsidiary (Note 41.2)     -       -       -       10,584       416       -       -       -       11,000  
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       (57 )     -       (14,160 )     (986 )     -       -       -       (15,203 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (666 )     -       -       -       -       -       (44 )     -       (710 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     5,020       5,371       -       427,838       12,914       6,384       263       -       457,790  
                                                       
Accumulated depreciation:                                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2017     6,985       3,852       -       113,632       7,553          -       -       199       132,221  
Depreciation     706       814       -       13,416       3,745       -       -       91       18,772  
Disposals     (218 )     (218 )     -       -       (3,183 )     -       -       (33 )     (3,652 )
Reclassified to disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     (2,901 )     -       -       (12,119 )     (969 )     -       -       (300 )     (16,289 )
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       -       (10,948 )     (796 )     -       -       -       (11,744 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     691       -       -       13       175       -       -       43       922  
Balance at 31 December 2017     5,263       4,448       -       103,994       6,525       -       -       -       120,230  
Depreciation     179       768       -       10,520       2,807       -       -       -       14,274  
Disposals     (296 )     (1,057 )     -       -       (4,829 )     -       -       -       (6,182 )
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       (57 )     -       (3,203 )     (183 )     -       -       -       (3,443 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (598 )     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (598 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     4,548       4,102       -       111,311       4,320       -       -       -       124,281  
                                                       
Impairment:                                                                        
Balance at 1 January 2017     -       -         -       82,579       -       310       -         -       82,889  
Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss     -       -       -       13,116       3,387       -       -       -       16,503  
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       -       (10,524 )     -       -       -       -       (10,524 )
Balance at 31 December 2017     -       -       -       85,171       3,387       310       -       -       88,868  
Reclassification to inventories (Note 13)     -       -       -       (4,439 )     -       -       -       -       (4,439 )
Disposal     -       -       -       -       (522 )     -       -       -       (522 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     -       -       -       80,732       2,865       310       -       -       83,907  
                                                                         
Carrying Amount:                                                                        
At 31 December 2018     472       1,269       -       235,795       5,730       6,074       263       -       249,602  
At 31 December 2017     631       1,757       -       232,269       3,165       463       307       -       238,592  

 

Certain ships are pledged to secure bank borrowings as further discussed in Note 20.

 

  F- 38  

 

  

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

15 SUBSIDIARIES

 

Details of the Group’s subsidiaries at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

 

Name of subsidiary   Principal activity   Country of
incorporation
  Proportion of
ownership interest and
voting power held by
the Group
 
            2018     2017  
            %     %  
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Ship operating and management   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd   Ship operating and management   South Africa     100 %     100 %
                         
Held by Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd                        
IVS Bulk Owning Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 430 Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     -  
IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd. (i)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     -  
IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd. (i)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     -  
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (ii)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     51 %
Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited   To provide shipping and shipping related services   United Kingdom     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Tanker Operations (434) Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Nyathi Limited   Dormant   Isle of Man     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Marmara Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Scotia Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Malacca Pte. Ltd.   Dormant   Singapore     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Bulk Carriers Ltd   Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Tankers International Ltd   Dormant   British Virgin Islands     100 %     100 %
Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings. V. LLC)   Ship Owning and Operating   Marshall Islands     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. (i)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     -  
Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. (i)   Ship Owning and Operating   Singapore     100 %     -  
                         
Held by Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd              
Unicorn Bunker Services Proprietary Limited (iii)   Bunker owning and operating   South Africa     -       100 %
Comshipco Schiffahrts Agentur GmbH   Ship agents and operators   Germany     100 %     100 %
Unicorn Calulo Shipping Services Proprietary Limited (iv)   Ship operating   South Africa     -       100 %

 

(i) These companies were incorporated in 2018.

 

(ii) On 6 April 2018, the Group purchased 49% of the remaining issued shares in the joint venture, IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“IM Shipping”). Subsequent to the purchase of these shares, IM Shipping became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group (Note 41.2) .

  

(iii) On 1 January 2018, the Group disposed the subsidiary to a related company within Grindrod Limited (Note 39).

   

(iv) This company was deregistered in 2018.

 

  F- 39  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

 

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost of investment in joint ventures     80,474       80,499  
Share of post-acquisition loss, net of dividends received     (18,656 )     (16,203 )
Reclassification to assets classified as held for sale (c)     (7,258 )     -  
Carrying amount     54,560       64,296  

 

The Group’s share of losses in joint ventures that are in excess of the Group’s cost of investment of $2,445,000 (2017: $10,667,000) are accounted for as provision for losses on joint ventures (Note 11 and Note 23). Details of the joint ventures are as follows:

 

Name of joint venture   Principal activity   Country of
incorporation
  Proportion of
ownership interest
and voting power
held by the Group
    Cost of
investment
in joint ventures
 
            2018     2017     2018     2017  
Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (b)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     51 %     51 %     132       132  
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (a)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     100 %     51 %     -       25  
Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd. (b)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     65 %     65 %     *       *  
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.  (b)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     33.5 %     33.5 %     66,440       66,440  

Petrochemical Shipping Limited (c)

  Ship owning and operating   Isle of Man     50 %     50 %     13,902       13,902  
Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd. (c)   Ship owning and operating   Singapore     50 %     50 %     *       *  
                              80,474       80,499  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

(a) On 6 April 2018, the company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with a joint venture shareholder, with respect to the purchase of ordinary shares representing 49% of the total issued shares in IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“IM Shipping”). Subsequent to the purchase of these shares, IM Shipping became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company. As part of the transaction, one of the ship’s owned by IM Shipping, “IVS Magpie” was sold to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company.
(b) The Group has joint control over these entities by virtue of the contractual arrangement with its joint venture partner(s) requiring resolutions on the relevant activities to be passed based on unanimous approval.
(c) These joint venture arrangements are expected to be dissolved in 2019. Accordingly, the carrying amount of the interest in joint ventures have been reclassified to assets classified as held for sale (Note 39).

 

The above joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in these consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

In 2018, the total share of joint venture companies’ loss after taxation amounts to US$454,000 (2017: US$12,946,000; 2016: US$3,472,000).

 

  F- 40  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s joint ventures are set out below. The summarised financial information below represents amounts shown in the joint venture’s financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs, adjusted by the Group for equity accounting purposes.

 

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Current assets     2,342       2,771  
Non-current assets     11,284       11,258  
Current liabilities     (8,040 )     (1,397 )
Non-current liabilities     -       (7,966 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     2,143       2,525  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payable and provisions)     (7,995 )     (1,302 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     -       (7,966 )
                 
Revenue     3,029       2,495  
Gross profit     1,241       15  
Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year     920       (3,606 )
                 
The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation and amortisation     -       (772 )
Impairment loss     -       (3,274 )
Interest expense     (328 )     (283 )
Income tax expense     11       (11 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     5,586       4,666  
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     51 %     51 %
Other adjustments     (31 )     (31 )
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     2,818       2,349  

 

  F- 41  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.                
                 
Current assets     -       1,386  
Non-current assets     -       21,250  
Current liabilities     -       (3,618 )
Non-current liabilities     -       (31,660 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     -       705  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     -       (3,326 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     -       (31,660 )
             
Revenue     13,129       7,363  
Gross profit     1,486       2,030  
Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year     497       (16,196 )
                 
The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:                
                 
Depreciation and amortisation     -       (1,821 )
Impairment loss     -       (16,508 )
Interest expense     (131 )     (335 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture     -       (12,642 )
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     -       51 %
Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 11)     -       6,447  
Other adjustments     -       -  
                 
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     -       -  

 

  F- 42  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Island Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.                
                 
Current assets     1,919       1,602  
Non-current assets     403       -  
Current liabilities     (3,499 )     (1,781 )
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
Cash and cash equivalents     56       5  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (2,118 )     (585 )
                 
Revenue     28,899       22,594  
Gross loss     (932 )     (681 )
(Loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year     (1,003 )     (761 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net liabilities of the joint venture     (1,177 )     (179 )
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     65 %     65 %
Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 23)     765       -  
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     -       (116 )

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
IVS Bulk Pte. Ltd.                
                 
Current assets     32,567       36,572  
Non-current assets     268,247       277,651  
Current liabilities     (21,602 )     (38,035 )
Non-current liabilities     (116,314 )     (114,400 )
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     26,232       30,451  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (20,413 )     (36,722 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (116,314 )     (114,400 )
                 
Revenue     44,567       39,816  
Gross profit     10,921       7,930  
Profit for the year, representing total comprehensive profit for the year     1,111       4,143  
The above profit for the year include the following:                
Depreciation and amortisation     (12,894 )     (11,937 )
Interest income     24       12  
Interest expense     (9,666 )     (9,938 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     162,898       161,788  
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     33.5 %     33.5 %
Goodwill     3,575       3,575  
Other adjustments     (6,404 )     (6,406 )
                 
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     51,742       51,368  

 

  F- 43  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16 INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES (cont’d)

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Petrochemical Shipping Limited                
                 
Current assets     7,083       4,810  
Non-current assets     14,484       28,000  
Current liabilities     (7,050 )     (11,327 )
Non-current liabilities     -       (94 )
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     5,623       4,077  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (6,592 )     (10,897 )
Non-current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     -       -  
                 
Revenue     13,755       8,297  
Gross (loss) profit     (604 )     828  
Loss for the year, representing total comprehensive loss for the year     (6,872 )     (8,644 )

The above loss for the year include the following:  

Depreciation and amortisation     (957 )     (1,960 )
Impairment loss     (5,725 )     (8,862 )
Interest income     76       38  
Interest expense     (519 )     (488 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net assets of the joint venture     14,517       21,389  
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     50 %     50 %
Other adjustments     (7,258 )     -  
                 
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     -       10,695  

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.                
                 
Current assets     5,095       10,810  
Non-current assets     108,000       108,000  
Current liabilities     (116,456 )     (127,249 )
                 
The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following:                
                 
Cash and cash equivalents     3,899       6,229  
Current financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)     (115,883 )     (125,611 )
                 
Revenue     16,589       19,222  
Gross profit     7,137       5,364  
Profit (loss) for the year, representing total comprehensive income for the year     5,079       (13,258 )

 

The above profit (loss) for the year include the following:                

 

Depreciation and amortisation     (3 )     (5,000 )
Impairment loss     -       (14,491 )
Interest expense     (4,765 )     (4,302 )

 

Reconciliation of the above summarised financial information to the carrying amount of the interest in the joint venture recognised in the consolidated and combined financial statements:

 

Net (liabilities) assets of the joint venture     (3,361 )     (8,439 )
Proportion of the Group’s ownership interest in the joint venture     50 %     50 %
Provision for losses on joint venture (Note 11)     1,680       4,220  
Other adjustments     -       -  
Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture     -       -  

 

  F- 44  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17 INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

    Total  
    US$’000  
Cost:        
Balance at 1 January 2017     10,259  
Additions     19  
Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)     (2,951 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     1,075  
Balance at 31 December 2017     8,402  
Disposal     (550 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (1,082 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     6,770  
         
Accumulated amortisation:        
Balance at 1 January 2017     3,669  
Amortisation     908  
Reclassified to assets held for sale (Note 39)     (612 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     740  
Balance at 31 December 2017     4,705  
Amortisation     17  
Disposal     (550 )
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (1,079 )
Balance at 31 December 2018     3,093  
         
Impairment:        
Balance at 1 January 2017     -  
Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss     3,636  
Balance at 31 December 2017 and 2018     3,636  
         
Carrying Amount:        
At 31 December 2018     41  
At 31 December 2017     61  

 

Intangible assets include club memberships, customer relationships, purchased lease contracts and software and licences. Club memberships are lifetime memberships and are not amortised. Customer relationships arose from the acquisition of business and are amortised over 7 years. Lease contracts relate to the purchase of the rights to lease a property on favourable terms to the market, are amortised over the lease term of between 11 and 20 years. Software and licenses arose from the installation of major information systems (including packaged software) and are amortised over 3 years, the period over which the benefit is expected to accrue.

 

In 2017, an impairment of US$3,636,000 was recognised in respect of the customer relationships based on the value in use calculations. The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the customer relationship is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period.  Management estimated pre-tax discount rates to be 15% which they believed reflect the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs.  The growth rates were based on industry growth forecasts and are estimated to be 5.5%.  Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

 

No impairment assessment was performed in 2018 as the carrying amount is not significant. No such impairment allowance was recognised in 2018.

 

18 GOODWILL

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Cost:                
Balance at 1 January     17,985       16,626  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (1,981 )     1,359  
At 31 December     16,004       17,985  
                 
Accumulated impairment losses:                
Balance at 1 January     9,566       604  
Impairment     -       8,483  
Effect of foreign currency exchange differences     (913 )     479  
Balance at 31 December     8,653       9,566  
                 
Carrying amount:                
At 31 December     7,351       8,419  

 

  F- 45  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

18 GOODWILL (cont’d)

 

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that business combination.  Before recognition of impairment losses, the cost of goodwill had been allocated as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Cost:                
Island Trading and Shipping     3,064       3,064  
Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd     12,097       14,040  
Parcel Service     239       277  
Unicorn Tankers International     604       604  
      16,004       17,985  

 

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

 

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value in use calculations. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period.  Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs.  The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts.  Changes in selling prices and direct costs are based on past practices and expectations of future changes in the market.

 

The following CGUs have carrying amounts of goodwill that are considered significant in comparison with the Group’s total goodwill balance:

 

Unicorn Tankers, a division of Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd

 

The Group prepares five-year period cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management and the cash flows for the five-year period have been extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 5.5% (2017: 5.5%) per annum. This rate does not exceed the average long-term growth rate for the relevant markets.

 

The rate used to discount the forecast cash flows is 15% (2017: 15%).

 

Based on the value in use calculations, no impairment was required at 31 December 2018 (2017: US$6,119,000 and 2016: US$Nil). The impairment at 31 December 2017 arose from the unfavourable change in market conditions and following which, the management performed a reassessment and the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, resulting in the impairment.

 

As at 31 December 2018, any reasonably possible change to the key assumptions applied is not likely to cause the recoverable amount to be below the carrying amounts of the CGU.

 

19 DEFERRED TAX

 

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements thereon, during the current and prior reporting periods:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Deferred taxation analysed by major category:                
Capital allowances     (21 )     (4,971 )
Other timing differences     1,518       2,593  
Included in assets held for sale     -       3,557  
      1,497       1,179  
                 
Reconciliation of deferred taxation:                
Opening balance     1,179       (2,950 )
IFRS 9 adjustment     20       -  
Adjusted opening balance     1,199       (2,950 )
Credit to profit or loss for the year (Note 35)     511       483  
Reclassified to asset held for sale (Note 39)     -       3,557  
Exchange differences     (213 )     89  
Closing balance     1,497       1,179  

 

At the end of the reporting period, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is US$956,000 (2017: US$603,000 and 2016: US$241,000). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

Subject to the agreement by the tax authorities, at the end of the reporting period, the Group has unabsorbed tax losses of US$580,000 (2017: US$580,000 and 2016: US$580,000) available for offset against future non-exempt profits. No deferred tax assets have been recognised on such losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams.

 

  F- 46  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

 

20 BANK LOANS

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
Secured – at amortised cost:                
Bank loans     114,456       108,754  
                 
Analysed between:                
Current portion                
Within 1 year     18,323       89,573  
Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (1,609 )
      18,323       87,964  
                 
Non-current portion                
Within 2 to 5 years     96,133       27,131  
Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (6,341 )
      96,133       20,790  
                 
      114,456       108,754  
                 
Interest payable (included in bank loans)     886       477  

 

i. $100.0 million senior secured credit facility

 

On 8 May 2018, the Group signed a refinancing agreement (“$100.0 million senior secured credit facility”) that replaced $50.0 million, $123.0 million and $21.0 million senior secured credit facilities (“previous loan facilities”) which had an outstanding balance of US$85,850,000 at 31 December 2017. The $100.0 million senior secured credit facility is made up of two tranches which bear interest at London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.95% per annum. Tranche A and B are repayable quarterly commencing 16 August 2018 and matures on 15 May 2022 and 15 May 2023 respectively, with the option to extend for a further two years. Facility fees of US$1,750,000 were payable to the lender upon signing the new loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction cost to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2018, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is US$87,741,000, net of US$1,530,000 facility fees.

 

ii. $27.0 million senior secured credit facility

 

The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.65% per annum was fully drawn down in 2016 and is repayable quarterly, commencing 11 April 2017 and matures on 11 January 2021, with the option to extend for a further two years. As at 31 December 2018, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is US$21,027,000 (2017: US$22,904,000).

 

iii. $6.3 million secured term facility

 

On 4 June 2018, the Group entered into a term facility (“$6.3 million secured term facility”) to refinance the ship loan entered by IM Shipping Pte Ltd which became a subsidiary of the Group on 6 April 2018 (Note 16). The facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2% per annum and is repayable quarterly, commencing on 6 September 2018 and matures on 6 June 2023. Facility fees of US$32,000 were payable to the lender upon signing the new loan agreement. These were recorded as transaction cost to the loan account to the extent the loan was drawn down. As at 31 December 2018, the outstanding balance in relation to this facility is US$5,688,000, net of US$28,000 facility fees.

 

The bank loans are secured on cash and certain ships owned by the Group.  The cash pledged and the carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2018 is US$13,765,000 and US$242,445,000 respectively. Under the previous loan facilities, the cash pledged and the carrying value of the ships under security charge as at 31 December 2017, was US$5,183,000 and US$233,866,000 respectively. In addition, the loan facility has charges over the subsidiaries’ earnings, insurances, charter and charter guarantees and any requisition compensation.  Certain of the bank loans were guaranteed by the Grindrod Limited prior to the Spin-off on 18 June 2018 (Note 1) and thereafter, they are guaranteed by the Company.

 

These bear a weighted average effective interest rate of 5.30% (2017: 3.83%) per annum.

 

At 31 December 2018, the Group had no available undrawn committed borrowing facilities (2017: US$5,000,000) which are subjected to the Group meeting all conditions precedent to drawdown.

 

These bank loan facilities contains financial covenants where the most stringent of which require the group to maintain the following:

book value net worth of not less than $250 million in 2018;
cash and cash equivalent (including restricted cash held in the debt service reserve account) of not less than $30 million and
a ratio of debt to market adjusted tangible fixed assets of not more than 75%.

 

The Group was in compliance with its financial covenants as of 31 December 2018.

 

  F- 47  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

 

21 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Trade payables     7,994       6,206  
Accrued expenses     13,401       26,204  
Advances received     -       4,110  
Others     1,372       1,218  
      22,767       37,738  
Non-current trade and other payables     (403 )     (1,167 )
      22,364       36,571  
Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (8,217 )
Current trade and other payables     22,364       28,354  

 

Trade and other payables are recognised at amortised cost and their carrying value approximates fair value. Charter hire is paid in advance in terms of the charter contracts. The remaining payment terms are predominately 30 days.

 

The Group’s trade and other payables are predominantly non-interest bearing and unsecured. 

 

22 CONTRACT LIABILITIES

 

Advances received are classified as contract liabilities in accordance with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These arise when the customers’ make payments in advance and the amounts received exceeds the revenue recognised at the end of the reporting period.

 

There were no significant changes in the contract liability balances during the reporting period.

 

23 PROVISIONS

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Provision for losses on investment in joint ventures (i)     765       -  
Provision for onerous contracts (ii)     813       1,270  
      1,578       1,270  

 

(i) The joint venture, Island Bulk Carriers, incurred losses during the 2018 year. The Group has raised a provision of US$765,000 (2017: US$ Nil) being the Group’s share of these losses.

 

(ii) Provision for onerous contracts represents the present value of the future charter payments that the Group is presently obligated to make under non-cancellable onerous operating charter agreements and contracts of affreightment, less charter revenue expected to be earned on the charter.  The estimate may vary as a result of changes to ship running costs and charter and freight revenue. The rate used to discount the future charter payments is 8.33% (2017: 7.55%).

 

Analysis of provision for onerous contracts:                
At beginning of the year     1,270       8,697  
Released to profit or loss     (457 )     (7,427 )
At the end of the financial year     813       1,270  

 

24 DUE TO RELATED PARTIES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Due to related parties - trade (Note 5)     2       1,073  
Due to related parties - non-trade (Note 5)     1       12,906  
Due to joint ventures - non-trade (Note 5)     6,235       3,965  
      6,238       17,944  
Less: included as part of a disposal group held for sale (Note 39)     -       (1,014 )
      6,238       16,930  

 

25 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION

 

The Group subsidises the medical aid contributions of certain retired employees and has an obligation to subsidise contributions of certain current employees when they reach retirement. In prior periods, the Group undertook to offer pensioners a voluntary benefit in lieu of their current medical subsidy in order to close out the liability on the statement of financial position. The proposed offer had three options, namely an annuity offer, a cash offer or to remain in the scheme. A number of employees chose the annuity and cash offer. The provision has been calculated on the remaining individuals in the scheme.

 

  F- 48  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

25 RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION (cont’d)

 

The risks typically faced by the Group as a result of the post-retirement medical aid are risks relating to inflation, longevity, future changes in legislation, future changes in tax environment, perceived inequality by non-eligible employees, administration of fund and enforcement of eligibility criteria and rules.

 

During November 2018, a valuation was performed by Alexander Forbes. Apart from paying costs of entitlement, the Group is not liable to pay additional contributions in the case the fund does not hold sufficient assets. In that case, the fund would take other measures to restore solvency.

 

The amounts recognised in the annual financial statements in this respect are as follows:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Recognised liability at beginning of the year     2,180       2,065  
                 
Recognised in profit or loss in the current year     55       63  
Interest on obligation     206       45  
Current service cost     -       43  
Other     (151 )     (25 )
                 
Recognised in other comprehensive income in the current year     (313 )     52  
Actuarial gains     (8 )     (157 )
Translation     (305 )     209  
                 
Present value of unfunded obligation recognised as a liability at end of year     1,922       2,180  
Less: current portion     -       -  
Long term portion     1,922       2,180  
                 
The principal actuarial assumptions applied in the determination of fair values include:                
Health care cost inflation rate (p.a.)     8.2 %     9.1 %
Discount rate (p.a.)     9.9 %     10.5 %
Continuation at retirement     75.0 %     79.5 %

 

The effect of an increase or decrease of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates are as follows:

 

  2018   2017
 

Increase

(Decrease)

 

Increase

(Decrease)

       
Aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost 10.4% (8.9%)   10.7% (9.1%)
Accrued liability at year-end 9.9% (8.6%)   10.2% (8.8%)

 

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the obligation as it is unlikely that the above change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another.

 

There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis from the prior year. The average duration of the benefit obligation as at 31 December 2018 is 11 years (2017: 12 years and 2016: 13 years).

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Present value of unfunded obligations     1,922       2,180  
Present Value of Obligations in excess of Plan Assets     1,922       2,180  

 

26 SHARE CAPITAL

 

    Number of
shares
    Share
capital
 
          US$’000  
Issued and paid up:                
On 2 November 2017 (date of incorporation) and at 31 December 2017     1       *  
Issue of ordinary shares in connection with the Spin-off (Note 1)     19,063,832       320,683  
At 31 December 2018     19,063,833       320,683  

 

* Amount is less than US$1,000.

 

Fully paid ordinary shares, which have no par value, carry one vote per share and a right to dividends as and when declared by the company.

 

  F- 49  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

27 OTHER RESERVES

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Share compensation reserve     1,364       -  
Hedging reserve     (867 )     (15 )
Translation reserve     (3,283 )     5,773  
Merger reserve     (18,354 )     -  
      (21,140 )     5,758  

 

Share compensation reserve

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Balance at 1 January     -       -  
Share-based payments expenses     1,364       -  
Balance at 31 December     1,364       -  

 

The Group operates a forfeitable share plan (the “2018 FSP” or “Award”), in which certain employees of the company and its subsidiaries participate. On 31 July 2018, the Group granted the participating employee entitlements to be settled with a specified number of ordinary shares in the company which these shares will be allotted and issued in 3 equal tranches over a period of 3 years commencing on 1 March 2020. This is subject to the condition that the participating employee remains employed during the vesting period relevant to each tranche.

 

A participant has no ownership rights (such as rights to dividends and voting) in the ordinary shares subject to the Award until such right has vested and the ordinary shares have been registered in the participant’s name. The Award is subject to the risk of forfeiture until the vesting date should the participating employee no longer be employed for the period ending on the vesting date. However, the participating employee may be settled with all or a portion of the Award as determined by the rules of the 2018 FSP depending on the reasons for termination of his employment prior to the vesting date, and, in the case of retirement or termination for a reason not specifically set out in the 2018 FSP prior to the vesting date, subject to the discretion of the Compensation and Nomination Committee. The vesting of the ordinary shares is not subject to any performance-related conditions. The Group may utilise treasury shares or issue new ordinary shares when settling shares upon a participating employee. The employee is not required to make any payment for the ordinary shares settled upon him or her but is liable for taxation thereon.

 

At any time, the aggregate number of ordinary shares of the company subject to Awards and that have not vested shall not exceed 5% of the ordinary shares in issue. The 2018 FSP was adopted on 4 May 2018. On the date of adoption of the 2018 FSP, the company’s issued share capital comprised 1 ordinary share and accordingly no Awards could be granted thereunder. On 18 June 2018 the company’s share capital increased from 1 ordinary share to 19,063,833 ordinary shares, and from the following day the maximum number of ordinary shares that could have been granted was 953,191. Since 18 June 2018 there has been no change to the company’s share capital and as accordingly at 31 December 2018, the issued share capital of the company comprised 19,063,833 ordinary shares. As at that date, 743,000 ordinary shares were granted and the maximum number of ordinary shares in respect of which further Awards could have been granted under the 2018 FSP was 210,191.

 

Details of the share awards outstanding during the year are as follows:

 

    2018  
    Number of
share awards
    Fair value at
grant date
 
             
Outstanding at beginning of the year     -          
Granted during the year     743,000       US$10.18  
Forfeited during the year     -          
Outstanding at the end of the year     743,000          

 

The fair value at grant date is determined based on the share price on the date of the grant. The Group recognised total expenses of $2,294,000 related to share-based payment transactions during the year and of which, $1,364,000 relates to the 2018 FSP and $933,000 relates to forfeitable share plan previously granted by Grindrod Limited.

 

Hedging reserve

 

The hedging reserve represents hedging gains and losses recognised on the effective portion of cash flow hedges. The cumulative deferred gain or loss on the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in hedging reserve is reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged transaction impacts the profit or loss, or is included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the applicable accounting policy.

 

Translation reserve

 

Exchange differences relating to the translation from the functional currencies of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars are brought to account by recognising those exchange differences in other comprehensive income and accumulating them in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve. Gains and losses on hedging instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations are also recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity under the header of translation reserve.

  

  F- 50  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

27 OTHER RESERVES (cont’d)

 

Merger reserve

 

This represents the residual differences between the ‘Parent invested capital’ and the Company’s ‘share capital’ as a result of the Spin-off (Note 2.2).

 

28 REVENUE

 

A disaggregation of the Group’s revenue for the year based on timing of revenue recognition is as follows:

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Over time:                        
Charter hire     135,027       128,355       97,322  
Freight revenue     168,828       257,614       256,801  
Vessel revenue     303,855       385,969       354,123  
                         
Management fees     5,676       5,252       4,178  
Miscellaneous     820       574       956  
Other     6,496       5,826       5,134  
                         
At a point in time:                        
Sale of ships     8,477       17,155       12,275  
Sale of bunkers and other consumables     190       572       -  
Ship sales     8,667       17,727       12,275  
                         
      319,018       409,522       371,532  

 

Management expects that 100% of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied contracts as of 31 December 2018 will be recognised as revenue during the next reporting period. The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less. 

 

29 SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The information reported to the Group’s chief operating decision maker, who are directors of the Group, for the purpose of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance is provided based on the six operating segments within the two businesses of the Group, which are also reportable segments of the Group:

 

a. In the drybulk carrier business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture dry-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels – namely Handysize and Supramax, with all others businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the drybulk business are: Handysize; Supramax and Others.

 

b. In the tanker business, the Group operates a diversified fleet of owned, long-term chartered and joint-venture liquid-bulk vessels across the world. The Group operates this business with a focus on the categories of vessels – namely MR Tankers and Small Tankers, with all other businesses within this business categorized as Others. Accordingly, the reportable segments of the tanker business are: MR Tankers; Small Tankers and Others.

 

The reportable segments of the Group have been identified on a primary basis by the business segment which is representative of the internal reporting used for management purposes, including the chief operating decision maker, as well as the source and nature of business risks and returns.

 

Joint-ventures financial information are included within the segment information on a proportionate consolidation basis as the Group’s chief operating decision maker reviews them together with the entities of the Group. Accordingly, joint-ventures’ proportionate financial information are adjusted out to reconcile to the consolidated and combined financial statements in the ‘Adjustments’ column.

 

Segment profit (i.e. Gross (loss)/profit) represents the profit earned by each segment without allocation of central administration costs and directors’ salaries. This is the measure reported to the Group’s chief operating decision maker for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of segment performance.

 

Group activities that do not relate to the above two segments are accumulated in the ‘Unallocated’ segment financial information. Revenue reported in the segments represents revenue generated from external customers. There were no inter-segment sales in 2018, 2017 and 2016.

For the purpose of monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments, the chief operating decision maker monitors the tangible, intangible and financial assets at the consolidated and combined Group level.

 

It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.

 

  F- 51  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

For the years ended 31 December 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues and for the year ended 31 December 2016, one customer accounted for 10% or more of our drybulk business revenues in the amount of approximately $40.9 million. For the year ended 31 December 2018, three customers accounted for 10% or more of our tankers business revenues in amounts of approximately $17.3 million, $14.3 million and $6.3 million. For each of the years ended 31 December 2017 and 2016, four customers accounted for 10% or more of tankers business revenues, in the amounts of approximately $17.8 million, $15.7 million, $10.9 million and $8.9 million in 2017 and $33.2 million, $12.3 million, $9.9 million and $9.1 million in 2016. Each of the foregoing with respect to the drybulk carrier business and tankers business has been calculated excluding revenues attributable to the OACL and Unicorn Bunker businesses, respectively, which were sold in the first quarter of 2018.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies as described in Note 2.

 

  F- 52  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue, results and additions to non-current assets by segment:

 

2018

 

    Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Consolidated  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR
Tanker
    Small
Tanker
    Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     116,372       146,097       1,218       263,687       37,911       17,395       5,183       60,489       -       324,176       (20,321 )     303,855  
Ship sale revenue     8,667       -       -       8,667       -       3,780       -       3,780       -       12,447       (3,780 )     8,667  
Other     1,670       1,225       1,060       3,955       -       -       1,133       1,133       -       5,088       1,408       6,496  
Total revenue     126,709       147,322       2,278       276,309       37,911       21,175       6,316       65,402               341,711       (22,693 )     319,018  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (57,707 )     (71,087 )     41       (128,753 )     (7,966 )     (3,463 )     -       (11,429 )     -       (140,182 )     (11,523 )     (151,705 )
Vessel operating costs     (26,514 )     (3,405 )     1,670       (28,249 )     (11,313 )     (8,960 )     1,036       (19,237 )     -       (47,486 )     14,829       (32,657 )
Charter hire costs     (16,091 )     (69,428 )     (1,468 )     (86,987 )     (16,090 )     -       -       (16,090 )     -       (103,077 )     2,429       (100,648 )
Depreciation and amortisation     (9,016 )     (2,716 )     -       (11,732 )     (3,157 )     (1,738 )     (2,268 )     (7,163 )     -       (18,895 )     4,801       (14,094 )
Cost of ship sale     (7,676 )     -       -       (7,676 )     -       (3,784 )     -       (3,784 )     -       (11,460 )     3,785       (7,675 )
Other     (550 )     24       859       333       (1,269 )     (697 )     (2 )     (1,968 )     -       (1,635 )     489       (1,146 )
Costs of sales     (117,554 )     (146,612 )     1,102       (263,064 )     (39,795 )     (18,642 )     (1,234 )     (59,671 )             (322,735 )     14,810       (307,925 )
                                                                                                 
Gross profit (loss)     9,155       710       3,380       13,245       (1,884 )     2,533       5,082       5,731               18,976       (7,883 )     11,093  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     1,758       (5,993 )     271       (3,964 )     (7,368 )     (922 )     8,075       (215 )     (6,195 )     (10,374 )     (4,110 )     (14,484 )
Interest income     1,196       1,190       2       2,388       536       258       42       836       -       3,224       563       3,787  
Interest expense     (4,985 )     (1,764 )     -       (6,749 )     (3,249 )     (921 )     (1,104 )     (5,274 )     -       (12,023 )     5,506       (6,517 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (454 )     (454 )
Impairment loss recognised on financial assets     (16 )     (8 )     -       (24 )     (37 )     (21 )     (3 )     (61 )     -       (85 )     (1,498 )     (1,583 )
Taxation     113       (131 )     (1 )     (19 )     158       262       (1,785 )     (1,365 )     -       (1,384 )     (5 )     (1,389 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (1,934 )     (6,706 )     272       (8,368 )     (9,960 )     (1,344 )     5,225       (6,079 )     (6,195 )     (20,642 )     2       (20,640 )
                                                                                                 
Impairment loss on ships     -       -       -       -       1,262     1,600   -       2,862     -       2,862     (2,862     -  
Capital expenditure     26,690       6,629       307       33,626       -       815       54       869       -       34,495       (1,776 )     32,719  

 

  F- 53  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

2017

 

    Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Combined  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR
Tanker
    Small
Tanker
    Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     118,262       156,517       56,644       331,423       42,561       22,740       14,186       79,487               410,910       (24,941 )     385,969  
Ship sale revenue     6,830       -       -       6,830       10,897       -       -       10,897               17,727       -       17,727  
Other     1,639       911       1,068       3,618       (151 )     -       958       807               4,425       1,401       5,826  
Total revenue     126,731       157,428       57,712       341,871       53,307       22,740       15,144       91,191               433,062       (23,540 )     409,522  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (59,004 )     (76,497 )     (11,574 )     (147,075 )     (7,555 )     (3,725 )     -       (11,280 )             (158,355 )     (8,569 )     (166,924 )
Vessel operating costs     (26,546 )     (3,302 )     (1,020 )     (30,868 )     (13,267 )     (9,488 )     (3,072 )     (25,827 )             (56,695 )     15,858       (40,837 )
Charter hire costs     (22,773 )     (73,336 )     (14,054 )     (110,163 )     (16,257 )     (2,148 )     -       (18,405 )             (128,568 )     820       (127,748 )
Depreciation and
amortisation
    (10,642 )     (2,648 )     (4 )     (13,294 )     (6,476 )     (2,324 )     (4,073 )     (12,873 )             (26,167 )     8,192       (17,975 )
Cost of ship sale     (5,339 )     -       -       (5,339 )     (12,221 )     -       -       (12,221 )             (17,560 )     -       (17,560 )
Other     341       (124 )     (14,957 )     (14,740 )     (756 )     (864 )     (278 )     (1,898 )             (16,638 )     274       (16,364 )
Costs of sales     (123,963 )     (155,907 )     (41,609 )     (321,479 )     (56,532 )     (18,549 )     (7,423 )     (82,504 )             (403,983 )     16,575       (387,408 )
                                                                                                 
Gross profit     2,768       1,521       16,103       20,392       (3,225 )     4,191       7,721       8,687               29,079       (6,965 )     22,114  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     (20,039 )     (3,109 )     15,948       (7,200 )     (22,203 )     (9,372 )     6,724       (24,851 )     (4,481 )     (36,532 )     (8,724 )     (45,256 )
Interest income     2,052       2,048       1,562       5,662       320       215       376       911               6,573       591       7,164  
Interest expense     (5,158 )     (2,218 )     (53 )     (7,429 )     (2,583 )     (600 )     (1,361 )     (4,544 )             (11,973 )     5,425       (6,548 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -               -       (12,946 )     (12,946 )
Taxation     (250 )     (240 )     (2,410 )     (2,900 )     316       510       (1,693 )     (867 )             (3,767 )     541       (3,226 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (23,395 )     (3,519 )     15,047       (11,867 )     (24,150 )     (9,247 )     4,046       (29,351 )     (4,481 )     (45,699 )     (15,113 )     (60,812 )
Impairment loss on net assets of disposal group     -       -       5,092       5,092       -       -       -       -       -       5,092       -       5,092  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangible assets     -       -       -       -       3,902       5,853       -       9,755       2,364       12,119       -       12,119  
Impairment loss on ships     14,174       -       -       14,174       13,149       4,857       -       18,006       -       32,180       (15,677 )     16,503  
Capital expenditure     4,148       4,574       1,172       9,894       2,287       20       985       3,292       -       13,186       (6,756 )     6,430  

 

  F- 54  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

29 SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont’d)

 

2016

 

    Drybulk Carrier Business     Tanker Business     Unallocated                 Combined  
    Handysize     Supramax     Others     Total     MR
Tanker
    Small
Tanker
    Others     Total     Total     Total     Adjustments     Total  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Vessel revenue     97,239       116,171       76,643       290,053       48,672       22,561       15,721       86,954       -       377,007       (22,884 )     354,123  
Ship sale revenue     -       -       -       -       12,277       -       -       12,277       -       12,277       (2 )     12,275  
Other     1,670       905       927       3,502       (859 )     -       1,118       259       -       3,761       1,373       5,134  
Total revenue     98,909       117,076       77,570       293,555       60,090       22,561       16,839       99,490       -       393,045       (21,513 )     371,532  
                                                                                                 
Voyage expenses     (53,362 )     (56,009 )     (20,657 )     (130,028 )     (5,019 )     (3,454 )     (113 )     (8,586 )     -       (138,614 )     (2,133 )     (140,727 )
Vessel operating costs     (27,046 )     (2,482 )     862       (28,666 )     (13,768 )     (9,581 )     (3,979 )     (27,328 )     -       (55,994 )     13,083       (42,911 )
Charter hire costs     (16,579 )     (59,598 )     (22,500 )     (98,677 )     (17,682 )     (3,600 )     -       (21,282 )     -       (119,959 )     (1,121 )     (121,080 )
Depreciation and amortisation     (11,988 )     (1,860 )     (23 )     (13,871 )     (7,778 )     (1,369 )     (3,698 )     (12,845 )     -       (26,716 )     6,910       (19,806 )
Cost of ship sale     -       -       -       -       (13,351 )     -       -       (13,351 )     -       (13,351 )     -       (13,351 )
Other     (409 )     1,436       (26,943 )     (25,916 )     (1,030 )     (830 )     (609 )     (2,469 )     -       (28,385 )     525       (27,860 )
Costs of sales     (109,384 )     (118,513 )     (69,261 )     (297,158 )     (58,628 )     (18,834 )     (8,399 )     (85,861 )     -       (383,019 )     17,284       (365,735 )
                                                                                                 
Gross (loss) profit     (10,475 )     (1,437 )     8,309       (3,603 )     1,462       3,727       8,439       13,628       -       10,026       (4,229 )     5,797  
                                                                                                 
Operating (loss) profit     (20,058 )     (8,869 )     (3,727 )     (32,654 )     (8,799 )     1,801       7,164       166       (2,804 )     (35,292 )     (1,457 )     (36,749 )
Interest income     1,321       1,327       1,159       3,807       276       227       359       862       -       4,669       591       5,260  
Interest expense     (4,531 )     (1,397 )     (91 )     (6,019 )     (2,477 )     (498 )     (243 )     (3,218 )     -       (9,237 )     4,338       (4,899 )
Share of losses of joint ventures     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (3,472 )     (3,472 )
Taxation     (1,459 )     (1,498 )     (2,755 )     (5,712 )     1,884       1,499       (1,520 )     1,863       -       (3,849 )             (3,849 )
(Loss) profit for the year     (24,727 )     (10,437 )     (5,414 )     (40,578 )     (9,116 )     3,029       5,760       (327 )     (2,804 )     (43,709 )     -       (43,709 )
                                                                                                 
Impairment loss on ships     4,425       -       -       4,425       8,200       -       -       8,200       -       12,625       -       12,625  
Capital expenditure     8,005       18,024       540       26,569       26,979       2,455       263       29,697       -       56,266       (26,711 )     29,555  

 

  F- 55  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

30 OTHER OPERATING INCOME

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Foreign exchange gain     7,132       3,595       4,142  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     213       -       -  
Gain on disposal of business     3,602       -       -  
Other operating income     512       1,101       1,545  
      11,459       4,696       5,687  

 

31 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Impairment loss on ships (Note 14)     -       16,503       12,625  
Impairment loss on goodwill and intangibles     -       12,119       -  
Impairment loss on assets of disposal group (Note 39)     -       5,092       -  
Loss on disposal of business     347       -       -  
Foreign exchange loss     2,871       4,102       4,266  
Other operating expenses     2,219       1,382       1,202  
      5,437       39,198       18,093  

 

32 INTEREST INCOME

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interests on loans to joint ventures (Note 5)     2,573       4,346       2,728  
Guarantee fees from related parties (Note 5)     -       325       486  
Bank interests     1,214       1,294       1,220  
Other interests     -       1,199       826  
      3,787       7,164       5,260  

 

33 INTEREST EXPENSE

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Interest on bank loans     6,139       5,300       3,834  
Interest on loans from related parties (Note 5)     -       629       312  
Amortisation of upfront fees on bank loans     220       -       -  
Guarantee fees to related parties (Note 5)     54       451       514  
Other finance cost     104       168       239  
      6,517       6,548       4,899  

 

34 LOSS BEFORE TAXATION

 

Loss before taxation has been arrived at after charging (crediting):

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Depreciation of ships, dry-docking and plant and equipment (Note 14)     14,094       17,975       19,806  
Depreciation of other property, plant and equipment *     180       797       688  
Amortisation of intangible assets *     17       908       1,057  
Total depreciation and amortisation     14,291       19,680       21,551  
Impairment loss net of reversals recognised on financial assets     1,583       18       (3 )
Net gain on disposal of businesses     (3,255 )     -       -  
Gain on deemed disposal of previously held joint venture interest     (213 )     -       -  
Cost of inventories recognised as expense (included in voyage expenses)     43,119       55,347       51,997  
Expense recognised in respect of equity-settled share-based payments     2,297       472       176  
Employee benefits expenses (including directors’ remuneration and share based payments)     20,283       19,349       15,691  
Cost of defined benefit plan and defined contribution plans included in employee benefits expenses     1,381       1,350       1,226  

 

* Included in administrative expenses

 

  F- 56  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

35 INCOME TAX

 

In December 2004, Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. was granted incentives under the Approved International Shipping Enterprise Incentive (“AIS”) Scheme, with effect from 10 June 2004. The incentives to the company were extended in October 2014, with effect from 10 June 2014. As such, the shipping profits of Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. are exempted from income tax under Section 13F of the Singapore Income Tax Act.  The shipping profits of the subsidiaries incorporated in Singapore are exempted from income tax under Section 13A of the Singapore Income Tax Act.

 

The tax rate used for the 2018, 2017 and 2016 reconciliations below is the corporate tax rate of 17% payable by corporate entities in Singapore on taxable profits under tax law in that jurisdiction. The corporate taxation rates payable by the South African entities in terms of the tax law in South Africa is 28% (2017: 28% and 2016: 28%).

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Current tax                        
In respect of the current year     467       3,694       2,403  
Capital gains taxation     1,797       -       -  
In respect of prior years     (364 )     15       48  
      1,900       3,709       2,451  
Deferred tax                        
In respect of the current year     (505 )     (421 )     1,382  
In respect of prior years     (6 )     (62 )     16  
      (511 )     (483 )     1,398  
      1,389       3,226       3,849  

 

The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting loss as follows:

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Loss before tax     (19,251 )     (57,586 )     (39,860 )
                         
Income tax benefit calculated at corporate rate     (3,273 )     (9,790 )     (6,776 )
Adjusted for:                        
Effect of income that is exempted from tax     1,619       -       (834 )
Effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit     2,057       9,632       5,337  
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions     (107 )     (851 )     873  
Effect of tax losses disallowed to be brought forward     1,494       4,277       5,185  
(Over)underprovision of tax in prior year     (128 )     (47 )     64  
Effect of different tax rate applied for capital gains     (273 )     -       -  
Withholding tax     -       5       -  
      1,389       3,226       3,849  

 

36 DIVIDENDS

 

On 31 March 2017, an interim dividend of US$334.60 per share, amounting to US$1,674,000 was declared and paid from Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) Pty Ltd to the ultimate holding company at that time, Grindrod Limited.

 

37 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

(a) Guarantee from the Group for a joint venture loan from a financial institution:

 

Tri-View Shipping Pte. Ltd. (“TVS”), entered into a facility agreement with TVS’ related party, Mitsui & Co. Financial Services (Asia) Ltd (“Lender”) on 17 August 2016 for a credit facility of US$5,800,000.

 

Mitsui & Co., Ltd (“Mitsui”), the joint venture partner holding 49% of the shares in TVS, provided a guarantee to the Lender for 100% of the loan amount (“Mitsui’s Guarantee”).

 

In consideration of Mitsui providing Mitsui’s Guarantee, a guarantee facility agreement between Mitsui and the Group was signed on 17 August 2016. The Group shall provide a guarantee fee to Mitsui for 51% of any amounts to be paid by Mitsui under the Mitsui Guarantee.

 

At 31 December 2018, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$2,819,000 (2017: US$4,099,000 and 2016: US5,370,000).

 

(b) Financial support from the Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. and its subsidiaries to its joint ventures:

 

At 31 December 2018, the Group has provided financial support to joint ventures of US$59,613,000 (2017: US$63,222,000), to enable the companies to meet its obligations as and when they fall due for at least 12 months from the date of signing of their respective financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2018 and 2017.

 

  F- 57  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

37 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (cont’d)

 

(c) Guarantees from Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. for a joint venture loan from a financial institution

 

Leopard Tanker Pte. Ltd. (“Leopard Tanker”) entered into a facility agreement with a financial institution for a credit facility of US$138.5 million. The Group has provided a guarantee of up to 50% of the amount loaned and an undertaking to the lender to ensure a minimum working capital balance of US$250,000 for each of the vessels held by Leopard Tanker.

 

At 31 December 2018, the outstanding amount relating to the above loan facility was US$70,197,000 (2017: US$77,599,000). No provision has been recognised in relation to the guarantee as the management does not view such payout to be probable under IAS 37.

 

38 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS

 

a) As Lessor

 

The Group has chartered out a number of ships under time charter party agreements which are classified as operating leases.  These charters have an average term of one to seven years. Operating lease receipts are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of revenue.

 

Note 28 provides details of charter hire revenue earned during the year.

 

Future minimum charter receipts receivable under non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

 

Chartered to third parties

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Within 1 year     5,183       5,183       11,420  
Between two to five years     2,067       17,717       18,828  
After five years     -       -       7,337  
      7,250       22,900       37,585  

 

b) As Lessee

 

The Group has entered into time charter party agreements, classified as operating leases, to charter ships.  These charters have terms of five to 10 years with renewal options included in the contracts.  Operating lease payments are recognised in profit or loss during the year as part of voyage expenses (classified into ‘cost of sales’).

 

Future minimum lease payments payable under the non-cancellable operating leases as at 31 December are as follows:

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Within 1 year     50,564       80,350       80,205  
Between two to five years     52,884       94,177       143,034  
After five years     20,432       6,171       15,984  
      123,880       180,698       239,223  

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
                   
Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised as an expense in the year     107,251       148,986       136,350  
                         
Office leases                        
Within 1 year     671       5,596       5,129  
Between two to five years     116       19,413       15,333  
After 5 years     -       5,779       6,285  
      787       30,788       26,747  
Residential property leases                        
Within 1 year     338       236       269  
Between two to five years     132       86       48  
      470       322       317  
Other leases                        
Within one year     -       159       61  
Between two to five years     -       46       1  
      -       205       62  

 

The Group has entered into 6 (2017: 3 and 2016: 3) office leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 3 to 21 months (2017: 3 to 20 months and 2016: 2 to 33 months).

 

  F- 58  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

38 LEASES AND SHIP CHARTERS (cont’d)

 

The Group has entered into 8 (2017: 8 and 2016: 8) residential property leases which have a remaining non-cancellable lease term ranging from 12 to 20 months (2017: 2 to 21 months and 2016: 2 to 16 months, respectively). 3 (2017: 3 and 2016: 3) of the residential leases are for directors’ accommodation (Note 5).

 

39 ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
             
Investment in joint ventures (i) (ii)     7,258       -  
Net assets of disposal group (iii)     -       33,940  
      7,258       33,940  

 

(i) In 2018, the Group agreed to sell the vessel in Petrochemical Shipping Limited, a joint venture of the Group, and to wind up the joint venture arrangement. The joint venture arrangement is expected to be dissolved during March 2019. The proceeds from the dissolution is expected to exceed the carrying amount of US$7,258,000 and, accordingly no impairment loss has been recognised on the classification to assets classified as held for sale.

 

(ii) In 2018, the Group agreed to wind up Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd., a joint venture of the Group, in such a manner that the Group will purchase two vessels, the Leopard Sun and Leopard Moon. These vessels were subsequently purchased in January 2019 and February 2019 respectively (Note 44). At 31 December 2018, the carrying amount of the investment is US$Nil, and hence no further impairment loss was recognised on the classification to assets classified as held for sale.

 

(iii) In 2017, there was a plan to dispose two of GSSA’s businesses to then related companies within the Grindrod Limited Group. Management has assessed the fair value less cost to sell of these non-current assets and disposal groups on the date that they were classified as held for sale and recorded an impairment loss of US$5,092,000. These businesses were subsequently sold on 1 January 2018 (Note 41.1).

 

The classes of assets and liabilities comprising the disposal group classified as held for sale are as follows:

 

    2017  
    US$’000  
Assets        
Cash and bank balances     7,934  
Trade receivables     6,106  
Other receivables and prepayments     4,707  
Due from related parties     17,724  
Inventories     1,078  
Taxation     301  
Ships, property, plant and equipment     16,895  
Intangible assets     75  
Deferred tax assets     134  
Assets classified as held for sale     54,954  
         
Liabilities        
Short term borrowings     1,609  
Trade and other payables     8,217  
Due to related parties     1,014  
Taxation     142  
Long-term borrowings     6,341  
Deferred tax liabilities     3,691  
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale     21,014  
         
Net assets of disposal group     33,940  

 

40 COMMITMENTS

 

A subsidiary has entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of a two bulk carriers in 2018. Under the terms of the agreements, the subsidiary has committed to payments for these ships under construction. The following has been authorised:

 

    2018     2017  
    US$’000     US$’000  
                 
Due within one year     15,833       -  
Due within 2 to 5 years     31,665       -  
      47,498       -  

 

The expenditure will be financed out of cash resources from operations and bank loans.

 

  F- 59  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

41 DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES AND ASSET ACQUISITION

 

41.1 DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES

 

In connection with the Spin-Off (Note 1), the Group sold two of its businesses to then related companies within Grindrod Limited. The two businesses are namely, Ocean Africa Container Lines division (“OACL”), a division of GSSA and Unicorn Bunker Services (Pty) Ltd (“Unicorn Bunker”), a subsidiary of GSSA. The sale and purchase agreements were signed on 1 January 2018 and the consideration of the sales was US$20,985,000 (South African Rands 260 million) for OACL and US$15,496,000 (South African Rands 192 million) for UBS, respectively.

 

Details of the sale of businesses as follows:

 

    2018  
    US$’000  
       
Total sales consideration     36,481  
Carrying amount of net assets sold (1)     (34,289 )
Reclassification of translation reserve to profit or loss     1,063  
Gain on sale before income tax     3,255  
         
Net cash inflow arising on disposal        
Total sales consideration     36,481  
Less: Net settlement of amount due to related parties     3,229  
Cash consideration received     33,252  
Cash and cash equivalents disposed of     (7,934 )
      25,318  

 

(1) The carrying amount of US$33,940,000 as at 31 December 2017 as disclosed in Note 39 is different from net assets sold of US$34,289,000 due to adjustments of $349,000 recorded subsequent to the 31 December 2017.

 

41.2 ACQUISITION OF ASSETS

 

During the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group acquired additional equity interest in IM Shipping Pte. Ltd. from its joint venture partner which increased its ownership interest from 51% to 100%. IM Shipping Pte Ltd is a vessel owning entity with no process and workforce. The transaction was determined by management to be in substance, an asset acquisition, and not a business combination as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. As part of the transaction, the Group recognised a gain of $213,000 on the deemed disposal of its previously held joint venture interest in profit or loss. The ship acquired and cash and cash equivalents assumed as part of the transaction amounted to $11,000,000 and $952,000 respectively.

 

42 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

    2018     2017     2016  
    US$’000     US$’000     US$’000  
Loss for the purpose of basic earnings per share                        
Net loss attributable to the shareholders of the Group     (20,640 )     (60,812 )     (43,709 )
Effect of dilutive potential on ordinary share     -       -       -  
Earnings for the purposes of diluted earnings per share     (20,640 )     (60,812 )     (43,709 )

 

Number of shares   2018     2017     2016  
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share (i)     19,063,833       19,063,833       19,063,833  
                         
    US$     US$     US$  
Basic and diluted loss per share     (1.08 )     (3.19 )     (2.29 )

 

Impact of changes in accounting policies   Impact on
profit for the
year from
continuing
operations
    Impact on
basic earnings
per share
    Impact on
diluted
earnings per
share
 
    31 December
2017
    31 December
2017
    31 December
2017
 
    US$’000     US$     US$  
Impact of the adoption of IFRS 15     (423 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
Impact of the adoption of IFRS 9     (51 )     *       *  
      (474 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )

 

* Amount is less than US$0.01

 

(i) Basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended 31 December 2017 and 2016 were calculated assuming the number of shares issued as at 18 June 2018 (the date of the Spin-Off) to provide comparative figures to the 2018 results.

 

  F- 60  

 

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

42 EARNINGS PER SHARE (cont’d)

 

The 743,000 shares granted under 2018 FSP in 2018 are not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share because they are antidilutive for the year ended 31 December 2018. These shares granted under 2018 FSP could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future.

 

43 GOING CONCERN

 

The historical consolidated and combined financial information presented has been prepared on the assumption that the Group as a whole will continue to operate as going concerns. The Board of Directors has no reason to believe that the Group will not continue to operate as a going concern.

 

44 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

 

(a) On 26 January 2019, the ship, Leopard Sun was purchased from the joint venture (Leopard Tankers Pte. Ltd.) for US$27,000,000 and on the 4 February 2019 the Leopard Moon was purchased from the same entity and for the same amount. The vessels were financed with a new loan facility through NIBC and the funds were used to partially settle the purchase price settlement. The remaining purchase price was settled via the shareholder loan account.

 

(b) On 18 February 2019, the ship, Lavela was contracted for sale from the joint venture (Petrochemical Shipping Limited) for US$14,800,000. The vessel has been delivered to the new owners on the 27 March 2019.

 

(c) In December 2018, the trustees to the Grindrod Pension Fund, a fund for employees of the Former Parent group, recommended that the portion of the pension fund surplus that related to former or current employees of GSSA should be passed down to the Group. The advisors to the Grindrod Pension Fund recommended that GSSA should be included as a second participating employer of this fund and that GSSA should receive 40% of the Pension Fund Surplus. An amendment to the rules of the Grindrod Pension Fund is required for GSSA to become a participating employer which also requires approval by the Financial Sector Conduct Authority (“FSCA”). Application for a rule amendment was submitted to the FSCA post year end and the Group is yet to receive confirmation that the change has been accepted.

 

(d) On 2 April 2019, the ship, IVS Kawana was contracted for sale from the subsidiary (IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.) for US$7,800,000. The vessel is expected to deliver to the new owners on the 30 April 2019.

 

  F- 61  

 

Exhibit 4.3(h)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 31 January 2019

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)        THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment and the Sixth Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Seventh Deed of Amendment ) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “ 31 December 2018 ” with the date “ 30 April 2019 ”.

 

  

 

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Seventh Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Seventh Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Seventh Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Seventh Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 ( Confidentiality ), 28 ( Assignment ), 34 (No Partnership ) and 38 ( Governing Law ) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Seventh Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Seventh Deed of Amendment.

 

  

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

)

)

)

 

 

sign here: /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin

 

 

 

 

print name: Riyaz Nooruddin

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Christopher Quaite

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Christopher Quaite

 

Witness address:

 

 

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

     
     
     
     

  

 

 

  /s/ Grindale Gamboa
  By: Grindale Gamboa
  Title: Manager B

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III S.À R.L.

acting by:

)

)

 

 

sign here: /s/ Michael Treisman

 

 

 

 

print name: Michael Treisman

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Mark Harpootian

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Mark Harpootian

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Clarendon Street

    Boston, MA 02116
     
     
     

 

  

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

)

)

)

 

 

sign here: /s/ Stephen William Griffiths

 

 

 

 

print name: Stephen William Griffiths

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    # 03-01 South Point
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

  Company Secretary

 

  

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

)

)

)

 

 

sign here: /s/ Martyn Richard Wade

 

 

 

 

print name: Martyn Richard Wade

In the presence of:

 

Witness signature:

 

 

 

Witness sign here: /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness name:

 

 

print name: Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins

 

Witness address:

 

 

200 Cantonment Road

    # 03-01 South Point
    Singapore 089763
     
     

 

Witness occupation:

  Company Secretary

 

  

 

 

Exhibit 4.3(i)

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT made on 26 March 2019

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1) THE PARTIES , being the undersigned (other than the Company); and

 

(2) IVS BULK PTE. LTD , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 (the Company ).

 

RECITALS :

 

On 11 December 2013, the Parties and the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the SHA ) setting out the terms and conditions on which they agreed to regulate the management of the Company.

 

On 4 February 2015, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment and acknowledgement (the First Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 20 January 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Second Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 1 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Third Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 25 April 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fourth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 6 July 2016,the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Fifth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 October 2016, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Sixth Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein.

 

On 31 st January 2019, the Parties and the Company executed a deed of amendment (the Seventh Deed of Amendment ) to amend the SHA on the terms set out therein (for purposes of clarity, references to the SHA are to such agreement as amended by the terms of the First Deed of Amendment, the Second Deed of Amendment, the Third Deed of Amendment, the Fourth Deed of Amendment, the Fifth Deed of Amendment, the Sixth Deed of Amendment and the Seventh Deed of Amendment).

 

The Parties and the Company now wish to further amend the SHA in accordance with the terms of this deed of amendment (this Eighth Deed of Amendment ) to extend the Joint Termination Date.

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise defined in this Deed, capitalized words and expressions used in this Deed shall have the meaning given to them in the SHA.

 

1.2 Unless otherwise specified herein, all references in this Deed to a “Clause” shall refer to a Clause of the SHA.

 

2 EXTENSION OF THE JOINT TERMINATION DATE

 

Effective as at the date hereof, Clause 18.1 shall be amended by the replacement of the date “ 30 April 2019 ” with the date “ 30 June 2019 ”.

 

 

 

 

3 MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 The SHA is amended by the terms of this Eighth Deed of Amendment and all terms of the SHA not so amended shall continue in full force and effect as set out in the SHA. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the SHA and this Eighth Deed of Amendment, the terms of this Eighth Deed of Amendment shall prevail.

 

3.2 Each of the Company and the Parties undertakes to execute and deliver all such documents and perform such acts as may be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the terms of this Eighth Deed of Amendment.

 

3.3 Clauses 23 ( Confidentiality ), 28 ( Assignment ), 34 (No Partnership ) and 38 ( Governing Law ) of the SHA are deemed to be incorporated herein mutatis mutandis and shall apply hereto as if repeated in this Eighth Deed of Amendment in full but with such amendments as are necessary to give effect to such provisions within the context of this Eighth Deed of Amendment.

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

REGIMENT CAPITAL LIMITED

acting by:

)

)

)

    /s/ Riyaz Nooruddin
     
    Riyaz Nooruddin
In the presence of:    
     
Witness signature:   /s/ Christopher Quaite
     
Witness name:   Christopher Quaite
     
Witness address:   Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

SANKATY EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS III

S.À R.L.

acting by:

)

)

)

    /s/ Michael Treisman     /s/ Grindale Gamboa
     
    Michael Treisman     Grindale Gamboa
    Class A Manager      Class B Manager
In the presence of:    
     
Witness signature:   /s/ Andrew M. Melvin
     
Witness name:   Andrew M. Melvin
     
Witness address:   200 Clarendon Street, Floor 36
    Boston, MA 02116
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

acting by:

)

)

)

    /s/ Stephen William Griffiths
     
    Stephen William Griffiths
In the presence of:    
     
Witness signature:   /s/ Jeremy Miles
     
Witness name:   Jeremy Miles
     
Witness address:   19 Delaware Avenue, Durban North
    Durban, South Africa 4051
     
     
     
     
Witness occupation:   Director

 

 

 

 

Signed and delivered as a Deed by

IVS BULK PTE. LTD.

acting by:

)

)

)

    /s/ Martyn Richard Wade
     
    Martyn Richard Wade
     
In the presence of:    
     
Witness signature:   /s/ Jeremy Miles
     
Witness name:   Jeremy Miles
     
Witness address:   19 Delaware Avenue, Durban North
    Durban, South Africa 4051
     
     
     
     
Witness occupation:   Director

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4(c)

 

Heads of Agreement

Dated 30 th August 2018

 

· In the following comments, Parent refers to Leopard Tankers Pte Ltd and the Group refers to the Parent plus its subsidiaries, notably Leopard Moon/Sun/Sea/Star (the “SPVs”).

 

· The four loan tranches have been extended to a common maturity date of 30 September 2018 with extension to 31 st December 2018 at Borrowers option and Lenders discretion. It is agreed between the parties that the extension option will be exercised.

 

· Each of the four vessels is sold by the SPV at their respective last convenient final discharge prior to 31 st December. It is recorded that Grindrod needs to have appropriate financing in place to acquire their two vessels and that they expect appropriate terms to be reached with Lenders in good time.

 

· The purchase price of each vessel shall be at average market value as determined by Clarksons, (timing for obtaining the valuation to be mutually agreed between the parties) always provided that the purchase price shall be for a minimum amount sufficient to repay the SCB loans plus any other liabilities.

 

· In the event that either party is unable to meet their obligation to purchase any vessel by 31st December, JV shall be unwound in any event, in accordance with the provisions contained in the Shareholders Agreement in respect of Leopard Tankers Pte Ltd dated 2nd April 2012 (the “SHA”).

 

· The vessels shall each be sold to an SPV set up by the relevant buyer, and the sales shall be made pursuant to the terms of an agreed MoA wording. The MoA shall provide, inter alia, for an underwater survey to be performed prior to delivery.

 

· The sale proceeds plus any cash held within the Group at that time shall then be applied to repay

 

(a) the SCB facilities,
(b) any related break costs,
(c) any outstanding OPEX, legal, , or other costs.

 

Thereafter, the sum of US$2,000,000 (US$500,000 per vessel) shall be retained within the Parent to cover any subsequent claims and expenses that may be received, as well as the costs of winding up the SPVs and the balance to be distributed 50/50 to the shareholders within 14 days of the settlement of (a) and (b) above.

 

· Once the winding-up process completes,, any surplus cash or shortfall shall be equally shared, with any surplus to be paid out within 14 days of the completion of the winding up process and deregistration of the Group companies.

 

  

 

 

· Grindrod shall manage the winding up process, in cooperation with Vitol, the company secretary in Grindrod’s offices without fee.

 

· VITOL will purchase LEOPARD STAR and LEOPARD SEA (VITOL Vessels) and GRINDROD will purchase the LEOPARD MOON and LEOPARD SUN (GRINDROD Vessels).

 

· Mansel Pte Ltd will Commercially Manage the Grindrod Vessels for a minimum of 2 years unless vessels are sold out of the owning entities to 3 rd parties (ie a straight sale) or Grindrod decide to charter out for period, plus the Doric Breeze and Doric Pioneer [subject to final confirmation] until the end of their current charters (May/July 2020) (unless earlier terminated); basis

 

o 2.5% Commercial Management Fee on all monies earned
o $4/MT Bunker Fee on all bunkers purchased on behalf of the GRINDROD vessels.
o Upon expiry of two years Owners and/or Managers will be able to give notice to cancel the Management contracts with 3 (three) months written notice.
o Commercial Management Terms to reflect those that currently exist with logical amendments.

 

· Latvian Ship Management to provide Technical Management for 2 years, unless vessels are sold out of the owning entities to 3 rd parties (ie a straight sale) based on the underlying Terms and Conditions that currently exist. Contracts to be reviewed thereafter.

 

· If GRINDROD wish to TC and/or sell any of their vessels then first refusal to be offered to VITOL and vice versa.

 

· These heads of agreement shall incorporate the law and jurisdiction clause contained in the SHA.

 

/s/ Christopher James Kernon   /s/ Stephen Griffiths
Signed for and behalf of Vitol   Signed for and on behalf of Grindrod
Shipping Singapore Pte. Ltd.   Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

  

 

 

Exhibit 4.18(a)

 

Execution Version

 

Dated 18 June 2018

 

US$27,000,000

of which US$21,750,000 is outstanding

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO TERM LOAN FACILITY

 

GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

guaranteed by

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD LIMITED

as Existing Guarantors

 

with

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as New Parent Guarantor

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

as Facility Agent

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

as Security Agent

 

and

 

DVB BANK SE

as Account Bank

 

AMENDING AND RESTATING AGREEMENT

 

relating to the financing of

m.t. "MATUKU"

 

 

 

 

 

Index

 

Clause   Page
     
1 Definitions and Interpretation 2
2 Agreement of the Finance Parties 3
3 Conditions Precedent 3
4 Representations 3
5 Guarantee and Indemnity of New Parent Guarantor 4
6 Release of Parent Guarantor 4
7 Amendment and Restatement of Facility Agreement and other Finance Documents 4
8 Further Assurance 5
9 Costs and Expenses 5
10 Notices 5
11 Counterparts 5
12 Governing Law 5
13 Enforcement 5

 

Schedules  
   
Schedule 1 The Lenders 7
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent 8
   
Execution  
   
Execution Pages 9

 

Appendices

 

Appendix    Part A    Form of Amended and Restated Facility Agreement marked to indicate amendments to the Facility Agreement
Appendix  Part B Form of clean copy Amended and Restated Facility Agreement

 

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 June 2018

 

PARTIES

 

(1) GRINDROD MARITIME LLC , a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 as borrower (the " Borrower ")

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as guarantor (" GSPL ")

 

(3) GRINDROD LIMITED , a company incorporated in South Africa with registration number 1966/009846/06 whose registered office is at Grindrod Mews, 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban 4001 South Africa as guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ", and together with GSPL the " Existing Guarantors " and each an " Existing Guarantor ")

 

(4) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with company number 201731497H whose registered office is at 10 Anson Road #32-15, International Plaza, Singapore 079903 as new guarantor (the " New Parent Guarantor ")

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 ( The Lenders ) as lenders (the " Lenders ")

 

(6) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")

 

(7) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH as security agent for the Secured Parties (the " Security Agent ")

 

(8) DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany as account bank (the " Account Bank ")

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By the Facility Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of (originally) up to US$27,000,000 of which US$21,750,000 is outstanding at the date of this Agreement.

 

(B) In anticipation of the proposed reorganisation and listing of the Parent Guarantor's shipping business, each of the Borrower, the Existing Guarantors and the New Parent Guarantor have requested that the Lenders and the other Finance Parties consent to the following:

 

(i) the transfer of ownership of GSPL from the Parent Guarantor to the New Parent Guarantor;

 

(ii) the release of the Parent Guarantor from its obligations under the Finance Documents and its replacement by the New Parent Guarantor as a new guarantor; and

 

(iii) the dual listing of the New Parent Guarantor on NASDAQ and the Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

 

(C) This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lenders and the other Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the Effective Time, to the request of the Borrower, the Existing Guarantors and the New Parent Guarantor referred to in Recital (B) above and in connection with this request the Parties agree to:

 

(i) increase the Margin under the Facility Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(ii) amend the provisions relating to the minimum required security cover provided for in clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) of the Facility Agreement;

 

(iii) amend the financial covenants contained in clause 20 ( financial covenants ) of the Facility Agreement; and

 

(iv) the Borrower maintaining a minimum cash balance in the Retention Account, and to the consequential amendment of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with those matters.

  

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Amended and Restated Facility Agreement " means the Facility Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement in the form set out in the Appendix.

 

" Effective Time " means the time at which, on the date on which, the transfer of ownership of GSPL from the Parent Guarantor to the New Parent Guarantor as referred to in paragraph (i) of Recital (B) occurs, provided that the Facility Agent has confirmed to the other Parties that the conditions precedent in Clause 3 ( Conditions Precedent ) are satisfied.

 

" Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 9 December 2016 and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Existing Guarantors, (iii) the Lenders, (iv) the Facility Agent, (v) the Security Agent and (vi) the Account Bank.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

1.2 Defined expressions

 

Defined expressions in the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

1.3 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 ( construction ) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.4 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this Agreement as a Finance Document.

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  2  

 

 

2 AGREEMENT OF THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

2.1 Agreement of the Lenders

 

The Lenders agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the request set out in Recital (B).

 

2.2 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the consequential amendment of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to in Clause 2.1 ( Agreement of the Lenders ).

 

2.3 Effective Time

 

The agreement of the Lenders and the other Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 ( Agreement of the Lenders ) and Clause 2.2 ( Agreement of the Finance Parties ) shall have effect on and from the Effective Time.

 

3 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

The agreement of the Lenders and the other Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 ( Agreement of the Lenders ) and Clause 2.2 ( Agreement of the Finance Parties ) is subject to:

 

(a) no Default continuing on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Time;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor being true on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time;

 

(c) no event described in clause 7.4 ( mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement having occurred on the date of this Agreement or the Effective Time;

 

(d) at the Effective Time, the market value of the Vessel plus the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under clause 25 ( Security cover ) of the Facility Agreement is greater than 143 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(e) the Facility Agent having received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent on or before 30 June 2018 or such later date as the Facility Agent may agree with the Borrower.

 

4 REPRESENTATIONS

 

4.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

(a) Each of the Borrower and the Existing Guarantors makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 ( representations ) of the Facility Agreement, updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each of the Borrower, GSPL and the New Parent Guarantor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 ( representations ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the Effective Time.

 

4.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each of the Borrower and GSPL makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and restated and/or supplemented by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Time.

 

  3  

 

 

5 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY OF NEW PARENT GUARANTOR

 

5.1 Guarantee and Indemnity

 

With effect on and from the Effective Time, the New Parent Guarantor shall accede to the Facility as a Guarantor and:

 

(a) irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Finance Party, undertakes with each Finance Party and agrees with each Finance Party to indemnify each Finance Party those matters set out in clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement; and

 

(b) agrees to be bound by all the other provisions of the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement as a Guarantor under the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement including (without limitation):

 

(i) to pay all moneys due or to become due to the Finance Parties under the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and

 

(ii) to perform and observe all the other terms and conditions imposed on it as a Guarantor under the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement.

 

5.2 Confirmation

 

The New Parent Guarantor confirms that it is familiar with, and agrees to, the other terms and conditions of the Finance Documents.

 

6 RELEASE OF PARENT GUARANTOR

 

With effect on and from the Effective Time, the Finance Parties release the Parent Guarantor from its obligations under the Facility Agreement.

 

7 AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF FACILITY AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS

 

7.1 Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement

 

With effect on and from the Effective Time the Facility Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended and restated in the form of the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement and, as so amended and restated, the Facility Agreement shall continue to be binding on each of the parties to it in accordance with its terms as so amended and restated.

 

7.2 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the Effective Time each of the Finance Documents other than the Facility Agreement, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and restated by this Agreement; and

 

  4  

 

 

(b) by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

 

7.3 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect:

 

(a) in the case of the Facility Agreement as amended and restated pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement ); and

 

(b) in the case of the Finance Documents other than the Facility Agreement as supplemented by the amendments to such Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clause 7.2 ( Amendments to Finance Documents ), and subject to such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

8 FURTHER ASSURANCE

 

Clause 21.25 ( Further assurance ) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

9 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

Clause 16.2 ( amendment costs ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

10 NOTICES

 

Clause 37 ( notices ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and restated by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

11 COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

12 GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

13 ENFORCEMENT

 

13.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

  5  

 

 

(c) This Clause 13.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

13.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 3 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  6  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE LENDERS

 

Lender Lending Office
   
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch 77 Robinson Road, #30-02 068896 Singapore
  Fax no.: +65 6511 0789
  tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com Attention:
  Transaction and Loan Services

 

  7  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1 Obligors

 

In relation to each of the Borrower, the Existing Guarantors and the New Parent Guarantor, documents of the kind specified in schedule 2 part A paragraph 1 of the Facility Agreement (excluding the document specified in paragraph 1.7).

 

2 Legal opinions

 

2.1 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England.

 

2.2 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in Singapore.

 

2.3 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP (New York), legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent as to Marshall Islands law.

 

3 Other documents and evidence

 

3.1 A valuation of the Vessel addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 15 days before the Effective Time from an Approved Valuer which shows a market value for the Vessel evidencing compliance with paragraph (d) of Clause 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

3.2 Evidence that an amount has been paid into the Retention Account sufficient to ensure compliance with clause 26.9 (minimum balance in Retention Account) of the Amended and Restated Facility Agreement.

 

3.3 Evidence that any process agent for the Obligors has accepted its appointment in relation to this Agreement.

 

3.4 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document as amended and restated and/or supplemented by this Agreement.

 

3.5 Evidence that the any costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 9 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Time.

 

3.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in particular in relation to the New Parent Guarantor.

 

  8  

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

BORROWER    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins
duly authorised ) Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins
for and on behalf of )  
GRINDROD MARITIME LLC )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' name: ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' address: ) 200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 South Point
    Singapore 089763
     
EXISTING GUARANTORS    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Mark Gregory Keen
duly authorised ) Mark Gregory Keen
for and on behalf of )  
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' name: ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' address: ) 200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 South Point
    Singapore 089763
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Andrew Waller
duly authorised ) Andrew Waller
for and on behalf of )  
GRINDROD LIMITED )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Gertruida Quintal
Witness' name: ) Gertruida Quintal
Witness' address: ) 106 Margaret Mncadi Avenue
    Durban
     
NEW PARENT GUARANTOR    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins
duly authorised ) Gerald Christopher Kingsley-Wilkins
for and on behalf of )  
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' name: ) Yvette Kingsley-Wilkins
Witness' address: ) 200 Cantonment Road
    #03-01 South Point
    Singapore 089763

 

  9  

 

 

LENDERS    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Meryl Montefiore
duly authorised ) Meryl Montefiore
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Solveig De Sousa
Witness' name: ) Solveig De Sousa
Witness' address: ) Associate Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    6 Battery Road, #28-00, Singapore 049909
FACILITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Meryl Montefiore
duly authorised ) Meryl Montefiore
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Solveig De Sousa
Witness' name: ) Solveig De Sousa
Witness' address: ) Associate Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    6 Battery Road, #28-00, Singapore 049909
SECURITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Meryl Montefiore
duly authorised ) Meryl Montefiore
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Solveig De Sousa
Witness' name: ) Solveig De Sousa
Witness' address: ) Associate Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    6 Battery Road, #28-00, Singapore 049909
ACCOUNT BANK    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Meryl Montefiore
duly authorised ) Meryl Montefiore
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
DVB BANK SE )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Solveig De Sousa
Witness' name: ) Solveig De Sousa
Witness' address: ) Associate Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    6 Battery Road, #28-00, Singapore 049909

 

  10  

 

 

APPENDIX

 

PART A

 

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT MARKED TO

INDICATE AMENDMENTS TO THE FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

Amendments are indicated as follows:

 

1 additions are indicated by underlined text; and

 

2 deletions are shown by strike-through text.

 

  11  

 

 

Execution Version

 

US$27,000,000

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

Dated                                                       9 December 2016

  

for

 

GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

guaranteed by

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD LIMITED SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantors

 

with

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Facility Agent

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Security Agent

 

and

 

DVB BANK SE

acting as Account Bank

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

as amended by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated                                            2018

 

relating to the financing of

m.t. Matuku "MATUKU"

 

 

 

 

 

Index

 

Clause   Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 2
1 Definitions and Interpretation 2
Section 2 The Facility 23
2 The Facility 23
3 Purpose 23
4 Conditions of Drawdown 23
Section 3 Drawdown 25
5 Drawdown 25
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 26
6 Repayment 26
7 Prepayment and Cancellation 26
Section 5 Costs of Drawdown 29
8 Interest 29
9 Interest Periods 30
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 30
11 Fees 32
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 33
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 33
13 Increased Costs 36
14 Other Indemnities 37
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 40
16 Costs and Expenses 40
Section 7 Guarantee 42
17 Guarantee and Indemnity 42
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 45
18 Representations 45
19 Information Undertakings 51
20 Financial Covenants 54
21 General Undertakings 56
22 Insurance Undertakings 61
23 Bareboat Charterer Undertakings 66
24 Vessel Undertakings 67
25 Security Cover 72
26 Accounts and Application of Earnings 74
27 Events of Default 76
Section 9 Changes to Parties 81
28 Changes to the Lenders 81
29 Changes to the Transaction Obligors 85
Section 10 The Finance Parties 87
30 The Facility Agent 87
31 The Security Agent 96
32 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 110
33 Sharing among the Finance Parties 110
Section 11 Administration 112
34 Payment Mechanics 112
35 Set-Off 115
36 Bail-in 115
37 Notices 116
38 Calculations and Certificates 117
39 Partial Invalidity 118
40 Remedies and Waivers 118

 

 

 

  

41 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 118
42 Irrevocable Payment 118
43 Amendments and Waivers 118
44 Confidentiality 120
45 Counterparts 123
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement 124
46 Governing Law 124
47 Enforcement 124
     
Schedule 1 The Parties 125
Part A The Obligors 125
Part B The Original Lenders 126
Part C The Servicing Parties 127
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent 128
Part A Conditions precedent to Drawdown Request 128
Part B Conditions Precedent to Disbursement 131
Part C Conditions Subsequent 133
Schedule 3 Requests 134
Part A Drawdown Request 134
Part B Selection Notice 135
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 136
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 138
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate 140
Schedule 7 Timetables 141
Schedule 8 Classification Society Undertaking 142
Part A Letter to Approved Classification Society 142
Part B Undertaking from Approved Classification Society 143
   
Execution  
   
Execution Pages 144
   
Schedules  

 

 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on                                                           2016 9 December 2016 as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement on                                             2018

 

PARTIES

 

(1) GRINDROD MARITIME LLC , a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 as borrower (the " Borrower ")

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with Registration Number 200407212K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as guarantor (" GSPL ")

 

(3) GRINDROD LIMITED SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated in South Africa Singapore with registration number 1966/009846/06 201731497H whose registered office is at Quadrant House, 115 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban 4001 South Africa 10 Anson Road #32-15, International Plaza, Singapore 079903 as guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ", and together with GSPL the " Guarantors " and each a " Guarantor ")

 

(4) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders ")

 

(5) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH, as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")

 

(6) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH, as security agent for the Creditor Parties (the " Security Agent ")

 

(7) DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany as account bank (the " Account Bank ")

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The By a facility agreement dated 9 December 2016 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) GSPL, (iii) the Original Lenders have , (iv) the Facility Agent, (v) the Security Agent and the Account Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to US$27,000,000 for the purposes referred to in Clause 3.1 ( Purpose ). purpose of refinancing the acquisition cost of the Vessel.

 

(B) By the Amending and Restating Agreement, the Finance Parties agreed to certain amendments to the facility agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(C) This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of the facility agreement as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Account Bank " means DVB Bank SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany or such other bank or financial institution acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

" Accounts " means:

 

(a) the Earnings Account;

 

(b) the Retention Account; and

 

(c) with the express written consent of the Facility Agent, any other accounts opened by the Borrower with the Account Bank, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form. " Advance " means the borrowing of the Facility under this Agreement.

 

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

" Amending and Restating Agreement " means the amending and restating agreement dated                     2018 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Guarantors, (iii) the Lenders, (iv) the Facility Agent, (v) the Security Agent and (vi) the Account Bank.

 

" Approved Broker " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

" Approved Classification " means, as at the date of this Agreement, 1A1 Tanker for chemicals and oil BIS BWM(E(s)) Clean COAT-PSPC(B) CSR E0 ESP Recyclable SPM TMON VCS(2) with the Approved Classification Society or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

 

" Approved Classification Society " means, as at the date of this Agreement, DNV GL or any other classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies and has been approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

" Approved Flag " means New Zealand, Singapore, Marshall Islands or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders.

 

" Approved Technical Manager " means any person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, as the technical manager of the Vessel.

 

" Approved Valuer " means each of Clarksons, Braemar ACM, MSI Ltd, Arrow Valuations (a division of Arrow Research Ltd.), Compass Maritime Services, LLC and Fearnleys AS (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

  2  

 

 

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of:

 

(a) 23 December 2016 or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower; and

 

(b) the date on which the Commitments are cancelled under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

any later date approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders.

 

" Available Commitment " means a Lender's Commitment minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

 

(b) in relation to the proposed Drawdown, the amount of its participation in the Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

" Available Facility " means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.

 

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

" Bail-In Legislation " means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

" Bareboat Charter " means each of the First Bareboat Charter and the Second Bareboat Charter.

 

" Bareboat Charterer " means each of the First Bareboat Charterer and the Second Bareboat Charterer.

 

" Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement " means the agreement dated 23 December 2016 entered into by and between (i) the Security Agent, (ii) the Borrower and (iii) each Bareboat Charterer providing for:

 

(a) assignments by the Bareboat Charterers in relation to the earnings, insurances and requisition compensation in respect of the Vessel;

 

(b) quiet enjoyment undertakings granted by the Security Agent in favour of each Bareboat Charterer; and

 

  3  

 

 

(c) step-in rights in relation to the Borrower under the First Bareboat Charter in favour of the Security Agent , .

 

in agreed form.

 

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business:

 

(a) in relation to provisions of this Agreement relating to the calculation of LIBOR, in London;

 

(b) in relation to provisions of this Agreement relating to payment obligations in dollars, in New York; and

 

(c) in relation to all other provisions of this Agreement, in Singapore, London, Frankfurt and South Africa.

 

" CACIB Facility Agent " means Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank acting in its role as facility agent under the CACIB Facility.

 

" CACIB Facility " means the loan facility of (originally) US$123,000,000 as documented by the loan agreement dated 7 July 2011 (as amended from time to time) made between (i) GSPL as borrower, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders, (iii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as swap banks, (iv) the mandated lead arrangers as such term is defined therein, (v) the CACIB Facility Agent and (vi) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as security agent.

 

" Charter " means each Bareboat Charter, the Time Charter and any other charter relating to the Vessel, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

 

" Charterer " means each Bareboat Charterer and the Time Charterer.

 

" Closing Date " means the date on which this Agreement is executed by all the Parties.

 

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

" Commitment " means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between GSPL and the Facility Agent.

 

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Creditor Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

" Creditor Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.

 

" Deed of Covenant " means the deed of covenant dated 12 December 2016 collateral to the Mortgage and creating Security over the Vessel in agreed form as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement .

 

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or other person appointed by the Security Agent.

 

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  5  

 

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

  

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" dollars " and " US$ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

" Drawdown " means the drawdown of the Facility.

 

" Drawdown Date " means the date of the Drawdown, being the date on which the Advance is to be made.

 

" Drawdown Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

" Earnings " means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower, either Bareboat Charterer or the Security Agent and which arise out of the use or operation of the Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower, that Bareboat Charterer or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessel;

 

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(vii) all monies which are at any time payable to the Borrower or that Bareboat Charterer in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever the Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (vi) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Vessel.

 

" Earnings Account " means:

 

(a) an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank with account number 2910059120, designated "Earnings Account"; or

 

  6  

 

 

(b) any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Earnings Account of the Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

" Environmental Incident " means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge into the Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from the Vessel; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than the Vessel and which involves a collision between the Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Vessel and/or any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from the Vessel and in connection with which the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ).

 

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

  7  

 

 

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

" FATCA " means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

" FATCA Application Date " means:

 

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019, or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

  

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

" Finance Document " means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) the Drawdown Request;

 

(d) any Security Document;

 

(e) the Subordination Deed;

 

(f) any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

 

  8  

 

 

(g)       any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Account Bank or a Lender.

 

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019 have been treated as an operating lease);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) above.

 

" First Bareboat Charter " means the bareboat charterparty agreement dated 23 July 2015, as amended and supplemented by the addendum thereto dated 6 May 2016 and further amended and supplemented by an addendum entered or to be entered into on or around the date of this Agreement, and originally made between GSPL as owner, the First Bareboat Charterer as charterer and the First Bareboat Charter Guarantor as charter guarantor and under which the Borrower was nominated as owner of the Vessel by GSPL.

 

" First Bareboat Charterer " means Nyathi Shipping B.V. a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, with its address at Herikerbergweg 238, Luna ArenA, 1101CM Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under file number 34288028.

 

" First Bareboat Charter Guarantee " means the guarantee set out in clause 48 of the First Bareboat Charter and any other guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting the First Bareboat Charter.

 

" First Bareboat Charter Guarantor " means ASP Holdings Limited and any other guarantor providing a guarantee pursuant to a First Bareboat Charter Guarantee.

 

  9  

 

 

" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles acceptable to the Facility Agent, including IFRS.

 

" General Assignment " means the general assignment dated 23 December 2016 granted by the Borrower to the Security Agent creating Security over (amongst other things):

 

(a) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation; and

 

(b) the First Bareboat Charter and the First Bareboat Charter Guarantee,

 

in agreed form.

 

as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

" Group " means GSPL and each wholly owned Subsidiary of GSPL the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

" Guarantee " means the guarantee of the Guarantors contained in this Agreement.

 

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

 

" Indirect Tax " means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any tax of a similar nature.

 

" Indirect Tax Group " means two or more companies or limited liability partnerships which register as a single taxable entity for Indirect Tax purposes.

 

" Insurances " means, in relation to the Vessel:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to the Vessel, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Vessel whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Advance or the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for the Advance, the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

  10  

 

 

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

" Legal Reservations " means:

 

(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Drawdown ).

 

" Lender " means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

  

" LIBOR " means, in relation to the Advance, the Loan or any Unpaid Sum:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum), the applicable Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum); or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for dollars for the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. 

  

  11  

 

 

" Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association.

 

" Loan " means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility.

 

" Major Casualty " means any casualty to the Vessel in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

" Majority Lenders " means:

 

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

" Manager’s Undertaking " means a letter of undertaking entered into or to be entered into by an Approved Technical Manager in favour of the Security Agent in agreed form.

 

" Margin " means 2.45 2.65 per cent. per annum or otherwise as determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Market Disruption Event " has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ).

 

" Market Value " means, in relation to the Vessel or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of the Vessel or vessel shown by the arithmetic mean of two valuations (or, if there is a discrepancy of 10 per cent or more between those two valuations, three valuations), each addressed to the Facility Agent and prepared:

 

(a) unless otherwise specified, as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

(b) by an Approved Valuer or Approved Valuers, both selected and appointed by the Facility Agent and, where three valuations are required, by a third Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Borrower (but still addressed to the Facility Agent);

 

(c) without physical inspection of the Vessel or vessel; and

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter, after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

  12  

 

 

(b) the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

" Maturity Date " means the date on which the final Repayment Instalment is payable under Clause 6 ( Repayment ) being the date falling six years or (as the case may be) four years after the Drawdown Date.

 

" Membership Interests Security " means a document creating security in respect of the membership interests in the Borrower in agreed form dated 23 December 2016 and made between GSPL and the Security Agent as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement .

 

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

" Mortgage " means the first priority New Zealand statutory ship mortgage on the Vessel and a deed of covenant collateral to said mortgage in agreed form.

 

" New Zealand Security Deed " means the specific security deed supplementary to the Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant dated 23 December 2016 and made between the Borrower and the Security Agent in agreed form as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement .

 

" Obligor " means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

" Original Financial Statements " means in relation to each Guarantor, the audited consolidated financial statements of that Guarantor for its financial year ended 31 December 2015.

 

" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

" Parallel Debt " means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

 

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

  13  

 

 

" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to the Subordination Deed and pursuant to, and is assigned in favour of the Security Agent under, the Subordination and Assignment Agreement.

 

" Permitted Security " means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

(f) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel and not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 24.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ).

 

" Permitted GSPL Share Sale " means a sale of up to 40 per cent. of the shares in GSPL by way of initial public offering at the London Stock Exchange (LSE), New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or Singapore Stock Exchange (SGX).

 

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

 

" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

 

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

  14  

 

 

" Reference Banks " means the principal London offices of any three of ICE Benchmark Administration Limited’s (or its successor’s) reference panel banks for dollars (as published by ICE Limited Benchmark Administration Limited or its successor) or such other banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

 

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

" Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account " has the meaning given to the term "Debt Service Reserve Account" in the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018 in relation to a facility of up to $100,000,000 and made between, amongst others, (i) GSPL as borrower, (ii) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch as mandated lead arrangers and (iii) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as facility agent and as security agent.

 

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market.

 

" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 ( Representations ) except Clause 18.11 ( Insolvency ), Clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), Clause 18.13 ( Deduction of Tax ) and Clause 18.18 ( No proceedings pending or threatened ) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

" Requisition " means:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; and

 

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower.

 

  15  

 

 

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition.

 

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

" Retention Account " means:

 

(a) an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank with account number 2910059138, designated "Retention Account"; or

 

(b) any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Retention Account of that Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Sanctions " means any economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:

 

(a) the United States government including, but not limited to, the US Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010;

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union or its Member States, including without limitation, the United Kingdom;

 

(d) New Zealand;

 

(e) any country to which any Obligor, or any other member of the Group or any Affiliate of any of them is bound; or

 

the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasure (" OFAC "), the United States Department of State, and her Majesty's Treasury (" HMT ") (together " Sanctions Authorities ").

 

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

 

" Second Bareboat Charter " means the bareboat charterparty agreement dated 1 May 2016, as amended and supplemented by the addendum thereto entered or to be entered into on or about the date of this Agreement, and made between the Second Bareboat Charterer and the First Bareboat Charterer.

 

" Second Bareboat Charterer " means Silver Fern Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in New Zealand with registered number 628372 whose registered office is at Level 8, Resimac House, 45 Johnston Street, Wellington 6011, New Zealand.

 

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Creditor Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

  16  

 

 

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

" Security Document " means:

 

(a) any Membership Interests Security;

 

(b) any Mortgage;

 

(c) any the Deed of Covenant;

 

(d) any the General Assignment;

 

(e) any Account Security;

 

(f) any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(g) the Subordination and Assignment Agreement;

 

(h) the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement;

 

(i) the New Zealand Security Deed;

 

(j) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(k) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

" Security Property " means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Creditor Parties, except:

 

 

  17  

 

 

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

" Specified Time " means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 7 ( Timetables ).

 

" Subordinated Finance Document " means:

 

(a) the Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

 

(b) any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

 

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to GSPL whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means any loan agreement made between the Borrower and GSPL in relation to intra-group debt owed by the Borrower to GSPL.

 

" Subordination and Assignment Agreement " means an agreement entered into or to be dated 23 December 2016 and entered into by GSPL, the Borrower and the Security Agent in agreed form as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement .

 

" Subordination Deed " means the subordination deed entered into or to be dated 23 December 2016 and entered into by the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer, the Second Bareboat Charterer, Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48 123 123 124 and the Security Agent in agreed form .

 

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

 

" Time Charter " means a time charterparty dated 23 July 2015 and made between the Second Bareboat Charterer and the Time Charterer.

 

" Time Charterer " means Coastal Oil Logistics Limited a company incorporated in New Zealand with registered number 972809 whose registered office is at 10 th Floor, The Bayley Building, Gr Brandon Street and Lambton Quay, Wellington 6011.

 

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$27,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

  18  

 

 

" Total Loss " means:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel; or

 

(b) any Requisition.

 

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of the Vessel:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

" Transaction Document " means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) a Subordinated Finance Document;

 

(c) a Bareboat Charter; or

 

(d) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Transaction Obligor " means each Obligor, each Bareboat Charterer, any Approved Technical Manager who is a member of the Group or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

 

" Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

 

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

" US " means the United States of America.

 

" US Tax Obligor " means:

 

  19  

 

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

 

" Vessel " means the 50,000 dwt MR product tanker named "MATUKU" having IMO number 9657806 and registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag.

 

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ; and

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the " Account Bank ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Creditor Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Transaction Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) " document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax or telex;

 

(v) " expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including Indirect Tax;

 

(vi) a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(vii) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  20  

 

 

(viii) " law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(ix) " proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(x) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xi) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiii) a time of day is a reference to Singapore time;

 

(xiv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xv) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvi) " including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d) A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;

 

" excess risks " means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Vessel in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;

 

 

  21  

 

 

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83)(1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and

 

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83).

 

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c) Any Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 30.10 ( Exclusion of liability ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

  22  

 

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

2 THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

3 PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of the Vessel in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the lower of:

 

(a) US$27,000,000; and

 

(b) 70 per cent. of the Market Value of the Vessel (as determined not earlier than three weeks before the Drawdown Date and not later than one week before the Drawdown Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent).

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 CONDITIONS OF DRAWDOWN

 

4.1 Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Drawdown Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  23  

 

 

4.2 Conditions precedent to release of the Advance

 

The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to release the Advance to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date if:

 

(a) on the Drawdown Date and before the Advance is released:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed release; and

 

(ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

 

(b) on the Drawdown Date, the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied that it will receive, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.3 Conditions subsequent

 

The Borrower undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within the period stated, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.4 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent and subsequent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent and subsequent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request ) and Clause 4.3 ( Conditions subsequent ).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Advance to be released before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request ) or 4.2 ( Conditions precedent to release of the Advance ) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the Drawdown Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower.

 

  24  

 

 

SECTION 3

 

DRAWDOWN

5 DRAWDOWN

 

5.1 Delivery of a Drawdown Request

 

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Drawdown Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Drawdown Request

 

(a) The Drawdown Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Drawdown Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Drawdown comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b) Only one Drawdown Request may be delivered.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Drawdown Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than the Total Commitments.

 

(c) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrower to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) immediately after the Advance was made.

 

5.4 Lenders' participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in the Advance available by the Drawdown Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender's participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately before making the Advance.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period shall then be cancelled.

 

  25  

 

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Loan

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall repay the Loan by 24 consecutive quarterly instalments, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the Drawdown Date, each in the following amounts:

 

(i) the first 16 such instalments, each in an amount of US$480,000; and

 

(ii) the following eight such instalments, each in an amount of US$420,000,

 

(each a " Repayment Instalment "), together with a balloon instalment of US$15,960,000 to be paid concurrently with the final Repayment Instalment.

 

(b) On the date falling four years after the Drawdown Date (the " Fourth Anniversary Date ") at the option of the Lenders, in their discretion, following consultation with the Borrower, one of the following shall occur:

 

(i) The Borrower shall agree an amendment to the Margin to reflect the then current pricing of the Lenders (the " Margin Adjustment "); or

 

(ii) the Borrower shall repay the Loan outstanding in full.

 

If the Margin Adjustment has not been agreed and documented to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent (acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders) by no later than five Business Days prior to the last day of the Interest Period ending on, or (as the case may be) immediately before, the Fourth Anniversary Date then the Borrower shall repay the Loan outstanding in full on the Fourth Anniversary Date. Any Margin Adjustment shall take effect on and from the Fourth Anniversary Date.

 

6.2 Reduction of Repayment Instalments

 

If any part of the Facility is cancelled, the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation, starting with the balloon instalment, shall be reduced in inverse chronological order by the amount cancelled.

 

6.3 Maturity Date

 

On the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4 Reborrowing

 

The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

 

(a) If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  26  

 

 

(i) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(ii) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(iii) the Borrower shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

 

(b) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment,starting with the balloon instalment, by the amount prepaid.

 

7.2 Automatic cancellation

 

The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Advance is made available.

 

7.3 Voluntary prepayment of Loan

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than five Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$500,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

(b) The Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the Available Facility is zero).

 

(c) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) shall reduce in inverse chronological order the amount of each Repayment Instalment, starting with the balloon instalment, falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

 

If the Vessel is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall repay the Loan. Such repayment shall be made:

 

(a) in the case of a sale of the Vessel, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Vessel to the buyer;

 

(b) in the case of any arrest of the Vessel where the Vessel is not within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower, on or before the date falling 37 days after the date of the arrest of the Vessel; or

 

(c) in the case of any other Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

7.5 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  27  

 

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.3 ( Prepayment fee ) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

  28  

 

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF DRAWDOWN

8 INTEREST

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrower shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) accruing on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

  29  

 

 

9 INTEREST PERIODS
     

9.1

Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) The first Interest Period for the Loan as specified in the Drawdown Request shall be three Months from the Drawdown Date or such other period as may be agreed in accordance with paragraph (e) below.

 

(b) Subject to paragraphs (e) and (g) below, the Borrower may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

 

(c) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

 

(d) If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ) and paragraph (g) below, be three Months.

 

(e) Subject to this Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ), the Borrower may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period (up to a maximum of 12 Months) agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(f) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

(g) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it if such date is before the end of the Interest Period then current.

 

(h) Subject to paragraph (i) below, the first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (g) above, the Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2 Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a) If after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than six Months, any Lender notifies the Facility Agent within two Business Days after the Specified Time relating to the relevant Drawdown Request or Selection Notice that it is not satisfied that deposits in dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the Relevant Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Facility Agent shall shorten the Interest Period to six Months.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

  30  

 

 

10.2 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Advance or the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Advance or the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Advance or the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement " Market Disruption Event " means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 25 per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii) at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Advance or the Loan.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(b) Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) If a Market Disruption Event occurs before the Advance is made:

 

(i) in circumstances falling within sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ) or sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), the Lenders' obligation to make the Advance; or

 

(ii) in circumstances falling within sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance, shall be suspended while the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue.

  

10.4 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  31  

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 FEES

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1.1 per cent. per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment from time to time for the Availability Period.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Upfront fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Prepayment fee

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower must pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan.

 

(b) The amount of the prepayment fee is:

 

(i) if the prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date, three per cent. of the amount prepaid;

 

(ii) if the prepayment occurs after the first but on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, two per cent. of the amount prepaid;

 

(iii) if the prepayment occurs after the second but on or before the third anniversary of the Closing Date, one per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(iv) if the prepayment occurs after the third anniversary of the Closing Date half of one per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(c) No prepayment fee shall be payable under this Clause if the prepayment is made under:

 

(i) Clause 7.1 ( Illegality );

 

(ii) Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) if the prepayment is the result of a refinancing in relation to which the Facility Agent is party as facility agent;

 

(iii) Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) in the case of a sale, unless the sale is to a member of the Group or any of their respective Affiliates; or

 

(iv) Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ).

 

  32  

 

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  33  

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross- up ); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

  

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.6 Indirect Tax

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for Indirect Tax purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if Indirect Tax is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate Indirect Tax invoice to that Party).

 

  34  

 

 

(b) If Indirect Tax is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that Indirect Tax.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents Indirect Tax, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such Indirect Tax from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( Indirect Tax ) to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for Indirect Tax purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term "representative member" to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's Indirect Tax registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's Indirect Tax reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

 

  35  

 

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13 INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made, after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement, " Increased Costs " means:

 

(i) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

 

(ii) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  36  

 

 

(iii) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

  

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ); or

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

14 OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

  

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

  37  

 

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Advance or the Loan requested by the Borrower in a Drawdown Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Creditor Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, the Vessel unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3 Mandatory Cost

 

The Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions), which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

 

  38  

 

 

14.4 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

 

(B) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(C) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(D) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(E) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(F) any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(G) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

  39  

 

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Creditor Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

15 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15 ( Mitigation by the Finance Parties ) if either:

 

(i) a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(ii) in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;

 

(b) the Transaction Security; and

 

(c) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 34.9 ( Change of currency ); or

 

  40  

 

 

(c) a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security, the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Creditor Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Creditor Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Creditor Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Creditor Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

 

  41  

 

 

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Creditor Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Creditor Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  42  

 

  

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and neither Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from either Guarantor or on account of that Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which either Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, neither Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ):

 

(a) to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Creditor Party;

 

  43  

 

  

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantors have given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with any Creditor Party.

 

If either Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Creditor Parties by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Creditor Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by either Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Guarantors’ rights ) and 17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which either Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

  44  

 

 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 REPRESENTATIONS

 

18.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

18.2 Status

 

(a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

18.3 Membership interest and ownership

 

(a) The Borrower's membership interests are 100 per cent. held by GSPL free of any Security or any other claim by GSPL.

 

(b) None of the membership interests in the Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre- emption rights or similar rights.

 

18.4 Share capital and ownership of GSPL

 

The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in GSPL is held free of any Security directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor less any shares sold by way of Permitted GSPL Share Sale .

 

18.5 Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

18.6 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration as provided for in that Finance Document create, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Creditor Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

   

  45  

 

 

18.7 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group's assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

18.8 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

 

(i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

 

(ii) in the case of the Borrower, its registration of the Vessel under the Approved Flag.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.9 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

18.10 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.11 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 27.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 27.9 ( Creditors' process ),

 

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.

 

  46  

 

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except:

 

(a) registration of the Membership Interest Security with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore, which filings will be made in Singapore promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Documents; and

 

(b) any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Drawdown ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

18.14 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement, the Drawdown Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Drawdown or the release of the Advance by the Prepositioning Bank (on the instructions of the Facility Agent) or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject (and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

18.15 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.16 Financial Statements

 

(a) In relation to each Guarantor, its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) In relation to each Guarantor, its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year.

 

  47  

 

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of each Guarantor) since 31 December 2015.

 

(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 19.4 ( Requirements as to financial statements ); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Guarantor).

 

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

 

18.17 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.18 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor and GSPL, (i) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) relates to a claim or claims for a total value in aggregate of over US$200,000, but in all cases excluding any claim that is fully covered by an insurance policy held in the name of the relevant Obligor and that Obligor has provided the Facility Agent with evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Facility Agent of such insurance coverage.

 

18.19 Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents

 

(a) Each of the Transaction Documents to which each Transaction Obligor (other than the Bareboat Charterers) is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Transaction Obligor (other than the Bareboat Charterers).

 

(b) The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

 

(c) No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any Transaction Obligor waived any of its respective rights under the Transaction Documents.

 

18.20 Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

  48  

 

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.21 No breach of laws

 

It has not (and no member of the Group has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.22 No Charter

 

The Vessel is not subject to any Charter other than the Bareboat Charters and the Time Charter.

 

18.23 Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of the Vessel and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

18.24 No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or the Vessel.

 

18.25 No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

18.26 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, any Approved Technical Manager and the Vessel have been complied with.

 

18.27 Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

18.28 Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

18.29 Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

  49  

 

 

18.30 Good title to assets

 

It and each other member of the Group has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

18.31 Ownership

 

(a) The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all rights and interests which any Charter and the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement creates in favour of the Borrower.

 

(b) The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Vessel, the Earnings and the Insurances.

 

(c) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

 

(d) The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the membership interests of the Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

 

18.32 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the " Regulation "), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.33 Place of business

 

No Obligor has a principal or registered place of business in any country other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing, and agreed to by the Lenders, on or around the date of this Agreement.

 

18.34 No employee or pension arrangements

 

The Borrower does not have any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

18.35 Sanctions

 

(a) No Transaction Obligor:

 

(i) and no director or officer of a Transaction Obligor, is a Prohibited Person;

 

(ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or

 

(iii) owns or controls a Prohibited Person.

 

(b) No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

18.36 US Tax Obligor

 

No Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

 

  50  

 

 

18.37 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Drawdown Request, the Drawdown Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

19 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

19.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

19.2 Financial statements

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(i) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited consolidated financial statements of each Guarantor for that financial year; and

 

(ii) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statement of each Guarantor for that financial half year.

 

(b) To the extent that the financial statements and other information required to be provided by each Obligor to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above are published on the internet by, or on behalf of such Obligor, such statements and information must be made immediately available to the Facility Agent.

 

19.3 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) GSPL shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) or sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of GSPL and (as appropriate) by the Guarantors’ auditors.

 

19.4 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) includes or is supplemented by the most up to date details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods which, in relation to each Guarantor, are consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

  51  

 

  

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Guarantor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Guarantor's Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor (to the extent, in the case of the Bareboat Charterers, it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters) shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied, subject to the consent of the Facility Agent if applicable as provided for in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.24 ( Constitutional documents );

 

(d) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) the Vessel, goods transported on the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(ii) the Security Assets;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group, as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and

 

(e) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent (i) of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor); and (ii) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, of any breach of any Sanctions applicable to the Vessel, any Transaction Obligor or any party to any agreement relating to the Vessel.

 

  52  

 

  

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

19.7 Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

  53  

 

  

19.8 "Know your customer" checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

20.1 Financial covenants

 

The Borrower will ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times during the Security Period be such that:

 

(a) Book Value Net Worth is not less than US$275,000,000 in 2016 and not less than US$250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018, not less than US$265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and not less than US$275,000,000 thereafter ;

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than US$30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account, but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 ( Minimum balance on Retention Account ) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) ; and

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

20.2 Financial covenant definitions

 

In this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ):

 

  54  

 

 

" Book Value Net Worth " means the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the book value of the following:

 

(a) the amounts paid up, or credited as paid up, on the issued share capital of the Group;

 

(b) any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(c) any amount standing to the credit of any other consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve, less the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the following:

  

(a) any debt balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(b) any reserves attributable to interests of minority shareholders in any subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of the Group, all as determined in accordance with IFRS applied in the preparation of the Latest Accounts but adjusted by:

 

(i) deducting any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by the Group;

 

(ii) deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset;

 

(iii) reflecting any variation required to be made to the asset value attributable to any ship owned by the Group in order to reflect the book value of any such ship;

 

(iv) excluding any amount attributable to deferred taxation;

 

(v) excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; and

 

(vi) eliminating inconsistencies (if any) between the accounting principles;

 

" Cash and Cash Equivalents " means the cash and cash equivalents set out in the Latest Accounts;

 

" Debt " means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts;

 

" Latest Accounts " means, at any date, the audited consolidated accounts of the Group most recently delivered to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

" Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets " means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly or partially owned by the Group, as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction and acceptable to the Lenders.

 

  55  

 

  

20.3 Favoured nations

 

(a) The Borrower undertakes to procure that the Finance Parties shall receive equal treatment with creditors under any other financing which any Obligor (other than the Parent Guarantor) or any other member of the Group has entered or will enter into in relation to any financial covenant on terms similar to those set out in this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) which that Obligor or any other member of the Group provide.

 

(b) Accordingly, should the Borrower provide to any other creditor additional or more favourable financial covenants than those which the Finance Parties have been provided under this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), the Borrower shall advise the Facility Agent of those financial covenants and, if required, shall enter into such documentation supplemental to the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent may require in order to achieve parity with the lenders under such other financing.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt this Clause 20.3 ( Favoured nations ) shall not apply to any commercial terms applicable to any financing rating to pricing and interest rates, tenor or fees.

 

21 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

21.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

21.2 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of, any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Vessel to enable it to:

  

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Vessel or any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate the Vessel (in the case of the Borrower).

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.4 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and each Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

  56  

 

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law, where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

21.5 Environmental claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group, where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

21.6 Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall and each Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

(b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

21.7 Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

21.8 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

  57  

 

 

21.9 Title

 

(a) The Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in:

 

(i) the First Bareboat Charter and its assignment under the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement;

 

(ii) its Earnings and Insurances; and

 

(iii) with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Guarantor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by it.

 

21.10 Negative pledge

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets or revenues.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

  

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

21.11 Disposals

 

(a) The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter to which Clause 24.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ) applies.

 

21.12 Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.13 Change of business

 

(a) Each Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of that Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel.

 

  58  

 

 

21.14 Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrower shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

21.15 Expenditure

 

The Borrower shall not incur any expenditure, except for general administration expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of its business and expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing the Vessel.

 

21.16 Membership interests

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or diversify any of its membership interests;

 

(b) issue any further membership interests, except to GSPL and provided such membership interests are made subject to the terms of the Membership Interests Security immediately upon the issue thereof in a manner satisfactory to the Security Agent and the terms of the Membership Interests Security are complied with; or

 

(c) appoint any further director or officer (unless the provisions of the Membership Interests Security are complied with).

 

21.17 Dividends

 

(a) The Borrower shall not make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its membership interests.

 

(b) GSPL shall not make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution would (i) cause a breach of Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) or (ii) otherwise cause a Default.

 

21.18 Accounts

 

The Borrower shall not open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except the Accounts.

 

21.19 Other transactions

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which it assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

  59  

 

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

21.20 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

 

(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

21.21 Separate corporate existence

 

The Borrower shall maintain separate corporate existence and identity, shall keep separate records, books and accounts and shall not co-mingle its assets nor become a member of a Indirect Tax Group.

 

21.22 Accounting reference date

 

No Obligor shall change its year end accounting reference date.

 

21.23 Securitisation

 

Each Obligor shall, assist the Facility Agent and/or any Lender in achieving a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) in respect of the Facility and the Finance Documents and such Obligor's reasonable costs for providing such assistance shall be met by the relevant Lender. The Borrower, if requested by the Facility Agent, shall provide documentation evidencing the purchase price of the Vessel when acquired by the Borrower.

 

21.24 Constitutional documents

 

(a) Without prejudice to Clause 21.16 ( Membership interests ) and the terms of any Membership Interests Security, no Obligor shall allow any amendment or variation to its constitutional documents unless such amendment or variation would clearly be immaterial to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall not change its name.

 

21.25 Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall (and each Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

  60  

 

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the Creditor Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Creditor Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall (and each Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Creditor Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 21.25 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent reasonable evidence that that Obligor's execution of such document has been duly authorised by it.

 

22 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

22.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel insured at its expense, or shall procure that the Vessel is insured by the Bareboat Charterers (or either of them), against:

 

(a) hull and machinery plus freight interest and hull interest and/or increased value and any other usual marine risks (including excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or its equivalent);

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution for an amount of no less than US$1,000,000,000 and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard Club Rules, covered by a Protection and Indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover);

 

(d) freight, demurrage and defence; and

 

  61  

 

 

(e) any other risks against which the Facility Agent considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to the Borrower.

 

22.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall effect such insurances (or, as the case may be, shall procure that such insurances are effected):

 

(a) in dollars;

 

(b) in the case of hull and machinery and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) 120 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the Market Value of the Vessel;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market but such amount shall not be less than US$1,000,000,000;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of the Vessel;

 

(e) in the case of the hull and machinery insurance, on the basis that the deductible is not higher than the Major Casualty figure;

 

(f) in the case where the Vessel is insured on a fleet policy, on the basis that each vessel insured on that fleet policy is deemed to be insured on an individual basis;

 

(g) on approved terms; and

 

(h) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

22.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name no-one other than the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer and the Second Bareboat Charterer as co-assureds unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

  62  

 

 

and every other such named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer, the Second Bareboat Charterer, and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

 

22.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which the Borrower, or (as the case may be) the relevant Bareboat Charterer, proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agent’s approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew, or (as the case may be) procure the renewal of, that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c) procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

22.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

  63  

 

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 22.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer or (as the case may be) the Second Bareboat Charterer, or their respective agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Vessel under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Vessel or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Vessel forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

22.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Vessel is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Vessel;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Vessel.

 

22.8 Deposit of original policies

 

The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

22.9 Payment of premiums

 

The Borrower shall punctually pay, or (as the case may be) procure payment by the relevant Bareboat Charterer of, all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

22.10 Guarantees

 

The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

  64  

 

 

22.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) The Borrower shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Vessel approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Vessel is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Vessel, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

22.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

The Borrower shall not make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

22.13 Settlement of claims

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

22.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

The Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between the Borrower and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  65  

 

 

(i) the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

22.15 Provision of information

 

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 22.16 ( Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances, and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Facility Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Facility Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

  

22.16 Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew:

 

(a) a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(b) a mortgagee's interest additional perils (pollution) insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(c) a mortgagee's rights insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan, and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Finance Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

23 BAREBOAT CHARTERER UNDERTAKINGS

 

23.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( Bareboat Charterer Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

23.2 No variation, release etc. of Bareboat Charters

 

The Borrower shall not, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

 

(a) materially vary the First Bareboat Charter and shall procure that there is no material variation to the Second Bareboat Charter; or

 

(b) release, waive, suspend, subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which the Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with either Bareboat Charter or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with either Bareboat Charter.

 

  66  

 

  

23.3 Provision of information relating to Bareboat Charters

 

Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) the Borrower shall:

 

(a) without limitation to Clause 23.2 ( No variation, release etc. of Bareboat Charters ), immediately inform the Facility Agent of any variation (which is not material) to either Bareboat Charter and details of the variations or amendments made;

 

(b) immediately inform the Facility Agent if any breach of either Bareboat Charter occurs or a serious risk of such a breach arises and of any other event or matter affecting either Bareboat Charter;

 

(c) provide the Facility Agent, promptly after service, with copies of all notices served on or by the Borrower under or in connection with either Bareboat Charter; and

 

(d) provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests about any interest or right of any kind which the Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with either Bareboat Charter or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with either Bareboat Charter.

 

23.4 No assignment etc. of Bareboat Charters

 

The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that neither Bareboat Charterer will, assign, novate, transfer or dispose of any of its rights or obligations under either Bareboat Charter other than under the Finance Documents.

 

24 VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS

 

24.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 ( Vessel Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

24.2 Vessel's names and registration

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) keep the Vessel registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c) not change the name of the Vessel.

 

24.3 Repair and classification

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

   

  67  

 

 

24.4 Classification society undertaking

 

The Borrower shall instruct (by sending a letter in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 8 ( Classification Society Undertaking )) the Approved Classification Society, and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the Security Agent (by entering into an undertaking in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 8 ( Classification Society Undertaking )):

 

(a) to send to the Security Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Vessel;

 

(b) to allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Vessel at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Security Agent immediately in writing (at TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com and techcom@dvbbank.com) if the Approved Classification Society:

 

(i) receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Vessel's Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Vessel's class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower or the Vessel's membership of the Approved Classification Society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent:

 

(i) to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

 

(ii) to confirm that the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

 

24.5 Modifications

 

The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Vessel or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Vessel or materially reduce its value.

 

24.6 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Vessel, or any item of equipment installed on the Vessel unless:

 

(i) the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii) the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii) the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on the Vessel, the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage, the Deed of Covenant and/or the New Zealand Security Deed.

 

  68  

 

 

(b) The Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Vessel.

 

24.7 Surveys

 

The Borrower shall submit the Vessel regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

 

24.8 Inspection

 

(a) The Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Vessel at all reasonable times to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

 

(b) The cost of all inspections under this Clause 24.8 ( Inspection ) shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

24.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) The Borrower shall promptly (or, to the extent it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters, procure that the relevant Bareboat Charterer shall) discharge:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances.

 

(b) The Borrower shall immediately and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, procure its release by providing (or, to the extent it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters, procuring the relevant Bareboat Charterer provides) bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

24.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i) relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii) relating to the Vessel, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration, including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

  

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Vessel nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

 

  69  

 

 

(d) not appoint any manager or agent to manage the Vessel unless such party is an Approved Technical Manager and undertakes to procure that any agreement entered into relating to the management, employment or operation of the Vessel contains a clause in which the counterparty undertakes to comply with all Sanctions. The Borrower shall further procure that any Approved Technical Manager shall enter into a Manager’s Undertaking if requested to do so.

 

24.11 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 24.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), the Borrower shall:

 

(a) procure that the Vessel and the company responsible for the Vessel's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for the Vessel; and

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

24.12 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), the Borrower shall not cause or permit the Vessel to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Vessel's war risks insurers unless:

 

(a) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

 

(b) the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

 

24.13 Monitoring

 

(a) The Borrower shall (or shall procure that any Charterer and any Approved Technical Manager shall) allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to access all information pertaining to the Vessel (including the movement of the Vessel) using any and all available means.

 

(b) All costs incurred by the Security Agent (and any of its agents) under paragraph (a) of Clause 24.13 ( Monitoring ) above shall be for the account of the Lenders.

 

24.14 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) the Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) inspections of the Vessel including any independent inspection reports;

 

(b) the Vessel, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(c) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(d) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Vessel and any payments made by it in respect of the Vessel;

 

(e) any towages and salvages; and

 

(f) its compliance, any Approved Technical Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Vessel with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, and, upon the Facility Agent's request, provide copies of any current Bareboat Charter relating to the Vessel, of any current guarantee of any such Bareboat Charter, the Vessel's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

  70  

 

  

24.15 Notification of certain events

 

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any casualty to the Vessel which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Vessel by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of the Vessel, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel or the Earnings or any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(f) any intended dry docking of the Vessel;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Vessel, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, any Approved Technical Manager or otherwise in connection with the Vessel; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with, and the Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to the Borrower's, any Approved Technical Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

  

24.16 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) let the Vessel on demise charter for any period other than under the First Bareboat Charter;

 

(b) enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Vessel;

 

(c) (without limitation to Clause 23 ( Bareboat Charterer Undertakings ), change, cancel or terminate the First Bareboat Charter or any associated First Bareboat Charter Guarantee;

 

(d) appoint a manager, or permit the appointment of a manager, of the Vessel other than an Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of any Approved Technical Manager's appointment;

 

(e) de activate or lay up the Vessel; or

 

(f) put the Vessel into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed US$500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Vessel or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

  71  

 

 

24.17 Notice of Mortgage

 

The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Vessel as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board the Vessel a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of the Vessel a framed printed notice stating that the Vessel is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Agent.

 

24.18 Sharing of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

 

24.19 Notification of compliance

 

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 24 ( Vessel Undertakings ).

 

24.20 Nuclear materials

 

The Borrower shall not permit the Vessel to carry any nuclear material or any nuclear waste.

 

25 SECURITY COVER

 

25.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(a) the Market Value of the Vessel; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ),

 

is below : 133 per cent. of the Loan.

 

(i) until the second anniversary of the Drawdown Date, 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(ii) on and from the second anniversary of the Drawdown Date until the fourth anniversary of the Drawdown Date, 125 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(iii) on and from the fourth anniversary of the Drawdown Date, 130 per cent. of the Loan.

 

25.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrower shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

(b) The Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

 

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require, before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

 

  72  

 

 

25.3 Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

 

25.4 Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.

 

25.5 Provision of information

 

(a) The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If the Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

25.6 Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ).

 

25.7 Provision of valuations

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to test the security requirements under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to valuations in respect of the Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers semi-annually and on dates to be selected by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall at the request of the Lenders additionally be entitled to test the security cover requirement under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to a valuation in respect of the Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers at any time and each such valuation shall be at the expense of the Lenders except where the Borrower is by means of such valuation(s) shown to be in breach of Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ).

 

(c) The Market Value of the Vessel shall be determined by the arithmetic average of two valuations of the Vessel each as given by an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Facility Agent.

 

(d) If one such valuation in respect of the Vessel obtained pursuant to paragraphs (c) above differs by at least 10 per cent. from the other valuation, then a third valuation for the Vessel shall be obtained from an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Borrower and the Market Value of the Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of all three such valuations.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may at any time after a Default has occurred and is continuing obtain valuations of the Vessel and any other vessel over which additional security has been created in accordance with Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) from Approved Valuers to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Values of the Vessel and any other vessel.

 

  73  

 

 

(f) The valuations referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) and (d) above shall be obtained at the cost and expense of the Borrower (except where specified in paragraph (b) above) and the Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent pay to the Facility Agent all costs and expenses incurred by it in obtaining any such valuation.

 

26 ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

26.1 Account bank

 

Subject to Clause 26.8 ( Location of Accounts ), each Account must be held with the Account Bank.

 

26.2 Accounts

 

(a) The Borrower must operate each Account in accordance with this Clause 26 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings ) and the provisions of the Account Security.

 

(b) Account Security must be provided in respect of any Account opened after the date of this Agreement.

 

26.3 Payment of Earnings

 

(a) The Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment, all the Earnings are paid in to the Earnings Account.

 

(b) At the end of each calendar month, provided that the provisions contained in Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) are complied with and no Default has occurred and is continuing (or would occur from a release of funds from the Earnings Account), the Borrower may withdraw any surplus in the Earnings Account.

 

26.4 Monthly retentions

 

The Borrower shall ensure that, in each calendar month after the Delivery Date, on such dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account during the preceding calendar month:

 

(a) one-third of the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) on the next Repayment Date; and

 

(b) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan under this Agreement.

 

The " relevant fraction " is a fraction of which:

 

(i) the numerator is one; and

 

(ii) the denominator is:

 

(A) the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period; or

 

(B) if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest on the Loan to the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan under this Agreement).

 

26.5 Application of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Facility Agent:

 

  74  

 

 

(a) on each Repayment Date, the amount of the Repayment Instalment then due on the Repayment Date;

 

(b) on the last day of each Interest Period, the amount of interest then due on that date; and

 

(c) on any day on which an amount is otherwise due from the Borrower under a Finance Document, an amount necessary to meet that due amount, and the Borrower irrevocably authorises and instructs:

  

(i) the Account Bank to make those transfers in accordance with the instructions of the Facility Agent (copied to the Security Agent, who, as security taker under the Accounts Security, agrees for itself and on behalf of the other pledgees that such transfers may be made);

 

(ii) the Facility Agent to apply the transferred amounts in payment of the relevant Repayment Instalment, interest amount or other amount due.

 

26.6 Shortfall in Earnings

 

(a) If the credit balance on the Earnings Account is insufficient in any calendar month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrower shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.

 

(b) Without prejudicing the Facility Agent's right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrower to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer to the Retention Account under Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent calendar months.

 

(c) The Borrower may not make up all or any part of the insufficiency from the Minimum Liquidity Amount.

 

26.7 Application of funds

 

Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement distribute to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 34.2 ( Distributions by the Facility Agent ) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

(a) the Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date; and

 

(b) the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date,

 

in discharge of the Borrower's liability for that Repayment Instalment or that interest.

 

26.8 Location of Accounts

 

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of the Accounts (or any of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) each Account.

 

  75  

 

   

26.9 Minimum balance on Retention Account

 

In addition to any amounts in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrower shall maintain a minimum balance in the Retention Account at any time during the Security Period of not less than the aggregate of:

 

(a) the amounts of the next two Repayment Instalments payable under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ); and

 

(b) the amount of interest which would accrue on the Loan for the next six calendar months at the then current interest rate under Clause 8 ( Interest ) taking into account scheduled reductions in the amount of the Loan by way of repayment under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) during such six month period.

 

27 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

27.1 General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 27.19 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 27.20 ( Enforcement of security ).

 

27.2 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

(b) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

27.3 Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 21.9 ( Title ), Clause 21.10 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 21.20 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 22.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 25 ( Security Cover ).

 

27.4 Other obligations

 

(a) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 27.3 ( Specific obligations )).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

27.5 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

  76  

 

 

 

27.6 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of a person other than the Borrower if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than US$100,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

 

27.7 Insolvency

 

(a) Any Obligor or any other member of the Group:

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor or any other member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or any other member of the Group. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

27.8 Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or any other member of the Group (other than in respect to solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor);

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

  77  

 

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or any other member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

  

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

27.9 Creditors' process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, detention or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects:

 

(a) the Vessel (other than an arrest where paragraph (a) of Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) shall apply); or

 

(b) any other asset or assets of an Obligor or any other member of the Group.

 

27.10 Ownership of the Obligors

 

(a) GSPL ceases to own one hundred per cent of the membership interests of the Borrower.

 

(b) GSPL ceases to control the Borrower.

 

(c) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in GSPL cease to be held directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor (subject to any shares in GSPL being sold by way of Permitted GSPL Share Sale) .

 

(d) For the purpose of paragraph (b) above "control" means:

 

(i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 51 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

 

(B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower; or

 

(C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Borrower with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(ii) the holding beneficially of not less than 60 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

(e) Without the Majority Lenders’ prior consent, any other change has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the legal or beneficial ownership of any of the membership interests in the Borrower, or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those interests.

 

27.11 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document to which it is a party is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

 

  78  

 

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

27.12 Security imperilled; flag instability

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

(b) The state of the Approved Flag of the Vessel is or becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such state by unconstitutional means, or any other event occurs in relation to the Vessel, the Mortgage or the Approved Flag and in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent such event is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless the Borrower, within 14 days of the occurrence of such event (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders) re-registers the Vessel on an alternative flag approved pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Vessel's names and registration ) and subject to:

 

(i) the Vessel remaining subject to Security created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on the Vessel and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and if applicable, a Deed of Covenant and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require; and

 

(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents, as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require.

 

27.13 Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

27.14 Cancellation of any Charter

 

Any Charter is cancelled or terminated.

 

27.15 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor or any other member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets.

 

27.16 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

27.17 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any Obligor or any other member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  79  

 

  

27.18 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.19 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 27.20 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

27.20 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 27.19 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

  80  

 

 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

28 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

28.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

  

28.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this Clause, the consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender. The consent of the Facility Agent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b) The consent of the Borrower is required for a transfer by an Existing Lender to an equity fund or credit fund unless the transfer is made at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(c) The consent of the Borrower (where such consent is required) to a transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly withheld by the Borrower within that time.

 

(d) The consent of the Borrower to a transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

 

(e) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Creditor Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(f) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

  81  

 

 

(g) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ), then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(h) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that:

 

(i) the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender; and

 

(ii) it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

28.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$5,000.

 

28.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

  

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Creditor Parties that it:

 

  82  

 

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor (and to the extent possible, each Charterer) and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

28.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. Upon execution by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent shall also execute the Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Transaction Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

 

(ii) each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  83  

 

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

 

28.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. Upon execution by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent shall also execute the Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Transaction Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Transaction Obligor from the obligations owed to that Transaction Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

28.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

28.8 Security over Lenders' rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  84  

 

 

 

 

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

28.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b) The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) In this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

28.10 Parent Guarantor’s consent

 

The Parent Guarantor consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of any Lender exercising any of its rights under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

29 CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

 

29.1 Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

 

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

29.2 Release of security

 

(a) If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

 

  85  

 

 

(i) the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;

 

(ii) the Majority Lenders agree to the disposal;

 

(iii) the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

 

(iv) the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

 

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

 

(b) If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 29.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrower) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

  86  

 

 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

30 THE FACILITY AGENT

 

30.1 Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

30.2 Instructions

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

 

  87  

 

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

(i) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

30.3 Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(d) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(e) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

  88  

 

 

30.4 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall not be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

30.5 Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

30.6 Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

30.7 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Facility Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

  89  

 

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

30.8 Responsibility for documentation

 

The Facility Agent is not responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Creditor Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

30.9 No duty to monitor

 

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  90  

 

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

30.10 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for (unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct):

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent to carry out:

 

  91  

 

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party, on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent.

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

30.11 Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

 

30.12 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

  92  

 

 

(e) The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(f) The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

(i) The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(j) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

  93  

 

 

30.13 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

30.14 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

 

(a) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the, Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

(c) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) and sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

30.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

  94  

 

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

30.16 Reference Banks

 

The Facility Agent shall (if so instructed by the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) replace a Reference Bank with another bank or financial institution.

 

30.17 Facility Agent's management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.11 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

30.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

30.19 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

30.20 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 30.6 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

  95  

 

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document, and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

31 THE SECURITY AGENT

 

31.1 Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Creditor Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

31.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) , the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

  96  

 

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased, and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(A) decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(B) increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased, in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

(f) This Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

31.3 Enforcement through Security Agent only

 

The Creditor Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

31.4 Instructions

 

(a) The Security Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  97  

 

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Creditor Parties.

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

 

(A) Clause 31.28 ( Deductions from receipts ); and

 

(B) Clause 31.29 ( Prospective liabilities ).

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

 

(i) it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

 

(ii) the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above, the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Creditor Parties.

 

(g) The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

(i) The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

  98  

 

 

31.5 Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e) The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

31.6 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

31.7 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

31.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

  99  

 

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Creditor Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred;

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

  100  

 

 

31.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

The Security Agent is not responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Creditor Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

31.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

31.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable (unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct) for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising ,any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  101  

 

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party, on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

31.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

  102  

 

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

 

31.13 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent shall make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(e) The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

 

(i) the appointment of a successor; and

 

(ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.24 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

(h) The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

  103  

 

 

31.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

31.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

31.16 Security Agent's management time

 

(a) Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 31.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

(b) Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:

 

(i) a Default;

 

(ii) the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrower agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

  104  

 

 

(iii) the Security Agent and the Borrower agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances, the Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

 

(c) If the Security Agent and the Borrower fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrower or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrower) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

31.17 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

31.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

 

(e) require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

 

31.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

 

(i) to insure any of the Security Assets;

 

(ii) to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

 

(iii) to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document, and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

 

  105  

 

 

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

31.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

31.21 Delegation by the Security Agent

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Creditor Parties.

 

(c) No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

31.22 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Creditor Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction, and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrower and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

  106  

 

 

31.23 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

31.24 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

 

(a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

 

(b) no Creditor Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

 

then

 

(i) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

 

(ii) any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 31.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

 

31.25 Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

 

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

 

31.26 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

 

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

31.27 Application of receipts

 

(a) Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Security Agent receives or recovers and which are, or are attributable to, Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be transferred to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above is without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent, each Receiver and each Delegate:

 

  107  

 

 

(i) under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) or any other indemnity in favour of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents to be indemnified out of the Security Assets; and

 

(ii) under any Finance Document to credit any moneys received or recovered by it to any suspense account.

 

(c) Any transfer by the Security Agent to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(d) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of this Clause 31.27 ( Application of receipts ) in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

31.28 Deductions from receipts

 

(a) Before transferring any moneys to the Facility Agent under Clause 31.27 ( Application of receipts ), the Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(i) deduct any sum then due and payable under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents to the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate and retain that sum for itself or, as the case may require, pay it to another person to whom it is then due and payable;

 

(ii) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(iii) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

(b) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above, if the Security Agent has become entitled to require a sum to be paid to it on demand, that sum shall be treated as due and payable, even if no demand has yet been served.

 

31.29 Prospective liabilities

 

Following acceleration or enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities, that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

  108  

 

 

31.30 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 31.30 ( Investment of proceeds ).

 

31.31 Currency conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

31.32 Good discharge

 

Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Creditor Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

31.33 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document, and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

  109  

 

 

32 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

33 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

33.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

33.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

33.3 Recovering Finance Party 's rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  110  

 

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

  111  

 

 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

34 PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

34.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

34.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 34.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 34.4 ( Clawback and pre- funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of the Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrower in the Drawdown Request.

 

34.3 Distribu t ions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 ( Set- Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

34.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

(c) If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:

 

(i) the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

  112  

 

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

34.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below and except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any payment that is received or recovered by any Finance Party under, in connection with, or pursuant to any Finance Document shall be paid to the Facility Agent which shall apply the same in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in retention by the Security Agent of an amount equal to any amount not then payable under any Finance Document but which the Facility Agent, by notice to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, states in its opinion will or may become payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them; and

 

(iii) thirdly , any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person who appears to be entitled to it.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due to any Finance Party but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in sub- paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

 

34.6 No set-off by Transaction Obligors

 

All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  113  

 

 

34.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

34.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

34.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

34.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

34.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  114  

 

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

35 SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

36 BAIL-IN

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

  115  

 

 

37 NOTICES

 

37.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

37.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

 

(b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

37.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  116  

 

 

37.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

37.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

37.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

38 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

38.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

38.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  117  

 

 

38.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

39 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

40 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Creditor Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Creditor Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

41 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

42 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Finance Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

43 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

43.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 43.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 30.7 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

  118  

 

 

43.2 All Lender matters

 

An amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a) the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) in respect of a prepayment made pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) or Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss );

 

(c) a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f) a change to any Transaction Obligor or the Time Charterer;

 

(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h) this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(i) any change to Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Drawdown ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), paragraph (a) of Clause 25.7 ( Provision of valuations ), Clause 26 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings), Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 46 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 47 ( Enforcement );

 

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

(i) the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(ii) the Security Assets; or

 

(iii) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, (except in the case of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document); or

 

(l) the release of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

  119  

 

 

43.3 Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party.

 

(b) The Borrower and the Facility Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

44 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

44.1 Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 44.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

44.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b) to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction including a securitisation under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.14 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties );

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation including any applicable data protection laws;

 

  120  

 

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );

 

(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

 

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(x) with the consent of the Borrower;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii)       of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party; and

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors.

 

  121  

 

 

44.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) Clause 46 ( Governing Law );

 

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent;

 

(vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(ix) currency of the Facility;

 

(x) type of Facility;

 

(xi) ranking of Facility;

 

(xii) Maturity Date for Facility;

 

(xiii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

(xiv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

44.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

44.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

  122  

 

 

44.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub- paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ).

 

44.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

45 COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

  123  

 

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

46 GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

47 ENFORCEMENT

 

47.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 47 ( Enforcement ) is for the benefit of the Creditor Parties only. As a result, no Creditor Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Creditor Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

47.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 3 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into and amended and restated on the date dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  124  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

THE OBLIGORS

 

Name of Borrower Place of Incorporation Registration number Address for
    (or equivalent, if any) Communication
       
Grindrod Maritime LLC Marshall Islands 962401 200 Cantonment Road
      #03-01 Southpoint
      089763
      Singapore
       
      Fax: +65 6323 0046
      Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Name of
Guarantor
Place of
Incorporation
Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
       
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. Singapore 200407212K

200 Cantonment Road

#03-01 Southpoint

089763

Singapore

Fax: +65 6323 0046

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

       
Grindrod   Limited Shipping Holdings Ltd. South Africa Singapore 1966/009846/06 201731497H

Quadrant House, 115 Margaret Mncadi Avenue, Durban 4001 South Africa

200 Cantonment Road

#03-01 Southpoint 089763

Singapore

 

Fax: + 27 31 305 2848 65 6323 0046

Email: grindrod@grindrod.co.za

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

  125  

 

 

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender Commitment Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch US$27,000,000

77 Robinson Road, #30-02

068896

Singapore

 

Fax no.: +65 6536 3066 6511 0789

tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com

tls.singapore@dvbbank.com and TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com

Attention: Transaction and Loan Services

   

  126  

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent Address for Communication
   
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch 77 Robinson Road, #30-02 068896
  Singapore
  Fax no.: +65 6536 3066 6511 0789
  tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com
  tls.singapore@dvbbank.com and TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com
  Attention: Transaction and Loan Services

 

Name of Security Agent Address for Communication
   
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch 77 Robinson Road, #30-02 068896 Singapore
  Fax no.: +65 6536 3066 6511 0789
  tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com
  tls.singapore@dvbbank.com and   TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com
  Attention: Transaction and Loan Services

 

Name of Account Bank Address for Communication
   
DVB Bank SE Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
  Fax no.: +49 69 9750 4927 4499/ +49 69 9750
  4900
  tls.clientaccount@dvbbank.com
  GC.OT@dvbbank.com and   treasury@dvbbank.com
  Attention: Treasury

 

  127  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DRAWDOWN REQUEST

 

1 Obligors

 

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor.

 

1.2 Except for the Second Bareboat Charterer, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors and (if necessary or advisable according to the relevant legal advisors of the Facility Agent) the shareholders of each Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and Bareboat Charters to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents, and ratifying the execution of the Bareboat Charters, to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c) in relation to the Obligors, authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Drawdown Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Transaction Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director and in the case of the Borrower, the manager) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director and in the case of the Borrower, the manager) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.7 A certificate of the Second Bareboat Charterer (signed by a director) which certifies, inter alia , the resolution of the board of directors of the Second Bareboat Charterer (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and ratifying the execution of the Second Bareboat Charter, (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf and (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.8 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

  128  

 

 

1.9 Evidence of satisfactory capital/shareholding structure of the Obligors.

 

2 Bareboat Charters and other Documents

 

2.1 Copies of each Bareboat Charter and of all documents signed in connection with them.

 

2.2 Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of each Bareboat Charter by each of the parties thereto.

 

2.3 If applicable, chartering description to include detailed speed and consumption figures.

 

3 Finance Documents

 

3.1 A duly executed original of this Agreement, each Fee Letter, the Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.

 

3.2 A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

 

3.3 A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

 

4 Security Documents

 

A duly executed original of the Account Security, the Subordination and Assignment Agreement and the Membership Interests Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them) including confirmation of the appointment of any process agent under the Account Security.

 

5 Legal opinions

 

5.1 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.2 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in Singapore, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.3 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Webber Wentzel, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in South Africa, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.4 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Minter Ellison Rudd Watts, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in New Zealand, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.5 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP (New York), legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent as to Marshall Islands law, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.6 Draft agreed form legal opinion of AKD N.V., legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent as to Dutch law, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement

 

  129  

 

 

5.7 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a draft legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction in agreed form.

 

6 Other documents and evidence

 

6.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 47.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.

 

6.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

6.3 The Original Financial Statements of the Guarantors.

 

6.4 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

 

6.5 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.

 

6.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

  130  

 

 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DISBURSEMENT

 

1 Obligors

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A and Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.

 

2 Borrower

 

A certificate of the manager of the Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.

 

3 Vessel and other security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the General Assignment, the Mortgage, the Deed of Covenant, the New Zealand Security Deed, the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them.

 

3.2 Documentary evidence that the Mortgage has been duly registered as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag.

 

3.3 Documentary evidence that the Vessel:

 

(a) is definitively registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag;

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3.4 Copies of the Vessel’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Vessel including without limitation an ISSC.

 

3.5 A valuation of the Vessel addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 15 days before the Drawdown Date from an Approved Valuer which shows a value for the Vessel evidencing that the Advance meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ) (after the Advance has been made).

 

3.6 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3.7 If applicable, last two Port State Control Certificates and Port State Control history.

 

3.8 If applicable, work list from the last Dry Dock completed.

 

  131  

 

 

3.9 Q88 for tankers or similar for the Vessel.

 

3.10 Certificate that the Vessel are free from asbestos, nuclear products and glass wool.

 

3.11 Copy of trim and stability booklet for the Vessel.

 

 

  132  

 

 

PART C

 

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

 

Legal opinions

 

Within 14 days of the Drawdown Date, or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent, executed originals of the legal opinions required under Schedule 2 Part A of this Agreement.

 

2 Vessel and other security

 

2.1 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date evidence that the Security Documents have been duly registered or recorded in such jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and that all notices of assignment required under or in connection with the relevant Security Documents have been served.

 

2.2 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Brokers in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

2.3 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from any protection and indemnity club or war risks association through or with whom any obligatory insurances are placed or effected in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

2.4 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Classification Society in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

3 Miscellaneous

 

Evidence that all legal fees have been paid within 30 days of the Drawdown Date.

 

  133  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

DRAWDOWN REQUEST

 

From: Grindrod Maritime LLC  
     
To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch  

 

Dated: [ l ] 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Drawdown Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Drawdown Request unless given a different meaning in this Drawdown Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Drawdown Date: [ l ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Amount: [ l ] or, if less, the Available Facility
   
Interest Period: [ l ]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Request.

 

4 The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to:

 

account number: [ l ]

 

name and SWIFT of account bank: [ l ]

 

name and SWIFT of US correspondent bank: [ l ]

 

5

This Drawdown Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 
Grindrod Maritime LLC  
authorised signatory for  

 

  134  

 

 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From: Grindrod Maritime LLC

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ l ] 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC - Facility Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 6 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 7 We request that, subject to paragraph (g) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for the Loan be [ l ].

 

3 8 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     

Grindrod Maritime LLC

   
authorised signatory for    

 

  135  

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent and as Security Agent

 

From: [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [ l ].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

4 The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

7 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

  136  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender]   [New Lender]
     
By: [ l ]   By: [ l ]

  

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ l ].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

[Security Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

  137  

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent and as Security Agent and Grindrod Maritime LLC as Borrower, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC - Facility Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [ l ].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

7 The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

8 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), to the Borrower (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

  138  

 

 

9 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender]   [New Lender]
     
By:   By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ l ].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

[Security Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

  139  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent

 

From: Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated [ l ] 2016 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm, in accordance with clause 20.1 ( Financial covenants ) and 20.2 ( Financial covenant definitions ) of the Facility Agreement:

 

(a) a Book Value Net Worth of not less than US$275,000,000 in 2016 and [ not less than US$250,000,000 in 2017 2018][not less than US$265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020][not less than US$275,000,000 in [2021] and thereafter] ;

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than US$30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account, but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 ( Minimum balance on Retention Account ) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) ; and

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

3 [We confirm that no Default is continuing.] 1

 

Signed:    
  Director   Director
  of   of
  GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.   GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

[insert applicable certification language agreed by auditors]

 

     

for and on behalf of

 

1 If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being

taken to remedy it.

  140  

 

[ name of Auditors of GSPL ]

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Drawdown Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))   Five Business Days before the intended Drawdown Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )   Three Business Days before the intended Drawdown Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

 

  141  

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY UNDERTAKING

 

PART A

 

LETTER TO APPROVED CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

 

To: DNV GL

 

Date: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Name of vessel: m.t. "MATUKU" (the "Vessel") Classification Society: DNV GL

DNV or GL Reg No: 33817

Flag: New Zealand

Name of Owner: Grindrod Maritime LLC (the "Owner")

Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch (the "Mortgagee")

 

We refer to the Vessel, which is registered in our ownership with you.

 

The Mortgagee has agreed to provide mortgage secured finance to the Owner upon condition that, among other things, the Owner provides the Mortgagee electronic access to classification records with a user name and password.

 

We as registered owner of the Vessel irrevocably and unconditionally authorise DNV GL to disclose all and any confidential classification data in relation to the Vessel by providing electronic access to classification records for DNV or GL Reg. No. 33817 with a user name and password to the Mortgagee (sub for Singapore, e-mail address: techcom@dvbbank.com ). We acknowledge that such access may only be granted if the Mortgagee accepts the DNV GL terms of use for the respective online tools.

 

We confirm that the above mentioned authorisation shall remain in full force and effect until we and the Mortgagee together give you notice in writing revoking such authorisation or until the Vessel changes ownership, whichever comes first.

 

We undertake to reimburse the Classification Society in full for any costs or expenses it may incur in complying with the instructions and authorisations referred to in this letter should there be any.

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

     

For and on behalf of

Grindrod Maritime LLC

 

  142  

 

 

PART B

 

UNDERTAKING FROM APPROVED CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

 

To: Grindrod Maritime LLC and

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Name of vessel: m.t. "MATUKU" (the "Vessel")

Name of Owner: Grindrod Maritime LLC (the "Owner")

 

We DNV GL, acknowledge receipt of a letter dated [ l ] sent to us by the Owner regarding the Vessel and consent to the instructions contained in such letter.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     

For and on behalf of

DNV GL

 

  143  

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

BORROWER

 

SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
GRINDROD MARITIME LLC )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )
   
GUARANTORS  
   
SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )
   
SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
GRINDROD LIMITED )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )

 

  144  

 

 

LENDERS

 

SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )
   
FACILITY AGENT  
   
SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )
   
SECURITY AGENT  
   
SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )
   
ACCOUNT BANK  
   
SIGNED by )
duly authorised )
for and on behalf of )
DVB BANK SE )
in the presence of: )
   
Witness' signature: )
Witness' name: )
Witness' address: )

 

  145  

 

 

APPENDIX

 

PART B

 

FORM OF CLEAN COPY AMENDED AND RESTATED FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

  12  

 

Execution Version

 

US$27,000,000

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

Dated 9 December 2016

 

for

 

GRINDROD MARITIME LLC

as Borrower

 

guaranteed by

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Guarantors

 

with

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Facility Agent

 

DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH

acting as Security Agent

 

and

 

DVB BANK SE

acting as Account Bank

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

as amended by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated ___________ 2018

 

relating to the financing of

m.t. "MATUKU"

 

 

     

 

 

Index

 

Clause   Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 2
1 Definitions and Interpretation 2
Section 2 The Facility 23
2 The Facility 23
3 Purpose 23
4 Conditions of Drawdown 23
Section 3 Drawdown 25
5 Drawdown 25
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 26
6 Repayment 26
7 Prepayment and Cancellation 26
Section 5 Costs of Drawdown 29
8 Interest 29
9 Interest Periods 30
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 30
11 Fees 32
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 33
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 33
13 Increased Costs 36
14 Other Indemnities 37
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 40
16 Costs and Expenses 40
Section 7 Guarantee 42
17 Guarantee and Indemnity 42
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 45
18 Representations 45
19 Information Undertakings 51
20 Financial Covenants 54
21 General Undertakings 56
22 Insurance Undertakings 61
23 Bareboat Charterer Undertakings 66
24 Vessel Undertakings 67
25 Security Cover 72
26 Accounts and Application of Earnings 74
27 Events of Default 76
Section 9 Changes to Parties 81
28 Changes to the Lenders 81
29 Changes to the Transaction Obligors 85
Section 10 The Finance Parties 87
30 The Facility Agent 87
31 The Security Agent 96
32 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 110
33 Sharing among the Finance Parties 110
Section 11 Administration 112
34 Payment Mechanics 112
35 Set-Off 115
36 Bail-in 115
37 Notices 116
38 Calculations and Certificates 117
39 Partial Invalidity 118
40 Remedies and Waivers 118

 

     

 

 

41 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 118
42 Irrevocable Payment 118
43 Amendments and Waivers 118
44 Confidentiality 120
45 Counterparts 123
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement 124
46 Governing Law 124
47 Enforcement 124
     
Schedule 1 The Parties 125
Part A The Obligors 125
Part B The Original Lenders 126
Part C The Servicing Parties 127
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent 128
Part A Conditions precedent to Drawdown Request 128
Part B Conditions Precedent to Disbursement 131
Part C Conditions Subsequent 133
Schedule 3 Requests 134
Part A Drawdown Request 134
Part B Selection Notice 135
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 136
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 138
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate 140
Schedule 7 Timetables 141
Schedule 8 Classification Society Undertaking 142
Part A Letter to Approved Classification Society 142
Part B Undertaking from Approved Classification Society 143
   
Execution  
   
Execution Pages 144
   
Schedules  

 

     

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 9 December 2016 as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement on _2018

 

PARTIES

 

(1) GRINDROD MARITIME LLC , a limited liability company formed in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 as borrower (the " Borrower ")

 

(2) GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with Registration Number 200407212K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as guarantor (" GSPL ")

 

(3) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with registration number 201731497H whose registered office is at 10 Anson Road #32-15, International Plaza, Singapore 079903 as guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ", and together with GSPL the " Guarantors " and each a " Guarantor ")

 

(4) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders ")

 

(5) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH, as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")

 

(6) DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH, as security agent for the Creditor Parties (the " Security Agent ")

 

(7) DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany as account bank (the " Account Bank ")

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) By a facility agreement dated 9 December 2016 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) GSPL, (iii) the Original Lenders, (iv) the Facility Agent, (v) the Security Agent and the Account Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of up to US$27,000,000 for the purpose of refinancing the acquisition cost of the Vessel.

 

(B) By the Amending and Restating Agreement, the Finance Parties agreed to certain amendments to the facility agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(C) This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of the facility agreement as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

     

 

 

SECTION 1

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" Account Bank " means DVB Bank SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany or such other bank or financial institution acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

" Accounts " means:

 

(a) the Earnings Account;

 

(b) the Retention Account; and

 

(c) with the express written consent of the Facility Agent, any other accounts opened by the Borrower with the Account Bank, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

 

" Advance " means the borrowing of the Facility under this Agreement.

 

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

" Amending and Restating Agreement " means the amending and restating agreement dated ____________2018 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Guarantors, (iii) ) the Lenders, (iv) the Facility Agent, (v) the Security Agent and (vi) the Account Bank.

 

" Approved Broker " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

" Approved Classification " means, as at the date of this Agreement, 1A1 Tanker for chemicals and oil BIS BWM(E(s)) Clean COAT-PSPC(B) CSR E0 ESP Recyclable SPM TMON VCS(2) with the Approved Classification Society or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

 

" Approved Classification Society " means, as at the date of this Agreement, DNV GL or any other classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies and has been approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

" Approved Flag " means New Zealand, Singapore, Marshall Islands or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders.

 

" Approved Technical Manager " means any person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, as the technical manager of the Vessel.

 

" Approved Valuer " means each of Clarksons, Braemar ACM, MSI Ltd, Arrow Valuations (a division of Arrow Research Ltd.), Compass Maritime Services, LLC and Fearnleys AS (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

  2  

 

 

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of:

 

(a) 23 December 2016 or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower; and

 

(b) the date on which the Commitments are cancelled under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

any later date approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders.

 

" Available Commitment " means a Lender's Commitment minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and

 

(b) in relation to the proposed Drawdown, the amount of its participation in the Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Drawdown Date.

 

" Available Facility " means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.

 

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. " Bail-In Legislation " means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

" Bareboat Charter " means each of the First Bareboat Charter and the Second Bareboat Charter.

 

" Bareboat Charterer " means each of the First Bareboat Charterer and the Second Bareboat Charterer.

 

" Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement " means the agreement dated 23 December 2016 entered into by and between (i) the Security Agent, (ii) the Borrower and (iii) each Bareboat Charterer providing for:

 

(a) assignments by the Bareboat Charterers in relation to the earnings, insurances and requisition compensation in respect of the Vessel;

 

(b) quiet enjoyment undertakings granted by the Security Agent in favour of each Bareboat Charterer; and

 

  3  

 

 

(c) step-in rights in relation to the Borrower under the First Bareboat Charter in favour of the Security Agent.

 

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business:

 

(a) in relation to provisions of this Agreement relating to the calculation of LIBOR, in London;

 

(b) in relation to provisions of this Agreement relating to payment obligations in dollars, in New York; and

 

(c) in relation to all other provisions of this Agreement, in Singapore, London, Frankfurt and South Africa.

 

" CACIB Facility Agent " means Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank acting in its role as facility agent under the CACIB Facility.

 

" CACIB Facility " means the loan facility of (originally) US$123,000,000 as documented by the loan agreement dated 7 July 2011 (as amended from time to time) made between (i) GSPL as borrower, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders, (iii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as swap banks, (iv) the mandated lead arrangers as such term is defined therein, (v) the CACIB Facility Agent and (vi) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as security agent.

 

" Charter " means each Bareboat Charter, the Time Charter and any other charter relating to the Vessel, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

 

" Charterer " means each Bareboat Charterer and the Time Charterer.

 

" Closing Date " means the date on which this Agreement is executed by all the Parties.

 

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

" Commitment " means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

  4  

 

 

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between GSPL and the Facility Agent.

 

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ); or

 

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.

 

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Creditor Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

" Creditor Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.

 

" Deed of Covenant " means the deed of covenant dated 12 December 2016 collateral to the Mortgage and creating Security over the Vessel as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or other person appointed by the Security Agent.

 

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  5  

 

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" dollars " and " US$ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

" Drawdown " means the drawdown of the Facility.

 

" Drawdown Date " means the date of the Drawdown, being the date on which the Advance is to be made.

 

" Drawdown Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

" Earnings " means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower, either Bareboat Charterer or the Security Agent and which arise out of the use or operation of the Vessel, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower, that Bareboat Charterer or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Vessel;

 

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(vii) all monies which are at any time payable to the Borrower or that Bareboat Charterer in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever the Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (vi) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Vessel.

 

" Earnings Account " means:

 

(a) an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank with account number 2910059120, designated "Earnings Account"; or

 

  6  

 

 

(b) any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Earnings Account of the Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

" Environmental Incident " means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge into the Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from the Vessel; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than the Vessel and which involves a collision between the Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Vessel and/or any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from the Vessel and in connection with which the Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Transaction Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

 

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ).

 

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

  7  

 

 

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

" FATCA " means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

" FATCA Application Date " means:

 

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019, or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

  

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

" Finance Document " means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) the Drawdown Request;

 

(d) any Security Document;

 

(e) the Subordination Deed;

 

(f) any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

 

  8  

 

 

(g)

any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Account Bank or a Lender.

 

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019 have been treated as an operating lease);

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) above.

 

" First Bareboat Charter " means the bareboat charterparty agreement dated 23 July 2015, as amended and supplemented by the addendum thereto dated 6 May 2016 and further amended and supplemented by an addendum entered or to be entered into on or around the date of this Agreement, and originally made between GSPL as owner, the First Bareboat Charterer as charterer and the First Bareboat Charter Guarantor as charter guarantor and under which the Borrower was nominated as owner of the Vessel by GSPL.

 

" First Bareboat Charterer " means Nyathi Shipping B.V. a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, with its address at Herikerbergweg 238, Luna ArenA, 1101CM Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under file number 34288028.

 

" First Bareboat Charter Guarantee " means the guarantee set out in clause 48 of the First Bareboat Charter and any other guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting the First Bareboat Charter.

 

" First Bareboat Charter Guarantor " means ASP Holdings Limited and any other guarantor providing a guarantee pursuant to a First Bareboat Charter Guarantee.

 

  9  

 

 

" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles acceptable to the Facility Agent, including IFRS.

 

" General Assignment " means the general assignment dated 23 December 2016 granted by the Borrower to the Security Agent creating Security over (amongst other things):

 

(a) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation; and

 

(b) the First Bareboat Charter and the First Bareboat Charter Guarantee, as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

  

" Group " means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

" Guarantee " means the guarantee of the Guarantors contained in this Agreement.

 

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

 

" Indirect Tax " means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any tax of a similar nature.

 

" Indirect Tax Group " means two or more companies or limited liability partnerships which register as a single taxable entity for Indirect Tax purposes.

 

" Insurances " means, in relation to the Vessel:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to the Vessel, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Vessel whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Advance or the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for the Advance, the Loan or any Unpaid Sum, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

  

  10  

 

 

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

" Legal Reservations " means:

 

(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Drawdown ).

 

" Lender " means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

  

" LIBOR " means, in relation to the Advance, the Loan or any Unpaid Sum:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum), the applicable Interpolated Screen Rate; or

 

(c) if:

 

(i) no Screen Rate is available for the currency of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum); or

 

(ii) no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, the Reference Bank Rate, as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for dollars for the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Advance, the Loan or that Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

  11  

 

 

" Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association.

 

" Loan " means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility.

 

" Major Casualty " means any casualty to the Vessel in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds US$500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

" Majority Lenders " means:

 

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

 

" Manager’s Undertaking " means a letter of undertaking entered into or to be entered into by an Approved Technical Manager in favour of the Security Agent in agreed form.

 

" Margin " means 2.65 per cent. per annum or otherwise as determined in accordance with paragraph (b)(i) of Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Market Disruption Event " has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ).

 

" Market Value " means, in relation to the Vessel or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of the Vessel or vessel shown by the arithmetic mean of two valuations (or, if there is a discrepancy of 10 per cent or more between those two valuations, three valuations), each addressed to the Facility Agent and prepared:

 

(a) unless otherwise specified, as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

(b) by an Approved Valuer or Approved Valuers, both selected and appointed by the Facility Agent and, where three valuations are required, by a third Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Borrower (but still addressed to the Facility Agent);

 

(c) without physical inspection of the Vessel or vessel; and

 

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter, after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

  

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any member of the Group or the Group as a whole; or

 

(b) the ability of any Transaction Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  12  

 

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

" Maturity Date " means the date on which the final Repayment Instalment is payable under Clause 6 ( Repayment ) being the date falling six years or (as the case may be) four years after the Drawdown Date.

 

" Membership Interests Security " means a document creating security in respect of the membership interests in the Borrower dated 23 December 2016 and made between GSPL and the Security Agent as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

" Mortgage " means the first priority New Zealand statutory ship mortgage on the Vessel and a deed of covenant collateral to said mortgage in agreed form.

 

" New Zealand Security Deed " means the specific security deed supplementary to the Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant dated 23 December 2016 and made between the Borrower and the Security Agent as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

" Obligor " means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

" Original Financial Statements " means in relation to each Guarantor, the audited consolidated financial statements of that Guarantor for its financial year ended 31 December 2015.

 

" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

" Parallel Debt " means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

 

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:

 

  13  

 

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to the Subordination Deed and pursuant to, and is assigned in favour of the Security Agent under, the Subordination and Assignment Agreement.

 

" Permitted Security " means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading; and

 

(f) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Vessel and not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 24.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ).

 

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

 

" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

 

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

" Reference Banks " means the principal London offices of any three of ICE Benchmark Administration Limited’s (or its successor’s) reference panel banks for dollars (as published by ICE Limited Benchmark Administration Limited or its successor) or such other banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

 

  14  

 

 

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

" Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account " has the meaning given to the term "Debt Service Reserve Account" in the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018 in relation to a facility of up to

$100,000,000 and made between, amongst others, (i) GSPL as borrower, (ii) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch as mandated lead arrangers and (iii) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as facility agent and as security agent.

 

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market.

 

" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 ( Representations ) except Clause 18.11 ( Insolvency ), Clause 18.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), Clause 18.13 ( Deduction of Tax ) and Clause 18.18 ( No proceedings pending or threatened ) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

" Requisition " means:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower; and

 

(b) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower.

 

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any Requisition.

 

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

  15  

 

 

" Retention Account " means:

 

(a) an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank with account number 2910059138, designated "Retention Account"; or

 

(b) any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Retention Account of that Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Sanctions " means any economic sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:

 

(a) the United States government including, but not limited to, the US Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability and Divestment Act of 2010;

 

(b) the United Nations;

 

(c) the European Union or its Member States, including without limitation, the United Kingdom;

 

(d) New Zealand;

 

(e) any country to which any Obligor, or any other member of the Group or any Affiliate of any of them is bound; or

 

the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasure (" OFAC "), the United States Department of State, and her Majesty's Treasury (" HMT ") (together " Sanctions Authorities ").

 

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.

 

" Second Bareboat Charter " means the bareboat charterparty agreement dated 1 May 2016, as amended and supplemented by the addendum thereto entered or to be entered into on or about the date of this Agreement, and made between the Second Bareboat Charterer and the First Bareboat Charterer.

 

" Second Bareboat Charterer " means Silver Fern Shipping Limited, a company incorporated in New Zealand with registered number 628372 whose registered office is at Level 8, Resimac House, 45 Johnston Street, Wellington 6011, New Zealand.

 

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Creditor Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

  16  

 

 

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

" Security Document " means:

 

(a) any Membership Interests Security;

 

(b) any Mortgage;

 

(c) the Deed of Covenant;

 

(d) the General Assignment;

 

(e) any Account Security;

 

(f) any Manager’s Undertaking;

 

(g) the Subordination and Assignment Agreement;

 

(h) the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement;

 

(i) the New Zealand Security Deed;

 

(j) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(k) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

" Security Property " means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Creditor Parties, except:

  

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  17  

 

 

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

" Specified Time " means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 7 ( Timetables ).

 

" Subordinated Finance Document " means:

 

(a) the Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

 

(b) any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

 

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to GSPL whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means any loan agreement made between the Borrower and GSPL in relation to intra-group debt owed by the Borrower to GSPL.

 

" Subordination and Assignment Agreement " means an agreement dated 23 December 2016 and entered into by GSPL, the Borrower and the Security Agent as amended and supplemented by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

" Subordination Deed " means the subordination deed dated 23 December 2016 and entered into by the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer, the Second Bareboat Charterer, Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48 123 123 124 and the Security Agent.

 

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

 

" Time Charter " means a time charterparty dated 23 July 2015 and made between the Second Bareboat Charterer and the Time Charterer.

 

" Time Charterer " means Coastal Oil Logistics Limited a company incorporated in New Zealand with registered number 972809 whose registered office is at 10 th Floor, The Bayley Building, Gr Brandon Street and Lambton Quay, Wellington 6011.

 

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$27,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

" Total Loss " means:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel; or

 

(b) any Requisition.

 

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of the Vessel:

 

  18  

 

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Vessel was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Vessel as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

" Transaction Document " means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) a Subordinated Finance Document;

 

(c) a Bareboat Charter; or

 

(d) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Transaction Obligor " means each Obligor, each Bareboat Charterer, any Approved Technical Manager who is a member of the Group or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

 

" Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

 

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.

 

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

" US " means the United States of America.

 

" US Tax Obligor " means:

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

 

" Vessel " means the 50,000 dwt MR product tanker named "MATUKU" having IMO number 9657806 and registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag.

 

  19  

 

 

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ; and

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the " Account Bank ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Creditor Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Transaction Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) " document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax or telex;

 

(v) " expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including Indirect Tax;

 

(vi) a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;

 

(vii) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(viii) " law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(ix) " proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

  20  

 

 

(x) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xi) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiii) a time of day is a reference to Singapore time;

 

(xiv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xv) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvi) " including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

(c) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d) A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;

 

" excess risks " means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Vessel in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;

 

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83)(1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and " war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83).

 

  21  

 

 

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(c) Any Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 30.10 ( Exclusion of liability ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

  22  

 

 

SECTION 2

 

THE FACILITY

 

2 THE FACILITY

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

3 PURPOSE

 

3.1 Purpose

 

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing part of the acquisition cost of the Vessel in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the lower of:

 

(a) US$27,000,000; and

 

(b) 70 per cent. of the Market Value of the Vessel (as determined not earlier than three weeks before the Drawdown Date and not later than one week before the Drawdown Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent).

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 CONDITIONS OF DRAWDOWN

 

4.1 Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request

 

The Borrower may not deliver a Drawdown Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  23  

 

 

4.2 Conditions precedent to release of the Advance

 

The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to release the Advance to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date if:

 

(a) on the Drawdown Date and before the Advance is released:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed release; and

 

(ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

 

(b) on the Drawdown Date, the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied that it will receive, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.3 Conditions subsequent

 

The Borrower undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within the period stated, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.4 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent and subsequent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent and subsequent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request ) and Clause 4.3 ( Conditions subsequent ).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.5 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Advance to be released before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request ) or 4.2 ( Conditions precedent to release of the Advance ) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the Drawdown Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower.

 

  24  

 

 

SECTION 3

 

DRAWDOWN

 

5 DRAWDOWN

 

5.1 Delivery of a Drawdown Request

 

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Drawdown Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2 Completion of a Drawdown Request

 

(a) The Drawdown Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Drawdown Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Drawdown comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

 

(iii) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b) Only one Drawdown Request may be delivered.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Drawdown Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than the Total Commitments.

 

(c) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrower to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) immediately after the Advance was made.

 

5.4 Lenders' participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in the Advance available by the Drawdown Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender's participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately before making the Advance.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period shall then be cancelled.

 

  25  

 

 

SECTION 4

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6 REPAYMENT

 

6.1 Repayment of Loan

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall repay the Loan by 24 consecutive quarterly instalments, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the Drawdown Date, each in the following amounts:

 

(i) the first 16 such instalments, each in an amount of US$480,000; and

 

(ii) the following eight such instalments, each in an amount of US$420,000, (each a " Repayment Instalment "), together with a balloon instalment of US$15,960,000 to be paid concurrently with the final Repayment Instalment.

  

(b) On the date falling four years after the Drawdown Date (the " Fourth Anniversary Date ") at the option of the Lenders, in their discretion, following consultation with the Borrower, one of the following shall occur:

 

(i) The Borrower shall agree an amendment to the Margin to reflect the then current pricing of the Lenders (the " Margin Adjustment "); or

 

(ii) the Borrower shall repay the Loan outstanding in full.

 

If the Margin Adjustment has not been agreed and documented to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent (acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders) by no later than five Business Days prior to the last day of the Interest Period ending on, or (as the case may be) immediately before, the Fourth Anniversary Date then the Borrower shall repay the Loan outstanding in full on the Fourth Anniversary Date. Any Margin Adjustment shall take effect on and from the Fourth Anniversary Date.

 

6.2 Reduction of Repayment Instalments

 

If any part of the Facility is cancelled, the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation, starting with the balloon instalment, shall be reduced in inverse chronological order by the amount cancelled.

 

6.3 Maturity Date

 

On the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4 Reborrowing

 

The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

7.1 Illegality

 

(a) If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  26  

 

 

(i) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(ii) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(iii) the Borrower shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

 

(b) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) shall reduce pro rata the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment,starting with the balloon instalment, by the amount prepaid.

 

7.2 Automatic cancellation

 

The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Advance is made available.

 

7.3 Voluntary prepayment of Loan

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than five Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$500,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

(b) The Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period (or, if earlier, the day on which the Available Facility is zero).

 

(c) Any partial prepayment under this Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) shall reduce in inverse chronological order the amount of each Repayment Instalment, starting with the balloon instalment, falling after that prepayment by the amount prepaid.

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

 

If the Vessel is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall repay the Loan. Such repayment shall be made:

 

(a) in the case of a sale of the Vessel, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Vessel to the buyer;

 

(b) in the case of any arrest of the Vessel where the Vessel is not within 30 days redelivered to the full control of the Borrower, on or before the date falling 37 days after the date of the arrest of the Vessel; or

 

(c) in the case of any other Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

 

7.5 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  27  

 

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.3 ( Prepayment fee ) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

  28  

 

 

SECTION 5

 

COSTS OF DRAWDOWN

 

8 INTEREST

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrower shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of a Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) accruing on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

  29  

 

 

9 INTEREST PERIODS

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) The first Interest Period for the Loan as specified in the Drawdown Request shall be three Months from the Drawdown Date or such other period as may be agreed in accordance with paragraph (e) below.

 

(b) Subject to paragraphs (e) and (g) below, the Borrower may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

 

(c) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

 

(d) If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ) and paragraph (g) below, be three Months.

 

(e) Subject to this Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ), the Borrower may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period (up to a maximum of 12 Months) agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(f) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Maturity Date.

 

(g) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it if such date is before the end of the Interest Period then current.

 

(h) Subject to paragraph (i) below, the first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (g) above, the Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2 Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a) If after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than six Months, any Lender notifies the Facility Agent within two Business Days after the Specified Time relating to the relevant Drawdown Request or Selection Notice that it is not satisfied that deposits in dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the Relevant Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Facility Agent shall shorten the Interest Period to six Months.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

10.1 Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

  30  

 

 

10.2 Market disruption

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Advance or the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Advance or the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Advance or the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) In this Agreement " Market Disruption Event " means:

 

(i) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

(ii) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 25 per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR; or

 

(iii) at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Advance or the Loan.

 

10.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding, suspension

 

(a) If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(b) Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) If a Market Disruption Event occurs before the Advance is made:

 

(i) in circumstances falling within sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ) or sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), the Lenders' obligation to make the Advance; or

 

(ii) in circumstances falling within sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance, shall be suspended while the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue.

 

10.4 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  31  

 

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

11 FEES

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1.1 per cent. per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment from time to time for the Availability Period.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Upfront fee

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Prepayment fee

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower must pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender a prepayment fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan.

 

(b) The amount of the prepayment fee is:

 

(i) if the prepayment occurs on or before the first anniversary of the Closing Date, three per cent. of the amount prepaid;

 

(ii) if the prepayment occurs after the first but on or before the second anniversary of the Closing Date, two per cent. of the amount prepaid;

 

(iii) if the prepayment occurs after the second but on or before the third anniversary of the Closing Date, one per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(iv) if the prepayment occurs after the third anniversary of the Closing Date half of one per cent. of the amount prepaid; and

 

(c) No prepayment fee shall be payable under this Clause if the prepayment is made under:

 

(i) Clause 7.1 ( Illegality );

 

(ii) Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) if the prepayment is the result of a refinancing in relation to which the Facility Agent is party as facility agent;

 

(iii) Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) in the case of a sale, unless the sale is to a member of the Group or any of their respective Affiliates; or

 

(iv) Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ).

 

  32  

 

 

SECTION 6

 

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

12 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  33  

 

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

  

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross- up ); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

  

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.6 Indirect Tax

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for Indirect Tax purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if Indirect Tax is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate Indirect Tax invoice to that Party).

 

  34  

 

 

(b) If Indirect Tax is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the Indirect Tax) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that Indirect Tax.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents Indirect Tax, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such Indirect Tax from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( Indirect Tax ) to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for Indirect Tax purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term "representative member" to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's Indirect Tax registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's Indirect Tax reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

 

  35  

 

 

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13 INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made, after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) In this Agreement, " Increased Costs " means:

 

(i) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

 

(ii) an additional or increased cost; or

 

  36  

 

 

(iii) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

  

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ); or

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

14 OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

   

  37  

 

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Advance or the Loan requested by the Borrower in a Drawdown Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Creditor Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, the Vessel unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3 Mandatory Cost

 

The Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions), which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

 

  38  

 

  

14.4 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

 

(B) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(C) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(D) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(E) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(F) any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(G) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

  39  

 

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Creditor Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

 

15 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15 ( Mitigation by the Finance Parties ) if either:

 

(i) a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(ii) in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;

 

(b) the Transaction Security; and

 

(c) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 34.9 ( Change of currency ); or

  

  40  

 

 

(c) a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security, the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Creditor Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

  

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Creditor Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Creditor Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Creditor Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

 

  41  

 

 

SECTION 7

 

GUARANTEE

 

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Creditor Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Creditor Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  42  

 

  

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Creditor Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and neither Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from either Guarantor or on account of that Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).

 

17.7 Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

All rights which either Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, neither Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ):

 

(a) to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Creditor Party;

 

  43  

 

  

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantors have given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with any Creditor Party.

 

If either Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Creditor Parties by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Creditor Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by either Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Creditor Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Guarantors’ rights ) and 17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which either Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

  44  

 

 

SECTION 8

 

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

18 REPRESENTATIONS

 

18.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

18.2 Status

 

(a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

18.3 Membership interest and ownership

 

(a) The Borrower's membership interests are 100 per cent. held by GSPL free of any Security or any other claim by GSPL.

 

(b) None of the membership interests in the Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre- emption rights or similar rights.

 

18.4 Share capital and ownership of GSPL

 

The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in GSPL is held free of any Security directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

18.5 Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

18.6 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration as provided for in that Finance Document create, subject to the Legal Reservations, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Creditor Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

   

  45  

 

 

18.7 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any member of the Group's assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

18.8 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

 

(i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

 

(ii) in the case of the Borrower, its registration of the Vessel under the Approved Flag.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

18.9 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

  

18.10 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

18.11 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 27.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 27.9 ( Creditors' process ), has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.

 

  46  

 

 

18.12 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except:

 

(a) registration of the Membership Interest Security with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore, which filings will be made in Singapore promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Documents; and

 

(b) any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Drawdown ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

18.13 Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

18.14 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement, the Drawdown Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Drawdown or the release of the Advance by the Prepositioning Bank (on the instructions of the Facility Agent) or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject (and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

18.15 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.16 Financial Statements

 

(a) In relation to each Guarantor, its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) In relation to each Guarantor, its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year.

 

  47  

 

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of each Guarantor) since 31 December 2015.

 

(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 19.4 ( Requirements as to financial statements ); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Guarantor).

 

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

 

18.17 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

18.18 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor and GSPL, (i) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) relates to a claim or claims for a total value in aggregate of over US$200,000, but in all cases excluding any claim that is fully covered by an insurance policy held in the name of the relevant Obligor and that Obligor has provided the Facility Agent with evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Facility Agent of such insurance coverage.

 

18.19 Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents

 

(a) Each of the Transaction Documents to which each Transaction Obligor (other than the Bareboat Charterers) is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Transaction Obligor (other than the Bareboat Charterers).

 

(b) The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

 

(c) No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any Transaction Obligor waived any of its respective rights under the Transaction Documents.

 

18.20 Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

  48  

 

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

18.21 No breach of laws

 

It has not (and no member of the Group has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18.22 No Charter

 

The Vessel is not subject to any Charter other than the Bareboat Charters and the Time Charter.

 

18.23 Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of the Vessel and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

18.24 No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or the Vessel.

 

18.25 No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

18.26 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, any Approved Technical Manager and the Vessel have been complied with.

 

18.27 Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

18.28 Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrower does not have any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

18.29 Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

  49  

 

 

18.30 Good title to assets

 

It and each other member of the Group has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

18.31 Ownership

 

(a) The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all rights and interests which any Charter and the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement creates in favour of the Borrower.

 

(b) The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Vessel, the Earnings and the Insurances.

 

(c) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

 

(d) The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the membership interests of the Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

 

18.32 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the " Regulation "), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.33 Place of business

 

No Obligor has a principal or registered place of business in any country other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing, and agreed to by the Lenders, on or around the date of this Agreement.

 

18.34 No employee or pension arrangements

 

The Borrower does not have any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

18.35 Sanctions

 

(a) No Transaction Obligor:

 

(i) and no director or officer of a Transaction Obligor, is a Prohibited Person;

 

(ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or

 

(iii) owns or controls a Prohibited Person.

 

(b) No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

18.36 US Tax Obligor

 

No Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

 

  50  

 

 

18.37 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Drawdown Request, the Drawdown Date and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

19 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

19.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

19.2 Financial statements

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(i) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited consolidated financial statements of each Guarantor for that financial year; and

 

(ii) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statement of each Guarantor for that financial half year.

 

(b) To the extent that the financial statements and other information required to be provided by each Obligor to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above are published on the internet by, or on behalf of such Obligor, such statements and information must be made immediately available to the Facility Agent.

 

19.3 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) GSPL shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) or sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two directors of GSPL and (as appropriate) by the Guarantors’ auditors.

 

19.4 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) includes or is supplemented by the most up to date details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments.

 

(c) The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods which, in relation to each Guarantor, are consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

  51  

 

  

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Guarantor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Guarantor's Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

19.5 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor (to the extent, in the case of the Bareboat Charterers, it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters) shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which, in the case of the Parent Guarantor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied, subject to the consent of the Facility Agent if applicable as provided for in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.24 ( Constitutional documents );

 

(d) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) the Vessel, goods transported on the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(ii) the Security Assets;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group, as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and

 

(e) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

 

19.6 Notification of Default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent (i) of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor); and (ii) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, of any breach of any Sanctions applicable to the Vessel, any Transaction Obligor or any party to any agreement relating to the Vessel.

 

  52  

 

  

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

19.7 Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

  53  

 

  

19.8 "Know your customer" checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

20 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

20.1 Financial covenants

 

The Borrower will ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times during the Security Period be such that:

 

(a)

Book Value Net Worth is not less than US$250,000,000 in 2017 and 2018, not less than US$265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and not less than US$275,000,000 thereafter;

 

(b)

Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than US$30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account, but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 ( Minimum balance on Retention Account ) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ); and

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

20.2 Financial covenant definitions

 

In this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ):

 

  54  

 

 

" Book Value Net Worth " means the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the book value of the following:

 

(a) the amounts paid up, or credited as paid up, on the issued share capital of the Group;

 

(b) any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(c) any amount standing to the credit of any other consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve, less the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the following:

  

(a) any debt balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(b) any reserves attributable to interests of minority shareholders in any subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of the Group, all as determined in accordance with IFRS applied in the preparation of the Latest Accounts but adjusted by:

 

(i) deducting any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by the Group;

 

(ii) deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset;

 

(iii) reflecting any variation required to be made to the asset value attributable to any ship owned by the Group in order to reflect the book value of any such ship;

 

(iv) excluding any amount attributable to deferred taxation;

 

(v) excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; and

 

(vi) eliminating inconsistencies (if any) between the accounting principles;

 

" Cash and Cash Equivalents " means the cash and cash equivalents set out in the Latest Accounts;

 

" Debt " means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts;

 

" Latest Accounts " means, at any date, the audited consolidated accounts of the Group most recently delivered to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

" Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets " means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction) either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly or partially owned by the Group, as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction and acceptable to the Lenders.

 

  55  

 

  

20.3 Favoured nations

 

(a) The Borrower undertakes to procure that the Finance Parties shall receive equal treatment with creditors under any other financing which any Obligor (other than the Parent Guarantor) or any other member of the Group has entered or will enter into in relation to any financial covenant on terms similar to those set out in this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) which that Obligor or any other member of the Group provide.

 

(b) Accordingly, should the Borrower provide to any other creditor additional or more favourable financial covenants than those which the Finance Parties have been provided under this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), the Borrower shall advise the Facility Agent of those financial covenants and, if required, shall enter into such documentation supplemental to the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent may require in order to achieve parity with the lenders under such other financing.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt this Clause 20.3 ( Favoured nations ) shall not apply to any commercial terms applicable to any financing rating to pricing and interest rates, tenor or fees.

 

21 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

21.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

21.2 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of, any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Vessel to enable it to:

  

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Vessel or any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate the Vessel (in the case of the Borrower).

 

21.3 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.4 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, and each Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will:

 

  56  

 

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law, where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

21.5 Environmental claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (through the Guarantor), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group, where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

21.6 Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall and each Guarantor shall ensure that each other member of the Group will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

(b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

21.7 Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

21.8 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

  57  

 

 

21.9 Title

 

(a) The Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in:

 

(i) the First Bareboat Charter and its assignment under the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement;

 

(ii) its Earnings and Insurances; and

 

(iii) with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by the Borrower.

 

(b) Each Guarantor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by it.

 

21.10 Negative pledge

 

(a) The Borrower shall not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets or revenues.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

  

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

21.11 Disposals

 

(a) The Borrower shall not, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter to which Clause 24.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ) applies.

 

21.12 Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

21.13 Change of business

 

(a) Each Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of that Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel.

 

  58  

 

 

21.14 Financial Indebtedness

 

The Borrower shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

21.15 Expenditure

 

The Borrower shall not incur any expenditure, except for general administration expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of its business and expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing the Vessel.

 

21.16 Membership interests

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or diversify any of its membership interests;

 

(b) issue any further membership interests, except to GSPL and provided such membership interests are made subject to the terms of the Membership Interests Security immediately upon the issue thereof in a manner satisfactory to the Security Agent and the terms of the Membership Interests Security are complied with; or

 

(c) appoint any further director or officer (unless the provisions of the Membership Interests Security are complied with).

 

21.17 Dividends

 

(a) The Borrower shall not make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its membership interests.

 

(b) GSPL shall not make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or where the making or payment of such dividend or distribution would (i) cause a breach of Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) or (ii) otherwise cause a Default.

 

21.18 Accounts

 

The Borrower shall not open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except the Accounts.

 

21.19 Other transactions

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which it assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

  59  

 

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

21.20 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

 

(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

21.21 Separate corporate existence

 

The Borrower shall maintain separate corporate existence and identity, shall keep separate records, books and accounts and shall not co-mingle its assets nor become a member of a Indirect Tax Group.

 

21.22 Accounting reference date

 

No Obligor shall change its year end accounting reference date.

 

21.23 Securitisation

 

Each Obligor shall, assist the Facility Agent and/or any Lender in achieving a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) in respect of the Facility and the Finance Documents and such Obligor's reasonable costs for providing such assistance shall be met by the relevant Lender. The Borrower, if requested by the Facility Agent, shall provide documentation evidencing the purchase price of the Vessel when acquired by the Borrower.

 

21.24 Constitutional documents

 

(a) Without prejudice to Clause 21.16 ( Membership interests ) and the terms of any Membership Interests Security, no Obligor shall allow any amendment or variation to its constitutional documents unless such amendment or variation would clearly be immaterial to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall not change its name.

 

21.25 Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall (and each Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

  60  

 

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the Creditor Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Creditor Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall (and each Guarantor shall procure that each member of the Group will) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Creditor Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 21.25 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent reasonable evidence that that Obligor's execution of such document has been duly authorised by it.

 

22 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

 

22.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

22.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel insured at its expense, or shall procure that the Vessel is insured by the Bareboat Charterers (or either of them), against:

 

(a) hull and machinery plus freight interest and hull interest and/or increased value and any other usual marine risks (including excess risks);

 

(b) war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or its equivalent);

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution for an amount of no less than US$1,000,000,000 and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard Club Rules, covered by a Protection and Indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover);

 

(d) freight, demurrage and defence; and

 

  61  

 

 

(e) any other risks against which the Facility Agent considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to the Borrower.

 

22.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall effect such insurances (or, as the case may be, shall procure that such insurances are effected):

 

(a) in dollars;

 

(b) in the case of hull and machinery and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) 120 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the Market Value of the Vessel;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market but such amount shall not be less than US$1,000,000,000;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of the Vessel;

 

(e) in the case of the hull and machinery insurance, on the basis that the deductible is not higher than the Major Casualty figure;

 

(f) in the case where the Vessel is insured on a fleet policy, on the basis that each vessel insured on that fleet policy is deemed to be insured on an individual basis;

 

(g) on approved terms; and

 

(h) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

22.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name no-one other than the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer and the Second Bareboat Charterer as co-assureds unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

  62  

 

 

and every other such named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer, the Second Bareboat Charterer, and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

 

22.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which the Borrower, or (as the case may be) the relevant Bareboat Charterer, proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agent’s approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;

 

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew, or (as the case may be) procure the renewal of, that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

(c) procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

22.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

  63  

 

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 22.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower, the First Bareboat Charterer or (as the case may be) the Second Bareboat Charterer, or their respective agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Vessel under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Vessel or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Vessel forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

22.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Vessel is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Vessel;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent; and

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Vessel.

 

22.8 Deposit of original policies

 

The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

22.9 Payment of premiums

 

The Borrower shall punctually pay, or (as the case may be) procure payment by the relevant Bareboat Charterer of, all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

22.10 Guarantees

 

The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

   

  64  

 

 

22.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) The Borrower shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Vessel approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Vessel is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Vessel, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

22.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

The Borrower shall not make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

22.13 Settlement of claims

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

22.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

The Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between the Borrower and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

  65  

 

 

(i) the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

 

22.15 Provision of information

 

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 22.16 ( Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances, and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Facility Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Facility Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

  

22.16 Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew:

 

(a) a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(b) a mortgagee's interest additional perils (pollution) insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;

 

(c) a mortgagee's rights insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan, and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Finance Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

  

23 BAREBOAT CHARTERER UNDERTAKINGS

 

23.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( Bareboat Charterer Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

23.2 No variation, release etc. of Bareboat Charters

 

The Borrower shall not, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:

 

(a) materially vary the First Bareboat Charter and shall procure that there is no material variation to the Second Bareboat Charter; or

 

(b) release, waive, suspend, subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which the Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with either Bareboat Charter or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with either Bareboat Charter.

 

  66  

 

  

23.3 Provision of information relating to Bareboat Charters

 

Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) the Borrower shall:

 

(a) without limitation to Clause 23.2 ( No variation, release etc. of Bareboat Charters ), immediately inform the Facility Agent of any variation (which is not material) to either Bareboat Charter and details of the variations or amendments made;

 

(b) immediately inform the Facility Agent if any breach of either Bareboat Charter occurs or a serious risk of such a breach arises and of any other event or matter affecting either Bareboat Charter;

 

(c) provide the Facility Agent, promptly after service, with copies of all notices served on or by the Borrower under or in connection with either Bareboat Charter; and

 

(d) provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests about any interest or right of any kind which the Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with either Bareboat Charter or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with either Bareboat Charter.

 

23.4 No assignment etc. of Bareboat Charters

 

The Borrower shall not, and shall procure that neither Bareboat Charterer will, assign, novate, transfer or dispose of any of its rights or obligations under either Bareboat Charter other than under the Finance Documents.

 

24 VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS

 

24.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 ( Vessel Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

24.2 Vessel's names and registration

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) keep the Vessel registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

 

(c) not change the name of the Vessel.

 

24.3 Repair and classification

 

The Borrower shall keep the Vessel in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

   

  67  

 

 

24.4 Classification society undertaking

 

The Borrower shall instruct (by sending a letter in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 8 ( Classification Society Undertaking )) the Approved Classification Society, and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the Security Agent (by entering into an undertaking in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 8 ( Classification Society Undertaking )):

 

(a) to send to the Security Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Vessel;

 

(b) to allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Vessel at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Security Agent immediately in writing (at TM.Singapore@dvbbank.com and techcom@dvbbank.com) if the Approved Classification Society:

 

(i) receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Vessel's Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Vessel's class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower or the Vessel's membership of the Approved Classification Society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent:

 

(i) to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

 

(ii) to confirm that the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

 

24.5 Modifications

 

The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Vessel or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Vessel or materially reduce its value.

 

24.6 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Vessel, or any item of equipment installed on the Vessel unless:

 

(i) the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii) the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

(iii) the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on the Vessel, the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage, the Deed of Covenant and/or the New Zealand Security Deed.

 

  68  

 

 

(b) The Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Vessel.

 

24.7 Surveys

 

The Borrower shall submit the Vessel regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

 

24.8 Inspection

 

(a) The Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Vessel at all reasonable times to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

 

(b) The cost of all inspections under this Clause 24.8 ( Inspection ) shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

24.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) The Borrower shall promptly (or, to the extent it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters, procure that the relevant Bareboat Charterer shall) discharge:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Vessel, the Earnings or the Insurances.

 

(b) The Borrower shall immediately and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, procure its release by providing (or, to the extent it is entitled to do so under the terms of the Bareboat Charters, procuring the relevant Bareboat Charterer provides) bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

24.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

The Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

(i) relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii) relating to the Vessel, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration, including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

 

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Vessel nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

 

  69  

 

 

(d) not appoint any manager or agent to manage the Vessel unless such party is an Approved Technical Manager and undertakes to procure that any agreement entered into relating to the management, employment or operation of the Vessel contains a clause in which the counterparty undertakes to comply with all Sanctions. The Borrower shall further procure that any Approved Technical Manager shall enter into a Manager’s Undertaking if requested to do so.

 

24.11 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 24.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), the Borrower shall:

 

(a) procure that the Vessel and the company responsible for the Vessel's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for the Vessel; and

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

24.12 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), the Borrower shall not cause or permit the Vessel to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Vessel's war risks insurers unless:

 

(a) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

 

(b) the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

 

24.13 Monitoring

 

(a) The Borrower shall (or shall procure that any Charterer and any Approved Technical Manager shall) allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to access all information pertaining to the Vessel (including the movement of the Vessel) using any and all available means.

 

(b) All costs incurred by the Security Agent (and any of its agents) under paragraph (a) of Clause

24.13 ( Monitoring ) above shall be for the account of the Lenders.

 

24.14 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) the Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) inspections of the Vessel including any independent inspection reports;

 

(b) the Vessel, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(c) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(d) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Vessel and any payments made by it in respect of the Vessel;

 

(e) any towages and salvages; and

 

(f) its compliance, any Approved Technical Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Vessel with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code, and, upon the Facility Agent's request, provide copies of any current Bareboat Charter relating to the Vessel, of any current guarantee of any such Bareboat Charter, the Vessel's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

  70  

 

  

24.15 Notification of certain events

 

The Borrower shall immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any casualty to the Vessel which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Vessel by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of the Vessel, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Vessel or the Earnings or any requisition of the Vessel for hire;

 

(f) any intended dry docking of the Vessel;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Vessel, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, any Approved Technical Manager or otherwise in connection with the Vessel; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with, and the Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to the Borrower's, any Approved Technical Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

  

24.16 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

(a) let the Vessel on demise charter for any period other than under the First Bareboat Charter;

 

(b) enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Vessel;

 

(c) (without limitation to Clause 23 ( Bareboat Charterer Undertakings ), change, cancel or terminate the First Bareboat Charter or any associated First Bareboat Charter Guarantee;

 

(d) appoint a manager, or permit the appointment of a manager, of the Vessel other than an Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of any Approved Technical Manager's appointment;

 

(e) de activate or lay up the Vessel; or

 

(f) put the Vessel into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed US$500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Vessel or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

  71  

 

 

24.17 Notice of Mortgage

 

The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Vessel as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board the Vessel a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of the Vessel a framed printed notice stating that the Vessel is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Agent.

 

24.18 Sharing of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

 

24.19 Notification of compliance

 

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 24 ( Vessel Undertakings ).

 

24.20 Nuclear materials

 

The Borrower shall not permit the Vessel to carry any nuclear material or any nuclear waste.

 

25 SECURITY COVER

 

25.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(a) the Market Value of the Vessel; plus

 

(b) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), is below 133 per cent. of the Loan.

 

25.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrower shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

(b) The Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

 

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require, before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

   

25.3 Value of additional vessel security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

  

  72  

 

25.4 Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.

 

25.5 Provision of information

 

(a) The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If the Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

25.6 Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ).

 

25.7 Provision of valuations

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to test the security requirements under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to valuations in respect of the Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers semi-annually and on dates to be selected by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall at the request of the Lenders additionally be entitled to test the security cover requirement under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to a valuation in respect of the Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers at any time and each such valuation shall be at the expense of the Lenders except where the Borrower is by means of such valuation(s) shown to be in breach of Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ).

 

(c) The Market Value of the Vessel shall be determined by the arithmetic average of two valuations of the Vessel each as given by an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Facility Agent.

 

(d) If one such valuation in respect of the Vessel obtained pursuant to paragraphs (c) above differs by at least 10 per cent. from the other valuation, then a third valuation for the Vessel shall be obtained from an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Borrower and the Market Value of the Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of all three such valuations.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may at any time after a Default has occurred and is continuing obtain valuations of the Vessel and any other vessel over which additional security has been created in accordance with Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) from Approved Valuers to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Values of the Vessel and any other vessel.

 

(f) The valuations referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c) and (d) above shall be obtained at the cost and expense of the Borrower (except where specified in paragraph (b) above) and the Borrower shall within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent pay to the Facility Agent all costs and expenses incurred by it in obtaining any such valuation.

 

  73  

 

  

26 ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

26.1 Account bank

 

Subject to Clause 26.8 ( Location of Accounts ), each Account must be held with the Account Bank.

 

26.2 Accounts

 

(a) The Borrower must operate each Account in accordance with this Clause 26 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings ) and the provisions of the Account Security.

 

(b) Account Security must be provided in respect of any Account opened after the date of this Agreement.

 

26.3 Payment of Earnings

 

(a) The Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment, all the Earnings are paid in to the Earnings Account.

 

(b) At the end of each calendar month, provided that the provisions contained in Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) are complied with and no Default has occurred and is continuing (or would occur from a release of funds from the Earnings Account), the Borrower may withdraw any surplus in the Earnings Account.

 

26.4 Monthly retentions

 

The Borrower shall ensure that, in each calendar month after the Delivery Date, on such dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account during the preceding calendar month:

 

(a) one-third of the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) on the next Repayment Date; and

 

(b) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan under this Agreement.

 

The " relevant fraction " is a fraction of which:

 

(i) the numerator is one; and

 

(ii) the denominator is:

 

(A) the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period; or

 

(B) if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest on the Loan to the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan under this Agreement).

 

26.5 Application of Earnings

 

The Borrower shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Facility Agent:

 

  74  

 

 

(a) on each Repayment Date, the amount of the Repayment Instalment then due on the Repayment Date;

 

(b) on the last day of each Interest Period, the amount of interest then due on that date; and

 

(c) on any day on which an amount is otherwise due from the Borrower under a Finance Document, an amount necessary to meet that due amount, and the Borrower irrevocably authorises and instructs:

  

(i) the Account Bank to make those transfers in accordance with the instructions of the Facility Agent (copied to the Security Agent, who, as security taker under the Accounts Security, agrees for itself and on behalf of the other pledgees that such transfers may be made);

 

(ii) the Facility Agent to apply the transferred amounts in payment of the relevant Repayment Instalment, interest amount or other amount due.

 

26.6 Shortfall in Earnings

 

(a) If the credit balance on the Earnings Account is insufficient in any calendar month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrower shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.

 

(b) Without prejudicing the Facility Agent's right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrower to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer to the Retention Account under Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent calendar months.

 

(c) The Borrower may not make up all or any part of the insufficiency from the Minimum Liquidity Amount.

 

26.7 Application of funds

 

Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement distribute to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 34.2 ( Distributions by the Facility Agent ) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

(a) the Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date; and

 

(b) the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date, in discharge of the Borrower's liability for that Repayment Instalment or that interest.

 

26.8 Location of Accounts

 

The Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of the Accounts (or any of them); and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) each Account.

 

26.9 Minimum balance on Retention Account

 

In addition to any amounts in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrower shall maintain a minimum balance in the Retention Account at any time during the Security Period of not less than the aggregate of:

 

(a) the amounts of the next two Repayment Instalments payable under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ); and

 

  75  

 

 

(b) the amount of interest which would accrue on the Loan for the next six calendar months at the then current interest rate under Clause 8 ( Interest ) taking into account scheduled reductions in the amount of the Loan by way of repayment under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) during such six month period.

 

27 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

27.1 General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 27.19 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 27.20 ( Enforcement of security ).

 

27.2 Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

(b) payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

 

27.3 Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 21.9 ( Title ), Clause 21.10 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 21.20 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 22.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 25 ( Security Cover ).

 

27.4 Other obligations

 

(a) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 27.3 ( Specific obligations )).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

27.5 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

27.6 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

   

  76  

 

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of a person other than the Borrower if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than US$100,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

 

27.7 Insolvency

 

(a) Any Obligor or any other member of the Group:

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor or any other member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or any other member of the Group. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

27.8 Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or any other member of the Group (other than in respect to solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor);

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or any other member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

  

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

  77  

 

  

27.9 Creditors' process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, detention or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects:

 

(a) the Vessel (other than an arrest where paragraph (a) of Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) shall apply); or

 

(b) any other asset or assets of an Obligor or any other member of the Group.

 

27.10 Ownership of the Obligors

 

(a) GSPL ceases to own one hundred per cent of the membership interests of the Borrower.

 

(b) GSPL ceases to control the Borrower.

 

(c) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in GSPL cease to be held directly or indirectly by the Parent Guarantor.

 

(d) For the purpose of paragraph (b) above "control" means:

 

(i) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A) cast, or control the casting of, more than 51 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Borrower; or

 

(B) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower; or

 

(C) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Borrower with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Borrower are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(ii) the holding beneficially of not less than 60 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

(e) Without the Majority Lenders’ prior consent, any other change has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the legal or beneficial ownership of any of the membership interests in the Borrower, or in the ultimate control of the voting rights attaching to any of those interests.

 

27.11 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document to which it is a party is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

  78  

 

 

27.12 Security imperilled; flag instability

 

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations, any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

(b) The state of the Approved Flag of the Vessel is or becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such state by unconstitutional means, or any other event occurs in relation to the Vessel, the Mortgage or the Approved Flag and in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent such event is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless the Borrower, within 14 days of the occurrence of such event (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders) re-registers the Vessel on an alternative flag approved pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Vessel's names and registration ) and subject to:

 

(i) the Vessel remaining subject to Security created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on the Vessel and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and if applicable, a Deed of Covenant and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require; and

 

(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents, as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require.

 

27.13 Cessation of business

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

27.14 Cancellation of any Charter

 

Any Charter is cancelled or terminated.

 

27.15 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor or any other member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any other member of the Group or any of its assets.

 

27.16 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

27.17 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any Obligor or any other member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.18 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

  79  

 

  

27.19 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 27.20 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

27.20 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 27.19 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

  80  

 

 

SECTION 9

 

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

28 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

28.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

  

28.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) of this Clause, the consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender. The consent of the Facility Agent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b) The consent of the Borrower is required for a transfer by an Existing Lender to an equity fund or credit fund unless the transfer is made at a time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(c) The consent of the Borrower (where such consent is required) to a transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly withheld by the Borrower within that time.

 

(d) The consent of the Borrower to a transfer must not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

 

(e) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Creditor Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(f) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

  81  

 

 

(g) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ), then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

  

(h) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that:

 

(i) the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender; and

 

(ii) it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

28.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$5,000.

 

28.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

  

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Creditor Parties that it:

 

  82  

 

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor (and to the extent possible, each Charterer) and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

28.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. Upon execution by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent shall also execute the Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Transaction Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

 

(ii) each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

  83  

 

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

 

28.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. Upon execution by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent shall also execute the Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Transaction Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Transaction Obligor from the obligations owed to that Transaction Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

28.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

28.8 Security over Lenders' rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  84  

 

 

(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

  

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

28.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b) The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(c) In this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

28.10 Parent Guarantor’s consent

 

The Parent Guarantor consents to any splitting of claims that may arise as a result of any Lender exercising any of its rights under this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ).

 

29 CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

 

29.1 Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

 

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

29.2 Release of security

 

(a) If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

 

  85  

 

 

 

 

(i) the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;

 

(ii) the Majority Lenders agree to the disposal;

 

(iii) the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

 

(iv) the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document, the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

 

(b) If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 29.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrower) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

  86  

 

 

SECTION 10

 

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

30 THE FACILITY AGENT

 

30.1 Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

30.2 Instructions

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

 

  87  

 

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

(i) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

30.3 Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(d) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(e) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

 

  88  

 

 

30.4 No fiduciary duties

  

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall not be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

30.5 Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

30.6 Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

30.7 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Facility Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

  

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

  89  

 

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

  

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

30.8 Responsibility for documentation

 

The Facility Agent is not responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Creditor Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

30.9 No duty to monitor

 

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  90  

 

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

30.10 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for (unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct):

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

  

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent to carry out:

 

  91  

 

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party, on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent.

  

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

30.11 Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

 

30.12 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

  92  

 

  

(e) The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(f) The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

(i) The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(j) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

   

  93  

 

 

30.13 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

30.14 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

 

(a) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the, Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day, unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

  

(b) Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

(c) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) and sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

30.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

  94  

 

  

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

30.16 Reference Banks

 

The Facility Agent shall (if so instructed by the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrower) replace a Reference Bank with another bank or financial institution.

 

30.17 Facility Agent's management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.11 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

30.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

30.19 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

30.20 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 30.6 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

  95  

 

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document, and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

  

31 THE SECURITY AGENT

 

31.1 Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Creditor Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

31.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) , the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

  96  

 

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased, and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(A) decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(B) increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased, in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

  

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

(f) This Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

31.3 Enforcement through Security Agent only

 

The Creditor Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

31.4 Instructions

 

(a) The Security Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  97  

 

  

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Creditor Parties.

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

 

(A) Clause 31.28 ( Deductions from receipts ); and

 

(B) Clause 31.29 ( Prospective liabilities ).

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

 

(i) it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

 

(ii) the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above, the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Creditor Parties.

 

(g) The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

(i) The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

  98  

 

  

31.5 Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e) The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

31.6 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

31.7 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

31.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

  99  

 

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

  

(b) The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Creditor Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred;

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

  

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

  100  

 

 

31.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

The Security Agent is not responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Creditor Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

31.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

31.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable (unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct) for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising ,any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

 

  101  

 

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

  

(b) No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party, on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

  

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

31.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

  102  

 

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

 

31.13 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent shall make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(e) The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

 

(i) the appointment of a successor; and

 

(ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.24 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.

 

(h) The consent of the Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

   

  103  

 

 

31.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

31.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

31.16 Security Agent's management time

 

(a) Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 31.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

(b) Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:

 

(i) a Default;

 

(ii) the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrower agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

  104  

 

 

(iii) the Security Agent and the Borrower agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances, the Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

  

(c) If the Security Agent and the Borrower fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrower or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrower) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

31.17 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

31.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

 

(e) require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

 

31.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

 

(i) to insure any of the Security Assets;

 

(ii) to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

 

(iii) to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document, and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

 

  105  

 

  

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

31.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

31.21 Delegation by the Security Agent

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Creditor Parties.

 

(c) No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

31.22 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Creditor Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction, and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrower and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable Indirect Tax) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

  106  

 

 

31.23 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

31.24 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

 

(a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

 

(b) no Creditor Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

 

then

 

(i) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

 

(ii) any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 31.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

 

31.25 Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

 

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

 

31.26 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

 

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

31.27 Application of receipts

 

(a) Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Security Agent receives or recovers and which are, or are attributable to, Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be transferred to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above is without prejudice to the rights of the Security Agent, each Receiver and each Delegate:

 

  107  

 

 

(i) under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) or any other indemnity in favour of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents to be indemnified out of the Security Assets; and

 

(ii) under any Finance Document to credit any moneys received or recovered by it to any suspense account.

 

(c) Any transfer by the Security Agent to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(d) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) of this Clause 31.27 ( Application of receipts ) in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

31.28 Deductions from receipts

 

(a) Before transferring any moneys to the Facility Agent under Clause 31.27 ( Application of receipts ), the Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(i) deduct any sum then due and payable under this Agreement or any other Finance Documents to the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate and retain that sum for itself or, as the case may require, pay it to another person to whom it is then due and payable;

 

(ii) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(iii) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

(b) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above, if the Security Agent has become entitled to require a sum to be paid to it on demand, that sum shall be treated as due and payable, even if no demand has yet been served.

 

31.29 Prospective liabilities

 

Following acceleration or enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities, that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

31.30 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 31.30 ( Investment of proceeds ).

 

  108  

 

  

31.31 Currency conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

31.32 Good discharge

 

Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Creditor Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

31.33 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document, and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

  109  

 

 

32 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

33 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

33.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

33.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

33.3 Recovering Finance Party 's rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  110  

 

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

 

(b) as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

33.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

  111  

 

 

SECTION 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

34 PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

34.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

34.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 34.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 34.4 ( Clawback and pre- funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of the Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrower in the Drawdown Request.

 

34.3 Distribu t ions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 ( Set- Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

34.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

(c) If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:

 

(i) the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

  112  

 

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

34.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below and except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any payment that is received or recovered by any Finance Party under, in connection with, or pursuant to any Finance Document shall be paid to the Facility Agent which shall apply the same in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment of any amounts then due and payable under any of the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in retention by the Security Agent of an amount equal to any amount not then payable under any Finance Document but which the Facility Agent, by notice to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, states in its opinion will or may become payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them; and

 

(iii) thirdly , any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person who appears to be entitled to it.

 

(b) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due to any Finance Party but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in sub- paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (b) above.

 

(d) Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

 

34.6 No set-off by Transaction Obligors

 

All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

  113  

 

 

34.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

34.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

34.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

34.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

34.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  114  

 

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

35 SET-OFF

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

36 BAIL-IN

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

  115  

 

 

37 NOTICES

 

37.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

37.2 Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

 

(b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ), or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

  

37.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i) if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

  

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  116  

 

 

37.4 Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

37.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

(b) Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(c) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

37.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

38 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

38.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

38.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

  117  

 

 

38.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

39 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

40 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Creditor Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Creditor Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

41 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

42 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Finance Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

43 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

43.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 43.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 30.7 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

   

  118  

 

 

43.2 All Lender matters

 

An amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a) the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) in respect of a prepayment made pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) or Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss );

 

(c) a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f) a change to any Transaction Obligor or the Time Charterer;

 

(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h) this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(i) any change to Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Drawdown ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), paragraph (a) of Clause 25.7 ( Provision of valuations ), Clause 26 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings), Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 46 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 47 ( Enforcement );

 

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:

 

(i) the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );

 

(ii) the Security Assets; or

 

(iii) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed, (except in the case of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document); or

  

(l) the release of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

  

  119  

 

 

43.3 Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party.

 

(b) The Borrower and the Facility Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

44 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

44.1 Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 44.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

44.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b) to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction including a securitisation under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.14 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties );

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation including any applicable data protection laws;

 

  120  

 

  

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );

 

(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

 

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(x) with the consent of the Borrower;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party; and

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors.

   

  121  

 

 

44.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Obligors;

 

(ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) Clause 46 ( Governing Law );

 

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent;

 

(vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(ix) currency of the Facility;

 

(x) type of Facility;

 

(xi) ranking of Facility;

 

(xii) Maturity Date for Facility;

 

(xiii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

(xiv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower, to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

  

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

44.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

44.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

  122  

 

 

44.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub- paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ).

 

44.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

45 COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

  123  

 

 

SECTION 12

 

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

46 GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

47 ENFORCEMENT

 

47.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 47 ( Enforcement ) is for the benefit of the Creditor Parties only. As a result, no Creditor Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Creditor Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

47.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 3 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into and amended and restated on the dates stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  124  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

THE PARTIES

 

PART A

 

THE OBLIGORS

 

        Registration number   Address for
Name of Borrower   Place of Incorporation   (or equivalent, if any)   Communication
             
Grindrod Maritime LLC   Marshall Islands   962401   200 Cantonment Road
            #03-01 Southpoint
            089763
            Singapore
             
            Fax: +65 6323 0046
            Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

        Registration number   Address for
Name of Guarantor   Place of Incorporation   (or equivalent, if any)   Communication
             
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Singapore   200407212K   200 Cantonment Road
            #03-01 Southpoint
            089763
            Singapore
             
            Fax: +65 6323 0046
            Attn: Chief Financial Officer
             
Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd.   Singapore   201731497H   200 Cantonment Road
            #03-01 Southpoint
            089763
            Singapore
            Fax: +65 6323 0046
            Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

  125  

 

  

PART B

 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

Name of Original Lender   Commitment   Address for Communication
         
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch   US$27,000,000   77 Robinson Road, #30-02
        068896
        Singapore
         
        Fax no.: +65 6511 0789
        tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com
         
        Attention: Transaction and Loan Services

 

  126  

 

 

PART C

 

THE SERVICING PARTIES

 

Name of Facility Agent   Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch   77 Robinson Road, #30-02
    068896
    Singapore
     
    Fax no.: +65 6511 0789
    tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com
    Attention: Transaction and Loan Services
     
Name of Security Agent   Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch  

77 Robinson Road, #30-02 068896

Singapore

     
    Fax no.: +65 6511 0789
    tls.tm.singapore@dvbbank.com
    Attention: Transaction and Loan Services
     
Name of Account Bank   Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE   Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
     
    Fax no.: +49 69 9750 4499/ +49 69 9750 4900
    tls.clientaccount@dvbbank.com
    Attention: Treasury

 

  127  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT

 

PART A

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DRAWDOWN REQUEST

 

1 Obligors

 

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor.

 

1.2 Except for the Second Bareboat Charterer, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors and (if necessary or advisable according to the relevant legal advisors of the Facility Agent) the shareholders of each Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and Bareboat Charters to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents, and ratifying the execution of the Bareboat Charters, to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c) in relation to the Obligors, authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, the Drawdown Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Transaction Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director and in the case of the Borrower, the manager) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.6 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director and in the case of the Borrower, the manager) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.7 A certificate of the Second Bareboat Charterer (signed by a director) which certifies, inter alia , the resolution of the board of directors of the Second Bareboat Charterer (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party, and ratifying the execution of the Second Bareboat Charter, (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf and (iii) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.8 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

  128  

 

 

1.9 Evidence of satisfactory capital/shareholding structure of the Obligors.

 

2 Bareboat Charters and other Documents

 

2.1 Copies of each Bareboat Charter and of all documents signed in connection with them.

 

2.2 Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution of each Bareboat Charter by each of the parties thereto.

 

2.3 If applicable, chartering description to include detailed speed and consumption figures.

 

3 Finance Documents

 

3.1 A duly executed original of this Agreement, each Fee Letter, the Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.

 

3.2 A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

 

3.3 A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

 

4 Security Documents

 

A duly executed original of the Account Security, the Subordination and Assignment Agreement and the Membership Interests Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them) including confirmation of the appointment of any process agent under the Account Security.

 

5 Legal opinions

 

5.1 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.2 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Allen & Gledhill LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in Singapore, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.3 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Webber Wentzel, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in South Africa, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.4 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Minter Ellison Rudd Watts, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in New Zealand, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.5 Draft agreed form legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP (New York), legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent as to Marshall Islands law, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

5.6 Draft agreed form legal opinion of AKD N.V., legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent as to Dutch law, substantially in the form distributed to and agreed by the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement

 

  129  

 

 

5.7 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a draft legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction in agreed form.

 

6 Other documents and evidence

 

6.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 47.2 ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.

 

6.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

6.3 The Original Financial Statements of the Guarantors.

 

6.4 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

 

6.5 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.

 

6.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

  130  

 

 

PART B

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DISBURSEMENT

 

1 Obligors

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A and Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.

 

2 Borrower

 

A certificate of the manager of the Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.

 

3 Vessel and other security

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the General Assignment, the Mortgage, the Deed of Covenant, the New Zealand Security Deed, the Bareboat Charterers’ Assignment and Direct Agreement and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them.

 

3.2 Documentary evidence that the Mortgage has been duly registered as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag.

 

3.3 Documentary evidence that the Vessel:

 

(a) is definitively registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag;

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

3.4 Copies of the Vessel’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Vessel including without limitation an ISSC.

 

3.5 A valuation of the Vessel addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 15 days before the Drawdown Date from an Approved Valuer which shows a value for the Vessel evidencing that the Advance meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ) (after the Advance has been made).

 

3.6 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

3.7 If applicable, last two Port State Control Certificates and Port State Control history.

 

3.8 If applicable, work list from the last Dry Dock completed.

 

  131  

 

 

3.9 Q88 for tankers or similar for the Vessel.

 

3.10 Certificate that the Vessel are free from asbestos, nuclear products and glass wool.

 

3.11 Copy of trim and stability booklet for the Vessel.

 

  132  

 

 

PART C

 

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

Legal opinions

 

Within 14 days of the Drawdown Date, or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent, executed originals of the legal opinions required under Schedule 2 Part A of this Agreement.

 

2 Vessel and other security

 

2.1 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date evidence that the Security Documents have been duly registered or recorded in such jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require and that all notices of assignment required under or in connection with the relevant Security Documents have been served.

 

2.2 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Brokers in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

2.3 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from any protection and indemnity club or war risks association through or with whom any obligatory insurances are placed or effected in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

2.4 Within 30 days of the Drawdown Date a duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Classification Society in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

 

3 Miscellaneous

 

Evidence that all legal fees have been paid within 30 days of the Drawdown Date.

 

  133  

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

REQUESTS

 

PART A

 

DRAWDOWN REQUEST

 

From: Grindrod Maritime LLC

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ l ] 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated [●] 2016 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Drawdown Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Drawdown Request unless given a different meaning in this Drawdown Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:

 

Proposed Drawdown Date: [ l ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Amount: [ l ] or, if less, the Available Facility
   
Interest Period: [ l ]

 

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Request.

 

4 The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to:

 

account number: [ l ]

 

name and SWIFT of account bank: [ l ]

 

name and SWIFT of US correspondent bank: [ l ]

 

5 This Drawdown Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
   
Grindrod Maritime LLC  
authorised signatory for  

 

  134  

 

 

PART B

 

SELECTION NOTICE

 

From: Grindrod Maritime LLC

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ l ] 2016

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC - Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request that, subject to paragraph (g) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for the Loan be [ l ].

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
   
Grindrod Maritime LLC  
authorised signatory for  

 

  135  

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent and as Security Agent

 

From: [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

 

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement.

 

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [ l ].

 

(c) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

4 The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

7 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

  136  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details

 

for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: [ l ] By: [ l ]

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ l ].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

[Security Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

  137  

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent and as Security Agent and Grindrod Maritime LLC as Borrower, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

 

From: [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC - Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

 

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

(c) The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [ l ].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

 

7 The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

 

8 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), to the Borrower (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

  138  

 

 

9 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

11 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices

and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [ l ].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

[Security Agent]

 

By: [ l ]

 

  139  

 

 

SCHEDULE 6

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as Facility Agent

 

From: Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Grindrod Maritime LLC – Facility Agreement dated 9 December 2016 and amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement on [●] 2018 (the "Agreement")

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm, in accordance with clause 20.1 ( Financial covenants ) and 20.2 ( Financial covenant definitions ) of the Agreement:

 

(a) a Book Value Net Worth of [not less than US$250,000,000 in 2018][not less than US$265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020][not less than US$275,000,000 in [2021] and thereafter];

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than US$30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including the minimum cash balance in the Relevant Debt Service Reserve Account, but not including (for the avoidance of doubt) the minimum cash balance to be maintained in the Retention Account pursuant to Clause 26.9 ( Minimum balance on Retention Account ) or any other amount in the Retention Account as a result of the operation of Clause 26.4 ( Monthly retentions ); and

 

(c) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

3 ______________________ [We confirm that no Default is continuing.] 1

 

Signed:

 

 

 

 

 

  Director   Director
  of   of
  GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.   GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

 

[insert applicable certification language agreed by auditors]

 

   
for and on behalf of  
[ name of Auditors of GSPL ]  

 

 

1 If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

  140  

 

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

TIMETABLES

 

Delivery of a duly completed Drawdown Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))   Five Business Days before the intended Drawdown Date (Clause 5.1  ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )   Three   Business   Days   before   the   intended Drawdown Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

 

  141  

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY UNDERTAKING

 

PART A

 

LETTER TO APPROVED CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

 

To: DNV GL

 

Date: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Name of vessel: m.t. "MATUKU" (the "Vessel")

Classification Society: DNV GL

DNV or GL Reg No: 33817

Flag: New Zealand

Name of Owner: Grindrod Maritime LLC (the "Owner")

Name of mortgagee: DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch (the "Mortgagee")

 

We refer to the Vessel, which is registered in our ownership with you.

 

The Mortgagee has agreed to provide mortgage secured finance to the Owner upon condition that, among other things, the Owner provides the Mortgagee electronic access to classification records with a user name and password.

 

We as registered owner of the Vessel irrevocably and unconditionally authorise DNV GL to disclose all and any confidential classification data in relation to the Vessel by providing electronic access to classification records for DNV or GL Reg. No. 33817 with a user name and password to the Mortgagee (sub for Singapore, e-mail address: techcom@dvbbank.com ). We acknowledge that such access may only be granted if the Mortgagee accepts the DNV GL terms of use for the respective online tools.

 

We confirm that the above mentioned authorisation shall remain in full force and effect until we and the Mortgagee together give you notice in writing revoking such authorisation or until the Vessel changes ownership, whichever comes first.

 

We undertake to reimburse the Classification Society in full for any costs or expenses it may incur in complying with the instructions and authorisations referred to in this letter should there be any.

 

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

  

   
For and on behalf of  
Grindrod Maritime LLC  

 

  142  

 

 

PART B

 

UNDERTAKING FROM APPROVED CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY

 

To: Grindrod Maritime LLC and

DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch

 

Dated: [ l ]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Name of vessel: m.t. "MATUKU" (the "Vessel")

Name of Owner: Grindrod Maritime LLC (the "Owner")

 

We DNV GL, acknowledge receipt of a letter dated [ l ] sent to us by the Owner regarding the Vessel and consent to the instructions contained in such letter.

 

Yours faithfully  
   
   
For and on behalf of  
DNV GL  

 

  143  

 

 

EXECUTION PAGES

 

  144  

 

 

Exhibit 4.20(a)

 

SIDE LETTER

 

To: GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.

as Borrower

 

IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD

IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD

IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ATLANTIC `PTE. LTD.

UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.

UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.

UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.

UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.

IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.

as Owner Guarantors

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Corporate Guarantor

 

14 December 2018

 

Dear Sirs

 

Facility Agreement dated 8 May 2018 - m.v. "IVS KANDA"

 

We refer to the facility agreement (the " Facility Agreement ") dated 8 May 2018 and made between (i) Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd. as borrower (the " Borrower "), (ii) IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd, IVS BULK Owning Pte. Ltd. (" Owner Guarantor B "), IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd., Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd., IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd. and IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd. as owner guarantors (the " Owner Guarantors "), (iii) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch and Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore Branch as mandated lead arrangers, (iv) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as coordination agents, (v) Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as account bank, (vi) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original lenders (the " Lenders "), (vii) the financial institutions listed in Part B of Schedule 1 therein as original hedge counterparties, (viii) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as facility agent (the " Facility Agent ") and (ix) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as security agent (the " Security Agent ") relating to the refinancing of 16 ships owned by the Owner Guarantors, including the vessel m.v. "IVS KANDA" (" Ship B ").

 

Words and expression defined in the Facility Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Letter unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires.

 

We are writing to you in our capacity as Facility Agent and as Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

Owner Guarantor B has sold Ship B. In accordance with paragraph (a) of clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement, the Borrower prepaid the Tranche applicable to Ship B out of the proceeds of sale of Ship B. An additional amount of US$1,055,902 has been prepaid out of the proceeds of sale of Ship B in partial compliance with paragraph (b) of clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement.

 

The Obligors have requested that:

 

(a) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement, the portion of the balance of the sale proceeds of Ship B which is currently held in the Retention Account in the amount of US$1,055,902 (the " Ship B Proceeds ") be released to the Borrower instead of being applied in prepayment of the Loan pursuant to paragraph (b) of clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement; and

 

(b) certain amendments are made to the provisions in the Facility Agreement relating to (i) mandatory prepayment on sale of a Ship, (ii) minimum required security cover and (iii) the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements.

 

The Finance Parties have agreed to accede to this request and this Letter sets out the terms and conditions on which the Finance Parties agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to amend the terms of the Facility Agreement.

 

1 Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Letter (including its Recitals):

 

" Effective Date " means the date on which the Facility Agent confirms to the Borrower that the conditions precedent set out in Clause 3 ( Conditions precedent ) are satisfied.

 

1.2 Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

 

Clause 1.2 (C onstruction ) of the Facility Agreement applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

1.3 Designation as a Finance Document

 

The Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this Letter as a Finance Document.

 

1.4 Third party rights

 

Unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party to this Letter has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Letter.

 

2 Agreement of the FINANCE Parties

 

2.1 Agreement of the Finance Parties

 

The Finance Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Letter, to:

 

(a) the release of the Ship B Proceeds to the Borrower from the Retention Account; and

 

(b) the amendment of clauses 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ), 8.6 ( Hedging ) and 24 ( Security Cover ) of the Facility Agreement,

  

  2  

 

 

and to the consequential amendments of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to at paragraphs (a) and (b) above.

 

2.2 Effective Date

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2.1 ( Agreement of the Finance Parties ) shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.

 

3 Conditions Precedent

 

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2 ( Agreement of the Finance Parties ) is subject to:

 

(a) no Default continuing on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing) or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor being true on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing);

 

(c) the provisions of clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) of the Facility Agreement not being applicable; and

 

(d) the Facility Agent having received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent on or before 31 December 2018 or such later date as the Facility Agent may agree with the Borrower.

 

4 Specific amendments to the facility agreement

 

From the Effective Date, the Parties agree that the Facility Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

(a) A new definition shall be added to clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) of the Facility Agreement as follows:

 

"" LTV " means the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage plus the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under Clause 24 ( Security Cover )."

 

(b) paragraph (b) of clause 7.3 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

"On the Relevant Date, the Borrower shall also prepay such part of the Loan so as to ensure that:

 

(i) the security cover percentage ratio as calculated in accordance with Clause 24 ( Security cover ) shall not fall below 154 per cent. immediately after such sale, arrest or Total Loss;

 

(ii) the LTV shall not have increased by more than five percentage points as a result of such sale, arrest or Total Loss when calculated immediately before and again immediately after such sale, arrest or Total Loss;

 

(iii) in any 12 month period between 26 October in any given year and 25 October in the following year, the LTV shall not have increased by more than five percentage points as a cumulative result of all sales, arrests or Total Losses of Ships in that period when calculated from the date of the first sale, arrest or Total Loss of a ship (within that period).";

 

  3  

 

 

(c) paragraph (b) of clause 8.6 ( Hedging ) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

"The aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements shall be at least 25 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Loan.";

 

(d) clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new paragraph:

 

" Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if:

 

(a) on or before the fourth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),

 

is below 130 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure; and

 

(b) after the fourth anniversary of the first Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),

 

is below 135 per cent. of an amount which is the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedge Exposure."; and

 

(e) the table in schedule 8 ( Repayment Schedule ) of the Facility Agreement shall be replaced by the table in Schedule 2 ( Revised Repayment Schedule ).

 

5 Representations

 

5.1 Facility Agreement representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in clause 18 ( Representations ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Letter and on the Effective Date.

 

5.2 Finance Document representations

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in the Finance Documents (other than the Facility Agreement) to which it is a party, as amended and supplemented by this Letter and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Letter, by reference to the circumstances then existing on the date of this Letter and on the Effective Date.

 

  4  

 

 

6 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

6.1 Amendments to Finance Documents

 

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement and each other Finance Document shall be, and shall be deemed by this Letter to be, amended as follows:

 

(a) the definition of, and references throughout to, each Finance Document shall be construed as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter; and

 

(b) by construing references throughout to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

6.2 Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

 

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Letter.

 

7 Further Assurance

 

7.1 Further assurance

 

Each Obligor shall (and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will) promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this Letter.

 

7.2 Additional corporate action

 

At the same time as a Transaction Obligor delivers to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 7 ( Further Assurance ), that Party shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable a certificate signed by two of that Party's directors or officers which shall:

 

(a) set out the text of a resolution of that Party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as applicable; and

 

(b) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors of officers and is valid under that Party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

8 Costs and Expenses

 

Clause 16.2 ( Amendment costs ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

  5  

 

 

9 Notices

 

Clause 36 ( Notices ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Letter, applies to this Letter as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

 

10 Counterparts

 

This Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Letter.

 

11 Governing Law

 

This Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

12 Enforcement

 

12.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Letter (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Letter or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Letter) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly the Obligors will not argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 12.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.2 Service of process

 

Each Obligor irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Letter.

 

This Letter has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Letter.

 

  6  

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

Conditions Precedent

 

1 The Borrower and each Owner Guarantor

 

1.1 In relation to the Borrower and each Owner Guarantor, a bringdown certificate certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Conditions Subsequent ) of the Facility Agreement is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Letter.

 

1.2 A certificate of each of the Borrower and each Owner Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that:

 

(a) no Default is continuing on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing) or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Date;

 

(b) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true on the date of this Letter and the Effective Date (other than as has been notified to, and acknowledged by, the Facility Agent in writing); and

 

(a) the provisions of clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) of the Facility Agreement are not applicable.

 

2 Finance Documents

 

A duly executed original of this Letter.

 

3 Other documents and evidence

 

3.1 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Letter.

 

3.2 Evidence that the costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date.

 

  7  

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

Revised repayment schedule

 

TRANCHE A                      
1   IVS Nightjar     2,593,186.60       375,000.00       750,000.00       750,000.00       718,186.60        
2   IVS Kanda     (Fully repaid on 22 Oct 2018)                                
3   IVS Kawana     3,457,582.13       500,000.00       1,000,000.00       1,000,000.00       957,582.13          
TRANCHE B                                                
4   IVS Kingbird     5,368,334.25       417,857.15       835,714.30       835,714.30       835,714.30       2,443,334.19  
5   Inyala     7,983,676.58       621,428.59       1,242,857.17       1,242,857.17       1,242,857.17       3,633,676.48  
6   Breede     5,918,932.64       460,714.30       921,428.59       921,428.59       921,428.59       2,693,932.56  
7   Rhino     9,910,770.92       771,428.59       1,542,857.18       1,542,857.18       1,542,857.18       4,510,770.80  
8   Kowie     6,331,881.42       492,857.15       985,714.31       985,714.31       985,714.31       2,881,881.35  
9   IVS Knot     6,607,180.62       514,285.73       1,028,571.45       1,028,571.45       1,028,571.45       3,007,180.54  
10   IVS Sentosa     4,680,086.27       364,285.72       728,571.44       728,571.44       728,571.44       2,130,086.21  
11   IVS Magpie     5,368,334.40       417,857.00       835,714.00       835,714.00       835,714.00       2,443,335.40  
12   Umgeni     6,607,180.62       514,285.73       1,028,571.45       1,028,571.45       1,028,571.45       3,007,180.54  
13   IVS Kinglet     7,020,129.40       546,428.58       1,092,857.17       1,092,857.17       1,092,857.17       3,195,129.32  
14   IVS Orchard     5,093,035.06       396,428.58       792,857.16       792,857.16       792,857.16       2,318,035.00  
15   IVS Merlion     5,781,283.04       450,000.01       900,000.02       900,000.02       900,000.02       2,631,282.97  
16   IVS Raffles     5,918,932.64       460,714.30       921,428.59       921,428.59       921,428.59       2,693,932.56  
          88,640,526.58       7,303,571.42       14,607,142.84       14,607,142.84       14,532,911.57       37,589,757.91  

 

  8  

 

  

Yours faithfully    
     
/s/ Foreisa Sari   /s/ Domenik Nizet

Foreisa Sari

Vice President

 

Domenik Nizet

Vice President

For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as Facility Agent    
     
/s/ Foreisa Sari   /s/ Domenik Nizet

Foreisa Sari

Vice President

 

Domenik Nizet

Vice President

For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as Security Agent    

 

  9  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING PTE. LTD.    
as Borrower    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK CARRIERS PTE. LTD    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK OWNING PTE. LTD    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 462 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 475 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ATLANTIC PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN BALTIC PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN ROSS PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN IONIA PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    

 

  10  

 

 

/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 511 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 603 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Carl David Ackerley   Carl David Ackerley
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 707 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
UNICORN CASPIAN PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 512 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 609 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 611 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Hugh William Scheffer   Hugh William Scheffer
For and on behalf of    
IVS BULK 612 PTE. LTD.    
as Owner Guarantor    
     
/s/ Stephen William Griffiths   Stephen William Griffiths
For and on behalf of    
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.    
as Corporate Guarantor    

 

  11  

 

 

We hereby acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above letter:

 

/s/ Jean-Christophe Gilbert   /s/ Jean-Pierre Michal Kowski

Jean-Christophe Gilbert

Chief Operating Officer

 

Jean-Pierre Michal Kowski

Senior Country Officer

For and on behalf of    
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK    
as a Lender    
     
/s/ Foreisa Sori   /s/ Domenik Nizet

Foreisa Sori

Vice President

 

Domenik Nizet

Senior Vice President

For and on behalf of    
DVB BANK SE SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as a Lender    
     
/s/ Abhishek Pandey   Abhishek Pandey
For and on behalf of    
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK, SINGAPORE BRANCH    
as a Lender    

 

  12  

 

 

Exhibit 4.21

 

Dated 20 December 2018

 

$29,900,000

 

TERM LOAN FACILITY

 

UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.

as joint and several Borrowers
and Hedge Guarantors

 

and

 

GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

as Parent Guarantor

 

and

 

NIBC BANK N.V.

as Arranger

 

and

 

NIBC BANK N.V.

as Facility Agent

 

and

 

NIBC BANK N.V.

as Security Agent

 

Facility Agreement

 

relating to
the financing of m.v.s "LEOPARD MOON" and "LEOPARD SUN"

 

 

 

  

 

Index

 

Clause   Page
     
Section 1 Interpretation 2
1 Definitions and Interpretation 2
Section 2 The Facility 32
2 The Facility 32
3 Purpose 33
4 Conditions of Utilisation 33
Section 3 Utilisation 35
5 Utilisation 35
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation 37
6 Repayment 37
7 Prepayment and Cancellation 38
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation 43
8 Interest 43
9 Interest Periods 46
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest 47
11 Fees 49
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations 51
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities 51
13 Increased Costs 55
14 Other Indemnities 57
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties 60
16 Costs and Expenses 60
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers 62
17 Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor 62
18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers 65
19 Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors 66
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default 70
20 Representations 70
21 Information Undertakings 77
22 Financial Covenants 81
23 General Undertakings 84
24 Insurance Undertakings 90
25 General Ship Undertakings 96
26 Security Cover 102
27 Accounts, application of Earnings and Hedge Receipts 104
28 Events of Default 106
Section 9 Changes to Parties 112
29 Changes to the Lenders 112
30 Changes to the Transaction Obligors 117
Section 10 The Finance Parties 119
31 The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks 119
32 The Security Agent 130
33 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties 145
34 Sharing among the Finance Parties 146
Section 11 Administration 148
35 Payment Mechanics 148
36 Set-Off 151
37 Bail-in 152

 

 

 

 

38 Notices 152
39 Calculations and Certificates 154
40 Partial Invalidity 154
41 Remedies and Waivers 155
42 Settlement or Discharge Conditional 155
43 Irrevocable Payment 155
44 Amendments and Waivers 155
45 Confidential Information 158
46 Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations 162
47 Counterparts 164
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement 165
48 Governing Law 165
49 Enforcement 165
     
Schedules  
   
Schedule 1 The Parties 166
  Part A The Obligors 166
  Part B The Original Lenders 168
  Part C The Servicing Parties 169
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent 170
  Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request 170
  Part B Conditions Precedent to each Tranche 173
Schedule 3 Requests 175
  Part A Utilisation Request 175
  Part B Selection Notice 177
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate 178
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement 180
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate 183
Schedule 7 Details of the Ships 1
Schedule 8 Timetables 1
   
Execution  
   
Execution Pages 2

 

  

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 December 2018

 

Parties

 

(1) UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with registration number 201829393G whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a borrower (" Borrower A ")

 

(2) UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with registration number 201829391E whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as a borrower (" Borrower B ")

 

(3) GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated in Singapore with registration number 201731497H whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763 as guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ")

 

(4) THE COMPANIES listed in Part A of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as hedge guarantors (the " Hedge Guarantors ")

 

(5) NIBC BANK N.V. as arranger (the " Arranger ")

 

(6) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders ")

 

(7) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as hedge counterparties (the " Hedge Counterparties ")

 

(8) NIBC BANK N.V. as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")

 

(9) NIBC BANK N.V. as security agent for the Secured Parties (the " Security Agent ")

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to the lower of (i) $29,900,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of each Ship as at the date of the relevant Utilisation Request for the purposes of financing part of the acquisition cost of each Ship.

 

(B) The Hedge Counterparties may enter into interest rate swap transactions with an aggregate notional principal amount of up to 100 per cent. of the Loan with the Borrowers from time to time to enable the Borrowers' to hedge their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations, by methods, in amounts and for periods to be agreed.

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

  

 

   

Section 1

Interpretation

 

1 Definitions and Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

" 1992 ISDA Master Agreement " means the Master Agreement (Multicurrency – Cross Border) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

 

" 2002 ISDA Master Agreement " means the 2002 Master Agreement as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

 

" Account Bank " means:

 

(a) in relation to the Earnings Accounts, Standard Chartered Bank (Singapore) Limited acting through its office at 8 Marina Boulevard, #2701 Marina Bay Financial Centre, Singapore 018981;

 

(b) in relation to the Retention Account, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation acting through its branch at 1290 Avenue of the Americas Floor 5, New York, NY10104, United States of America with NIBC Bank N.V. as account holder;

 

or, in each case, any other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

" Accounts " means the Earnings Accounts and the Retention Account.

 

" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

 

" Advance " means a borrowing of all or part of a Tranche under this Agreement.

 

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

" Anti-Money Laundering Laws " means the applicable money laundering statutes and regulations of all jurisdictions in which each Transaction Obligor and members of the Group conduct business, the rules and regulations made under them and any applicable related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency.

 

" Approved Brokers " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

" Approved Classification " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) with the Approved Classification Society or the equivalent classification with another Approved Classification Society.

 

  2  

 

 

" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, such approval not to be withheld in the case of Bureau Veritas, American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyds Register, DNV GL or Nippon Kaiji Kyokai.

 

" Approved Commercial Manager " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved commercial manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) or any member of the Group appointed as commercial manager in relation to that Ship in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 25.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ) or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders as the commercial manager of that Ship.

 

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the flag in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, such approval and authorisations not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

" Approved Manager " means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

 

" Approved Technical Manager " in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the manager specified as the approved technical manager in relation to that Ship in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders as the technical manager of that Ship.

 

" Approved Valuer " means Fearnley, Clarksons Valuations Limited, Braemar ACM, Arrow, VesselsValue and MSI (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other international firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and in consultation with the Borrowers.

 

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

" Assignable Charter " means any Charter in respect of a Ship which exceeds, or is capable of exceeding by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 Months in duration.

 

" Assignable Charter Guarantee " means any Charter Guarantee in respect of an Assignable Charter.

 

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

 

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 31 January 2019.

 

" Available Commitment " means a Lender's Commitment minus:

 

(a) the amount of its participation in the Loan; and

 

  3  

 

 

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

" Available Tranche " means, in relation to a Tranche, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment in respect of that Tranche.

 

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

" Bail-In Legislation " means:

 

(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

 

" Borrower " means Borrower A or Borrower B.

 

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a) the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an " Unpaid Sum " to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds

 

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) (i) on which banks are open for general business in London, Amsterdam and Singapore and (ii) in relation to payments in dollars, New York.

 

" Cash and Cash Equivalents " has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.2 ( Financial covenant definitions ).

 

" Change of Control " means any person other than a Key Shareholder acquires control of an Obligor and, for the purposes of this definition, " control " means the power to:

 

(a) cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Obligor; or

 

(b) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Obligor; or

 

  4  

 

 

(c) give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Obligor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that Obligor are obliged to comply; and/or

 

(d) the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Obligor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

 

" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

 

" Charter Guarantee " means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.

 

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

" Commercial Management Agreement " means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Borrower and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of that Ship.

 

" Commitment " means:

 

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between the Parent Guarantor, the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

  5  

 

 

(i) information that:

 

(A) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ); or

 

(B) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(C) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

(ii) any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

 

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

 

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

" Corporate Credit Account Agreement " means an agreement entered into between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent in relation to the Retention Account.

 

" Debt Service " means all amounts due under this Agreement including principal and interest (based on indicative LIBOR (or if applicable, the substitute rate as determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ) as long as no fixed rate or hedged interest rate applies), as determined by the Facility Agent.

 

" Deed of Covenant " means, in relation to a Ship, the deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage over that Ship and creating Security over that Ship, in agreed form.

 

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

 

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

 

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

 

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor; or

 

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor preventing that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor:

 

  6  

 

 

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor whose operations are disrupted.

 

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

 

" Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:

 

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

 

(ii) the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

 

(iii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

 

(iv) remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

(v) demurrage and detention moneys;

 

(vi) without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

 

(vii) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

 

(viii) all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

 

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.

 

  7  

 

 

" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Borrower:

 

(a) an account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank designated "[ name of the respective Borrower ] – Earnings Account";

 

(b) any other account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

 

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

 

" Environmental Incident " means:

 

(a) any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within a Ship or from a Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

 

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

 

(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.

 

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

 

  8  

 

 

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

 

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the LMA from time to time.

 

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 28 ( Events of Default ).

 

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

" FATCA " means:

 

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

(c) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

" FATCA Application Date " means:

 

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

 

(c) in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

  9  

 

 

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

" Finance Document " means:

 

(a) this Agreement;

 

(b) any Fee Letter;

 

(c) each Utilisation Request;

 

(d) any Security Document;

 

(e) any Hedging Agreement;

 

(f) any Manager's Undertaking;

 

(g) any Subordination Agreement;

 

(h) any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(i) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

" Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Lender or a Hedge Counterparty.

 

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in relation to:

 

(a) moneys borrowed;

 

(b) any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

(c) any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d) the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability;

 

(e) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f) any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

(g) any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

  10  

 

 

(h) any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

(i) the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 

" Funding Rate " means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ).

 

" GAAP " means IFRS.

 

" General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over that Ship's Earnings, its Insurances, any Requisition Compensation, any Assignable Charter and any Assignable Charter Guarantee in relation to that Ship, in agreed form.

 

" Group " means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

" Hedge Counterparty Guarantee " means any guarantee in agreed form entered into or to be entered into in favour of a Borrower for the purpose of guaranteeing the obligations owed by a Hedge Counterparty to that Borrower under a Hedging Agreement.

 

" Hedge Receipts " means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent by a Hedge Counterparty or a Hedge Counterparty Guarantor under a Hedging Agreement or a Hedge Counterparty Guarantee.

 

" Hedging Agreement " means a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, confirmation, transaction, schedule or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by a Borrower for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

 

" Hedging Agreement Security " means, in relation to a Borrower, a hedging agreement security creating Security over that Borrower's rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement and any Hedge Counterparty Guarantee, in agreed form.

 

" Hedging Prepayment Proceeds " means any Hedge Receipts arising as a result of termination or closing out under a Hedging Agreement.

 

" Hedging Strategy " means the hedging strategy agreed between the Facility Agent and the Obligors.

 

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

 

" IAPPC " means an international air pollution prevention certificate in respect of a Ship pursuant to the MARPOL Protocol.

 

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

  11  

 

 

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

 

" Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship's Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).

 

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

 

" ISDA Master Agreement " means a 1992 ISDA Master Agreement or a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement.

 

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

 

" Key Shareholder A " means Remgro Ltd, a company incorporated in South Africa and having its registered office at Millennia Park, 16 Stellentia Avenue, Stellenbosch, 7600, South Africa.

 

  12  

 

 

" Key Shareholder B " means Grindrod Investments Pty Ltd, a company incorporated in South Africa and having its registered office at Block A Surrey Park, 6 Barham Road, Off Essex Terrace, Westville, 3629, South Africa.

 

" Key Shareholder " mean Key Shareholder A or Key Shareholder B.

 

" Legal Reservations " means:

 

(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c) similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

" Lender " means:

 

(a) any Original Lender; and

 

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with this Agreement.

 

" LIBOR " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:

 

(a) the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

 

(b) as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),

 

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.

 

" Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.

 

" Loan " means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a " part of the Loan " means an Advance, a Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

 

" Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $5 00,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

 

  13  

 

 

" Majority Lenders " means:

 

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

 

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan outstanding immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan outstanding immediately before such repayment.

 

" Management Agreement " means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial Management Agreement.

 

" Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from its Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from its Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of such Approved Technical Manager and such Approved Commercial Manager respectively against that Ship and the relevant Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

 

" Margin " means:

 

(a) prior to the Facility Agent exercising its rights pursuant to Clause 28.21 ( Margin upon the occurrence of certain Events of Default ), 3.20 per cent. per annum; and

 

(b) following the Facility Agent exercising its rights pursuant to Clause 28.21 ( Margin upon the occurrence of certain Events of Default ), 5.20 per cent. per annum.

 

" Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, an amount determined by the Facility Agent as being an amount equal to:

 

(a) the market value of that Ship or vessel shown by a valuation prepared:

 

(i) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

(ii) by an Approved Valuer selected by the Borrower and appointed by the Facility Agent or, if required by the Facility Agent following receipt of the first valuation, by taking the arithmetic average of two valuations each prepared by an Approved Valuer selected by the Borrower and appointed by the Facility Agent;

 

(iii) with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

 

(iv) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

 

Less

 

(b) the amount determined by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders as being equal to the amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be reasonably likely to be incurred in connection with a sale described in sub-paragraph (a)(iv) above,

 

  14  

 

 

and, if a second valuation provided pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) differs by more than 10 per cent. from the first valuation, a third valuation shall be prepared by an Approved Valuer selected by the Facility Agent and the Market Value of the Ship or other vessel shall be determined by taking the arithmetic average of the lowest two of the three valuations.

 

" MARPOL Protocol " means Annex VI (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973 (as amended in 1978 and 1997).

 

" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a) the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Obligors as a whole;

 

(b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

" Minimum Liquidity " has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.1 ( Financial Covenants ).

 

" Minimum Security Cover " has the meaning given to it in Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ).

 

" MOA " means:

 

(a) in relation to Ship A, the memorandum of agreement to be made between (i) Borrower A as buyer and (ii) the relevant Seller as seller for the purchase of Ship A; and

 

(b) in relation to Ship B, the memorandum of agreement to be made between (i) Borrower B as buyer and (ii) the relevant Seller as seller for the purchase of Ship B.

 

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c) if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

  15  

 

 

" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, a first priority Singapore ship mortgage on that Ship in agreed form.

 

" Obligor " means a Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or a Hedge Guarantor.

 

" Original Financial Statements " means:

 

(a) in relation to the Parent Guarantor, the audited consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2017; and

 

(b) in relation to each Borrower, its opening balance statement.

 

" Original Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

 

" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

 

" Parallel Debt " means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

 

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

 

" Perfection Requirements " means the making or procuring of filings, stampings, registrations, notarisations, endorsements, translations and/or notifications of any Finance Document (and/or any Security created under it) necessary for the validity, enforceability (as against the relevant Obligor or any relevant third party) and/or perfection of that Finance Document including (but not limited to) registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore and registration of the Mortgages with the Singapore Registry of Ships.

 

" Permitted Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, a Charter:

 

(a) which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

 

(b) the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days or such longer period as the Facility Agent has agreed, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

(c) which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

 

(d) in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance,

 

and any other Charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

 

  16  

 

 

" Permitted Distribution " means:

 

(a) in relation to a Borrower:

 

(i) a dividend; or

 

(ii) any other distribution whether by way of repayment of Financial Indebtedness in favour of the Parent Guarantor or another member of the Group, reduction of capital, repayment of Subordinated Liabilities or otherwise,

 

made or paid by that Borrower in respect of its share capital with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); or

 

(iii) any payment made in the ordinary course of business to the Shareholder including in respect of ship running costs, insurance premiums or contributions, brokerages, commissions and administrative and commercial operating fees and expenses where the Shareholder has settled such expenses directly or by an advance of funds to the Borrower concerned; and

 

(b) in relation to the Parent Guarantor, a dividend or other distribution paid at a time when:

 

(i) the Obligors are in compliance with Clause 22 ( financial covenants );

 

(ii) the Minimum Security Cover is complied with; and

 

(iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of the making or payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:

 

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) any Financial Indebtedness that is incurred pursuant to an ISDA Master Agreement:

 

(i) entered into by a Borrower with a person other than a Hedging Counterparty;

 

(ii) for the purposes of hedging the interest payable under this Agreement; and

 

provided that the aggregate notional principal amount of the transactions in respect of such hedging agreements and the Hedging Agreements does not at any time exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan; and

 

(c) any Permitted Shareholder Loans.

 

" Permitted Security " means:

 

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

 

  17  

 

 

(b) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

(c) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;

 

(d) liens for salvage;

 

(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(f) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship:

 

(i) not as a result of any default or omission by any Borrower;

 

(ii) not being enforced through arrest; and

 

(iii) subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 25.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ),

 

and provided such lien does not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and for the payment of which adequate reserves are held and provided further that such proceedings do not give rise to a material risk of the Ship or any interest in it being seized, sold, forfeited or lost).

 

" Permitted Shareholder Loans " means, in relation to a Borrower, shareholder loans to that Borrower provided always that, in the case of each shareholder loan:

 

(a) the Facility Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders) has given its consent to that shareholder loan being incurred;

 

(b) that shareholder loan does not carry cash interest;

 

(c) that shareholder loan is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or otherwise and which is the subject of Subordinated Debt Security;

 

(d) that shareholder loan does not mature until at least six Months after the Termination Date; and

 

(e) that shareholder loan shall be subject to the conditions set out in the definition of "Permitted Distributions" in respect of the Borrowers.

 

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 28 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.

 

  18  

 

 

" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Quarter End Date " means, in each year, 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December.

 

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

 

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

(a) if:

 

(i) the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

 

(ii) it consists of a single figure,

 

as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

(b) in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

 

" Reference Banks " means the principal London offices of Royal Bank of Scotland plc, HSBC Bank plc, ING Bank N.V. and Deutsche Bank AG (London Branch) or such other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.

 

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market.

 

" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) its Original Jurisdiction;

 

(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;

 

  19  

 

 

(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

" Relevant Nominating Body " means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

 

" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

 

" Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 20 ( Representations ) except paragraph (e) of Clause 20.3 ( Share capital and ownership ), Clause 20.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 20.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ) and Clause 20.12 ( Deduction of Tax ) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

 

" Replacement Benchmark " means a benchmark rate which is:

 

(a) formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

(i) the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

 

(ii) any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the "Replacement Benchmark" will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

(b) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

(c) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

 

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

" Requisition " means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

 

  20  

 

 

(b) any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

 

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable to a Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

 

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

 

" Restricted Person " means a person that is:

 

(a) listed on, owned or controlled by a person listed on any Sanctions List;

 

(b) located in, incorporated under the law of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide Sanctions (including, without limitation, at the date of this Agreement Crimea, Cuba, Iran, Myanmar (Burma), North Korea, Syria and Sudan); or

 

(c) otherwise a target of Sanctions (namely a person with whom a national under the jurisdiction of a Sanction s Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities).

 

" Retention Account " means in relation to a Borrower:

 

(a) an account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank designated "[ name of the respective Borrower ] – Retention Account";

 

(b) any other account in the name of that Borrower with the relevant Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

 

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

 

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

 

" Sanctions " means the economic sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by any Sanctions Authority.

 

" Sanctions Authority " means:

 

(a) the Security Council of the United Nations;

 

(b) the United States of America;

 

(c) the United Kingdom;

 

  21  

 

 

(d) the European Union;

 

(e) any of the members states of the European Union;

 

(f) the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Obligor; and

 

(g) the governments and official institutions or agencies of any of paragraphs (a) to (e) above, including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury (OFAC), the U.S. Department of State and Her Majesty's Treasury (HMT).

 

" Sanctions List " means:

 

(a) the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" list maintained by OFAC;

 

(b) the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and the Investment Ban List maintained by HMT;

 

(c) the Consolidated list of persons, groups and entities subject to EU financial sanctions maintained by the European Union; and

 

(d) any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, any of the Sanctions Authorities,

 

each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.

 

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

 

" Screen Rate Contingency Period " means 10 Business Days.

 

" Screen Rate Replacement Event " means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

 

(a) the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower materially changed;

 

(b)

 

(i)

 

(A) the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

(B) information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

 

  22  

 

 

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

(ii) the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

(iii) the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

(iv) the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

 

(c) the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

(i) the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower) temporary; or

 

(ii) that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than the Screen Rate Contingency Period; or

 

(d) in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

 

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

 

" Secured Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a Receiver or any Delegate.

 

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

 

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

 

" Security Document " means:

 

(a) any Shares Security;

 

(b) any Mortgage;

 

(c) any Deed of Covenant;

 

(d) any General Assignment;

 

  23  

 

 

(e) any Account Security;

 

(f) any Hedging Agreement Security;

 

(g) any Subordinated Debt Security;

 

(h) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or

 

(i) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

" Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

" Security Property " means:

 

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

 

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

 

(c) the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;

 

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

 

except:

 

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

" Seller " means:

 

(a) in relation to Ship A, Leopard Moon Pte Ltd, a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201207265E and having its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, #13-01 The Heeren, Singapore 238855; and

 

  24  

 

 

(b) in relation to Ship B, Leopard Sun Pte Ltd a company incorporated in Singapore with company registration number 201207284Z and having its registered office at 260 Orchard Road, #13-01 The Heeren, Singapore 238855.

 

" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

" Shareholder " means Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore with registration number 200407212K whose registered office is at 200 Cantonment Road, #03-01 Southpoint, Singapore 089763.

 

" Shares Security " means, in relation to a Borrower, a document creating Security over the share capital in that Borrower in agreed form.

 

" Ship " means Ship A or Ship B.

 

" Ship A " means m.v. "LEOPARD MOON" details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

" Ship B " means m.v. "LEOPARD SUN" details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ).

 

" Specified Time " means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 ( Timetables ).

 

" Subordinated Creditor " means:

 

(a) the Shareholder; or

 

(b) any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

 

" Subordinated Debt Security " means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

 

" Subordinated Finance Document " means:

 

(a) a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and

 

(b) any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

 

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrowers to the Subordinated Creditors whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means a loan agreement entered into or to be entered into by (i) a Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

 

" Subordination Agreement " means a subordination agreement entered into or to be entered into by each Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

 

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

  25  

 

 

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

" Technical Management Agreement " means, in relation to a Ship, the agreement entered into between the relevant Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of that Ship.

 

" Termination Date " means the earlier of:

 

(a) the date falling five years from the date of this Agreement; and

 

(b) 24 December 2023.

 

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

 

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $29,900,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:

 

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

 

(b) any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 45 days of such Requisition.

 

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

 

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

 

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

 

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; and

 

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

 

(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

 

" Tranche " means Tranche A or Tranche B.

 

  26  

 

 

" Tranche A " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower A to finance part of the purchase price of Ship A in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (i) $14,950,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship A.

 

" Tranche B " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower B to finance part of the purchase price of Ship B in a principal amount not exceeding the lower of (i) $14,950,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship B.

 

" Transaction Document " means:

 

(a) a Finance Document;

 

(b) any Subordinated Finance Document;

 

(c) any Charter;

 

(d) any MOA; or

 

(e) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrower.

 

" Transaction Obligor " means an Obligor, any Approved Manager who is a member of the Group or any other member of the Group who executes a Transaction Document.

 

" Transaction Security " means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

 

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

 

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

 

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

" US " means the United States of America.

 

" US Tax Obligor " means:

 

(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

 

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

 

" Utilisation " means a utilisation of the Facility.

 

  27  

 

 

" Utilisation Date " means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made.

 

" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

 

" VAT " means:

 

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

 

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

 

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

 

1.2 Construction

 

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i) the " Account Bank ", the " Arranger ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Hedge Counterparty ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Secured Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Transaction Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

(iii) a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

(iv) " document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax or email;

 

  28  

 

 

(v) " expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

 

(vi) a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

(vii) a " group of Lenders " includes all the Lenders;

 

(viii) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

(ix) " law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

(x) " proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

 

(xi) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

(xii) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(xiii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;

 

(xiv) a time of day is a reference to London time;

 

(xv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

 

(xvi) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

(xvii) " including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

 

(b) The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

 

  29  

 

 

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(e) A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

 

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

 

In this Agreement:

 

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

 

" excess risks " means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

 

" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

 

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

 

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of P&I clubs, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

 

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

 

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in " agreed form " are to that Finance Document:

 

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

 

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 44.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

 

  30  

 

 

1.5 Third party rights

 

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

Subject to Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

(b) Any Receiver, Delegate, Affiliate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 31.22 ( Third Party Reference Banks ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 32.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

 

  31  

 

 

Section 2

The Facility

 

2 The Facility

 

2.1 The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers, a dollar term loan facility in two Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the lower of (i) the Total Commitments and (ii) 55 per cent. of the aggregate of the Market Values of each Ship as at the date of the relevant Utilisation Request.

 

2.2 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

 

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

 

(c) A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

2.3 Borrowers' Agent

 

(a) Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints the Parent Guarantor to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i) the Parent Guarantor on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Borrower notwithstanding that they may affect the Borrower, without further reference to or the consent of that Borrower; and

 

(ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Borrower pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent Guarantor,

 

and in each case the Borrower shall be bound as though the Borrower itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

  32  

 

 

(b) Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Parent Guarantor or given to the Parent Guarantor under any Finance Document on behalf of a Borrower or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any Borrower) shall be binding for all purposes on that Borrower as if that Borrower had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Parent Guarantor and any Borrower, those of the Parent Guarantor shall prevail.

 

3 Purpose

 

3.1 Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose stated in the preamble (Background) to this Agreement.

 

3.2 Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4 Conditions of Utilisation

 

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

 

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if:

 

(a) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:

 

(i) no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

(ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

 

(iii) no Change of Control has occurred; and

 

(iv) the Ship in respect of which such Advance is to be made has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss; and

 

(b) the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  33  

 

 

4.3 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ).

 

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

4.4 Waiver of conditions precedent

 

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may specify in writing when granting such permission or may otherwise agree in writing with the Borrowers.

 

  34  

 

  

Section 3

Utilisation

 

5 Utilisation

 

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

(b) The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request under either of the Tranches.

 

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;

 

(ii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

(iii) all applicable deductible items have been completed; and

 

(iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

(b) Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3 Currency and amount

 

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

(b) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than the maximum amount available for that Tranche.

 

(c) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrowers to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) immediately after that Advance was made.

 

5.4 Lenders' participation

 

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b) The amount of each Lender's participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the relevant Available Tranche immediately before making that Advance.

 

  35  

 

 

(c) The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.

 

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

 

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled.

 

5.6 Retentions and payment to third parties

 

The Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Facility Agent:

 

(a) to deduct from the proceeds of any Advance any fees then payable to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 11 ( Fees ), any solicitors fees and disbursements together with any applicable VAT and any other items listed as deductible items in the relevant Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

 

(b) on each Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower which is to utilise the relevant Advance, the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above of the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance and shall be made in such manner as the Borrowers specify in the relevant Utilisation Request to which the Facility Agent may agree in connection with the purchase of the Ship concerned.

 

5.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party

 

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( Retentions and payment to third parties ) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in that Advance.

 

5.8 Prepositioning of funds

 

If the Lenders, at the request of the Borrowers and on terms acceptable to all the Lenders and in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with any bank, each Borrower and the Parent Guarantor:

 

(a) agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on such Advance after the Utilisation Date in respect of it or, if such Utilisation Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent; and

 

(b) shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability it may incur in connection with such arrangement.

 

  36  

 

 

Section 4

Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation

 

6 Repayment

 

6.1 Repayment of Loan

 

The Borrowers shall repay the Loan as follows:

 

(a) Tranche A shall be repaid by 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $317,000, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the first Utilisation Date and the last on the Termination Date together with a balloon instalment equal to the amount then outstanding under Tranche A;

 

(b) Tranche B shall be repaid by 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $317,000, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the first Utilisation Date and the last on the Termination Date together with a balloon instalment equal to the amount then outstanding under Tranche B,

 

(each a " Repayment Instalment ").

 

6.2 Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

 

(a) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or if the Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled.

 

(b) If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.2 ( Voluntary and automatic cancellation ) or if the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitments ), the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment for the relevant Tranche for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled.

 

(c) If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control ) Clause 7.7 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

(d) If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loans ), then the amount of the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata as between the Tranches and in inverse chronological order within each Tranche starting with the balloon instalment by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

(e) If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) or Clause 7.6 ( Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds ), then the amount of the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment for the relevant Tranche for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce in inverse chronological order starting with the balloon instalment by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

 

  37  

 

 

(f) If any amount utilised under a Tranche is lower than the maximum amount available for that Tranche due to the Market Value of the relevant Ship as at the Utilisation Date then the amount of the Repayment Instalments together with the balloon instalment for the relevant Tranche will reduce pro rata.

 

6.3 Termination Date

 

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

 

6.4 Reborrowing

 

No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

7 Prepayment and Cancellation

 

7.1 Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Utilisation or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c) the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

 

7.2 Voluntary and automatic cancellation

 

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 10 Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part being a minimum amount of $500,000 of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.2 ( Voluntary and automatic cancellation ) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably and the amount of the relevant Tranche(s).

 

(b) The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender in respect of shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the final Advance is made available.

 

7.3 Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 10 Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $500,000 or a multiple of that amount).

 

  38  

 

 

7.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss

 

(a) If a Ship is sold (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 23.12 ( Disposals )) or becomes a Total Loss or if (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 28.10 ( Ownership of the Obligors ) all of the shares in a Borrower are sold, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date prepay the Tranche applicable to that Ship.

 

(b) On the Relevant Date, the Borrowers shall also prepay:

 

(i) such part of the Loan as shall eliminate any shortfall arising if the ratio set out in Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) were applied immediately following the payment referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

 

(ii) in cases where, immediately before such sale or Total Loss, the ratio set out in Clause 26 (Security Cover) is above the Minimum Security Cover such amount as is required to ensure that that ratio is no lower immediately following the payment,

 

(iii) for the purposes of paragraph (b) the ratio shall be determined at the time of the sale of a Ship.

 

(c) In this Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ):

 

" Relevant Date " means:

 

(a) in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship;

 

(b) in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

 

(i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date; and

 

(ii) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss;

 

(c) in the case of the sale of the shares in the Borrower, on the date on which the sale is completed by the transfer of ownership of the shares in the Borrower to the buyer of those shares.

 

7.5 Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control

 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event by setting out details and providing further information as required; and

 

(ii) if any Lender, acting in its sole discretion, so requires, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 60 days' notice to the Borrower, cancel the Loan and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Loan will be cancelled and the Loan and all outstanding interest and other amounts will become due and payable on the last day of the Interest Period during which such change of control occurred.

 

  39  

 

 

(b) If a Threshold Event occurs:

 

(i) the Obligors shall immediately notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(ii) any Lender may then instruct the Facility Agent to promptly notify the Borrower of such Lender's intention to require the prepayment of its proportion of the outstanding Loan;

 

(iii) upon notification by the Facility Agent to the Borrower, the Borrower shall have a period of 60 days (or such longer period as may be requested by the Borrower and agreed by the relevant Lender (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld)) from the date of the prepayment notice (the " Mitigation Period ") to either:

 

(A) provide (or procure provision of) such additional security acceptable to the relevant Lender (acting in its sole discretion) so as to induce the relevant Lender to waive its right for the prepayment (for the avoidance of doubt, any such security will be held by the Security Trustee for the benefit of the Lenders); or

 

(B) replace the relevant Lender with such other bank or financial institution which is willing to have the existing Lender's Commitment or outstanding Loan assigned or transferred to it.

 

(iv) If the Borrower is not able to satisfy either of (iii)(A) or (iii)(B) above, by the expiry of the Mitigation Period, the Borrower must prepay the relevant Lender's proportion of the outstanding Loan no later than seven days after the expiry of the Mitigation Period.

 

(v) A Lender may only exercise its right to require prepayment within 60 days (or as otherwise agreed between that Lender and the Borrower) after it was notified or it otherwise became aware of the occurrence of the Threshold Event (the " Initial Repayment Right Period "). A Lender shall have the right to extend the Initial Repayment Right Period up to 30 days (the " Extended Repayment Right Period ") if it or the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower of such extension before the end of the Initial Repayment Right Period. A Lender shall be deemed to accept the occurrence of the Threshold Event at the end of the relevant period, if that Lender (i) neither exercises its right to require prepayment nor notifies the Borrower the Extended Repayment Right Period at the end of the Initial Repayment Right Period, or (ii) does not exercise its right to require prepayment at the end of the Extended Repayment Right Period.

 

(vi) All costs and expenses incurred by the Lenders, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent in connection with the implementation of any of the abovementioned conditions shall be borne by the Borrowers.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control):

 

  40  

 

 

" Threshold Event " means either Key Shareholder's shareholding in the Parent Guarantor is reduced by more than 35 per cent. as compared to its shareholding set out in paragraph (e) of Clause 20.3 ( Share capital and ownership ).

 

7.6 Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds

 

Any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds arising as a result of any cancellation or prepayment under this Agreement shall, following payment into the Retention Account in accordance with Clause 27.2 ( Payment of Earnings ), be applied on the last day of the next Interest Period which ends after such payment in prepayment of the Loan or the relevant Tranche.

 

7.7 Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

(a) If:

 

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or

 

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent receives notification from a Relevant Lender under Clause 10.3 ( Market disruption ),

 

the Borrowers may:

 

(A) whilst in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues; or

 

(B) whilst in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above the situation in relation to the Relevant Lender continues,

 

give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loan.

 

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c) On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loan.

 

7.8 Restrictions

 

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

 

  41  

 

 

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and amounts (if any) payable under the Hedging Agreements in connection with that prepayment and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.4 ( Prepayment and cancellation fee ) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

(c) No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

(d) No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

(e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders and/or Hedge Counterparties, as appropriate.

 

(g) If all or part of any Lender's participation in the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the relevant Tranche will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

 

7.9 Application of prepayments

 

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) or 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender )) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that part of the Loan.

 

  42  

 

 

Section 5

Costs of Utilisation

 

8 Interest

 

8.1 Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(a) the Margin; and

 

(b) LIBOR.

 

8.2 Payment of interest

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period and on each Repayment Date in respect of a Tranche and on the Termination Date (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

 

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at 3 Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

 

8.3 Default interest

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (d) below, if a Transaction Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document other than a Hedging Agreement on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

 

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

 

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be two per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

 

(c) Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

  43  

 

 

(d) Paragraph (a) of this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall not apply on any day where the Margin is the rate specified in paragraph (b) of the definition of Margin.

 

8.4 Notification of rates of interest

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.

 

8.5 Hedging

 

(a) The Borrower shall enter into 2002 ISDA Master Agreements in respect of each Hedging Agreement before the first Utilisation Notice is served and shall thereafter maintain such Hedging Agreements in accordance with this Clause 8.5 ( Hedging ) and the Hedging Strategy.

 

(b) Each Hedging Agreement shall:

 

(i) be with a Hedge Counterparty;

 

(ii) be for a term ending no later than the Termination Date;

 

(iii) have settlement dates coinciding with the Interest Payment Dates;

 

(iv) be based on a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent; and

 

(v) provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement) shall be dollars.

 

(c) The rights of each Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be charged or assigned by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Security.

 

(d) The parties to each Hedging Agreement must comply with the terms of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(e) Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may amend, supplement, extend or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Security Agent.

 

(f) Paragraph (e) above shall not apply to an amendment, supplement or waiver that is administrative and mechanical in nature and does not give rise to a conflict with any provision of this Agreement or the Hedging Agreement Security.

 

(g) If, at any time, the aggregate notional principal amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan at that time, the Borrowers must promptly notify the Facility Agent and must, at the request of the Facility Agent, reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

 

  44  

 

 

(h) Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (g) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata .

 

(i) Paragraph (g) above shall not apply to any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement under which no Borrower has any actual or contingent indebtedness.

 

(j) Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may terminate or close out any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) except:

 

(i) in accordance with paragraphs (g) – (i) above;

 

(ii) on the occurrence of an Illegality, (as such expression is defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement);

 

(iii) in the case of termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty, if the Facility Agent serves notice under paragraph (b) of Clause 28.19 ( Acceleration ) or, having served notice under paragraph (c) of Clause 28.19 ( Acceleration ), makes a demand;

 

(iv) in the case of any other termination or closing out by a Hedge Counterparty or a Borrower, with the consent of the Facility Agent; or

 

(v) if the Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Hedging Agreements) have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

 

(k) If a Hedge Counterparty or a Borrower terminates or closes out a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement (in whole or in part) in accordance with paragraphs (j)(ii), or (in the case of a Hedge Counterparty only) (j)(iv) above, it shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of that termination or close out.

 

(l) If a Hedge Counterparty is entitled to terminate or close out any transaction in respect of any Hedging Agreement under sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (j) above, such Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close out such transaction following a request to do so by the Security Agent.

 

(m) A Hedge Counterparty may only suspend making payments under a transaction in respect of a Hedging Agreement if a Borrower is in breach of its payment obligations under any transaction in respect of that Hedging Agreement.

 

(n) Each Hedge Counterparty consents to, and acknowledges notices of, the charging or assigning by way of security by each Borrower pursuant to the relevant Hedging Agreement Security of its rights under the Hedging Agreements to which it is party in favour of the Security Agent.

 

(o) Any such charging or assigning by way of security is without prejudice to, and after giving effect to, the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

(p) The Security Agent shall not be liable for the performance of any Borrower's obligations under a Hedging Agreement.

 

  45  

 

 

(q) No Borrower or Hedge Counterparty shall assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under a Hedging Agreement or permit a change of Hedge Counterparty Guarantor without the consent of the Security Agent.

 

9 Interest Periods

 

9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

 

(a) The Borrowers may select the Interest Period for the Loan in the Utilisation Request for the first Advance. Subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of a Tranche in a Selection Notice.

 

(b) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c) If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the first Utilisation Request or fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to paragraphs (f) and (h) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), be three Months.

 

(d) Subject to this Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

(e) An Interest Period in respect of a Tranche or any part of a Tranche shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

(f) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrowers may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the relevant Tranche equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (d) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of that Tranche.

 

(g) The first Interest Period for each Tranche shall start on the first Utilisation Date relating to such Tranche and, subject to paragraph (h) below, each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

(h) The first Interest Period for the second and any subsequent Advance shall start on the Utilisation Date of such Advance and end on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Loan on the date on which such Advance is made.

 

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) and (h) above and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), each Tranche shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

 

9.2 Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the relevant Tranche, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the relevant Tranche equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of that Tranche shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ).

 

  46  

 

 

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

9.3 Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest

 

10.1 Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

(a) Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(b) Reference Bank Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

(i) dollars; or

 

(ii) the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

 

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

 

(c) Cost of funds : If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

 

10.2 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

(b) If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

10.3 Market disruption

 

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 30 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from the wholesale market for dollars would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

  47  

 

 

10.4 Cost of funds

 

(a) If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i) the Margin; and

 

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b) If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

 

(d) If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

(e) If this Clause ‎10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies pursuant to Clause ‎10.3 ( Market disruption ) and:

 

(i) a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or

 

(ii) a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph ‎(ii) of paragraph (a) above,

 

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

 

10.5 Break Costs

 

(a) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

 

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

  48  

 

 

11 Fees

 

11.1 Commitment fee

 

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment for the period starting on the earlier of (i) the date of this Agreement and (ii) the date falling six weeks after the date of the signed term sheet in relation to the Facility.

 

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on the date of this Agreement in respect of any amount accruing prior to the date of this Agreement and in relation to any amount accruing from the date of this Agreement shall be payable on the earlier of (i) each quarter after the date of this Agreement, (ii) the Utilisation Date in relation to a Tranche or (iii) the last day of the Availability Period in relation to the relevant Tranche and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

11.2 Arrangement fee

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.3 Facility Agent fee

 

If more than one Lender participates in the Facility, the Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

11.4 Prepayment and cancellation fee

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender a prepayment and cancellation fee on the date of prepayment of all or any part of the Loan and on the date of cancellation of any part of the Total Commitments.

 

(b) The amount of the prepayment and cancellation fee is:

 

(i) if the prepayment or cancellation occurs on or before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement, 3 per cent. of the amount prepaid or cancelled;

 

(ii) if the prepayment or cancellation occurs after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement but on or before the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement, 2 per cent. of the amount prepaid or cancelled;

 

(iii) if the prepayment or cancellation occurs after the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement but on or before the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, 1 per cent. of the amount prepaid or cancelled; and

 

(iv) none thereafter.

 

(c) No prepayment or cancellation fee shall be payable under this Clause if the prepayment or cancellation is made:

 

(i) under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 7.6 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 26 ( Security Cover );

 

  49  

 

 

(ii) in respect of any part of the Commitment that was unavailable for drawing due to the Market Value of the Ships at the Utilisation Date; or

 

(iii) as a consequence of the refinancing of the Ships pursuant to a facility participated in by all of the Lenders or Affiliates of each of them and no other lenders.

 

  50  

 

 

Section 6

Additional Payment Obligations

 

12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities

 

12.1 Definitions

 

(a) In this Agreement:

 

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

(c) This Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) shall not apply to any Hedging Agreement.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

(c) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  51  

 

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

(a) The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

(c) A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

 

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

 

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

  52  

 

 

12.5 Stamp taxes

 

The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

12.6 VAT

 

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

 

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

(c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

  53  

 

 

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 FATCA Information

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

 

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

 

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c) Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i) any law or regulation;

 

(ii) any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

12.8 FATCA Deduction

 

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  54  

 

 

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13 Increased Costs

 

13.1 Increased costs

 

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made,

 

in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III, CRD IV or IFRS 9 or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III, CRD IV or IFRS 9 or any other changes in relevant reporting standards.

 

(b) In this Agreement:

 

(i) " Basel III " means:

 

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".

 

(ii) " CRD IV " means:

 

(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;

 

  55  

 

 

(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and

 

(C) any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.

 

(iii) " Increased Costs " means:

 

(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;

 

(B) an additional or increased cost; or

 

(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

(iv) " IFRS 9 " means the International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) designated as "IFRS 9" and replacing IAS 39.

 

13.2 Increased cost claims

 

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

13.3 Exceptions

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

(c) compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

 

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost );

 

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

 

(f) incurred by a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

  56  

 

 

14 Other Indemnities

 

14.1 Currency indemnity

 

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

 

(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

(c) This Clause 14.1 ( Currency indemnity ) does not apply to any sum due to a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

 

14.2 Other indemnities

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii) a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

 

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

 

  57  

 

 

(c) Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

 

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

 

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.

 

(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

14.3 Mandatory Cost

 

Each Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

 

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank (or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

 

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

 

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

 

14.4 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

 

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

 

  58  

 

 

(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

14.5 Indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

 

(i) in relation to or as a result of:

 

(A) any failure by a Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

 

(B) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(C) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

 

(D) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(E) any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

(F) any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

 

(G) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

 

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

 

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.
  59  

 

 

15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties

 

15.1 Mitigation

 

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

15.2 Limitation of liability

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either:

 

(i) a Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(ii) in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

16 Costs and Expenses

 

16.1 Transaction expenses

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

 

(b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

16.2 Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a) a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b) an amendment is required pursuant to either Clause 35.9 ( Change of currency ) or as contemplated in Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ); or

 

(c) a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

 

  60  

 

 

the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

 

  61  

 

  

Section 7

Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers

 

17 Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor

 

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Parent Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor other than the Parent Guarantor of all such other Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever an Obligor other than the Parent Guarantor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Parent Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor other than the Parent Guarantor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

17.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

17.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

17.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

  62  

 

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

17.5 Immediate recourse

 

The Parent Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

17.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent Guarantor or on account of the Parent Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ).

 

  63  

 

 

17.7 Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights

 

All rights which the Parent Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Parent Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ):

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If the Parent Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

17.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by the Parent Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights ) and 17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Parent Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

  64  

 

 

17.10 Release of guarantee – Parent Guarantor

 

At the end of the Security Period, the Finance Parties shall, at the request and cost of the Parent Guarantor provide the Parent Guarantor with a written release from its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and indemnity – Parent Guarantor ).

 

18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers

 

18.1 Joint and several liability

 

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

 

18.2 Waiver of defences

 

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

 

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;

 

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

 

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document;

 

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

 

(e) the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

 

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

  65  

 

 

18.3 Principal Debtor

 

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

 

18.4 Borrower restrictions

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:

 

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document;

 

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower;

 

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower;

 

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or

 

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent's notice.

 

18.5 Deferral of Borrowers' rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

(a) to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

 

19 Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors

 

19.1 Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Hedge Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(a) guarantees to each Hedge Counterparty punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower's obligations under the Hedging Agreements;

 

  66  

 

 

(b) undertakes with each Hedge Counterparty that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Hedging Agreement, that Hedge Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

 

(c) agrees with each Hedge Counterparty that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Hedge Counterparty immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Hedging Agreement on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Hedge Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

19.2 Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Hedging Agreements, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

19.3 Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

19.4 Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

 

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;

 

(b) the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  67  

 

 

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

 

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

19.5 Immediate recourse

 

Each Hedge Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

19.6 Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Hedge Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Hedge Guarantor or on account of any Hedge Guarantor's liability under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ).

 

19.7 Deferral of Hedge Guarantors' rights

 

All rights which each Hedge Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Hedge Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ):

 

(a) to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  68  

 

 

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

 

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Hedge Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors );

 

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

 

If a Hedge Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ).

 

19.8 Additional security

 

This guarantee and any other Security given by a Hedge Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

19.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

 

Clauses 19.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 19.3 ( Reinstatement ), 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 19.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 19.6 ( Appropriations ), 19.7 ( Deferral of Hedge Guarantors' rights ) and 19.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which a Hedge Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

 

19.10 Release of guarantee – Hedge Guarantors

 

At the end of the Security Period, the Finance Parties shall, at the request and cost of the Hedge Guarantors provide the Hedge Guarantors with a written release from their respective obligations under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ).

 

  69  

 

  

Section 8

Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default

 

20 Representations

 

20.1 General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

20.2 Status

 

(a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

 

(b) It and each Transaction Obligor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

20.3 Share capital and ownership

 

(a) Each Borrower has an issued share capital of $100 divided into 100 registered shares of $1 each, all of which have been issued fully paid and are owned by the Shareholder.

 

(b) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Borrower is held by the Shareholder free of any Security or any other claim other than that created pursuant to the Shares Security.

 

(c) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in the Shareholder is held by the Parent Guarantor free of any Security or any other claim.

 

(d) None of the shares in any Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

 

(e) The Parent Guarantor has an issued share capital of $320,683,001 divided into 19,063,833 registered shares issued for a combined consideration of $320,700,000, all of which shares have been issued fully paid and:

 

(i) 4,329,580 of such shares are beneficially owned by Key Shareholder A; and

 

(ii) 1,922,741 of such shares are beneficially owned by Key Shareholder B.

 

20.4 Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

20.5 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

 

(a) Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

 

  70  

 

 

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

 

(c) Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

 

(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

 

20.6 Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b) its constitutional documents; or

 

(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

 

20.7 Power and authority

 

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

 

(i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

 

(ii) in the case of each Borrower, its registration of the Ship owned by it under the Approved Flag.

 

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

20.8 Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  71  

 

 

20.9 Governing law and enforcement

 

(a) The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b) Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

20.10 Insolvency

 

No:

 

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 28.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

 

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 28.9 ( Creditors' process ),

 

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 28.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.

 

20.11 No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except for:

 

(a) the payment of stamp taxes in relation to the stamping of each Shares Security at the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore;

 

(b) the payment of registration fees in relation to the registration of the charges created by each of the relevant Security Documents with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority in Singapore; and

 

(c) any other filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) or any further legal opinion (in a form agreed by the Lenders) delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

20.12 Deduction of Tax

 

Other than (unless it has notified the Facility Agent to the contrary) in respect of Singapore withholding tax, it is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

 

20.13 No default

 

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

  72  

 

 

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.14 No misleading information

 

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(c) Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

20.15 Financial Statements

 

(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(b) Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

 

(c) There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor) since 31 December 2017.

 

(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ):

 

(i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 21.4 ( Requirements as to financial statements ); and

 

(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

 

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Guarantor).

 

20.16 Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

  73  

 

 

20.17 No proceedings pending or threatened

 

(a) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or any member of the Group which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any member of the Group.

 

20.18 Validity and completeness of the MOAs

 

(a) Each of the MOAs that has been executed constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto.

 

(b) No amendments or additions to any MOA that has been executed have been agreed nor have any rights under any such MOA been waived.

 

20.19 No rebates etc.

 

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to any Borrower or a third party in connection with the purchase by a Borrower of a Ship, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

20.20 Valuations

 

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

 

(c) There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

20.21 No breach of laws

 

It has not (and no other member of the Group has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.22 No Charter

 

Except as disclosed by a Borrower to the Security Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement, no Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

 

  74  

 

 

20.23 Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

 

20.24 No Environmental Claim

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any Transaction Obligor, any Approved Manager or any Ship.

 

20.25 No Environmental Incident

 

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

 

20.26 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

 

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, each Approved Manager and each Ship have been complied with.

 

20.27 Taxes paid

 

(a) It is not and no other member of the Group is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

 

20.28 Financial Indebtedness

 

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

20.29 Overseas companies

 

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

 

20.30 Good title to assets

 

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

20.31 Ownership

 

(a) On the Utilisation Date of the Advance under Tranche A, Borrower A will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

  75  

 

 

(b) On the Utilisation Date of the Advance under Tranche B, Borrower B will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.

 

(c) With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

 

(d) The constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrowers on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

 

20.32 Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the " Regulation "), each Transaction Obligor's centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its Original Jurisdiction and it has no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

20.33 Place of business

 

No Transaction Obligor has a place of business in any country other than that of its Original Jurisdiction.

 

20.34 No employee or pension arrangements

 

No Borrower has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

 

20.35 Sanctions

 

(a) No Transaction Obligor nor any other member of the Group nor any Affiliate of any member of the Group nor any Approved Manager nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of any Obligor, any persons acting on any of their behalf:

 

(i) is a Restricted Person;

 

(ii) is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Restricted Person;

 

(iii) owns or controls a Restricted Person

 

(iv) is in breach of Sanctions;

 

(v) has received notice of, or is aware of, any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions applicable to it by any Sanctions Authority; or

 

(vi) has a Restricted Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee.

 

(b) No proceeds of any Advance or the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Restricted Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

 

  76  

 

 

20.36 Anti-terrorism

 

No Transaction Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries or joint ventures, nor any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the knowledge of the Transaction Obligors, any persons acting on any of their behalf, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any anti-terrorism laws applicable to it.

 

20.37 Anti-Money Laundering Laws

 

It and all members of the Group are and have conducted their operations at all times in material compliance with applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceedings by or before any court, governmental or regulatory agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving such Obligor or any member of its Group with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws are pending or, to its knowledge, threatened.

 

20.38 Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

21 Information Undertakings

 

21.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

 

21.2 Financial statements

 

The Borrowers shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of their respective financial years:

 

(i) the respective audited financial statements for the Borrowers for that financial year; and

 

(ii) the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor for that financial year;

 

(b) as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of their respective financial years the consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor for that financial half year;

 

(c) on request by the Facility Agent, the management accounts of each Obligor in a format approved by the Facility Agent which show, inter alia, the results of the operational performance of each Ship, the dry dockings, the inspections, the working capital and cash balance during the preceding financial quarter year;

 

(d) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days after the end of each financial year of the Parent Guarantor, a budget in a format approved by the Facility Agent which shows all anticipated income and expenditure in respect of each Ship during the next financial year of the Parent Guarantor;

 

  77  

 

 

(e) if at any time Cash and Cash Equivalents are less than $37,000,000, as soon as possible, but in any event within 30 days after such occurrence and at Monthly intervals thereafter until Cash and Cash Equivalents are $37,000,000 or greater, a forecast of anticipated Cash and Cash Equivalents for the following 24 Months; and

 

(f) each Borrower shall provide copies of its monthly bank statements in relation to the relevant Earnings Account to the Facility Agent.

 

21.3 Compliance Certificate

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by two authorised signatories of the Parent Guarantor.

 

21.4 Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by a Borrower pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be confirmed in writing by a director of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

(ii) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor's Original Financial Statements.

 

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

  78  

 

 

21.5 Information: miscellaneous

 

Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

(a) all material documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality obligation by that Obligor owed to a third party;

 

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is made against any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

 

(e) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

 

(i) each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(ii) the Security Assets;

 

(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group,

 

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and

 

(f) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority and which can be delivered without a breach of a confidentiality obligation by that Obligor owed to a third party.

 

21.6 Notification of Default

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

  79  

 

 

21.7 Use of websites

 

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

 

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.

 

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

 

(c) An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:

 

(i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

 

  80  

 

 

21.8 "Know your customer" checks

 

(a) If:

 

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

22 Financial Covenants

 

22.1 Financial covenants

 

(a) The Obligors shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the Group shall at all times from the Utilisation Date and thereafter during the Security Period be such that:

 

(i) Book Value Net Worth is not less than $250,000,000 in 2018 and not less than $265,000,000 in 2019 and 2020 and thereafter not less than $275,000,000;

 

(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents of not less than $30,000,000 unencumbered cash, including:

 

(A) the minimum cash balance in the Retention Account required pursuant to Clause 22.3 ( Minimum Cash ); and

 

  81  

 

 

(B) the minimum cash balance held on the Other Facility Agreement Debt Service Reserve Account pursuant to the Other Facility Agreement and representing six months debt service under the Other Facility Agreement; and

 

(iii) the ratio of Debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets shall be not more than 75 per cent.

 

(b) The financial covenants contained in this Clause 22.1 ( Financial covenants ) shall be tested semi-annually on the basis of the annual and semi-annual financial statements provided under Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) and shall be confirmed in the relevant compliance certificate referred to in Clause 21.3 ( Compliance Certificate ).

 

22.2 Financial covenant definitions

 

The expressions used in this Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) shall be construed in accordance with IFRS and:

 

" Book Value Net Worth " means the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the book value of the following:

 

(a) the amounts paid up, or credited as paid up, on the issued share capital of the Group;

 

(b) any credit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(c) any amount standing to the credit of any other consolidated capital and revenue reserves of the Group including any share premium account and capital redemption reserve,

 

less the aggregate amount (without double counting) of the following:

 

(i) any debit balance on the consolidated profit and loss account of the Group; and

 

(ii) any reserves attributable to interests of minority shareholders in any subsidiary (whether direct or indirect) of the Group,

 

all as determined in accordance with IFRS applied in the preparation of the Latest Accounts but adju s ted by:

 

(i) deducting any dividend or other distribution declared, recommended or made by the Group;

 

(ii) deducting any amount attributable to goodwill or any other intangible asset;

 

(iii) reflecting any variation required to be made to the asset value attributable to any ship owned by the Group in order to reflect the book value of any such ship;

 

(i) excluding any amount attributable to deferred taxation;

 

(ii) excluding any amount attributable to minority interests; and

 

(iii) eliminating inconsistencies (if any) between the accounting principles.

 

  82  

 

 

" Cash and Cash Equivalents " means the cash and cash equivalents set out in the Latest Accounts.

 

" Debt " means the aggregate (without double counting) of secured or unsecured bank loans, finance lease obligations, bonds and any other financial obligations included as a liability on the balance sheet in terms of IFRS, but excluding the mark to market of swaps and other derivative instruments and excluding contingent liabilities as shown in the Latest Accounts.

 

" Latest Accounts " means, at any date, the consolidated accounts of the Group most recently delivered to the Agent under Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ).

 

" Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets " means the aggregate of the book value of:

 

(a) ships (including ships under construction) either wholly or partially owned by the Group;

 

(b) land and buildings either wholly or partially owned by the Group; and

 

(c) right of use assets (finance lease obligations);

 

as stated in the Latest Accounts adjusted by such amount to reflect the current open market value of such assets evidenced to the Facility Agent's satisfaction and acceptable to the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders.

 

" Other Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 8 May 2018 and made between, amongst others, (i) the Shareholder as borrower (ii) the companies listed therein as owner guarantors and (ii) DVB Bank SE Singapore Branch as facility agent and security agent.

 

" Other Facility Agreement Debt Service Reserve Account " means the account in the name of the Shareholder with Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and designated "Grindrod Shipping Pte Ltd – Debt Service Reserve Account".

 

22.3 Minimum Cash

 

The Borrowers shall, on or before each Utilisation Date for a Tranche, ensure that the equivalent of six months Debt Service is placed in the Retention Account and that such amount is maintained in the Retention Account at all times thereafter during the Security Period.

 

22.4 Most favoured Lenders

 

The Obligors undertake to procure that the Finance Parties shall receive equal treatment with any other creditor under any other facility agreement and/or guarantee entered into by the Parent Guarantor after the date of this Agreement which shall include provisions relating to dividend restrictions or financial covenants and the Obligors shall cooperate in agreeing to the appropriate amendments to this Agreement to ensure that the Finance Parties receive the benefit of such additional or more favourable covenants.

 

  83  

 

 

23 General Undertakings

 

23.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

23.2 Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

 

(a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

 

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

 

(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

 

(iii) own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Borrowers).

 

23.3 Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager will, comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject.

 

23.4 Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager will:

 

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

 

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

 

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law.

 

23.5 Environmental Claims

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager will, (through the Parent Guarantor) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

 

(a) any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group or any Approved Manager which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

  84  

 

 

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group or any Approved Manager,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group or Approved Manager, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.6 Taxation

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ); and

 

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

(b) No Obligor shall and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

23.7 Overseas companies

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

 

23.8 No change to centre of main interests

 

No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 20.32 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) it will create no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

23.9 Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

23.10 Title

 

(a) From the Utilisation Date of the Advance under Tranche A, Borrower A shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

  85  

 

 

(b) From the Utilisation Date of the Advance under Tranche B, Borrower B shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances;

 

(c) With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

 

23.11 Negative pledge

 

(a) No Borrower shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b) No Borrower shall:

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by that Borrower or an Affiliate of it;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

 

23.12 Disposals

 

(a) No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances).

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to:

 

(i) any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 25.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ); or

 

(ii) the sale of a Ship where the required prepayment of the Loan is made in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ).

 

23.13 Merger

 

No Borrower shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

23.14 Change of business

 

(a) The Parent Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

 

  86  

 

 

23.15 Financial Indebtedness

 

No Borrower shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

23.16 Expenditure

 

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

 

23.17 Share capital

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital;

 

(b) increase or reduce its authorised share capital;

 

(c) issue any further shares except to the Shareholder and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security applicable to the relevant Borrower immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;

 

(d) appoint any further director or secretary of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security applicable to that Borrower are complied with).

 

23.18 Dividends

 

No Obligor shall make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital without the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) other than a Permitted Distribution.

 

23.19 Other transactions

 

No Borrower shall:

 

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

 

(c) enter into any material agreement other than:

 

(i) the Transaction Documents;

 

(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

 

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

 

  87  

 

 

(e) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

 

23.20 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

 

No Obligor shall, and the Obligors shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

 

(a) make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

 

(b) cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

 

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

 

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

 

23.21 Acquisition

 

No Borrower may make any acquisition or investment other than as permitted under this Agreement.

 

23.22 Further assurance

 

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

 

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

 

  88  

 

 

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

(c) At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 23.22 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver, or shall procure that such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's directors or officers which shall:

 

(i) set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

 

(ii) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

 

23.23 Anti-corruption law

 

(a) No Obligor shall, and shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor and no Approved Manager shall directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

 

(b) Each Obligor shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager shall:

 

(i) conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

23.24 Sanctions

 

Each Obligor:

 

(a) undertakes that it, any Transaction Obligor and any other member of the Group or any Affiliate of any of them or any Approved Manager, or any director, officer, agent, employee or person acting on behalf of the foregoing, is not a Restricted Person and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person;

 

  89  

 

 

(b) shall, and shall procure that each Transaction Obligor, each other member of the Group and each Affiliate of any of them and each Approved Manager shall, not use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Finance Parties;

 

(c) shall procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person are credited to any bank account held with any Finance Party in its name or in the name of any other member of the Group or any Affiliate of any of them;

 

(d) shall, and shall procure that each Transaction Obligor and each other member of the Group and each Approved Manager shall, to the extent permitted by law promptly upon becoming aware of them supply to the Facility Agent details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority;

 

(e) shall not accept, obtain or receive any goods or services from any Restricted Persons, except (without limiting Clause 23.3 ( Compliance with laws ), to the extent relating to any warranties and/or guarantees given and/or liabilities incurred in respect of an activity or dealing with a Restricted Person by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(f) shall and shall procure that each Transaction Obligor and each other member of the Group and each Approved Manager shall comply in all respects with all Sanctions applicable to it;

 

(g) shall not and shall procure that no Transaction Obligor nor any member of the Group nor Affiliate of any member of the Group nor any of the Approved Managers nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates or agent will, directly or indirectly:

 

(i) make any part of the proceeds of any Loan available to, or for the benefit of, a Restricted Person, or permit or authorise any such proceeds to be applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by any Sanctions applicable to it;

 

(ii) fund all or part of any repayment under any Tranche or the Loan out of proceeds derived from transactions which would be prohibited by any Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions or become a Restricted Person; or

 

(iii) engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or breaches or attempts to breach, directly or indirectly, any Sanctions applicable to it.

 

23.25 Maintenance of listing

 

The Parent Guarantor shall maintain its primary listing on NASDAQ and its secondary listing on the JSE.

 

24 Insurance Undertakings

 

24.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force from the date of this Agreement throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

  90  

 

 

24.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against:

 

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

(b) war risks including the London Blocking & Trapping Addendum or similar;

 

(c) protection and indemnity risks including freight, demurrage and defence;

 

(d) risk of loss of charter hire in relation to any Assignable Charter;

 

(e) any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

 

24.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:

 

(a) in dollars;

 

(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

 

(i) 120 when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then subject to a Mortgage, 120 per cent of the aggregate amount of the Loan; and

 

(ii) the Market Value of that Ship;

 

(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

 

(d) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship;

 

(e) on approved terms; and

 

(f) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks, in approved war risks associations and in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in approved protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs.

 

24.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

 

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 24.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

 

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

 

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

 

  91  

 

 

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

 

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

 

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

 

and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

 

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

(c) name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

 

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

 

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

 

24.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

 

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

(ii) obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) above;

 

(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

 

  92  

 

 

(c) procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

24.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

 

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

 

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 24.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

 

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

 

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 10 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

 

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

 

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

 

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

 

24.7 Copies of certificates of entry

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

 

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

 

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

 

  93  

 

 

(c) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

 

24.8 Deposit of original policies

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

24.9 Payment of premiums

 

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

 

24.10 Guarantees

 

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

24.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

 

(a) No Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

 

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

 

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 24.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

 

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

 

(iv) not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

  94  

 

 

24.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

 

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

24.13 Settlement of claims

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

 

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

24.14 Provision of copies of communications

 

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

 

(a) the Approved Brokers;

 

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

 

(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,

 

which relate directly or indirectly to:

 

(i) that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

 

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances,

 

unless such communications are clearly not material in the context of the Finance Documents.

 

24.15 Provision of information

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 24.16 ( Mortgagee's interest and, additional perils insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

 

  95  

 

 

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

24.16 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances

 

(a) The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee's interest marine insurance, and a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in an amount not exceeding 120 per cent. of the Loan, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent may from time to time consider appropriate.

 

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand indemnify the Security in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

25 General Ship Undertakings

 

25.1 General

 

The undertakings in this Clause 25 ( General Ship Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

 

25.2 Ships' names and registration

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

 

(a) keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

 

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

 

(c) not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of that Ship; and

 

(d) not change the name of that Ship.

 

25.3 Repair and classification

 

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

(a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

 

(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

 

  96  

 

 

25.4 Classification society undertaking

 

If required by the Facility Agent in writing each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, instruct the relevant Approved Classification Society (and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the Security Agent):

 

(a) to send to the Security Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to that Ship;

 

(b) to allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and that Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

 

(c) to notify the Security Agent immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:

 

(i) receives notification from that Borrower or any person that that Ship's Approved Classification Society is to be changed; or

 

(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower or that Ship's membership of the Approved Classification Society;

 

(d) following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent:

 

(i) to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

 

(ii) to confirm that that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

 

25.5 Modifications

 

No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

25.6 Removal and installation of parts

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless:

 

(i) the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

 

(ii) the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

 

  97  

 

 

(iii) the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship and the related Deed of Covenant.

 

(b) A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

 

25.7 Surveys

 

(a) Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

 

(b) Each Borrower shall at the Facility Agent's request provide copies of any relevant documents which may be required for classification purposes and such documents shall be provided at the cost of the relevant Borrower.

 

25.8 Inspection

 

(a) Each Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at a reasonable time that will not disrupt the normal running, management or operation of the Ship once every calendar year to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

 

(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the inspections carried out pursuant to paragraph (a) above may be conducted at any time and on any number of occasions.

 

(c) Any inspections carried out pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be at the expense of the relevant Borrower.

 

25.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

 

(a) Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge:

 

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

 

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; and

 

(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances.

 

(b) Each Borrower shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

25.10 Compliance with laws etc.

 

Each Borrower shall:

 

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:

 

  98  

 

 

(i) relating to its business generally; and

 

(ii) relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

 

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

 

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals; and

 

(c) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions (or which would be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager).

 

25.11 ISPS Code

 

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall:

 

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code;

 

(b) maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

 

(c) notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

25.12 Sanctions and Ship trading

 

Without limiting Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall procure:

 

(a) that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Restricted Person;

 

(b) that such Ship shall not be used in trading in any manner contrary to Sanctions (or which could be contrary to Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager);

 

(c) that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

 

(d) that each charterparty in respect of that Ship shall contain, for the benefit of that Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ) as regards Sanctions and of this Clause 25.12 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions (or which would result in a breach of Sanctions if Sanctions were binding on each Transaction Obligor and each Approved Manager).

 

  99  

 

 

25.13 Trading in war zones

 

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Borrower shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless:

 

(a) the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

 

(b) that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

 

25.14 Provision of information

 

Without prejudice to Clause 21.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

 

(a) that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

 

(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

 

(c) any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

 

(d) any towages and salvages; and

 

(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

and, upon the Facility Agent's request, promptly provide copies of any class records, any inspection reports obtained for that Ship, of any current Charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

 

25.15 Notification of certain events

 

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

 

(a) any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

(b) any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

(c) any requisition of that Ship for hire;

 

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

 

(e) any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or the Earnings;

 

  100  

 

 

(f) any intended non-scheduled dry docking of that Ship;

 

(g) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

 

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

 

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

 

25.16 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b), no Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:

 

(i) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

(ii) enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a Permitted Charter;

 

(iii) amend, supplement or terminate a Management Agreement;

 

(iv) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Technical Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment;

 

(v) de activate or lay up that Ship; or

 

(vi) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $ 500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

 

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), if Borrower enters into a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship owned by it, the duration of which exceeds or is capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months, that Borrower may appoint another member of the Group as the commercial manager of that Ship subject to the Facility Agent receiving the following documents and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) documents establishing that the relevant Ship will be managed commercially by the relevant member of the Group on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders; and

 

(ii) a Manager's Undertaking for the relevant member of the Group.

 

  101  

 

 

(c) Each Borrower shall ensure that the terms of each Management Agreement permit the termination of that Management Agreement upon notice without penalty at any time following the occurrence of a Default.

 

25.17 Notice of Mortgage

 

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

 

25.18 Sharing of Earnings

 

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

 

25.19 Notification of compliance

 

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 25 ( General Ship Undertakings ).

 

25.20 Anti-terrorism

 

Each Borrower shall, and shall ensure that each of the other Transaction Obligors will, comply with all anti-terrorism laws in each case applicable to it and shall take all actions necessary or which may be required by the Lenders to allow the Lenders to comply with any anti-terrorism laws applicable to any of them.

 

25.21 Inventory of hazardous materials

 

Each Borrower shall as soon as practicable and in any event no later than the date of the first special survey in relation to the Ship owned by it following the date of this Agreement provide to the Facility Agent a "Green Passport" (being a document listing all the potentially hazardous materials on board a vessel) or the equivalent document acceptable to the Facility Agent for the duration of the Security Period and such document shall be maintained throughout the Security Period.

 

25.22 Sustainable Ship dismantling

 

The Obligors shall ensure that, and shall implement a policy in form and substance acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) that ensures that, in the event that a Ship or other vessel owned by a member of the Group or any Affiliate of any of them is to be scrapped, such scrapping is performed in compliance with the International Maritime Organization's convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships and with the guidelines to be issued by the International Maritime Organization in connection with such convention.

 

26 Security Cover

 

26.1 Minimum required security cover

 

Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if,

 

  102  

 

 

(a) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

 

(i) the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus

 

(ii) the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ),

 

is below:

 

(A) at any time on or before the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement, 135 per cent. of the Loan; or

 

(B) at any time thereafter, 145 per cent. of the Loan,

 

(the " Minimum Security Cover ").

 

26.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

 

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

 

(b) A Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

 

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

 

(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require (acting reasonably),

 

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

 

26.3 Value of additional security

 

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ):

 

(a) which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned; and

 

(b) which consists of Security over cash collateral in dollars, shall be the par value of those dollars.

 

26.4 Valuations binding

 

Any valuation under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower.

 

  103  

 

 

26.5 Provision of information

 

(a) Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

 

(b) If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

 

26.6 Prepayment mechanism

 

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loans ) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

26.7 Provision of valuations

 

(a) Each Borrower shall provide the Facility Agent with a valuation (or, if necessary, valuations) of the Ship owned by it and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 26.3 ( Value of additional vessel security ), from an Approved Valuer, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of that Ship on or not more than 14 days before each Utilisation Date and on four occasions in each year on each Quarter End Date but without necessity to provide such valuations for 31 December 2018.

 

(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Facility Agent shall be entitled to obtain valuations at any time and at the expense of the Borrowers.

 

27 Accounts, application of Earnings and Hedge Receipts

 

27.1 Accounts

 

No Borrower may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than its Earnings Account and the Retention Account.

 

27.2 Payment of Earnings

 

(a) Each Borrower shall ensure that,

 

(i) subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account; and

 

(ii) all Hedge Receipts are paid in to the Retention Account.

 

(b) The balances on the Earnings Accounts shall be available to the Borrowers unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

27.3 Monthly retentions

 

The Borrowers shall ensure that, in each calendar month following the first Utilisation Date, on such dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the aggregate Earnings received by the Borrowers in their respective Earnings Accounts during the preceding calendar month:

 

  104  

 

 

(a) one-third of the amount of any Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) on the next Repayment Date; and

 

(b) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable under this Agreement in respect of any Interest Period then current, reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment from a Hedge Counterparty due to any Borrower under any Hedging Agreement; and

 

(c) the relevant fraction of the aggregated net amount which is payable by any Borrower to any Hedge Counterparty under any Hedging Agreement on the next due date for payment of such amount under the relevant Hedging Agreement.

 

The " relevant fraction " is a fraction of which:

 

(i) the numerator is one; and

 

(ii) the denominator is:

 

(A) the number of months comprised in the relevant then current Interest Period; or

 

(B) if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the relevant current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan to the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan under this Agreement.

 

27.4 Shortfall in Earnings

 

(a) If the aggregate of the credit balance on each Earnings Account is insufficient in any calendar month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 27.3 ( Monthly retentions ), the Borrowers shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.

 

(b) Without prejudicing the Facility Agent's right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrowers to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 27.3 ( Monthly retentions ) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent calendar months.

 

27.5 Application of retentions

 

(a) The Security Agent has sole signing rights in relation to the Retention account.

 

(b) Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall instruct the Security Agent to release to it, on each Repayment Date and on each Interest Payment Date, for distribution to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 35.2 ( Distributions by the Facility Agent ) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

(i) any Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date;

 

  105  

 

 

(ii) the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date;

 

(iii) the amount payable by the relevant Borrower to any Hedge Counterparty under any Hedging Agreement on that Interest Payment Date; and

 

(iv) the amount of any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds paid into the Retention Account during the Interest Period ending on that date,

 

in discharge of the Borrowers' liability for that Repayment Instalment or that interest, that amount under any Hedging Agreement or its prepayment obligation under Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds ) as the case may be.

 

27.6 Interest accrued on Retention Account

 

Any credit balance on the Retention Account shall bear interest at the rate set out in the Corporate Credit Account Agreement and shall accrue on a monthly basis.

 

27.7 Release of accrued interest

 

Interest accruing under Clause 27.6 ( Interest accrued on Retention Account ) shall be credited to the Retention Account and, to the extent not applied previously pursuant to Clause 27.5 ( Application of retentions ), shall be released to the Borrowers at the end of the Security Period.

 

27.8 Location of Accounts

 

Each Borrower shall promptly:

 

(a) comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Account or the Retention Account; and

 

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts and the Retention Account.

 

28 Events of Default

 

28.1 General

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 28 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 28.19 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 28.20 ( Enforcement of security ).

 

28.2 Non-payment

 

A Transaction Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i) administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

 

  106  

 

 

(b) payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

28.3 Specific obligations

 

A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 23.10 ( Title ), Clause 23.11 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 23.20 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 23.24 ( Sanctions ), Clause 23.25 ( Maintenance of listing ), Clause 24.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 24.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 24.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 26 ( Security Cover ).

 

28.4 Other obligations

 

(a) A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 28.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 28.3 ( Specific obligations )).

 

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

28.5 Misrepresentation

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by a Transaction Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

28.6 Cross default

 

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c) Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d) Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 28.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of (i) the Parent Guarantor if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than $2,250,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) and (ii) a Borrower if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) to (d) above is less than $500,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

 

28.7 Insolvency

 

(a) An Obligor:

 

  107  

 

 

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;

 

(iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

 

(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

(c) A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

28.8 Insolvency proceedings

 

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Transaction Obligor Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not a Transaction Obligor;

 

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor;

 

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets; or

 

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Transaction Obligor,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

28.9 Creditors' process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of a Transaction Obligor (other than an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 28.14 ( Arrest )).

 

28.10 Ownership of the Obligors

 

(a) An Borrower is not or ceases to be a wholly owned direct Subsidiary of the Shareholder other than as a result of the sale of all of the shares in the Borrower and provided that, in the case of such a sale, the required prepayment of the Loan is made pursuant to Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ).

 

  108  

 

 

(b) The Shareholder is not or ceases to be a wholly owned direct Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor.

 

28.11 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

 

(a) It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

 

(c) Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

 

28.12 Security imperilled

 

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

 

28.13 Cessation of business

 

Any Transaction Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

28.14 Arrest

 

Any arrest of a Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 21 days of such arrest or detention.

 

28.15 Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets other than:

 

(a) an arrest of detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 28.14 ( Arrest ); or

 

(b) any Requisition.

 

28.16 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

A Transaction Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

 

  109  

 

 

28.17 Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

28.18 Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

28.19 Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

(c) declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become due and payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(d) exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,

 

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and any Servicing Party may take any action referred to in paragraph (d) above or Clause 28.20 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

 

28.20 Enforcement of security

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 28.19 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

 

28.21 Margin upon the occurrence of certain Events of Default

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default:

 

(a) pursuant to Clause 28.2 ( Non-payment ); or

 

(b) pursuant to Clause 28.3 ( Specific obligations ) by virtue of a breach of Clause 22 ( Financial covenants ) or 26 ( Security cover ),

 

  110  

 

 

the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers declare that from the date such Event of Default occurs and while such Event of Default is continuing interest shall accrue upon the Loan at the rate set out in Clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ) with the Margin being the rate specified in paragraph (b) of the definition of Margin.

  111  

 

  

Section 9

Changes to Parties

 

29 Changes to the Lenders

 

29.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

 

(a) assign any of its rights; or

 

(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

 

29.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a) The consent of the Obligors is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii) to another bank or financial institution;

 

(iii) to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, which is advised by, or the assets of which are managed or serviced by a Lender; or

 

(iv) made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

(b) The consent of the Obligors to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Obligor will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by that Obligor within that time.

 

(c) The consent of an Obligor to an assignment or transfer may not be withheld solely because the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to any amount payable under Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

 

(d) An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

 

(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  112  

 

 

(e) Each Obligor on behalf of itself and each Transaction Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

(f) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.

 

(g) If:

 

(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

(h) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

29.3 Assignment or transfer fee

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000.

 

29.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;

 

(ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;

 

  113  

 

 

(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:

 

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

 

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

 

(c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

29.5 Procedure for transfer

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");
  114  

 

 

(ii) each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

 

29.6 Procedure for assignment

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

 

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

 

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

 

  115  

 

 

29.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

 

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

 

29.8 Security over Lenders' rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from or giving notice to any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

(b) any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

29.9 Pro rata interest settlement

 

(a) If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(i) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than three Months, on the next of the dates which falls at three Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(ii) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  116  

 

 

(A) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

(B) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

(b) In this Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to " Interest Period " shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

 

(c) An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

30 Changes to the Transaction Obligors

 

30.1 Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

 

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

30.2 Release of security

 

(a) If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:

 

(i) the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;

 

(ii) the Majority Lenders agree to the disposal;

 

(iii) the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

 

(iv) the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

 

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

 

(b) If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 30.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

  117  

 

 

30.3 Subordinated Creditors

 

(a) The Borrower may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

 

(i) a duly executed Subordination Deed;

 

(ii) a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

 

(iii) such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person's obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

(b) A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Deed and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a) above.

 

  118  

 

 

Section 10

The Finance Parties

 

31 The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks

 

31.1 Appointment of the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

31.2 Instructions

 

(a) The Facility Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

  119  

 

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

(i) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

31.3 Duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

 

(d) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  120  

 

 

(e) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(g) The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

31.4 Role of the Arranger

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

31.5 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent, or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b) Neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

31.6 Application of receipts

 

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

31.7 Business with the Group

 

The Facility Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

31.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Facility Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

  121  

 

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 28.2 ( Non-payment ));

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(c) The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(e) The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(f) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  122  

 

 

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

31.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Arranger is responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

31.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

31.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  123  

 

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party (other than the Facility Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Arranger.

 

  124  

 

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

31.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

 

31.13 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d) If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 31 ( The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

  125  

 

 

(e) The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(f) The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 31 ( The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(i) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

 

(j) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

 

  126  

 

 

31.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither of the Facility Agent, nor the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

31.15 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

 

(a) Subject to Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or Hedge Counterparty at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or, as the case may be, the Hedge Counterparty:

 

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender or Hedge Counterparty to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent and any reference to any instructions being given by or sought from any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties by or to the Security Agent in this Agreement must be given or sought through the Facility Agent.

 

(c) Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

  127  

 

 

31.16 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

31.17 Facility Agent's management time

 

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 31.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

31.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

  128  

 

 

31.19 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Arranger and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

31.20 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

31.21 Role of Reference Banks

 

(a) No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.

 

(b) No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  129  

 

 

(c) No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

31.22 Third Party Reference Banks

 

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) and Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

32 The Security Agent

 

32.1 Trust

 

(a) The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

 

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

32.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

 

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

 

(i) shall be payable in the currency or currencies of the Corresponding Debt and will become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;

 

(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

 

(c) For purposes of this Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), each of the Parties hereby acknowledge that the Security Agent:

 

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

 

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

 

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

 

  130  

 

 

(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

 

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

 

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

 

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged,

 

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

 

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

(f) This Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

 

32.3 Enforcement through Security Agent only

 

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

 

32.4 Instructions

 

(a) The Security Agent shall:

 

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

(A) all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and

 

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  131  

 

 

(c) Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

 

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

 

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.

 

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

 

(A) Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts );

 

(B) Clause 32.29 ( Permitted Deductions ); and

 

(C) Clause 32.30 ( Prospective liabilities ).

 

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

 

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:

 

(i) it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

 

(ii) the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above,

 

the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.

 

(g) The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 32.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

 

  132  

 

 

(i) The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

 

32.5 Duties of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(c) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d) If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e) The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

32.6 No fiduciary duties

 

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

32.7 Business with the Group

 

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

 

32.8 Rights and discretions

 

(a) The Security Agent may:

 

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

(ii) assume that:

 

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

 

  133  

 

 

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

 

(C) if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

 

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

 

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

 

(c) The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

 

(i) no Default has occurred;

 

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and

 

(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

 

(d) The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

 

(e) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

 

(f) The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

 

(g) The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

 

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

 

  134  

 

 

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

 

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(h) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(j) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

32.9 Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

 

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

 

(c) any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

32.10 No duty to monitor

 

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

(a) whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

 

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

 

  135  

 

 

32.11 Exclusion of liability

 

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:

 

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or

 

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

(b) No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

(c) The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

 

  136  

 

 

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

 

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

 

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

32.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

 

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's or Receiver's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent or Receiver under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent or Receiver has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

 

32.13 Resignation of the Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

(b) Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

  137  

 

 

(c) If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

 

(d) The retiring Security Agent shall make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

 

(e) The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:

 

(i) the appointment of a successor; and

 

(ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

 

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 32.25 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

 

32.14 Confidentiality

 

(a) In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

  138  

 

 

32.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

 

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(c) whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

 

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

 

32.16 Security Agent's management time

 

(a) Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 32.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

(b) Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:

 

(i) a Default;

 

(ii) the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrowers agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

 

(iii) the Security Agent and the Borrowers agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

 

  139  

 

 

the Borrowers shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

 

(c) If the Security Agent and the Borrowers fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrowers or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrowers) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

32.17 Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

32.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

 

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

 

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

 

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

 

(c) register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

 

(d) take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

 

(e) require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

 

32.19 Insurance by Security Agent

 

(a) The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

 

(i) to insure any of the Security Assets;

 

(ii) to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

 

  140  

 

 

(iii) to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,

 

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

 

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

 

32.20 Custodians and nominees

 

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

 

32.21 Delegation by the Security Agent

 

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

 

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

 

(c) No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

 

32.22 Additional Security Agents

 

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

 

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

 

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

 

(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

 

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

 

  141  

 

 

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

 

(c) The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

 

32.23 Acceptance of title

 

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

 

32.24 Releases

 

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

 

32.25 Winding up of trust

 

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

 

(a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

 

(b) no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

 

then:

 

(i) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

 

(ii) any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 32.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

 

32.26 Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

 

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

 

  142  

 

 

32.27 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

 

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

 

32.28 Application of receipts

 

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ), in the following order of priority:

 

(a) in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or any Receiver or Delegate;

 

(b) in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments );

 

(c) if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Transaction Obligor; and

 

(d) the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.

 

32.29 Permitted Deductions

 

The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

 

(a) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

 

(b) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

 

  143  

 

 

32.30 Prospective liabilities

 

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ) in respect of:

 

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities,

 

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

 

32.31 Investment of proceeds

 

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ).

 

32.32 Currency conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

32.33 Good discharge

 

(a) Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

 

(b) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

 

32.34 Amounts received by Obligors

 

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  144  

 

 

32.35 Application and consideration

 

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ).

 

32.36 Full freedom to enter into transactions

 

Without prejudice to Clause 32.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

 

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

 

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

 

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or

 

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

 

(c) to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

 

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

 

33 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

  145  

 

 

34 Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

34.1 Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

 

34.2 Redistribution of payments

 

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

34.3 Recovering Finance Party's rights

 

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

34.4 Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

 

  146  

 

 

(b) as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

 

34.5 Exceptions

 

(a) This Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

  147  

 

 

Section 11

Administration

 

35 Payment Mechanics

 

35.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

 

(a) On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

35.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

 

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 35.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 35.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

 

35.3 Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

35.4 Clawback and pre-funding

 

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

  148  

 

 

(c) If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

 

(i) the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and

 

(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

35.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

 

(a) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

 

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A) any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

 

(B) any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements;

 

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

 

(A) any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

(B) any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements; and

 

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

 

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

  149  

 

 

35.6 No set-off by Obligors

 

(a) All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not affect the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

 

35.7 Business Days

 

(a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

35.8 Currency of account

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(c) Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

35.9 Change of currency

 

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

 

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

  150  

 

 

35.10 Currency Conversion

 

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

 

(b) The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

 

35.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c) the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

 

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

36 Set-Off

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

  151  

 

 

37 Bail-in

 

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

38 Notices

 

38.1 Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter.

 

38.2 Addresses

 

The address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

 

(a) in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

 

(b) in the case of each Lender, each Hedge Counterparty or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

 

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

 

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),

 

or any substitute address or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

38.3 Delivery

 

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  152  

 

 

(i) if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; and

 

(ii) and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c) All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

 

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

 

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

38.4 Notification of address

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or change of address pursuant to Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

38.5 Electronic communication

 

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

 

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

 

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

 

(b) Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

 

(c) Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

(d) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

  153  

 

 

(e) Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ).

 

38.6 English language

 

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i) in English; or

 

(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

38.7 Hedging Agreement

 

Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this Clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into by a Borrower with a Hedge Counterparty in connection with the Facility.

 

39 Calculations and Certificates

 

39.1 Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

39.2 Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

39.3 Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

40 Partial Invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

  154  

 

 

41 Remedies and Waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

42 Settlement or Discharge Conditional

 

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

 

43 Irrevocable Payment

 

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Secured Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

44 Amendments and Waivers

 

44.1 Required consents

 

(a) Subject to Clause 44.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

 

(c) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 31.8 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

 

(d) Paragraph (c) of Clause 29.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) shall apply to this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

 

  155  

 

 

44.2 All Lender matters

 

Subject to Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(a) the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

 

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(c) a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

 

(f) a change to any Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 ( Changes to the Transaction Obligors );

 

(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(h) this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers );

 

(i) any change to the preamble ( Background ), Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation ), Clause 6.2 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments ), Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ), Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), Clause 27 ( Accounts, application of Earnings and Hedge Receipts ), Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 48 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 49 ( Enforcement );

 

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

 

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

 

(i) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor );

 

(ii) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors );

 

(iii) the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers );

 

(iv) the Security Assets; or

 

  156  

 

 

(v) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

 

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (iv) and (v) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

 

(l) the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Parent Guarantor ) or Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity – Hedge Guarantors ) or the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

 

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

44.3 Other exceptions

 

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, the Arranger or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to and would adversely affect the rights or obligations of a Hedge Counterparty (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Hedge Counterparty.

 

(c) The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

 

44.4 Replacement of Screen Rate

 

(a) Subject to Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to the Screen Rate for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(i) providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and

 

(ii)

 

(A) aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(B) enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

(C) implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

(D) providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

  157  

 

 

(E) adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower.

 

(b) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 3 Business Days (unless the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:

 

(i) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

(ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

44.5 Obligor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 18.2 ( Waiver of defences ) and 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

45 Confidential Information

 

45.1 Confidentiality

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 45.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

45.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  158  

 

 

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

(b) to any person:

 

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 31.15 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties ));

 

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

 

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );

 

(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor;

 

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  159  

 

 

(x) with the consent of the Parent Guarantor;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A) in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B) in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C) in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c) to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

 

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

45.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors the following information:

 

(i) names of Transaction Obligors;

 

  160  

 

 

(ii) country of domicile of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iii) place of incorporation of Transaction Obligors;

 

(iv) date of this Agreement;

 

(v) Clause 48 ( Governing Law );

 

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent and the Arranger;

 

(vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(viii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

(ix) currency of the Facility;

 

(x) type of Facility;

 

(xi) ranking of Facility;

 

(xii) Termination Date for Facility;

 

(xiii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

(xiv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

(c) Each Obligor represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d) The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent Guarantor and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors; and

 

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

45.4 Entire agreement

 

This Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

  161  

 

 

45.5 Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

45.6 Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

 

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ).

 

45.7 Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

46 Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

 

46.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

 

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

(b) The Facility Agent may disclose:

 

(i) any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

 

(ii) any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  162  

 

 

(c) The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this sub paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

(d) The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

46.2 Related obligations

 

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

(b) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

  163  

 

 

(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 46.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

 

46.3 No Event of Default

 

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 28.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

 

47 Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

  164  

 

 

Section 12

Governing Law and Enforcement

 

48 Governing Law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

49 Enforcement

 

49.1 Jurisdiction

 

(a) Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a " Dispute ").

 

(b) The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

 

(c) This Clause 49.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

49.2 Service of process

 

(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:

 

(i) irrevocably appoints Grindrod Shipping Services UK Ltd as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

  165  

 

 

Schedule 1

The Parties

 

Part A

The Obligors

 

Name of Borrower   Place of
Incorporation
  Registration
number
(or equivalent,
if any)
  Address for Communication
             
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.   Singapore   201829393G  

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
Singapore 089763

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

             
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.   Singapore   2018829391E  

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
Singapore 089763

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Name of Parent Guarantor   Place of
Incorporation
  Registration
number
(or equivalent,
if any)
  Address for Communication
             
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.   Singapore   201731497H  

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
Singapore 089763

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Name of Hedge Guarantor   Place of
Incorporation
  Registration
number
(or equivalent,
if any)
  Address for Communication
             
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.   Singapore   201829393G  

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
Singapore 089763

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

  166  

 

 

Name of Hedge Guarantor   Place of
Incorporation
  Registration
number
(or equivalent,
if any)
  Address for Communication
             
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.   Singapore   2018829391E  

200 Cantonment Road
#03-01 Southpoint
Singapore 089763

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

  167  

 

 

Part B

The Original Lenders

 

Name of Original
Lender
  Commitment  

Treaty Passport scheme
reference number and
jurisdiction of tax

residence

  Address for Communication
             
NIBC BANK N.V.   $29,900,000  

1/N/252311/DTTP

Netherlands

 

Carnegieplein 4
2517 KJ The Hague
The Netherlands

 

Tel: +31 (0)70 – 342 54 25

 

Email:      maritime@nibc.com

 

Attn:       Shipping & Intermodal / Frederik de Haas van Dorsser and Letitia Mandache

 

THE HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

 

Name of Hedge Counterparty   Address for Communication
     
NIBC BANK N.V.  

Carnegieplein 4
2517 KJ The Hague
The Netherlands

 

Tel: +31 (0)70 – 342 54 25

 

Attn:     Head of Treasury Department

 

  168  

 

 

Part C

The Servicing Parties

 

Name of Facility Agent   Address for Communication
     
NIBC BANK N.V.  

Carnegieplein 4
2517 KJ The Hague
The Netherlands

 

Tel: +31 (0)70 – 342 54 25

 

Email:     agency.management@nibc.com

 

Attn:     Agency Management

 

Name of Security Agent   Address for Communication
     
NIBC BANK N.V.  

Carnegieplein 4
2517 KJ The Hague
The Netherlands

 

Tel: +31 (0)70 – 342 54 25

 

Email:    cas.collateral.administration@nibc.com

 

Attn:     CAS Collateral Administration

 

  169  

 

 

Schedule 2

Conditions Precedent

 

Part A

Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request

 

1 Transaction Obligors

 

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor.

 

1.2 A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Transaction Obligor:

 

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

(c) authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Transaction Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.5 A copy of a resolution of the Parent Guarantor as the holder of the issued shares in the Shareholder approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Borrower or the Shareholder (as the case may be) is a party.

 

1.6 A certificate of each Transaction Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

 

1.7 A certificate of each Transaction Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

 

1.8 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 A certificate of goodstanding in respect of each Transaction Obligor.

 

  170  

 

 

2 Other Documents

 

2.1 A copy of each MOA and of all documents signed or issued by the relevant Borrower and seller under or in connection with it (including any nomination agreement).

 

2.2 Evidence of satisfactory capital/shareholding structure in respect of the Transaction Obligors.

 

2.3 A copy of the agreed form of the Corporate Credit Account Agreement.

 

2.4 A copy of the signed Third Party Procurement Letter.

 

2.5 A copy of the Group's scrapping policy referred to in Clause 25.22 ( Sustainable Ship dismantling ).

 

3 Finance Documents

 

3.1 A duly executed original of the Subordination Agreement and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.

 

3.2 A duly executed original of a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement in respect of each Hedging Agreement executed by a Hedge Counterparty and the relevant Borrower and of the Hedging Strategy.

 

3.3 A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

3.4 A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

 

4 Security

 

4.1 A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Account and of the Shares Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

4.2 A duly executed original of the Hedging Agreement Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

 

4.3 A duly executed original of the Subordinated Debt Security.

 

5 Legal opinions

 

5.1 A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.

 

5.2 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

 

  171  

 

 

6 Other documents and evidence

 

6.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 49.2 ( Service of process ), if not a Transaction Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

6.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

 

6.3 The Original Financial Statements of each Obligor.

 

6.4 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

 

6.5 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date or out of the proceeds of the relevant Advance.

 

6.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

  172  

 

 

Part B

Conditions Precedent to each Tranche

 

In this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ), " relevant Ship " means the Ship that is to be financed by the relevant advance and " relevant Borrower " means the Borrower that is to own the relevant Ship.

 

1 Borrowers

 

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date for the Advance.

 

2 Ship and other security

 

A duly executed original of the Mortgage, Deed of Covenant and the General Assignment in respect of Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been duly recorded as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

 

2.1 Documentary evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

(a) is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag.

 

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

(c) maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

 

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

2.2 Documents establishing that the relevant Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date of the Advance, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders:

 

(a) a Manager's Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager for the relevant Ship; and

 

(b) copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance and of the relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the relevant Ship including without limitation an ISSC and IAPPC.

 

  173  

 

 

2.3 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

 

2.4 Valuations of the relevant Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 14 days before the Utilisation Date from an Approved Valuer.

 

2.5 In the case of one of the Ships only a technical report acceptable to the Facility Agent made by an independent surveyor appointed by the Facility Agent.

 

2.6 Evidence that the equivalent of six months Debt Service is held in the Retention Account.

 

2.7 Evidence that the relevant Ship is free from asbestos and port state control recommendations.

 

2.8 A SIRE report in relation to the relevant Ship dated not more than six months before the Utilisation Date.

 

3 Legal opinions

 

Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent on the laws of Singapore, the Netherlands, the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the relevant Ship and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.

 

4 Other documents and evidence

 

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date for the Advance.

 

  174  

 

 

Schedule 3

Requests

 

Part A

Utilisation Request

 

From: [ Borrowers ]
   
To: [ Facility Agent ]

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. – $29,900,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2 We wish to borrow the Advance under [Tranche A][Tranche B] on the following terms:

 

Proposed Utilisation Date: [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
   
Amount: [●] or, if less, the Available Facility
   
Interest Period for the first Advance: [●]

 

3 You are authorised and requested to deduct from the Advance prior to funds being remitted the following amounts set out against the following items:

 

Deductible Items $
   
Arrangement Fee  
   
Net proceeds of Advance  

 

4 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) of the Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

5 The net proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

 

  175  

 

 

6 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     
     
[●]   [●]
authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.   UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.

 

  176  

 

 

Part B

Selection Notice

 

From: [ Borrowers ]
   
To: [ Facility Agent ]

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. – $29,900,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2 We request [that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [●]] OR [an Interest Period for a part of the Loan in an amount equal to [●] (which is the amount of the Repayment Instalment next due) ending on [●] (which is the Repayment Date relating to that Repayment Instalment) and that the Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan shall be [●].

 

3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

     
     
[●]   [●]
authorised signatory for   authorised signatory for
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD.   UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD.

 

  177  

 

 

Schedule 4

Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To: [●] as Facility Agent
   
From: [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. – $29,900,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

2 We refer to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

 

(a) the Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement;

 

(b) the proposed Transfer Date is [●];

 

(c) the Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

3 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

4 This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

5 This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are is governed by English law.

 

6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

  178  

 

   

THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[Facility Office address and attention details

 

for notices and account details for payments.]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: [●] By: [●]

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By: [●]

 

  179  

 

 

Schedule 5

Form of Assignment Agreement

 

To: [●] as Facility Agent and [●], [●] and [●] as Borrowers, for and on behalf of each [Transaction] Obligor
   
From: [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. – $29,900,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

2 We refer to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Agreement:

 

(a) the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule;

 

(b) the Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule;

 

(c) the New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above;

 

(d) all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

 

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

 

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5 The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

6 The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

 

7 This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers ) of the Agreement, to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

  180  

 

 

8 This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

9 This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

10 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.

 

  181  

 

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[Facility office address and attention details for notices
and account details for payments]

 

[Existing Lender] [New Lender]
   
By: [●] By: [●]

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Facility Agent]

 

By:

 

  182  

 

 

Schedule 6

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To: NIBC Bank N.V. as Facility Agent
   
From: [Parent Guarantor]/[Borrower [A],[B]]

 

Dated: [●]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd. and Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd. – US$29,900,000 Facility Agreement dated [●] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

 

1 We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2 We confirm that:

 

(a) Book Value Net Worth is [●].

 

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents is [●].

 

(c) The ratio of debt to Market Adjusted Tangible Fixed Assets is [●].

 

3 The balance on the Retention Account is [●], which is equal to or greater than six months Debt Service.

 

4 The Minimum Security Cover amounts to [●] and confirm that we are in compliance with the Minimum Security Cover.

 

5 We confirm and confirm on behalf of each Borrower that no Default is continuing.

 

Signed:      
  Director   Director
  of   of
  GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.   GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD.

 

  183  

 

 

Schedule 7

Details of the Ships

 

Ship   Ship name   Name
of the
Borrower
owner
  IMO
Number
  Built   Type   DWT   NRT   Approved
Flag
  Approved
Classification
Society
  Approved Classification   Approved
Commercial
Manager
  Approved
Technical
Manager
Ship A   LEOPARD MOON   Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd.   9635755   2013   Product Tanker   49,999   13,932   Singapore   Lloyds Register   X 100A1 Double Hull Oil and Chemical Tanker, Ship Type 2 and Ship Type 3, CSR, ESP, ShipRight(CM, ACS(B)), *IWS, LI, SPM4 X LMC, IGS, UMS   Mansel Pte Ltd   LSC SIA
                                                 
Ship B   LEOPARD SUN   Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd.   9635781   2013   Product Tanker   49,999   13,384   Singapore   Lloyds Register   X 100A1 Double Hull Oil and Chemical Tanker, Ship Type 2 and Ship Type 3, CSR, ESP, ShipRight(CM, ACS(B)), *IWS, LI, SPM4 X LMC, IGS, UMS   Mansel Pte Ltd   LSC SIA

 

  

 

 

Schedule 8

Timetables

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods )   Five Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date in respect of a Tranche (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods )
     
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )   Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed   Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time
     
[Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )   Noon on the Quotation Day

 

  

 

 

Execution Pages

 

BORROWERS    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Alice Lightfoot
duly authorised ) Alice Lightfoot
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-fact
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' address: ) Trainee Soliciter
    Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Alice Lightfoot
duly authorised ) Alice Lightfoot
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-fact
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' address: ) Trainee Soliciter
    Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
PARENT GUARANTOR    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Alice Lightfoot
duly authorised ) Alice Lightfoot
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-fact
GRINDROD SHIPPING HOLDINGS LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' address: ) Trainee Soliciter
    Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB

 

  2  

 

 

HEDGE GUARANTORS    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Alice LightFoot
duly authorised ) Alice LightFoot
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
UNICORN MOON PTE. LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Alice LightFoot
duly authorised ) Alice LightFoot
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
UNICORN SUN PTE. LTD. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
ORIGINAL LENDERS    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Laura Caines
duly authorised ) Laura Caines
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
NIBC BANK N.V. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Laura Caines
duly authorised ) Laura Caines
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
NIBC BANK N.V. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB

 

  3  

 

 

ARRANGER    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Laura Caines
duly authorised ) Laura Caines
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
NIBC BANK N.V. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
FACILITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Laura Caines
duly authorised ) Laura Caines
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
NIBC BANK N.V. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB
     
SECURITY AGENT    
     
SIGNED by ) /s/ Laura Caines
duly authorised ) Laura Caines
for and on behalf of ) Attorney-in-Fact
NIBC BANK N.V. )  
in the presence of: )  
     
Witness' signature: ) /s/ Cole Tennant-Fry
Witness' name: ) Trainee Solicitor
Witness' address: ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
    15 Appold Street London EC2A 2HB

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

List of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. Subsidiaries (1)

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
     

Comshipco  Schiffahrtsagentur GmBH

  Germany
     
Grindrod Maritime LLC (formerly known as York Maritime Holdings. V. LLC)    Marshall Islands
     
Grindrod Shipping Pte. Ltd.    Singapore
     
Grindrod Shipping Services UK Limited   United Kingdom
     
Grindrod Shipping (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd   South Africa
     
IM Shipping Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk Carriers Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 462 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 475 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 511 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 512 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 603 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 609 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 611 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 612 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 707 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 3708 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
IVS Bulk 3720 Pte. Ltd.   Singapore

 

  

 

 

Unicorn Atlantic Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Baltic Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Caspian Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Ionia Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Moon Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Ross Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Sun Pte. Ltd.   Singapore
     
Unicorn Tankers International Ltd   British Virgin Islands
     
Unicorn Tankships (428) Ltd   British Virgin Islands

 

 

 

(1) Excludes 11 dormant or otherwise inactive subsidiaries, four of which are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (of which three have Unicorn Tankers International Ltd as the parent company), six of which are incorporated in Singapore and one of which is incorporated in the Isle of Man.

 

  

 

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Martyn Wade, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 16, 2019

 

  By: /s/ Martyn Wade
    Name: Martyn Wade
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Stephen Griffiths, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 16, 2019

 

   
  By: /s/ Stephen Griffiths
    Name: Stephen Griffiths
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

I, Martyn Wade, Chief Executive Officer of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 16, 2019

 

  By: /s/ Martyn Wade
    Name: Martyn Wade
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002, U.S.C. SECTION 1350

 

I, Stephen Griffiths, Chief Financial Officer of Grindrod Shipping Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 16, 2019

 

  By: /s/ Stephen Griffiths
    Name: Stephen Griffiths
    Title: Chief Financial Officer